Engineering CCMAS

1
This publication is available in Open Access under the Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 IGO
(CC-BY-SA 3.0 IGO) licence (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/igo/).
By using the content of this publication, the users accept to be bound by the terms
of use of the license.
The present licence applies exclusively to the text content of the publication. For the
use of any material not clearly identified as belonging to the National Universities
Commission, prior permission shall be requested from:
publication.copyright@nuc.edu.ng
This publication can be referenced as: Core Curriculum and Minimum Academic
Standards (CCMAS) for Nigerian Universities
For more information, please contact:

Executive Secretary, National Universities Commission
26 Aguiyi Ironsi Street, P.M.B. 237 Garki GPO, Maitama, Abuja, Nigeria
Telephone:+2348027455412,+234054407741.Email: info@nuc.edu.ng.
Website: www.nuc.edu.ng
Printed by Sterling Publishers, Slough UK and Delhi, India
Lead Consultant: Peter A. Okebukola

Coordinating NUC Director: Dr. Noel Biodun Saliu
Formally unveiled by
His Excellency, Professor Yemi Osinbajo, SAN, GCON
Vice President, Federal Republic of Nigeria
2
Board of the National Universities Commission
(During the period of development of the CCMAS)
Emeritus Professor Ayo Banjo (Chairman)

Professor Abubakar A. Rasheed (Executive Secretary)
Chief Johnson Osinugo
Hon. Ubong Donald Etiebet
Dr. Dogara Bashir
Dr. Babatunde M. Olokun
Alh. Abdulsalam Moyosore
Mr. Yakubu Aliyu
Professor Rahila Plangnan Gowon
Professor Sunday A. Bwala
Professor Mala Mohammed Daura
Professor Joseph Atubokiki Ajienka
Professor Anthony N. Okere
Professor Hussaini M. Tukur
Professor Afis Ayinde Oladosu
Professor I. O. Smith
Perm. Sec. Fed. Min. of Education
Perm. Sec. Fed. Min. of Finance
Perm. Sec. Fed. Min. of Health
Perm. Sec. Fed. Min. of Women Affairs & Soc. Dev.
Perm. Sec. Service Policies & Strategies Office, OHCSF
NUC Management
(During the period of development of the CCMAS)
Professor Abubakar A. Rasheed (Executive Secretary and Chairman)

Dr. Suleiman Ramon-Yusuf (Deputy Executive Secretary)
Mr. Sam M. Onazi (Director, Finance and Accounts) (now Deputy ES, Management Services)
Dr. Noel B. Saliu (Director, Academic Planning)
Mr. Chris J. Maiyaki (Director, Executive Secretary’s Office) (now Deputy ES, Administration)
Mrs. Constance Goddy-Nnadi (Director, Establishment of Private Universities)
Mr. Ibrahim U. Yakasai (Director, Public Affairs)
Dr. (Mrs.) Maryam Sali (now late) (Director, Accreditation)
Mr. Boniface C. Odum (Director, Human Resources)
Mrs. Lauretta N. Achor (Ag. Director, Students)
Mal. Lawal M. Faruk (Ag. Director, Research, Innovation and Information Technology)
Engr. Kayode S. Odedina (Ag. Director, Open, Distance and e-Learning)
Mr. Ashafa Ladan (Ag. Director, Skills Development and Entrepreneurship)
Mrs. Lydia Imoroa (Ag. Director, Inspection and Monitoring) (now substantive Director)
Mr. Jide Olukoju (Deputy Director, Physical Planning and Development)
Mr. Musa Zamuna (Deputy Director, Internationalization)
Mal. Kabiru Abdullahi (Deputy Director, Establishment Matters)
Mrs. Rita U. Kenny-Ogwu (Deputy Director, Audit)
Engr. Adamu H. Yakasai (Deputy Director, Procurement)
Arc. Ikani Samuel (Deputy Director, Programme Accreditation)
Barr. S.S. Adejoh (Director, Resource and Strategic Planning)
Mr. Lawal Haruna Ajo (Deputy Director, Information)
Mr. Mustapha Rasheed (Deputy Director, Master Plan and Infrastructure)
Mrs. Margaret Oyedele (Deputy Director, IWES)
3
Mr. Obi Ukwuagu (Deputy Director, Information and Communication Technology)
Mrs. Alissabatu Balogun (Deputy Director, Federal University Monitoring)
Barr. Paschal Eruaga (Chief Legal Officer)
NUC Strategy Advisory Committee
Professor Peter Okebukola, OFR - Chairman

Professor Ruqayyatu Ahmed Rufa’i, OON - Member
Professor Gambo Laraba Abdullahi - Member
Professor Nimi Briggs, OON - Member
Professor Michael Faborode - Member
Professor Attahiru Jega, OFR - Member
Professor Chiedu F. Mafiana - Member
Mr. Tope Toogun - Member
Dr. Suleiman Ramon-Yusuf - Member
Dr. Noel Biodun Saliu - Member
Mr. Christopher Maiyaki - Member
Dr. Maryam Sali (late) - Member
Dr. Joshua Atah - Secretary
4
List of Reviewers
Title Surname First Name Institution Programme
Professor FABORODE Michael O. Obafemi Discipline Chairman
Awolowo
University, Ile-
Ife
Professor OLOCHE O. B. University of Mechanical
Abuja, Abuja Engineering
Professor EKECHUKWU Onyemaechi University of Mechanical
Valentine Nigeria, Nsukka Engineering
Engineer ALI Kashim COREN Mechanical
Engineering & General
Professor Discipline
OLORUNMAIYE Adesiji University of
Ilorin,
Lt. Col. Dr IMAM A.S. Nigerian Mechatronics
Defence Engineering
Academy,
Kaduna
Professor ASERE Abraham Elizade Automotive
University, Engineering
Ilara-Mokin.
Professor EDOKPAI Raphael University of Industrial and
Benin, Benin- Production
City Engineering
Professor FUBARA- Isoteim Rivers State Marine Engineering
MANUEL University of
Science and
Technology,
Port Harcourt
Professor FAKINLEDE O. A. University of Systems Engineering
Lagos, Lagos
Professor OGBONNA Chibueze Babcock Computer Engineering
Achimba University,
Ilishan Remo
Professor BOYI Jimoh Ahmadu Bello Electrical Engineering
University,
Zaria
Professor ADEDIRAN Yinusa University of Electrical and
Ademola Ilorin Electronics
Engineering
Professor AZOBUOGU Augustine Nnamdi Azikiwe Electronics
Chukwuemeka University, Engineering
Awka
Professor NYITMEN Dominic Nigerian Telecommunication
Saaityo Defence Engineering
Academy, Zaria
Professor LETON Tambari University of Environmental
Gladson Port Harcourt Engineering
Professor ITODO Isaac Nathaniel Joseph Sarwan Agricultural and
5
Tarka Biosystems
Makurdi
Professor OKAFOR Gabriel University of Food Science and
Nigeria Nsukka Technology
Professor HASSAN Suleimon Bolaji University of Materials and
Lagos, Lagos Metallurgical
Engineering
Professor AJAYI Ade Federal Metallurgical
University of Engineering
Technology,
Akure
Professor AJAKA Ebenezer O. Federal Mining Engineering
University of
Technology,
Akure
Professor IKHU- Daniel Benson Idahosa Chemical Engineering
OMOREGBE University,
Professor ADEMILUYI Falilat Taiwo Rivers State Petrochemical
Science and
Technology,
Port Harcourt
Professor ONYEKONWU Mike University of Petroleum Engineering
Port Harcourt
Professor IKIENSIKIMAMA Sunday University of Petroleum and Gas
Port Harcourt Engineering
Professor OGBONNA Friday Joel University of Petroleum and Gas
Professor YELEBE Zakiene Robert University of Natural Gas
Professor WAZIRI Baba Shehu University of Water Resources
Maiduguri Engineering
Professor AYESIMOJU Kola Oluyomi University of Civil Engineering
Lagos
Professor OGUNTI Erastus O. Federal Structural Engineering
University of
Technology,
Akure
Professor BABATOLA Olufemi Federal Wood Products
Technology,
Akure
Professor AISIEN Felix A. University of Biomedical
Benin, Benin- Engineering
City
Professor ODETUNDE Christopher Augustine Aerospace
Illara, Epe.
Professor ATEYERO A.A.A. Covenant Information and
university, Ota Communication
6
Engineering
Professor AIBINU Musa Abiodun Federal Information and
University of Communication
Technology, Engineering
Minna
7
List of NUC Representatives
Title Surname First Name Programme
Mr MALLAM Gambo Electronics Engineering & Industrial and
Production Engineering; Discipline
Representative
Mr WACHUKWU Obinna Mechanical Engineering
Mr OHANME Bartholomew Mechatronics Engineering & Petrochemical

Engineering
Mrs MICHEAL- Chinenye Automotive Engineering & Agricultural and
AUGUSTINE Biosystems Engineering
Mr EMENEM Chinweokwu Marine Engineering
Mrs AKAUBA Vivian System Engineering
Mr AKINOLA Akinlabi Computer Engineering
Mr NWAGWU James Chile Electrical Engineering
Miss ADENIJI Yemisi Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Mr WADA Arome J. Telecommunication Engineering
Mrs ABIMBOLA Oni Environmental Engineering
Mrs OKPEKU Omoh Food Science and Technology
Mr OSEMEKE Bright Materials and Metallurgical Engineering
Mr ZAMUNA Musa Metallurgical Engineering
Mr IBRAHIM Adebayo Mining Engineering/ Aerospace
Engineering
Mrs ZANG Aara A. Chemical Engineering
Mrs EYO Esther Petroleum Engineering
Mr IBRAHIM Adam Petroleum and Gas Engineering( Oil and
Mohammed Gas)
Mr AHMED Nakaka Petroleum and Gas Engineering( Oil and
Gas)
Mr ABORELE Gabriel Natural Gas Engineering
Mr OGUNNUSI Afolabi Water Resources Engineering
Mrs OZICHI Happiness Civil Engineering
Madu
Mrs AGBAJI Stella Ene Structural Engineering
Mrs OPARAUGO Lilian N. Wood Products Engineering
Mrs EFFIONG Itoro Biomedical Engineering
Mr NKESHITA Valentine Information and Communication
Engineering
8
Foreword
In furtherance of the “change” mantra of the present administration, I published a roadmap
to guide my Ministry on ways of addressing the multiple problems that faced the education
sector of the country shortly after my assumption of office in 2016. Known as “Education
for Change: Ministerial Strategic Plan – 2016-2019” (updated to 2018-2022), the
content of the document reaffirms government’s commitment to strengthening institutional
structures and establishing innovative approaches that would quickly revamp the education
sector.
The nations’ universities hold a pride of place in the execution of such a strategy, being at
the peak of the educational system and charged in an overall manner, with the responsibility
of catalysing the sustainable and inclusive growth and prosperity that the “change” mantra
envisions. Thus, a “rapid revitalization of the Nigerian university system”, which is
proceeding apace, became imperative. Improvement in research, teaching and learning
facilities, deepening ICT penetration and the provision of enhanced power supply in our
university campuses are some of the areas receiving stringent attention. In the same vein,
the need was felt to radically review the curricula which universities had used for more than
a decade so as to put in place one that would more directly address local issues, meet
international standards and is fit for purpose for the training of 21st century graduates.
The National Universities Commission has concluded the review of the former Benchmark
Minimum Academic Standards (BMAS) of 14 disciplines into those of Core Curriculum and
Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS) of 17 disciplines. I am therefore pleased to present
these documents to the universities, the general public and the international community as I
am sure that their application would tremendously uplift scholarship in our universities. I
thank all and sundry who worked assiduously to bring this seminal enterprise to fruition.
Malam Adamu Adamu

Honourable Minister of Education
9
Preface
Section 10 (1) of the Education (National Minimum Standards and Establishment of
Institutions) Act, Cap E3, Laws of the Federation of Nigeria 2004, empowers the National
Universities Commission to lay down minimum standards for all universities and other
degree awarding institutions of higher learning in the Federation and the accreditation of
their degrees and other academic awards. The earliest efforts at giving effect to this legal
framework in the Nigerian University System (NUS) started in 1989 following the
collaboration between the Commission and Nigerian Universities, which led to the
development of the Minimum Academic Standards (MAS) for all programmes in Nigerian
universities. The MAS documents were subsequently approved by the Federal Government
for use as a major instrument for quality assurance in the Nigerian University System (NUS).
The documents were employed in the accreditation of programmes in the NUS for over a
decade.
In 2001, the Commission initiated a process to revise the documents because the said MAS
documents were essentially content-based and merely prescriptive. In 2004, the
Commission developed outcome-based benchmark statements for all the programmes
through a workshop that allowed for exhaustive deliberations by relevant stakeholders.
Following comments and feedback from the universities to the effect that the Benchmark-
style Statements were too sketchy to meaningfully guide the development of curriculum and
inadequate for the purpose of accreditation, the Commission, in 2007 put in place a
mechanism for the merger of the Benchmark-style Statements and the revised Minimum
Academic Standards, which birthed the Benchmark Minimum Academic Standards (BMAS).
The resultant BMAS, an amalgam of the outcome-based Benchmark statements and the
content-based MAS clearly articulated the Learning Outcomes and competencies expected of
graduates of each academic programme in Nigerian Universities without being overly
prescriptive while at the same time providing the requisite flexibility and innovativeness
consistent with institutional autonomy. In all, the BMAS documents were developed for the
thirteen existing disciplines namely, Administration and Management, Agriculture,
Arts, Basic Medical Sciences, Education, Engineering and Technology,
Environmental Sciences, Law, Medicine and Dentistry, Pharmaceutical Science,
Sciences, Social Sciences and Veterinary Medicine.
The Commission, in 2016, in its sustained commitment to make the NUS adaptable to global
trends in higher education, constituted a group of relevant academic experts to develop a
BMAS in Computing, thus increasing the number of disciplines in Nigerian Universities to
fourteen.
In keeping with its mandate of making university education in Nigeria more responsive to
the needs of the society, the National Universities Commission commenced the journey to
restructure the BMAS in 2018, introducing in its place, the Core Curriculum and
Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS), to reflect the 21st Century realities, in the
existing and new disciplines and programmes in the Nigerian University System.
The new CCMAS is a product of sustained stakeholder interactions over two years. The
composition of each panel took into consideration, the triple helix model, as a unique
feature. This involved a blend of academic experts, academies, government (represented by
NUC), professional bodies and of course, the private sector represented by the Nigerian
Economic Summit Group (NESG). In order to enrich the draft documents, copies of each
discipline were forwarded to all critical stakeholders including the relevant academic units in
10
Nigerian Universities, the private sector, professional bodies and the academies for their
comments and input. These inputs along with the curriculum of programmes obtained from
some foreign and renowned universities served as major working materials for the various
panels constituted for that purpose.
Bearing in mind the need to adhere to covid-19 protocol as prescribed by the National
Centre for Disease Control (NCDC), the Commission was compelled by prevailing
circumstances to finalize the curriculum virtually. General Assemblies were also held via
Zoom, comprising, the NUC Strategic Advisory Committee (STRADVCOM), Chairpersons/Co-
Chairpersons of the various disciplines and Panel Members of the respective programmes.
Each Discipline and Programme had NUC representatives who assisted panellists with all the
tools and working materials. Several online meetings were held at programmes level, where
the real business of developing the CCMAS took place. The products of the various
programme-based virtual meetings were submitted to the corresponding discipline group
and then to the National Universities Commission. These documents were further scrutinized
and fine-tuned by a smaller group of versatile subject matter specialists and relevant private
sector practitioners.
In line with the dynamism in higher education provisioning, the Commission took cognizance
of complaints by the universities on the high number of General Studies (GST) courses in
the BMAS, and was subsequently streamlined. Entrepreneurship courses such as Venture
Creation and Entrepreneurship, and innovation found generous space. In addition, the new
curriculum unbundled the Bachelor of Agriculture, Bachelor of Science in Mass
Communication and the Bachelor of Architecture Programmes, while establishing some
emerging specializations in these fields as obtained globally. This is in furtherance of the
goal of producing fit for purpose graduates. The Allied Health Sciences was also carved out
as a new Discipline from the existing Basic Medical Sciences discipline.
Preceding the completion of the curriculum review content and language editing, a 3-day
validation workshop (face-to-face mode) involving critical stakeholders, including
STRADVCOM, Vice-Chancellors and Directors of Academic Planning of Nigerian Universities,
as well as the Nigerian Economic Summit Group (NESG) was organized by the Commission
to validate the CCMAS documents, and to engender ownership for ease of implementation.
Consequent upon the afore-mentioned processes, seventeen CCMAS documents were

produced for the following academic disciplines in the NUS:
1. Administration and Management

2. Agriculture
3. Allied Health Sciences
4. Architecture
5. Arts
6. Basic Medical Sciences
7. Computing
8. Communication and Media Studies
9. Education
10. Engineering and Technology
11. Environmental Sciences
12. Law
13. Medicine and Dentistry
14. Pharmaceutical Science
15. Sciences
11
16. Social Sciences
17. Veterinary Medicine
The CCMAS documents are uniquely structured to provide for 70% of core courses for each
programme, while allowing universities to utilise the remaining 30% for other innovative
courses in their peculiar areas of focus. In addition to the overall Learning Outcomes for
each discipline, there are also Learning Outcomes for each programme and course. In
general, programmes are typically structured such that a student does not carry less than 30
credit units or more than 48 credit units per session.
Consequently, the Commission is optimistic that the 2021 CCMAS documents will serve as a
guide to Nigerian Universities in the design of curriculum for their programmes with regards
to the minimum acceptable standards of input and process, as well as, measurable
benchmark of knowledge, 21st century skills and competences expected to be acquired by
an average graduate of each of the academic programmes, for self, national and global
relevance.
Professor Abubakar Adamu Rasheed, mni, MFR, FNAL

Executive Secretary
12
Contents
Foreword............................................................................................................................................. 9
Preface .............................................................................................................................................. 10
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 20
Preamble ........................................................................................................................................... 25
B. Eng Aerospace Engineering .......................................................................................................... 36
Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 36
Philosophy ..................................................................................................................................... 36
Objectives...................................................................................................................................... 36
Employability Skills ........................................................................................................................ 36
21st Century Skills .......................................................................................................................... 37
Unique Features of the Programme ............................................................................................. 37
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................... 37
Global Course Structure ................................................................................................................ 38
Minimum Academic Standards ..................................................................................................... 68
B.Eng Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering ............................................................................... 76
Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 76
Philosophy ..................................................................................................................................... 76
Objectives...................................................................................................................................... 77
Employability Skills ........................................................................................................................ 77
Unique Features of the Programme ............................................................................................. 78
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................... 78
Graduation Requirements ............................................................................................................ 79
Global Course Structure ................................................................................................................ 79
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 108
B. Eng Automotive Engineering ...................................................................................................... 120
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 120
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 120
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 120
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 121
21st Century Skills ........................................................................................................................ 121
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 121
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 121
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 122
B. Eng Biomedical Engineering........................................................................................................ 154
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 154
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 154
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 154
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 156
B. Eng Chemical Engineering ........................................................................................................... 195
13
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 195
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 195
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 195
Unique Features of the Programmme ........................................................................................ 196
21st Century skills ........................................................................................................................ 197
Admission and Graduation Requirement ................................................................................... 197
B. Eng Civil Engineering ................................................................................................................... 228
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 228
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 228
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 228
B. Eng Computer Engineering ......................................................................................................... 263
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 263
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 264
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 264
21st Century Skills ....................................................................................................................... 266
B. Eng Electrical Engineering ........................................................................................................... 303
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 303
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 303
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 303
B. Eng Electronics Engineering ........................................................................................................ 343
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 343
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 343
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 343
14
B. Eng Electrical and Electronics Engineering ................................................................................. 378
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 378
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 378
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 379
B. Eng Environmental Engineering .................................................................................................. 410
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 410
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 410
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 410
B. Eng Food Science and Technology .............................................................................................. 444
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 444
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 444
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 445
B. Eng Information and Communication Engineering..................................................................... 484
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 484
Philosoph..................................................................................................................................... 484
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 484
15
B. Eng Industrial and Production Engineering ................................................................................ 519
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 519
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 519
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 520
Admission and Graduation Requirements ................................................................................. 521
B. Eng Marine Engineering .............................................................................................................. 553
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 553
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 553
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 553
Employability Skills Emphasized ................................................................................................. 555
Unique Features of The Programmes ......................................................................................... 556
B. Eng Materials and Metallurgical Engineering ............................................................................. 597
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 597
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 597
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 597
B. Eng Mechanical Engineering ....................................................................................................... 633
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 633
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 633
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 633
B. Eng Mechatronic Engineering ..................................................................................................... 670
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 670
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 670
16
B. Eng Metallurgical Engineering .................................................................................................... 706
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 706
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 707
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 707
Employability skills ...................................................................................................................... 707
B. Eng Mining Engineering .............................................................................................................. 749
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 749
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 749
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 749
B. Eng Natural Gas Engineering ...................................................................................................... 788
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 788
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 788
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 788
21st Century Skills Emphasised ................................................................................................... 789
B. Eng Petrochemical Engineering .................................................................................................. 823
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 823
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 823
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 823
Employability skills ...................................................................................................................... 823
17
B. Eng Petroleum and Gas Engineering........................................................................................... 861
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 861
Philisophy .................................................................................................................................... 861
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 861
B. Eng Petroleum Engineering ........................................................................................................ 897
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 897
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 897
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 897
B. Eng Structural Engineering.......................................................................................................... 933
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 933
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 933
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 933
B. Eng Systems Engineering ............................................................................................................ 969
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 969
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 969
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 969
B. Eng Telecommunications Engineering ...................................................................................... 1001
Overview ................................................................................................................................... 1001
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................. 1001
Objectives.................................................................................................................................. 1001
18
Unique Features of the Programme ......................................................................................... 1002
Employability Skills .................................................................................................................... 1002
21st Century Skills ...................................................................................................................... 1003
Admission and Graduation Requirements ................................................................................ 1003
Graduation Requirements ........................................................................................................ 1003
Global Course Structure ............................................................................................................ 1004
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................. 1032
B. Eng Water Resources Engineering ............................................................................................ 1037
Overview ................................................................................................................................... 1037
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................. 1037
Objectives.................................................................................................................................. 1037
Unique Features of the Programme ......................................................................................... 1037
21st Century Skills ...................................................................................................................... 1038
Admission and graduation requirements ................................................................................. 1038
B. Eng Wood Products Engineering .............................................................................................. 1069
Overview ................................................................................................................................... 1069
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................. 1069
Objectives.................................................................................................................................. 1069
21st Century skills ...................................................................................................................... 1070
Unique Features of the Programmme ...................................................................................... 1070
Admission and Graduation Requirements ................................................................................ 1070
19
Introduction
Two Acts provide the legal framework for the quality assurance and regulatory mandates of
the National Universities Commission. The first is the National Universities Commission
Act No. N81 Laws of Federation Nigeria (L.F.N.) 2011.
This Act sets up the National Universities Commission as a body corporate charged
with the responsibility of advising the Federal and State Governments of all aspects
of university education and the general development of universities in Nigeria.
The second, Education (National Minimum Standard and Establishment of

Institutions) Act No. E3 L.F.N. 2004,
empowers the National Universities Commission to lay down minimum standards for
all universities and other institutions of higher learning in the Federation and the
accreditation of their degrees and other academic awards in formal consultation with
the universities for that purpose, after obtaining prior approval therefor through the
Minister, from the President.
Following the enactment of NUC Act No. E3 L.F.N. 2004, the National Universities
Commission developed the first set of Minimum Academic Standards (MAS) in 1989 for all
the academic programmes existing in the Nigerian University System (NUS) at that time
under the 13 major disciplines of Administration, Agriculture, Arts, Education, Engineering
and Technology, Environmental Sciences, Law, Medicine and Dentistry, Management
Sciences, Pharmaceutical Sciences, Sciences, Social Sciences and Veterinary Medicine. The
Minimum Academic Standard served as the reference documents for the first accreditation
of programmes conducted in NUS in 1990.
In its bid to review the Minimum Academic Standard documents, which was predicated on
the fact that they were prescriptive, the Commission decided to develop the outcome-based
Benchmark Statements for all programmes in the Nigerian University System in line with
contemporary global practice in 1999. In the first comprehensive review of the Minimum
Academic Standards by NUC, which was in 2004, the Commission decided to merge the
Benchmark Statements and the revised Minimum Academic Standards into a new document
called Benchmark Minimum Academic Standards (BMAS). These documents were approved
for use in Nigerian universities in 2007. A second attempt at reviewing the BMAS was in
2011. It must however be noted that stand alone BMAS for new programmes were at
different times developed by the Commission on request from some Nigerian universities.
The Current Review of the BMAS

The journey of the current curriculum review efforts commenced in 2018, when the National
Universities Commission circulated the 2018 draft BMAS to all Nigerian universities and other
stakeholders for their comments. In addition to the harvested comments, the curriculum of
different programmes of some world-class universities were downloaded. The draft 2018
BMAS, compiled comments of Nigerian universities and other stakeholders and the
downloaded curriculum of some foreign universities served as the working documents for
the curriculum review panels.
A multi-stakeholder approach was deployed in constituting the panels for the curriculum
review exercise. The constituted panels included:
20
a. academic staff of Nigerian universities;
b. representatives of the Academies;
c. representatives of Professional bodies/associations; and
d. representatives of the private sector.
In addition to the reviewers working individually and in consultation with their subject area
peers, over 512 cumulative online meetings of the general assembly (Vice-Chancellors,
Discipline Chairmen/Chairpersons, programme-specific reviewers and Heads/representatives
of international quality assurance agencies and institutions); Discipline groups; and
programme groups were held between March and November, 2021. Physical meetings were
also held to finalise the curriculum review exercise.
The reviewers carried out their assignments with a view to producing a curriculum for their
respective programmes that will reflect both national and international expectations.
Specifically, the reviewers focused on ensuring that the emerging curriculum will be
adequate to train Nigerian university students in the 21st Century. By implication and in
addition to current trends in the various programmatic areas, the curriculum will be ICT
oriented, promote Artificial Intelligence, enhance skills acquisition (including soft skills),
inculcate and sharpen entrepreneurship mindset of students and capable of steering the
deployment of evolving technologies to deliver its content.
The Core Curriculum Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS)
The major highlights of the new curriculum are:

1. Change of nomenclature from Benchmarks Minimum Academic Standards (BMAS)
to Core Curriculum and Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS);
2. The curriculum provides for 70% minimum core courses requirements for graduation.
Nigerian universities are expected to provide the remaining 30%;
3. In consonance with global best practice, the curriculum is to stimulate blended learning
in its delivery;
4. Mass Communication has been unbundled to create a distinct discipline of

Communications comprising degree programmes in Advertising, Broadcasting,
Development Communication Studies, Film and
Multimedia, Information and Media Studies, Journalism and Media Studies, Mass
Communication, Public Relations and Strategic Communication;
5. Agriculture has been unbundled into programmes in its contributing components of B.Sc
Agricultural Economics, B.Sc. Animal Science, B.Sc. Crop Science and B.Sc. Soil Science;
6. The unbundling of Architecture and introduction of Architecture as a new discipline with

programmes like Architecture, Architectural Technology, Furniture Design, Interior
Architecture Design, Landscape Architecture and Naval architecture;
7. The split of the Basic Medical Sciences discipline into two – Basic Medical Sciences and
Allied Health Science;
8. Reduction of the General Studies (GST) course from 36 credit units to 12 credit units of
6 courses as follows:
21
i. Communication in English;
ii. Nigerian People and Culture;
iii. Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence;
iv. Entrepreneurship and Innovation;
v. Venture creation; and
vi. Peace and Conflict resolution.
9. Entrepreneurship has been repackaged with the introduction of programme-specific

entrepreneurship;
10. The number of academic disciplines has been increased from 14 to 17 as follows:
i. Administration and Management

ii. Agriculture
iii. Allied Health Sciences
iv. Architecture
v. Arts
vi. Basic Medical Sciences
vii. Communications and Media Studies
viii. Computing
ix. Education
x. Engineering and Technology
xi. Environmental Sciences
xii. Law
xiii. Medicine and Dentistry
xiv. Pharmacy
xv. Science
xvi. Social Science
xvii. Veterinary Medicine
Having reviewed the curriculum of Nigerian universities, the next steps will include training
and retraining of academic staff of Nigerian universities to effectively deliver the content of
the curriculum.
Glossary of Course Codes

These are the 3-letter codes for the identification of courses offered in the various
programmes in the Engineering and Technology discipline as well as courses offered in
other disciplines covered in the CCMAS for the Nigerian University System. They are in
three categories dictated by the sources of courses involved:
Category A: Course codes for courses offered in programmes outside the Engineering
and Technology Discipline
Category B: Course codes for the general and foundation courses offered by all students
registered in the various programmes in the Engineering and Technology
Discipline.
Category C: Course codes for courses offered by the various programmes in the
Engineering and Technology Discipline.
Category A:
The Programme offering the Courses Course Code
22
Chemistry Programme in the Science Discipline CHM
Mathematics Programme in the Science Discipline MTH
Physics Programme in the Science Discipline PHY
Biology Programme in the Science Discipline BIO
Agriculture Programme in the Agriculture, Forestry, AGR
Fisheries and Home Economics Discipline
Category B:
General Studies courses offered at the University Level for GST

students registered for GSTs in all the disciplines in the
university.
Entrepreneurship courses offered at the University Level ENT
for students registered for ENTs in all the disciplines in the
university.
Foundation courses for all the programmes in the GET
Engineering and Technology Discipline
Category C:
Aerospace Engineering AAE

Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering ABE
Automotive Engineering TAE
Biomedical Engineering/Technology BME
Chemical Engineering TCH
Civil Engineering CEE
Computer Engineering CPE
Electrical Engineering TEL
Electrical and Electronics Engineering EEE
Electronics Engineering ELE
Environmental Engineering EVE
Food Science and Technology FST
Industrial and Production Engineering IPE
Information and Communication Engineering ICE
Marine Engineering MAR
Materials and Metallurgical Engineering MME
Mechanical Engineering MEE
Mechatronics Engineering MCE
Metallurgical Engineering MTE
Mining Engineering MNE
Natural Gas Engineering GNG
Petrochemical Engineering PCE
Petroleum Engineering PEE
Petroleum and Gas Engineering PGE
Structural Engineering STE
Systems Engineering SYE
23
Telecommunications Engineering TEE
Water Resources Engineering WRE
Wood Products Engineering WPE
24
Preamble
These Core Curriculum Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS) are designed for the
education and training of undergraduate students wishing to obtain first degrees in the
different areas of Engineering and Technology in the Nigerian University System.
Presented in this Section are the basic operational elements that serve to define the
minimum academic standards required to achieve the cardinal goal of producing graduates
in Engineering and Technology with sufficient academic background and practical
exposure to face the challenges of a developing economy in an increasingly globalised
world economy.
It is pertinent to note that this CCMAS Document is expected to guide institutions in the
design of curricula for their engineering and technology programmes by stipulating the
minimum requirements. Being such, institutions are encouraged to take due cognizance of
the CCMAS while bringing necessary innovation into the content and delivery of their
programmes towards achieving the overall goals of engineering education and training in
the country.
Programmes and Degrees

Presented in Table 1.1 is the list of programmes and the degrees in view covered in the
CCMAS Document An attempt has been made to cover not only the programmes being
currently run in various Faculties of Engineering and Technology, but, also, proposed new
programmes in response to the local and global dynamics of the requisite knowledge and
skills of products of engineering and technology. Overall, it is expected to serve the needs
of existing faculties contemplating minor or major programme review and also new
institutions seeking to chart a new path away from the existing programmes in the
system.
Table 1.1: List of Programme(s) and Degree(s) in View
S/N PROGRAMME DEGREE(S) IN VIEW
1 Aerospace Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.

2 Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
3 Automotive Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
4 Biomedical Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
5 Chemical Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
6 Civil Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
7 Computer Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
8 Electrical Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
9 Electrical and Electronic Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
10 Electronic Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
11 Environmental Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
12 Food Science and Engineering/Technology B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
13 Industrial and Production Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
14 Information and Communication Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
15 Marine Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
16 Materials and Metallurgical Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
17 Mechanical Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
25
18 Mechatronics Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
19 Metallurgical Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
20 Mining Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
21 Natural Gas Engineering B.Eng/B. Tech/B.Sc.
22 Petrochemical Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
23 Petroleum Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
24 Petroleum and Gas Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
25 Structural Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
26 Systems Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
27 Telecommunications Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
28 Water Resources Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
29 Wood Products Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
The above programmes are designed, in general, to be broad-based to equip the

graduates with the diverse tools of the profession. However, where it is considered
absolutely essential to reflect the various areas of specialization in a programme, such
area can be indicated appropriately in the degree title.
Philosophy
The Philosophy and Mission Statement underlying the programmes in Engineering and
Technology are aimed at achieving the goals and objectives of the National Policy on
Industrialisation and Self-Reliance. This is to be achieved through:
1. broad–based foundation in Engineering and Technology as well as specialized

knowledge and practice in a particular discipline therein;
2. practical exposure to application of Engineering and Technology to problem solution;
3. adequate training in human behaviour and organisational management;
4. developing in the students, entrepreneurial knowledge, a sense of public responsibility
and a spirit of self-reliance;
5. nurturing of partnership between the institution and industry for effective programme
delivery;
6. creating an awareness and understanding of the moral, ethical, legal, and professional
obligations needed to function as part of a professional enterprise while protecting
human health and welfare and the environment in a global society; and
7. creating an awareness and understanding of the need to develop leadership and team
building skills to maximize the benefits of an engineering education and its application
to solving problems.
The general philosophy therefore is to produce graduates with high academic and ethical
standards and adequate practical exposure for self-employment as well as being of
immediate value to industry and the community in general.
Objectives
The general goal and objectives of Engineering and Technology education and training
should be in consonance with the realisation of national needs and aspirations vis-à-vis
industrial development and technological emancipation. The graduates must therefore be
knowledgeable, creative, resourceful and able to perform the following functions:
1. application of the knowledge of mathematics, basic and engineering sciences, and

proficiency in using standards, codes, and modern information and communication
technology tools in engineering practice;
26
2. design engineering projects and supervise their implementation;
3. design and implement components, machines, equipment and engineering systems;
4. design and develop new products and production techniques in industries;
5. conceptualise, implement and maintain complex engineering systems for optimal
performance in our environment;
6. adapt and adopt exogenous technology in order to solve local engineering problems.
7. ability to consider ethics, the environment and sustainability in the solutions to
complex engineering problems;
8. exercise original thought, have good professional judgment and be able to take
responsibility for the execution of important tasks;
9. improve on indigenous technology for deployment to the solution of engineering
problems; and
10. demonstration of emotional stability, and endowment with critical multidisciplinary and
team-work, goal-getting and life survival capabilities and skills, necessary in managing
people, funds, materials, equipment and technologies.
Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in any of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (4 Year Degree Programme)
Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME)

For the five year degree propgramme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified
Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit
level passes in Senior Secondary Certificate Examination (SSCE) in at least five subjects,
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other
acceptable science subjects at not more than two sittings.
Direct Entry
For the four year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior Secondary Certificate
Examination (SSCE) credit passes, which must include English Language, two must be
principal subjects at Advance GCE Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit
level at HND are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 levels respectively.
Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of
150 and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5 – year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters;
2. candidates admitted through the Direct Entry mode shall have registered for minimum of
120 and maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4– year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters;
3. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units
respectively;
4. a student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00; and
27
5. a student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work
Experience Scheme (SIWES), eight credit units of University General Study courses and
four credit units of Entrepreneurship courses.
For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses
registered, whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included
in the computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before
passing it or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each
and all attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.
Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME and 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students.
Course System
All Engineering and Technology programmes shall be run on a modularised system,
commonly referred to as Course Unit System. All courses are therefore be sub-divided into
more or less self-sufficient and logically consistent packages that are taught within a
semester and examined at the end of that particular semester. Credits are weights
attached to a course. One credit is equivalent to one hour per week per semester of 15
weeks of lectures or three hours of laboratory/studio/workshop work per week per semester
of 15 weeks.
Definition of Course System

This should be understood to mean a quantitative system of organization of the curriculum
in which subject areas are broken down into unit courses which are examinable and for
which students earn credit(s) if passed. The courses are arranged in levels of academic
progress. There shall be five levels of courses numbered 101-199, 201-299, 301-399, 401-
499 and 501-599. For ease of identification, course numbers can be prefixed by a three-
character programme/subject code. Thus, the course code is in the form: DEP LNJ (where
the three-letter code DEP identifies the programme, ‘L’ in LNJ represents the level of the
course (1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 for all undergraduate courses), N represents the sub-subject
area while J represent the semester the course is offered some hierarchical code. Thus, for
example, MEE 207 is a 200-Level course with number 0 say for labs and 7 indicating 1st
semester, offered in the mechanical engineering programme. The glossary of all the course
codes are presented earlier under Glossary of Codes.
The second aspect of the system is that courses are assigned weights allied to Units.
Units: Consist of specified number of student-teacher contact hours per week per
semester. Units are used in two complementary ways: one, as a measure of course
weighting, and the other, as an indicator of student work load:
1. As a measure of course weighting for each unit course e.g. the credit unit to be earned
for satisfactorily completing the course is specified; thus a 2-credit unit course may
mean two 1-hour lecture per week per semester or one 1-hour lecture plus 3-hour
practical per week per semester.
2. As a measure of work load, “One Credit Unit” means one hour of lecture or one hour of
tutorial per week per semester. For other forms of teaching requiring student teacher
contact, the following equivalents may apply: two hours of seminar: three hours of
laboratory or field work, Clinical practice/practicum, studio practice or stadium sporting
28
activity, six hours of teaching practice; four weeks of industrial attachment where
applicable.
Normally, in the Course Credit System, courses are mounted all year round, thus enabling
students to participate in examinations in which they are unsuccessful or unable to
participate on account of ill health or for other genuine reasons. In such a system, no
special provisions are made for re-sit examinations.
The minimum number of credit units for the award of a degree in engineering and
technology is 150 units, for a 5-year programme subject to the usual Department and
Faculty requirements. A student shall therefore qualify for the award of a degree when he
has met the conditions.The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24
credit units respectively.
For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative GPA (CGPA) in order to determine the
class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered, whether
compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the computation.
Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it or substitutes
another course for a failed optional course. Grades scored at each and all attempts shall be
included in the computation of the GPA. Pre - requisite courses must be taken and passed
before a particular course at a higher level.
Grading of Courses
Grading of courses shall be done by a combination of percentage marks and letter grades
translated into a graduated system of Grade Point as shown in Table 1.2.
Table 1.2: Grade Point System

Mark % Letter Grade Grade Point
70 – 100 A 5
60 – 69 B 4
50 – 59 C 3
45 – 49 D 2
40 – 44 E 1
< 40 F 0
Grade Point Average and Cumulative Grade Point Average

For the purpose of determining a student’s standing at the end of every semester, the
Grade Point Average (GPA) system shall be used. The GPA is computed by dividing the
total number of Units x Grade Point (TUGP) by the total number of units (TNU) for all the
courses taken in the semester as illustrated in Table 1.3.
The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) over a period of semesters is calculated in
the same manner as the GPA by using the grade points of all the courses taken during the
period.
Table 1.3: Calculation of GPA or CGPA

Course Units Grade Point Unit x Grade Point (UGP)
C1 U1 GP1 U1 x GP1
C2 U2 GP2 U2 x GP2
- - - -
29
- - - -
Ci Ui GPi Ui x GPi
- - - -
- - - -
CN UN GPN UN x GPN
TOTAL TNU TUGP
N N
TUGP
TNU = Ui TUGP = Ui * GPi C GPA =
i=1 i=1 TNU
Degree Classifications
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of an honours degree.
 1. Candidates admitted
 through the UTME mode shall have registered for at least 150
units of courses during the 5-year degree programme.
2. Candidates must have registered and passed all the compulsory courses specified for
the programme.
The determination of the class of degree shall be based on the Cumulative Grade Point
Average (CGPA) earned at the end of the programme. The CGPA shall be used in the
determination of the class of degree as summarized in Table 1.4. It is important to note
that the CGPA shall be calculated and expressed correct to two decimal places.
Table 1.4: Degree Classification

Cumulative Grade Point Class of Degree
Average (CGPA)
4.50 – 5.00 1st Class Honours
3.50 – 4.49 2nd Class Honours (Upper Division)
2.40 – 3.49 2nd Class Honours (Lower Division)
1.50 – 2.39 3rd Class Honours
1.00 - 1.49 Pass
Students who transfer from other departments/programmes or universities shall be

credited with only those courses deemed relevant to the programmes, which they have
already passed prior to their transfer. Such students shall however be required to pass
the minimum number of units specified for graduation for the number of sessions he/she
has spent in the Faculty; provided that no student shall spend less than two sessions (4
semesters) in order to earn a degree. Students who transfer from another programme in
the Faculty or other faculties for any approved reason shall be credited with those units
passed that are within the curriculum of the programme to which he/she has transferred.
Appropriate decisions on transfer cases shall be subjected to the approval of Senate on
the recommendation of the Faculty.
Probation
A student whose Cumulative Grade Point Average is below 1.00 at the end of a particular
year of study, earns a period of probation for one academic session. A student on
probation is allowed to register for courses at the next higher level in addition to his/her
probation level courses provided that:
1. the regulation in respect of student work-load is complied with; and
2. the pre-requisite courses for the higher-level courses have been passed.
30
Withdrawal
A candidate whose Cumulative Grade Point Average is below 1.0 at the end of a particular
year of probation should be required to withdraw from the programme. However, in order
to minimize waste of human resources, consideration should be given to withdrawal from
programme of study and possible transfer to other programmes within the same
University.
Evaluation
Techniques of Student Assessment
Practicals
By the nature of the programmes in Engineering and Technology, laboratory practicals are
very important in the training of students. To reflect the importance of practical work, a
minimum of 9 hours per week or 135 hours per semester (equivalent to 3 units) should be
spent on students’ laboratory practical’s. Consequently, some of the courses have both
theory and practical components. Thus, in the description of courses to be taken in any
programme, as presented in Sections 2 and 3, the number of lecture hours (LH) and the
number of practical hours (PH) per semester are indicated. The overall performance of
students in such courses is to be based on the evaluation of the performance in written
examination (which tests theory) and also the performance in the laboratory work (based
on actual conduct of experiments and the reports).
The experiments to achieve the practical’s components of the courses must be designed in
quality and quantity to enrich the grasp of the theoretical foundations of the courses. It is
left for the department to organize all the experiments in the best way possible. One of
the ways to achieve this is to lump all the laboratory practical’s under a course, which the
student must pass.
Tutorials
The timetable for courses shall be designed to make provision for tutorials of at least one
hour for every four hours of lecture. Thus a 3-unit course of 45 hours per semester should
attract about 10 hours of tutorials. Postgraduate students are normally employed to help
in giving tutorials to undergraduate students. This is a veritable training ground for
academic career.
Continuous Assessments
Continuous assessment shall be done through essays, tests, and practical exercises.
1. Scores from continuous assessment shall normally constitute 30 per cent of the full
marks for courses which are primarily theoretical.
2. For courses which are partly practical and partly theoretical, scores from continuous
assessment shall constitute 40% of the final marks.
3. For courses that are entirely practical, continuous assessment shall be based on a
student’s practical work or reports and shall constitute 100% of the final marks.
Examinations
In addition to continuous assessment, final examinations should normally be given for
every course at the end of each semester. All courses shall be graded out of a maximum
of 100 marks comprising:
Final Examination: 60% - 70%

Continuous assessment (Quizzes, Homework, Tests, Practical’s): 30% - 40%
31
Each course shall normally be completed and examined at the end of the semester in
which it is offered.
External Examiners’ System

The external examiner system should continue. This system should be used only in the
final year of the undergraduate programme to assess final year courses and projects, and
to certify the overall performance of the graduating students, as well as the quality of
facilities and teaching in the faculty. Furthermore, the existing practice of using different
External Examiners for major subject areas in professional programmes, such as
Engineering and Technology, should be continued.
SIWES Rating and Assessment
In engineering education, industrial attachment is very crucial. The minimum duration of
the Students Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) should be 45 weeks
accomplished in 3 modules.
0. SIWES I : (3 Units) 9 weeks during long vacation at the end of 200-Level session
1. SIWES II : (4 Units) 12 weeks during the long vacation at the end of the 300-Level
2. SIWES III: (8 Units) 24 weeks from second semester of 400-Level to the beginning of
the following session.
SIWES is an important aspect of the education and training of engineering students in the
universities organised for exposure to some elements of industrial art as articulated below
under the Students Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) and the Technical Support
Unit (TSU). This is being emphasised herein in view of the rather poor handling of SIWES, in
particular, in most existing faculties of engineering and technology in the country. It should
be noted that Industrial Training as a course involves the following: working successfully in
the industry or an industrial setting for the specified period; submitting of a Work Report to
the Industrial Training Coordinating Centre at the end of the training period; and
presentation of seminar on the industrial training experience.
Faculties of Engineering in universities are expected to organise Students Industrial Work

Experience Scheme (SIWES) or what most commonly refer to as Industrial Training.
Universities are expected to establish a Unit to coordinate SIWES not only for engineering
programmes, but also programmes in other faculties that have SIWES component. The
SIWES Unit is to shoulder the following responsibilities: soliciting co-operative placements
(jobs) in business, industry, government or service agencies depending upon the needs and
qualifications of the student, and placing students on such training assignments after
analysing the technical contents; need to establish firm strategy to ensure students get
placements and options when they cannot get places; coordinating and supervising the co-
operative employment of students in such a way that students have the opportunity of
learning useful engineering and technological skills on real jobs and under actual working
conditions; conducting follow-up activities regarding all placements by checking regularly
each student's job performance through company visits and individual student's interview;
assembling individual inventory records of students and employers for the purposes of
placements and supervision in addition to maintaining functional departmental and personal
records and reports; providing necessary advice to students as to the relevance of their
chosen field to the industrial requirements of the country; organizing and conducting
students' seminars on Work Reports; and Liaison with NUC, ITF, other agencies and
industries on student industrial training programme of the University.
32
All the 15 experiential units of SIWES will be credited towards the overall assessment for
graduation/award of the degree. The Grading template for SIWES will be:
SIWES Supervision Continuous Assessment (from Industry) 25%
SIWES Supervision/Log Book Grading (by University Supervisor) 25%
SIWES Comprehensive Report 25%
Seminar: Oral presentation (defense) of SIWES activity 25%
(i) and (ii) will be scored for each SIWES upon completion and the weighted average for
each student computed. However, the consolidated report for all industrial experience will
be submitted for seminar and assessment at the end of the 400-level SIWES. The overall
grade will then be collated with the 400-level CGPA. This scoring system requires hard
work, and adequate funding to sustain the interest of lecturers and industry supervisors,
whose capacity must also be enhanced through industry and reverse immersion
programmes respectively.
The Committee of Deans of Engineering and Technology (CODET) is assigned the statutory
role of leading the coordination and mobilization of resources, infrastructure and the triple-
helix partnership for ensuring effective SIWES, while all engineering and technology
departments prioritize SIWES assignments with utmost dedication. The triple-helix
partnership will involve the following MDAs and Stakeholders: (i) Federal Ministry of
Education, (ii) Federal Ministry of Science and Technology, (iii) Federal Ministry of
Investment, Trade and Industry, (iv) Federal Ministry of Finance and FIRS, (v) Industrial
Training Fund (ITF), (vi) NUC, (vii) NBTE, (viii) TETFund, (ix) COREN and NSE, (x) Nigerian
Content Board, (xi) SMEDAN, (xii) MAN, (xiii) NESG, (xiv) Chambers of Commerce and
Industry, (xv) Vice Chancellors and Councils of Universities, (xvi) Committee of Vice
Chancellors (CVC) and Pro-chancellors (CPC), and others as the prevailing context demands.
Reverse Exchange Programmes

There will be well organized and remunerated industry immersion exchange programmes for
university staff during the vacations and industrial training periods. Similarly, there must be
a reverse immersion period for industry staff, as academic associates/senior associates
engaged in teaching and practical assignments in universities. CODET to propose
appropriate funding guidance for this scheme. CODET should also collate and document
innovations and other Intellectual Property Products (IPPs) that emerge from these novel
initiatives.
Industrial Parks and Tech Incubation Centers

Universities that offer engineering and technology courses are encouraged to establish
Industrial Parks, Innovation hubs and Tech Incubation Centers. The Federal Government
and relevant MDAs should facilitate the establishment of 6 regional Industrial Parks and
Tech Incubation Centres to be located in partnership with a university in each of the 6 geo-
political zones for a start and ultimately in each state. These parks shall be, to a large
extent, private sector driven and only facilitated by government to limit bureaucracy.
Government should provide detailed incentives for companies that establish within the
Industrial Parks and Tech Incubation Centres, such as tax rebate, tax moratorium for a few
years of establishment and operation.
33
Maintenance of Curricula Relevance
Using the CCMAS as guide, the curriculum in each discipline shall be reviewed from time to
time to determine the continued relevance and fitness for purpose.
The NUC, in its role as the national quality assurance agency on university programmes,
shall subject the CCMAS statements for review periodically.
It is recommended that universities review their programme, at least once in five years,
using the current quality assurance CCMAS statements.
Unless otherwise essential for particular programmes, all engineering and technology
programmes in a university should be reviewed at the same time. Indeed, because even
engineering and technology students normally take their 100 and 200 level courses in
science, and their special electives in the humanities, it would be expedient if all courses in
the University are reviewed at the same time.
A committee of staff, senior enough and competent to carry out an effective review shall
do each curriculum review. The review shall include an assessment as to whether the
goals and objectives of the programme as formulated are still relevant in dynamic
professional and social contexts.
Reviews shall endeavour to incorporate the opinions of relevant stakeholders such as

students, staff, external examiners, employers, professional bodies, policy makers etc.
Each curriculum so revised shall be subjected to consideration and approval at the levels
of Department, Faculty/Colleges, and Senate in the University. Specifically, a good review
should examine the curriculum and resources in accordance with the following criteria:
1. Re-assessment/re-formulation of goals and objectives as well as the Learning

Outcomes for the programme in relation to the needs of the learners and the market
requirements taking into account the broader aspects of the discipline.
2. The market demands of the graduates now and in the future, in terms of skills needed
to function as competitive professionals in the current labour market on a global scale.
3. Relevance of the current content in terms of knowledge, skills and attitudes being
taught/developed and how these meet the needs of the present and future
requirements of the clientele.
4. How the teaching and learning methods meet or fall short of current and future
standards of comparable programmes.
5. The quality of teaching and learning material used.
6. Outcomes of learning in terms of success, experience of learners (pass rate,
knowledge and skills acquisition, professional capability and integrity) as contributed
by the programme.
7. The views of employers and community members on the quality and relevance of the
curriculum.
Performance Evaluation Criteria

The accreditation of the Engineering and Technology degree programme means a system
of recognising educational institutions (universities and programmes offered by them) for
a level of performance, integrity and quality which entitles them to the confidence of the
educational and professional community, the public they serve, and employers of labour
and services.
The objectives of the accreditation exercise are to:
34
1. ensure that at least the provisions of the minimum academic benchmark statements
are attained, maintained and enhanced;
2. assure employers and other members of the community that graduates of these
institutions have attained an acceptable level of competence in their areas of
specialisation; and
3. certify to the international community that the programmes offered in these
universities are of high standards and that their graduates are adequate for
employment and for further studies.
35
B. Eng Aerospace Engineering
Overview
The Aerospace Engineering curriculum provides a strong fundamental background
in Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) along with the ability to apply
this fundamental knowledge to the analysis and design of future air- and space-
craft. Aerospace engineering curriculum spills into other tangential areas such as delivery of
medical equipment and medication to remote and often undulating landscapes. As far as
Nigeria is concerned, there is a need to invest in Aerospace industries for manufacturing of
aircraft standard parts with knowledge of software engineering and artificial intelligence.
Aerospace engineering also prepares students for lifelong learning and the attainment of
their career goals in the field of aerospace engineering and in a wide range of other
areas where the students can later man our Aerospace industries maintaining both quality,
standards and the ethics of the industry. By the necessity of the industry, there is a need to
introduce the concepts of system design early in the curriculum that will culminate in the
yearlong senior capstone design experience in some of the specific courses offered, in which
students work in teams to respond to a design challenge from industry, government, or a
professional engineering society. We suggest a total of 20 hours of technical and free
electives which will allow students pursue an individualized program of study be embarked
upon.
Philosophy
The philosophy of the programme is to produce graduates with high academic standards
and adequate practical background who can contribute to the development and expansion
of Nigeria’s economy in aerospace and associated spin-off industries.
Objectives
The main objectives of the programme are to:
1. train and make graduates of the programme functional in the aerospace engineering
industry;
2. provide a broad-based training in aeronautical/astronautical engineering such that the
products of the program can perform effectively in design, analysis and project
management areas of the industry;
3. produce graduates that can easily be upgraded through postgraduate training to
undertake teaching and research in institutions of higher learning and undertake
consulting services in all aspects of the aeronautical and astronautical industries;
4. be capable of developing and contributing to a sound aerospace industry in Nigeria; and
5. generate knowledge into new technological possibilities through research and
development in order to improve technical services to the aerospace and automobile
industries.
Employability Skills
Graduates of Aerospace Engineering have several career industry-path options open to them
such as: Aircraft production and design; robotics and mechanical engineering; mechatronics,
rocket and missile designs; unmanned aerial vehicles (UAV); drones; air and space-based
telecommunication, aircraft maintenance; aviation management; research industries which
Nigeria must engage in; military service and other related technology-intensive fields.
36
21st Century Skills
Aerospace in the present 21st century gets into communication and IT, functioning in the
metrological world, be comfortable in both civil and defense industries; capable of
development of skills necessary to improve the economy of scale, leading to nation building
and advancement of global economy. In addition to the basic scientific, engineering and
professional skills acquired, the aerospace engineer trained under this programme must
have and be able to apply 21st century skills such as:
1. problem-solving;
2. critical thinking;
3. leadership ability required for supervision of mechanical and aerospace projects;
4. high professional and ethical standards;
5. deep understanding of the social, political, and economic realities of different cultures,
countries, and indigenous peoples where he is going to function as the aerospace is
global;
6. ability to work effectively in interdisciplinary teams;
7. development and use of software packages for acquisition, interpreting and presenting
aviation related data, creating 3-D model of a full aircraft, missiles and rockets and be
able to participate in space related experiments; and
8. consulting expertise in services of global status in all specialisations of aerospace
engineering.
Unique Features of the Programme

This programme compares very well in content to similar programmes in other universities
around the world, some of which have been running Aerospace Engineering programme for
over a century and are top-ranking among institutions for higher learning worldwide.
However, unlike the programmes of some of those institutions which present partial
knowledge in favour of narrower specialisation of the profession, this curriculum presents a
holistic body of knowledge of the profession (the extractive industry) and yet allows for
focus toward specialisation and development of 21st century skills. NUC has refocused
aerospace to practical application instead of wholly theoretical, as it should. Thus, this new
approach to aerospace engineering will lead to products of this bachelor programme to fit
competently into any area of the aerospace engineering profession upon graduation.


level passes in Senior Secondary Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must
include English Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science
subjects at not more than two sittings.
Direct Entry
For the four year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior Secondary Certificate (SSC)
credit passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at
37
Advance GCE Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are
eligible for consideration for admission into 300 levels respectively.
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for minimum of
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters
respectively.
4. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
5. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work
Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Global Course Structure
Year GST/ENT Basic GET AAE SIWES Total
Science Courses Courses Courses
100 4 16 3 2 - 25
200 4 - 20 4 3 31
300 4 - 18 0 4 26
400 - - 0 8 08
500 - - 5 10 - 15
Total 12 16 47 15 15* 105
* All SIWES courses are credited for GPA computation in the 2nd Semester of the 400 Level
100 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Cultures 2 C 30 -
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
38
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 102 General Physics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling 2 C 15 45
I
AAE 101 Introduction to Aerospace Engineering 2 C 30 -
Total 25
200 Level
Code
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence 2 C 30 -
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 205 Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45
AAE 201 Introduction to Aerospace Systems 2 C 15 45
Engineering II
AAE 202 MATLAB Application to Aerospace 2 C 30 -
Engineering
AAE 204 Aircraft Flight Principle/Flight Mechanics 2 E 30 -
*GET 299 SIWES I : Students Industrial Work 3 C 9 weeks
Experience I
Total 31
* SIWES credited in 2nd Semeter of 400 Level; E - Elective
300 Level

Code
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Technical Writing and Communication 3 C 45 -
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics 3 C 45 -
39
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and Technology 3 C 30 45
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence & 3 C 45 -
Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies
AAE 301 Aircraft Structural Materials and Fracture 2 E 30 -
AAE 302 Aerospace Technology Lab II 2 E 15 45
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work Experience 4 C 12 weeks
Scheme (12 Weeks)
Total 26
400 Level
Course Course Title Unit Status LH PH
Code
AAE 401 Aircraft/Spacecraft Conceptual Design 2 E 30 -
(Group Project)
AAE 403 Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing 2 E 30 -
AAE 405 Aircraft/Rocket Propulsion Technology 3 E 45 -
AAE 407 Aerodynamics Experiment Methods, 2 E - 90
Instrumentation and Propulsion Lab
GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work Experience 8 C 24 weeks
Scheme
Total 17
SIWES Courses*
GET 299 SIWES I: SWEP 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III: Student Industrial Work Experience 8 C 24 weeks
Scheme
Total 15
* All credited in the 2nd Sememter of 400 Level
500 Level
Code
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
AAE 501 Aircraft/Spacecraft Design 2 C - 90
AAE 503 Aerodynamics of V/STOL Aircraft 3 C 45
AAE 504 Aircraft Maintenance Management 2 C 15 45
AAE 505 Computational Fluid Mechanics and Mass 3 C 45
Transfer I
Total 15
40
Course Contents and Learning Outcomes
100 Level
GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.
Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality).
Reading and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking;
reasoning methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy,
generalisation and explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements.
Writing activities (pre-writing(brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing,
punctuation and expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing
(summary, essays, letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). Mechanics of
writing. Information and Communication Technology in modern language learning.
Language skills for effective communication. The art of public speaking.
GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation
to national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.
Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building
(military intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and
economics of self-reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship
41
system among Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and
national development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.
CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the
elements, based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using Le Chatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10.determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and
temperature.
Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.
CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
42
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.
Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as
fourth allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic
theory in organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination
of structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.
CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.
Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.
CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting
point, test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.
Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.
43
MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)
(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.
Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.
MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of
continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.
Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve
sketching, integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes
(including approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).
PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
44
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular
momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.
Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial
frames, impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion;
application of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in
physics, conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work,
potential energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector
product, moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates;
conservation of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and
precession; gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion,
gravitational potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.
PHY 102: General Physics II(Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing
macroscopic behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.
Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops
and bubbles.
PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.
45
Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies
of meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant
systems, light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However,
emphasis should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements,
data collection, analysis, and deduction.
PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.
Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the
basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and
deduction.
GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to
innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs);
and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.
Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills.
Guest seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.
46
GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive
and subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical
and other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the
analytical nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.
Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete
terms. Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D
objects. Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and
perspectives. Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection
and rendering. This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid
works, solid edge or equivalent.
AAE 101: Introduction to Aerospace Engineering (1 Unit C: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes
1. use and incorporate fundamental principles from mathematics, basic science and
physics, and computer science to solve general fundamental problems associated with
the broad field of aerospace systems;
2. appreciate the various interconnected and interrelated disciplines of the aeronautic or
space track within the department;
3. apply the fundamental principles and concepts of engineering to formulate one or
more approaches or models to a new problem and to suggest solutions or solution
procedures to solve the problem; and
4. communicate knowledge and understanding in written reports and oral presentations.
Course Contents
This course introduces new Aerospace Engineering students to the field of AE and to the
curriculum. An overview of aerospace engineering from a design perspective. Job role for
maintenance staff. Training opportunities and job progression. Introductory aerodynamics,
lift, drag and the standard atmosphere. Aircraft performance. History of aviation,
meteorology and astronomy.
47
200 Level
GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge; and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.
Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules
of inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences.
Creative and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and
politics, philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human
values, philosophy and character molding.
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.
Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian
and other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker,
natural and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking).
48
Innovation (The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation,
knowledge and innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of
business plan, forms of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation,
and joint ventures). Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and
technology, intellectual property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria
(biography of inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship,
entrepreneurship support institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and
cultural barriers to entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.
GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify
metallurgical engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of
ceramics in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as
sherardising, galvanising and anodizing; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.
Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass –
ceramics. Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as
engineering materials, chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer
degradation and aging. Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of
copolymers and homopolymers. Composites; definition, classification, characterisation,
49
properties and composite. Applications of composites. Nanomaterials; definition,
classification and applications of nanomaterials as emerging technology. Processing of
nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis,
sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma processing and laser ablation. Integrity
assessment of engineering materials; effect of engineering design, engineering materials
processing, selection, manufacturing and assembling on the performance and service life of
engineering materials. Metallography and fractography of materials. Mechanical testing
(destructive testing) of materials such as compressive test, tensile test, hardness test,
impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test. Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye
penetrant, X-ray and eddy current.
GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement
devices and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool
action, cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical
energy conservation measures.
Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging,
press-tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering).
Heat treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory
of metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.
GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
50
4. determine the effect of various instruments, (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications
Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and
energy conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes,
dimensional analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.
GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system (surrounding, closed and open system), control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour
using property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change
in energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.
Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.
51
GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and
Green’s theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical
model of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and
its applications to different engineering processes
Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations,
partial and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector
algebra, vector calculus, directional derivatives.
GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically
solve a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,

curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex
numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the
theory of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.
Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity.
52
Derivatives, differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation,
harmonic functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and
its applications to engineering problems. Special functions.
GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities
relevant to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.
Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing,
memory, registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic;
representation of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development;
coding (solution design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data
structures; computer software and operating system; computer operators and operators
precedence; components of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured
and visual programming; use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals,
Internet of Things (IoT). Elements of software engineering.
GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 UnitsC: 9 weeks)
Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness,
inter-personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report)
of their practical experiences.
Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics,
maintenance of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry
53
equipment, production of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation (8-10
weeks during the long vacation following 200 level).
NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.
AAE 201: Introduction to Aerospace Systems Engineering

(2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. Design and conducts experiment;
2. Analyse and interpret data;
3. design system, component or process to meet needs;
4. function on multi-disciplinary systems design teams;
5. identify, formulate and solve aerospace engineering problems;
6. demonstrate understanding of the priciples of aircraft performance, stability, control,
propulsion and rocket/spacecraft trajectories and orbits; and
7. employ techniques, skills and tools in aerospace engineering practice.
Course Contents
Overview of aerospace engineering from a design and systems perspective. Introductory
aerodynamics, lift, drag and the standard atmosphere. Aircraft performance, stability and
control. Propulsion. Structures. Rocket and spacecraft trajectories and orbits.
AAE 202: MATLAB Applications to Aerospace Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. use MATLAB as a calculator both for scalars and matrices;
2. use elementary functions and define variables, and construct simple scripts and
functions;
3. use control structures (if-statements, for- and while-loops) in simple examples;
4. visualise the results of computations and data sets by self-explaining graphics; and
5. use the help system to learn new functions.
Course Contents
The name MATLAB is an acronym for MATrix LABoratory. MATLAB was written originally to
provide easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK (linear system package)
and EISPACK (Eigen system package) projects. MATLAB integrates computation,
visualisation, programing environment and it has sophisticated data structures, contains
built-in editing and debugging tools, and supports object-oriented programming. These
factors make MATLAB an excellent tool for teaching and research. MATLAB has many
advantages compared to conventional computer languages such as C, FORTRAN which are
employed for solving technical problems. It is also an interactive system whose basic data
element is an array that does not require dimensioning. Engineering students in our
universities can use the software package as a standard tool to meet the 21st century
industry worldwide needs. Students will use MATLAB’s powerful built-in routines that are
cable of enabling a very wide variety of computations and easy-to-use graphic commands
capable of making the visualisation of results immediately available. Students need to be
conversant with the toolboxes required for signal processing, symbolic computation,
54
control theory, simulation, optimisation and several other fields of applied science and
engineering.
AAE 204: Aircraft Flight Principle/Flight Mechanics (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. discuss kinematics and dynamics of a 3D rigid body;
2. formulate and provide numerical solution of flight dynamics equations of motion;
3. explain the concepts of static and dynamic stability of aerospace systems;
4. locate of the elastic axis vs aerodynamic center;
5. explain the concepts of divergence and stability with a single DOF model;
6. highlight sweep effects;
7. explain the concept of flutter with a pitch/plunge model; and
8. manage relevant applications to aerospace systems.
Course Contents
An introduction to airplane flight mechanics. Airframe anatomy. Engine anatomy. Equations
of motion. Trajectory analysis. Stability and control. Aircraft sizing and simulation. 3DOF
equations of motion: Assumptions and coordinate systems; kinematic equations; dynamic
equations; weight equation; discussion of 3DOF equations; quasi-steady flight; three-
dimensional flight; flight over a spherical earth; and flight in a moving atmosphere.
Atmosphere: standard atmosphere and exponential atmosphere.
300 Level
GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in
peace building.
Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and
land disputes and others. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace &
Human Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders and others). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict
dynamics assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework:
Concepts of Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace
mediation and peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local
levels). Agents of conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution
and Imperatives. Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation,
55
collaboration). The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United
Nations, UN and its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security
Council (c) ECOWAS in peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace
building. Managing post-conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons
(IDPs);the role of NGOs in post-conflict situations/crises.
ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.
Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book
keeping, nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and
business communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and
modern business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business
idea generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).
GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
56
collaborative groups..
Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.
GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.
Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturn-Louville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables.
Eigen value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and
Linear integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace,
Mellin and Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of
finite differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.
GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.
Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
57
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles
of correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails,
etc. Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented
proposals. Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research
reports and publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures,
equations and references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of
visual aids and practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports.
Case studies of major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional
presentation of reports.
GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps
them to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and
technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate
conclusions based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays
in data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of
programme-relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the
measurements undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.
Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles and many others.
Probability. Binomial, poison hyper-geometric, normal distributions, etc. Statistical inference
intervals, test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big
data analytics and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a
calculator; Vectors, matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and
looping control structures. Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending
functions. The Apply Family. Statistical modelling and inference in R.
58
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate
change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue
the sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.
Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national,
regional and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in
each fuel cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and
renewable (solar, biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage,
transmission and conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic
and social context. Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall
concept of sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the
fundamental benefit of renewable energy.
Practical Contents
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.
GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and

Convergent Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
59
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise
with a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine
learning exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.
Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
such as their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent
technologies – definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and
deep learning. Introduction to python AI libraries.
AAE 301: Aircraft Structural Materials and Fracture (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate knowledge of modern aerospace structural materials and their selection
for various aircraft components;
2. exhibit ability to use engineering science tools such as advanced mathematics and
stress analysis;
3. show ability to perform stress and deformation analysis on common structural forms
found on aerospace structures;
4. demonstrate knowledge of failure criteria for engineering materials; and
5. ahow ability to design simple aerospace structures to support mechanical loads.
Course Contents
General concepts of stress and strain. One, two- and three-dimensional stress and strain.
Elastic deformation of metals: principles of stresses and strains in metals. Complex
stresses on two planes at right angles. Mohr’s circle. Principal stresses and strains.
Maximum shear stresses. Distortion energy and yield criteria. Application of Mohr’s circle
for analysis of stress and strain. Tensor analysis of stresses and strains. Tensile response of
materials; simple tensile and shear structures.Introduction to mechanical properties of
materials commonly used in the aircraft structures, materials failure and structure
inspections. Properties of aluminum alloys, titanium steels, composite materials, fractures,
fatigues, corrosions and NDT. At the end of the course, students are expected to have
basic knowledge on choosing materials for aircraft structures.
AAE 302: Aerospace Technology Lab II (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to function and set up the following
laboratories:
1. Computational aerodynamic;
2. Aircraft stability and control;
3. Aircraft systems;
4. Aircraft structures;
60
5. Fluid mechanic and combustion; and
6. Strength of materials.
Course Contents
Experiments in measurement systems, aerodynamics, aerospace structures, dynamics and
control, propulsion, cockpit layout, flight simulator, technical report writing and
presentations.
GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience Scheme II(4 Units C: 12 weeks)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop
empirical models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.
The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.
Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of
work experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are
engaged in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what
they will use in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The
use of relevant animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students
are to write a report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should
be assisted and encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of
outline of activities and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn
prescribed credits include:
Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads,
bolts, gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.
Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.
61
A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the
concept of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive
design project.
Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;
b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
d. technical report writing.
400 Level
AAE 401: Aircraft / Spacecraft Conceptual Design I (Group Project)

(2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate good understanding of aircraft design and the role of knowledge-based
engineering, so that a good overall picture is obtained and a sound engineering
approach to developing new designs linked to industrial operations is developed, through
experience of a realistic design project.
Course Contents
Introduction to the principles and techniques of aircraft design. Design methodology.
Preliminary design: Problem definition; information retrieval; aircraft requirements;
configuration options; initial baseline sizing; baseline evaluation; refining the initial layout;
refined baseline design; parametric and trade studies; final baseline configuration and type
specification. Case studies. Prerequisite(s) or Concurrent(s): AAE 321, AAE 312, AAE 351
or consent of instructor.
AAE 403: Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. take active role in product design and development process as well as prototyping;
2. model 3D part and assemblies using solidworks programme;
3. analyze the part design using one of the computational methods (e.g. stress analysis);
and
4. demonstrate understanding of the concepts of computer-aided manufacturing and a
number of applied associated processes.
Course Contents
Computer aided manufacturing: operation and sequence, planning, machine definition, NC
sequences and post processing. Finite element analysis: mesh types, constraints, loads,
processing and interpretation of results. Data transfer. Manufacturing techniques.
Maximum metal conditions, limits, and fits – MMC, BC 308 conventions, assembly drawings
and parts list. Computer aided design: production drawings created from 2D and 3D CAD
systems covering solid and surface modelling, mass properties, finite element analysis,
rapid prototyping and computer aided manufacturing software.
62
AAE 405: Aircraft/Rocket Propulsion Technology (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. make design choices between jet and rocket propulsion systems based on performance
issues;
2. calculate energy release such as adiabatic flame temperatures and equilibrium
composition of gases at known temperature and pressure;
3. analyse the thermodynamic performance of jet engine cycles and compute relevant
performance parameters;
4. perform and report preliminary design calculations to size jet engines to meet specific
performance goals;
5. analyze the thermodynamic performance of simple chemical and electrical rocket cycles
and compute relevant performance parameters; and
6. characterise the performance and operating/design constraints for inlets, compressors,
combustors, turbines and nozzles.
Course Contents
The theories and principles of jet and rocket propulsion. Thermodynamic cycles. The
mechanics and thermodynamics of combustion. Turbine engine and rocket performance
characteristics. Component and cycle analysis of jet engines and turbomachinery.
AAE 407: Aerodynamics Experiment Methods, Instrumentation and Propulsion

Lab (2 Units E: PH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe the applications of the fundamental principles taught in aerodynamics
courses;
2. exhibit basic knowledge related to experimental aerodynamics and measurements
techniques;
3. become proficient in the use of basic equipment representative of aerospace
engineering practice;
4. explain how to design experiments and how to conduct experiments;
5. discuss how to analyse and evaluate experimental data;
6. write good laboratory reports;
7. gain more laboratory experiences to get “hands-on” lab training; and
8. gain experiences to promote the spirit of team-work among the engineering students.
Course Contents
The laboratories introduce undergraduate students to experimental methods in
aerodynamics and propulsion. Experiments include subsonic wind tunnel tests of the forces
and pressures on aircraft models, wings, cylinders, spheres and spheroids. They also
include design and execution of flat plate boundary layer measurement as a team effort.
Gas turbine engine teaching kits are used to illustrate the principles of propulsion.
Introductory topics include: wind tunnel design and layout; measurement principles for
subsonic and supersonic flows. Prerequisite(s) or Concurrent(s): AAE 308, AAE 430 or
consent of instructor.
63
GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (8 Units C: 24 weeks)
Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work
and the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job
placements after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.
Course Contents
On- the -job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but
supervised by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the
student submits the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also,
there will be a comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial
training experiences (GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be
presented to the Department for overall assessment.
500 Level
GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.
Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of
project management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel
management, labour and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource
64
management. Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons –
functions, roles, responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change
management. Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting,
scheduling, work breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks
(log frames), risk analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart,
CPM and PERT. Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport
and materials handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs);
methods of economic and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human
factors and environmental impact considerations in engineering project design and
management. Project business case - financial, technical and sustainability considerations.
Case studies, site visits and invited industry professional seminars. General principles of
management and appraisal techniques. Breakthrough and control management theory;
production and maintenance management. Training and manpower development. The
manager and policy formulation, objective setting, planning, organising and controlling,
motivation and appraisal of results.
GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the
legal principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and
practically present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings
including as an expert witness.
Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers:
Forms of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other
Remedies. Termination/ancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses,
safety and risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties
imposed on employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal
law. Law of torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application,
and infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.
AAE 501: Aircraft/Spacecraft Design (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. provide senior engineering students a capstone experience in spacecraft design;
2. offer an opportunity for going beyond a paper product (design report) into actual
manufacturing and launching of microsatellites;
3. develop creative abilities in solving open-ended, spacecraft design problems;
65
4. develop an appreciation of the interrelationships between aerodynamics, propulsion,
structures, flight mechanics, stability & control, manufacturing, maintenance and cost in
an integrated spacecraft design;
5. develop students' engineering judgment as well as their confidence in making and
accepting responsibility for design decisions;
6. develop students' oral and written communication skills, necessary to describe the
assumptions, methods, and results of engineering analysis, synthesis and decision-
making associated with spacecraft design;
7. be aware of the importance of teamwork in the design of a spacecraft and provide them
with an opportunity to develop team and leadership skills;
8. be aware of their professional and ethical responsibilities as practicing engineers; and
9. discuss the role of identity, equality, social actions and culture in aerospace
10. engineering practice (Integration of area S and engineering).
Course Contents
Introduction to the principles and techniques of the detailed design of the constituent
subsystems and related support systems for an aircraft/spacecraft. Aircraft/spacecraft
systems engineering: aircraft/spacecraft programme phases; system engineering
techniques; design drivers; trade-offs and budgets. Reliability analysis. Case studies.
Prerequisite(s) or concurrent(s): AAE 401, AAE 407 or consent of instructor.
AAE 503: Aerodynamics of V/STOL Aircraft (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. discuss the fundamentals of rotor aerodynamics;
2. explain blade element analysis;
3. discuss blade motion and rotor control;
4. describe basic helicopter performance;
5. describe the conceptual design of helicopters; and
6. explain unsteady aerodynamics, dynamic stall and rotor akes.
Course Contents
Introduction to rotary wing aircrafts: Vertical take-off and landing aircraft and short take-
off and landing aircraft. The course includes elaborate discussion on helicopter
aerodynamics. Rotor in vertical flight: momentum theory and wake analysis. Rotor in
vertical flight: blade element theory. Rotor mechanisms for forward flight. Rotor
aerodynamics in forward flight. Rotor aerodynamic design. Prerequisite(s) or
concurrent(s): AAE 321, AAE 312 or consent of instructor.
AAE 504: Aircraft Maintenance Management (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. be competent in aeronautics, airframe and powerplant, aircraft instruments,
communication and navigation systems, aircraft manufacturing techniques and
operation, component repair and replacement, advanced maintenance and
troubleshooting;
2. have knowledge of laboratory and on-the-job training and apprenticeship experiences
associated with aircraft engineering technology, construction, operation, maintenance,
repair and overhaul of aircraft systems and components;
66
3. have the basic knowledge and skills necessary to pursue technical and professional
careers in aviation industry; and
4. have leadership and membership opportunities associated with appropriate professional
organisations.
Course Contents
Maintenance program: requirement and purpose of maintenance. Maintenance review
board and MSG-2 and logic applied to aircraft system, power plant and structures, hard-
time, on-condition and condition monitored maintenance. Data collection, component
history and statistical information sources. Reporting procedures, occurrence reporting and
corrective action methodology. Minimum equipment list and acceptable deferred defects.
Production of maintenance schedules and programmes. Aircraft maintenance and
reliability: airworthiness requirements and documentation. Safety standards and safety
assessment, including reliability assessment. Failure modes and failure analysis. Reliability
mathematics directly associated with aircraft maintenance. Predicting system, engine and
structural reliability and effect on reliability of scheduling: maintenance facilities.
Provisioning and supply systems. Maintenance task, task development and analysis,
downtime, repair, replacement, rectification and modification. Use of project planning
methods such as CPM, PERT and computer programs to allocate timely physical and
human resources. Special considerations when planning and scheduling maintenance for
geriatric aircraft. Technological aids to maintenance. Future of aircraft maintenance, third
party maintenance and whole life maintenance packages. Human factors in aircraft
maintenance: effect on maintenance planning of human performance and limitations.
Analysing human errors in aircraft management, case studies and safety considerations.
Investigation of the SHEL and reason models of human interaction. Production of a
management plan designed to limit human error in the execution of aircraft maintenance
activities.
AAE 505: Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer I (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. derive and demonstrate understanding of the physics of the theoretical relations in heat
transfer;
2. use the simplified engineering solution methods that are used in heat transfer in order to
make a quick approximation of the heat transfer for academic and industrial
applications;
3. use numerical solution methods for heat transfer in order to make a detailed
approximation of the heat transfer for academic and industrial applications, and to gain a
physical understanding of how heat transfer occurs;
4. analyse and compare the results from different solution methods and make a quick
judgment of the validity of the results;
5. explain how the theory describes the flow and temperature distributions in academic and
industrial applications;
6. do project work;
7. make an oral presentation;
8. write a good report; and
9. use a mesh generation code and a CFD code.
67
Course Contents
Finite difference method, error and stability analysis. Applications to model equations and
further developments: matrix methods, etc. Prerequisite(s) or concurrent(s): AAE 466, AAE
587 or consent of instructor.
Minimum Academic Standards
Equipment
The department must have adequate office accommodation for all the staff and
laboratory/workshop for practical work. Some of the lecture spaces, auditoriums, drawing
rooms, laboratories and workshop are shared with other departments.
Laboratories and Workshops

The department should meet the required minimum laboratory/workshop for the program such as:
1. Material testing laboratory
2. Thermodynamics/fluid laboratory
3. Metrology laboratory
4. General workshop
5. Solid mechanics laboratory
6. Computational fluid dynamic laboratory
7. Automobile workshop
8. Foundry workshop
9. Drawing room
Laboratory equipment required for AAE department
S/N Description of Equipment

Aerodynamics Laboratory
1. Open air wind tunnel
2. Modular airflow bench
3. Embedded electronic development boards
Thermo-Fluids Laboratory
4. Free and forced vortex apparatus
5. Loss-in-piping system apparatus
6. Hydraulic flow bench
7. Linear heat transfer conduction apparatus
8. Small engine test set
9. Refrigeration and air-conditioning training kit
10. Flat plate solar energy collector with data acquisition accessories
11. Focusing (curved plate) solar energy collector with data acquisition accessories
12. Tubular heat exchanger
13. Plate heat exchanger
68
14. Flow meter calibration
15. Modified 4-stroke diesel engine
16. 4-stroke petrol engine
17. VDAS (Bench mounted version)
18. Thermal expansion apparatus
19. Thermal conductivity apparatus
20. Francis turbine(H18)
21. Computer-based thermal expansion
22. Thermal radiation system
23. Ideal gas law apparatus
24. Venturimeter
25. Ideal gas law stirling
26. Adiabatic gas law apparatus
27. Reynolds apparatus
28. Halogen lamp
29. Stirling engine
30. Drop wise and film wise condensation
31. Centrifugal pump
32 Pelton turbine
33. Hand manual pump
34. Orifice
35. Compressor igniter
36. Exhaust gas analyser
Material Testing Laboratory

37. Lesker Nano 36 thermal vacuum deposition system for thin film fabrication
38. Laurell spin-coater
39. Electro-spinner
40. Furnace
41. UV-Vis-NIR spectrophotometer (for solid & liquid samples)
42. Scanning electron microscope
43. Instron testing machine
44. Magnetic stirrer
45. Microscopes (fluorescence & inverted microscope)
46. Environment chamber
47. Fume cupboard
69
48. Ultrasonicator
49. Water bath
General Aeronautical and Astronautical Workshop

50. Lathe machines
51. Drilling and milling machines
52. Grinding machines
53. Worktables
54. Vice, toolboxes
55. Rotary furnace
56. Crusher
57. Heat resistance electric furnace
58. Electric tubular furnace
59. 3-in-1 planner, circular sawing and mortising machine
60. Lift out furnace
61. Trowel and masonry tools set, and rammer tongs
62, Work bench
63, Woodwork vices
64. Woodwork planer
Metrology Laboratory
65. Channel temperature recorder
66. Photo\contact tachometer
67. Vibration meter
68. Digital sound level meter
69. Infrared thermal imager
70. Hand crank generator
71. Stroboscope
72. Function generator/counter
73. Manometer
74. Pressure sensor absolute
75. Thermistor sensor
76. Viscometer
77. Crank angle shaft encoder
78. Absolute pressure/temperature sensor
79. Motion sensor
70
80. Energy transfer generator
81. 850 universal interface
82. Potentiometer box
83. Humidity\barometer/data recorder
84. Multimeter
85. Digital anemometer
86. Thermometer
87. Fuel flow meter
88. Micrometre screw gauge
89. Digital Micrometre screw gauge
90. Venier calliper
91. Sine wave generator
92. Comparator
Materials Testing laboratory

93. Lesker Nano 36 thermal vacuum deposition system for thin film fabrication
94. Laurel spin-coater
95. Electro-spinner
96. Furnace
97. UV-Vis-NIR spectrophotometer (for solid & liquid samples)
98. Scanning electron microscope
99. Instron testing machine
100. Magnetic stirrer
101. Microscopes (fluorescence & inverted microscope)
102. Environment chamber
103. Fume cupboard
104. Ultrasonicator
105. Water bath
Automobile Workshop
106 Automotive engine test set
107 Toyota engine anatomy teaching model
108 Toolbox
Solid Mechanics Laboratory

109 Mass and hanger set
71
110 Material structure beam adapter
111 Static and dynamic balancing apparatus
112 Material photo elasticity accessory
113 Universal testing machine
114 Bridge set
Computational Fluid Dynamics Laboratory

115 Computer workstations
116 High speed computers for CFD & CAD
Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalent
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with
doctoral degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15
Units per semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each
programme, staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures,
tutorials, practicals and supervision of projects.
NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees, hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.
Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practicals
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are
to be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.
Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.
Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation
and maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.
Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
72
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time
academic staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right
mix, such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently;
and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate calibre for
the office of the Head of Department to run.
Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.
Library
In addition to the university and faculty libraries, the programme must have a departmental
library well equipped with specialised books and journals in both physical collections and e-
collections (e-resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the
programme must also be available in the library for staff, students and researchers.
The library must be connected to subscribed repository of the following:

1. Institutions (national and international)
2. Open access sources
3. Professional bodies’ e-learning platforms
4. Relevant international organisations
The library must also have adequate facilities:
1. For reading;
2. Provisions for lending; and
3. Reservation unit for specialised materials.
Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

Although other laboratories and workshops not listed here will be shared with many
other departments in the faculty and university in general, the laboratories and
facilities listed in the table below should be provided and equipped specifically for
every aerospace engineering programme.
Laboratories & Workshop Required for the Programme

Laboratory/
S/N Requirements Required Size (m)
Workshop
Should provide equipment and
tools for practical experiments,
tests (laboratory and field) and
research in aerospace
Aeronautical and 18.5 x 10 x HRM*
engineering, computer systems,
1 Astronautical (with Technologist’s
relevant softwares and hardwares
Laboratory office and a store).
with supply of consumables
should be provided for
preparation of models and heat,
and thermodynamic experiments.
Aerospace Design Should have physical models 18.5 x 10 x HRM
2
Laboratory Aero/Astro, good size wind tunnel (with Technologist’s
73
and other aerospace systems for office and a store)
research and demonstration.
Computer systems and
appropriate software packages
for aerospace design and
simulation such as Cathia, Fluent
and OpenFoam. Provisions
should also be made in this
laboratory for other hardwares,
equipment and tools for avionic
design. There should also be
provisions for data processing,
analyses and presentation.
This laboratory should have
equipment and tools such as jack
hammer (electric, mechanical or
fluid powered) for drilling;
physical models or table-top
Drilling and drilling rig. Tools such as hand 50 x 20 x HRM
3 Explosives augers. Models of explosives (With Technologist’s
Laboratory magazine and facilities for safe office and a store).
preparation of ANFO. Samples of
the various initiation and
detonation devices and large
posters of various equipment for
teaching aid.
At Nigeria’s stage of independent
existence, she should be thinking
of space exploration. To this end,
there must be a specialised lab 50 x 20 x HRM
4 Rocket Laboratory for rocket and missile designs. (with Technologist’s
Such lab must have provisions for office and a store).
polishing, mounting and finishing
for teaching and research in all
areas of engineering.
* The headroom (HRM) will depend on the particular laboratory but must be sufficient to
accommodate any equipment requiring high head.
The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:
Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
74
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00
Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Facilities
Room
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,

computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,

3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,

computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,

Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves
75
B.Eng Agricultural and Biosystems
Engineering
Overview
This new agricultural and biosystems engineering curriculum contain courses that will
produce Agricultural and Biosystems Engineers that will be globally competitive in a world
that is now dictated by a knowledge-based economy. The desired and required competences
in biological systems, process instrumentation and control, application of robots and drones
to agriculture, irrigation and drainage, machine development, renewable energy and food
process systems are supported by this new curriculum. The curriculum emphasises courses
such as artificial intelligence, machine learning, renewable energy technologies, drone and
robot technologies, project management, software engineering and design of machines and
structural elements. Other courses include livestock production, aquaculture and, agroponic,
instrumentation and measurement, greenhouse technology, biosystems engineering, solid
modelling and environmental and social impact analysis. Agricultural and Biosystems
Engineers will now have the skills to be gainfully employed as Design Engineers, Test
Engineers, Product Engineers, Quality Control Engineers, Energy Engineers and Advisors,
Machinery Maintenance Engineers, Waste Management Engineers, Diary Engineers, and
Irrigation and Drainage Engineers. The new curriculum compares well with those of top
global agricultural and biosystems engineering institutions. The synopsis of each of these
courses have been made elaborate with indicated learning outcomes. In all, the new
features of agricultural engineering and its transition to biosystems engineering are captured
in this curriculum.
The major areas of Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering are:
1. farm power and machinery engineering;
2. soil and water resources engineering;
3. crop processing, storage and agro-industrial engineering;
4. farm structures, rural electrification and environmental control engineering;
5. forestry and wood products engineering; and
6. food process engineering.
It is pertinent to make a clarification. Global development in recent years have seen the
adoption of various nomenclatures, world-wide, to define and describe the old Agricultural
Engineering Programme. These include Agricultural and Biosystems, Agricultural and
Environmental, Agricultural and Bioresources, Agricultural and Biological, Bioresources and
Biological Engineering. The revised curriculum here applies to all these variants and is
precisely adopting the name ‘Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering (ABE)”. This new Core
Curriculum and Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS) is a product of wide consultation
with the agricultural engineering community (academic and field Agricultural Engineers)
through the Nigerian Institution of Agricultural Engineers (NIAE), comparison with top
universities of the world, alignment with the Council for the Regulation of Engineering
(COREN) curriculum and the National Universities Commission (NUC) guidelines
Philosophy
Agricultural and Biosystems engineering encompasses the application of all engineering
knowledge to solving problems encountered in agricultural production, handling and
processing of biological materials for food, feed, fibre and fuel. The programme is designed
to prepare students for careers in machine systems: design and provision of power for
agricultural machines including renewable energies and design of machines for crop and
livestock production; processing systems for food, biofuels and other by-products: crop
76
processing and storage and post-harvest handling; natural resources system: irrigation and
drainage, erosion control and water conservation; environmental system: farm structures,
waste remediation and farm electrification; biological system: sensors, controls and
computer models to monitor biological processes and conversion of bio-based resources to
food, fuel and others. It is thus very wide and all encompassing.
Objectives
The objectives of the programme are to train engineers that are equipped with appropriate
knowledge and skills to play the following roles:
1. increase and sustain agricultural (crop and livestock), aquacultural and forest
production;
2. maintain a high level of agricultural production without damage or distortion to the
environment;
3. minimise the drudgery associated with agricultural production by use of appropriate
machinery;
4. improve rural infrastructures by providing desirable amenities for communities;
5. convert bio-based resources to food, fuel and other renewable products;
6. design new generation of devices or processes for agricultural and biological systems;
7. control agricultural and biological systems for natural resource protection, waste
remediation and eco-system restoration;
8. develop sensors, control systems and computer models to monitor and control biological
processes in industries or the environment; and
9. develop innovative green products and industries.
This curriculum emphasises skills that can gainfully employ Agricultural and Biosystems
Engineers in all agricultural, biosystems, environmental, rural and industrial environments as
Design Engineers, Test Engineers, Product Engineers, Plant Engineers, Quality Control
Engineers, Process Engineers, Energy Engineers and Advisers, Consulting Engineers and
Environmental Engineers. They can also be employed as Irrigation and Drainage Engineers,
Waste Management Engineers, Machinery Maintenance Engineers and Dairy Engineers
among others.
In addition to competence and savviness in problem-solving technical, technological and
modern digital skills, the programme equips the students with appropriate cognitive, critical
analytical and innovative skills, emotional and behavioural skills including communication,
interpersonal, continuous and life-long learning capabilities that will make them to be
conscious of their importance, and the need for sustainability in relation to the
consequences of their professional activities on the human environment and ecosystem.
21st Century Skills

A graduate of the Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering programme is expected to have
ability to:
1. Collaboration (teamwork and ethics);
2. Citiuzenship (local and global);
3. Learning to learn/metacognition;
4. integrate knowledge of areas of mechanical, electrical, environmental and civil
engineering, construction technology, hydraulics and soil mechanics in a variety of
agricultural and biological applications;
5. problem solving/decision making/computational thinking;
6. proffer sustainable solutions for addressing society’s challenges in agriculture, food,
energy, water and other natural resources by applying acquired technical, creativity and
77
innovative thinking and modern digital skills, which they are able to communicate lucidly;
and
7. create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources and convergent technologies,
including ICT tools, artificial intelligence, machine learning, robotics, modelling, cognitive
science, biotechnology, genetic engineering, nanotechnology, GIS and optimisation to
agricultural, food, energy and water problems.

1. This programme compared to that of the North Dakota State University, USA, McGill
University, Canada and Auburn University, Alabama, USA showed close similarity; most
of the courses in the new curriculum are also offered in at least one of the world’s top
university, and in some cases in three of these universities.
2. This new programme has courses that support emerging engineering practices in
agriculture such as the use of drones and robots, the overriding intervention of
renewable energy in agriculture, the engineering of livestock and fisheries, need to
deepen the design thinking and creative skills of students and the gradual shift from
agricultural engineering to biosystems engineering as well as reflecting the impact of
climate change on agricultural technology applications. Some of these courses are:
ABE 102: Introduction to Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering (2)

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling (2)
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3)
GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies (3)
ABE 307: Biosystems Engineering (2)
ABE 401: Instrumentation and Measurement in Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering
ABE 501: Environmental and Social Impact Analyses (2)
ABE 502: Aquaculture and Agroponics Engineering (2)
ABE 503: Livestock Production Engineering (2)
ABE 504: Greenhouse Technology (2)
ABE 505: Drone and Robot Technology in Agriculture (2)
3. The synopsis of most of the courses have been enriched to reflect the current practices
of agricultural engineering.
4. The synopsis of the programme-based courses indicates the relevant excursion,
laboratory and field practical to be undertaken by students.
5. The learning outcomes of each course is contained in this curriculum.


78
Direct Entry
respectively.

Level GST ENT Basic Faculty Programme SIWES Total
Sciences (GET) (ABE)
100 4 0 16 3 2 0 25
200 2 2 0 23 0 3 30
300 2 2 0 12 20 4 24
400 - 0 0 0 0 8 8
500 - 0 0 5 14 0 18
Total 8 4 16 43 34 15 105
79
100 level
Course Course title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 112 Nigerian People and Culture 2 C 30 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I 2 C 15 45
ABE 102 Introduction to Agricultural and Biosystem 2 C 30 -
Engineering
Total 25
200 Level
Code
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 45 -
GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 Weeks
Total 30
300 Level
Code
GET 304 Technical Writing and Communication 3 C 45
-
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data Analysis 3 C 45 -
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45
Technologies
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 3 C 45 -
80
Technologies
ABE 301 Design of Machine and Structural 2 C 15 45
Elements
ABE 302 Animal Production 2 E 30 -
ABE 303 Crop Production 2 E 30 -
ABE 304 Farm Management, Rural Sociology and 2 E 30 -
Agricultural Extension
ABE 305 Soil Science 2 E 30 -
ABE 306 Land Surveying and Geographic 2 E 15 45
Information System
ABE 307 Biosystems Engineering 2 C 30 -
ABE 308 Rural Infrastructural Engineering 2 E 30 -
Total 24
400 Level
Code
ABE 401 Instrumentation and Measurement in 3 E 30 45
Agricultural and Biosystems
Engineering
GET 499 SIWES III 8 C - 24
weeks
Total 8
Student Industrial Work Experience (SIWES)
GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 8 C 24 weeks
Total 15
500 Level
Code
ABE 501 Environmental and Social Impact 2 C 30 -
Analysis
ABE 502 Aquaculture and Agroponics 2 C 30 -
Engineering
ABE 503 Livestock Production Engineering 2 C 30 -
ABE 504 Greenhouse Technology 2 C 30 -
ABE 505 Drone and Robot Technology in 2 C 15 45
Agriculture
ABE 599 Final Year Project 3 C 15 90
Total 18
81
100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Writing activities (pre-writing(brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing,
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
82
Learning Outcomes
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using Le Chatelier’s principle to
mixtures;
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
83
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
84
(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
85
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
PHY 102: General Physics II(Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
86
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
Course Contents
87
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
ABE 102: Introduction to Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
The course exposes fresh students to:
1. the contents of agricultural and biosystems engineering;
2. the diverse role and relevance of the agricultural engineering profession;
3. the career opportunities; and
4. appreciate the strategic importance of agricultural engineering in supporting and
sustaining agricultural production.
Course Contents
Philosophy and evolution of agricultural and biosystems engineering. The role of Agricultural
and Biosystems Engineers in the society and human development. The relationship between
agricultural and biosystems engineering and the other engineering disciplines. Significance
of agricultural and biosystems engineering. Introduction to agricultural and biosystems
engineering: farm power and machinery engineering; soil and water engineering; crop
processing and storage engineering; farm structures and environment engineering;
biosystems engineering. ABE and sustainable development. The global development goals
(SDGs). Climate change impacts on agriculture, adaptation and mitigation measures;
Climate smart agriculture. Career opportunities in agricultural and biosystems engineering.
88
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
values, philosophy and character molding, etc.
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
Course Contents
89
GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Course Learning Outcomes

1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.
Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves
Kirchhoff’s laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC
circuits. DC, AC bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers,
Single phase circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.
Learning Outcomes
solutions;
polymers;
natural);
sherardising, galvanising and anodising; and
90
Course Contents
penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
91
principles.
Learning Outcomes
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs, etc;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, i.e., quantitative relations of Zeroth, first,
second and third laws;
92
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
solve a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types; 3. numerically
solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
93
numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
Course Contents
GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)
Learning Outcomes
94
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents
equipment, production of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, etc. (8-
10 weeks during the long vacation following 200 level).

300 level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
land disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders, etc.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict
collaboration, etc). The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The
United Nations, UN and its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security
95
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
Course Contents
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).
Learning Outcomes
96
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
technology);
Course Contents
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles, etc. Probability.
Binomial, poison hyper-geometric, normal distributions, etc. Statistical inference intervals,
test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data
analytics and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a
97
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technologies (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents
Practical Content: Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter

determination of calorific value of fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind,
waves and the energy that abound in them; laboratory production of biogas and
determination of energy available in it; simple conversion of solar energy to electricity;
transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel; simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller
or Scintillation Counters’ determination of uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt
storage of energy; hybrid application of renewable energy.

Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
98
Course Contents
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)
Learning Outcomes
careers;,
empirical models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work ;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers;
Course Contents

99
design project.

a. Design of machine components;
b. Product design and innovation;
c. Part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
d. Technical report writing.
ABE 301: Design of Machine and Structural Elements (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students will be able to:
1. Explain the theories of failure of machine components;
2. Analyse the loads on machine and structural elements;
3. Apply shear force, bending moment, torsion, bending stresses in designing machine
and structural elements;
4. Design machine components such as belt drives, shafts, chain drives, gears;
5. Design beams and columns;
6. Select fasteners such as nut and bolts, studs, bearings, etc. in designing machines;
and
7. Use computer software and empirical methods in designing machine and structural
elements.
Course Contents
Design of machine elements: Theories of failure. Design of shafts, belt and pulley drives,
gears, sprockets, bolts and nuts, keys and keyways; selection of bearings. Practical
session: Use of computer software in machine design.
Design of structural elements: Definitions. Hooke’s law. Stress and strain due to loading.
Torsion of circular members. Shear force. Bending moment and bending stresses in beams
with symmetrical and combined loadings. Stress and strain transformation equations. Mohr
cycle. Elastic buckling of columns. Design of beams using empirical methods and computer
software. Design of columns using empirical methods and computer software. Group
design assignment of machine or structural elements or complete system.
ABE 302: Animal Production (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. appreciate the basic science of animal production;
2. apply various engineering interventions in livestock housing, waste management, diary
production; and
3. implement mechanization strategies in livestock production.
100
Course Contents
Types of livestock (for eggs, milk, meat, wool, etc). distribution of livestock in Nigeria.
Livestock housing. Livestock processing equipment.
ABE 303: Crop Production (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Appreciate the various farming systems in agriculture with emphasis on Nigerian small
farm holding including the impact of climate change;
2. Describe the various farm machinery used in crop production;
3. Implement mechanical operations in crop production;
4. Establish small, medium and large-scale mechanize farms;
5. Undertake the application of fertilizer types for different crops;
6. Plan and implement irrigated agriculture; and
7. Undertake some post-harvest crop processing activities.
Course Contents
Classification and ecology of crops in Nigeria. Nutrient requirements and mineral nutrition
of plants. Manures and fertilizers. Plant growth and development. Growth stages. Tillage
and weed control. Other cultural practices. Cropping sequences and rotation. Farming
systems. Production practices for specified crops. Conservation agriculture and
sustainability in tropical agriculture.
ABE 304: Farm Management, Rural Sociology and Agricultural Extension

(2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. Apply extension strategies to adopt technologies on Nigerian small rural farms from
the understanding of rural sociology;
2. Apply appropriate financial system to account for farm activities with a view to
practicing profitable agriculture; and
3. Take decisions appropriate to a farm establishment on staffing and machinery inputs.
Course Contents
Management decision making. Functions of management planning, organisation, staffing,
directing and controlling. Financial management. Principles of extension: diffusion,
adoption and rejection of innovations. Communication and leadership in agricultural
extension.
ABE 305: Soil Science (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
After taking this course, this course, the students should be able to:
1. apply the knowledge acquired in soil pedagogy, nutrient and nutrient exchange to
managing soil fertility;
2. apply the different fertilizer types (organic and inorganic) appropriately to different soil
types;
3. explain and describe the paedology, mineralogy and classification of soils;
4. undertake soil survey and mapping; and
5. manage soils for agricultural production.
101
Course Contents
Origin and formation of soils. Physical properties of soils. Basic concept of soil paedology.
Soil colloids; soil reaction; soil mineralogy. Soil organic matter. Soil survey and mapping.
Soil classification. Soil fertility and fertilizers. Particle size distribution analysis/sieve
analysis. Properties and management of Nigerian soils.
ABE 306: Land Surveying and Geographical Information System

(2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. Undertake cadastral, levelling and topographic surveys essential for anti-soil erosion
intervention;
2. Conduct levelling survey for road construction and farmstead planning; and
3. Use GIS to do contour mapping for contour farming and reclamation of gullies.
Course Contents
Definitions. Measurement of distances. Ise of minor instruments. Random errors. Chain
surveying. Bearing of lines. Levelling. Topographic surveys. Traversing. Theodolite
traversing. Plane table surveying. Triangulation. Land shaping and earthwork. Map
reading. Photogrammetry. Aerial photography. Geographical Information System.
ABE 307: Biosystems Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Upon completing this course, students will be able to:
1. appreciate biological engineering processes;
2. analyse biosystems such as waste treatment systems;
3. design the various gadgets involved in unit operations in biological processes such as
bio-reactors;
4. develop biosystems for energy production, municipal waste treatment; and
5. apply computer to biological systems.
Course Contents
Definitions. Modelling and design of fermentation systems. Microbial growth kinetics.
Design of bio-reactors. Heat and mass transfer. Bioremediation of wastes. design of
anaerobic and aerobic systems. Energy from biological systems. Monitoring and control of
biological systems. Application of computer to biological processes.
ABE 308: Rural Infrastructural Engineering (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
After taking this course, students should be able to:
1. Identify the various engineering infrastructures for a rural community;
2. Plan and design rural infrastructures such as roads, earth dams, electricity projects and
irrigation projects; and
3. Develop and implement a rural water scheme.
Course Contents
Concept of integrated rural development (planning and implementation). Overview of the
problems of rural infrastructures. Review of agricultural construction survey. Rural road
network. Rural road design, construction and maintenance; erosion of earth roads; minor
road crossing. Small scale irrigation; rural electricity; rural water supplies; rural sanitation.
102
Practical contents: A levelling survey exercise for road construction. Excursion: Visit to an
earth dam site and an irrigation project.
400 level
ABE 401: Instrumentation and Measurement in Agricultural and Biosystems

Engineering (3 Units E: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
This course will help students to:
1. identify the appropriate instruments for measuring parametres relevant to agricultural
activities;
2. manage the acquisition, transmission, recording, analysing and computing of data;
and
3. apply these instruments, particularly for research in agricultural and biosystems
engineering.
Course Contents
Motion, force, torque and shaft power, pressure and sound flux; humidity measurement;
application of primary sensing element; data manipulation, computing and compensating
devices; data transmission and recording.
Learning Outcomes
and
Course Contents
103
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
104
Course Contents
Remedies. Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption
clauses, safety and risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees.
Duties imposed on employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of
criminal law. Law of torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements,
application, and infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and
infringement. Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.
ABE 501: Environmental and Social Impact Analysis (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
After taking this course, students should be able to:
1. determine the impact and consequences of agricultural projects on the environment
and measure them;
2. explain the environmental policies and regulations of their locality;
3. analysis projects and take decisions as to whether it will have a positive or negative
impact on the environment; and
4. design the remediation of projects with negative impact.
Course Contents
Concept of environmental and social consequences/dimensions of development projects.
Methods of impact analysis. Physical, sociological, legal, economic, environmental and
public health implications of human activities. Effects of changed environments on man.
Examples of impact assessment with particular reference to developing countries. Role of
environmental engineering in preventing or reducing environmental stress. Environmental
and social management plans (ESMP); Planning and policy, administration and
organisation of natural resources development and public health. Land use planning and
landscape design. Monitoring and evaluation of projects for ESIA compliance. Practical
content: Students are expected to undertake an environmental and social impact analysis
of an on-going project on campus.
ABE 502: Aquaculture and Agroponic Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Students will after taking this course have the capacity to:
1. appreciate fish farming, the machinery involved and integration of fish farming aspect
to the other crop and livestock enterprises on a farm;
2. design mechanized fish ponds, conserve water, manage the wastes from the ponds;
3. design and construct efficient fish drying kilns; and
4. explain the benefits, practice and management of agroponic agriculture.
Course Contents
Aquaculture: Types of fish ponds. Design and construction of fish ponds. Integrated fish
farming. Water quality for fish farming. Water conservation. Machinery for fish farms.
Pollution control. Ecological re-use and disposal of water. Product harvesting, sorting and
processing. Design of fish kilns. Agroponics: Agroponic farming systems. Prospects of
agroponic agriculture in Nigeria. Soil and water management in agroponic systems.
Economics of agroponic systems. Modern aquaponics and hydroponics systems design and
105
use. Practical content: Each student is expected to plant a yam seedling in a bag of sand
and monitor its growth until harvest during the semester. Excursion: Visit to a commercial
fish farm site or the university fish farm.
ABE 503: Livestock Production Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
After taking this course, the students will be able to:
1. Explain the various rearing systems including the transhumance system of rearing;
2. Describe the production systems in the livestock enterprise;
3. Design livestock housing types;
4. Identify the various engineering interventions in the livestock enterprise, which include
the machinery for feeding, sanitation of the livestock housing, milking, irrigation of the
pastures in a ranch;
5. Plan, design and implement a ranch;
6. Select appropriate machinery for various operations; and
7. Manage livestock wastes for energy production.
Course Contents
Production systems: rearing, fattening and milk production systems. Rearing systems:
objectives; nomadic, transhumant, sedentary, scavenging and industrial (ranching) –
organisation, personnel and infrastructures. Design, construction and equipment for
housing for pigs, sheep, goats, domestic fowls, cattle and dairy cattle. Fattening
production systems: Grass and intensive fattening. Milk production systems: factors
limiting tropical milk production; milking bail; milking parlour: selection, design and types.
Environmental requirements for animals. Environmental impact on animal growth and
reproduction on their general physiology. Assessment of thermal comfort. Parametres
affecting thermal comfort of animals. ASHRAE comfort charts. Ventilation systems: natural
and automated. Aerodynamics of animal buildings. Building design methodology.
Integrating animals with their environment through building designs.
Disease control: Causes, factors favouring transmission. Design of buildings to control
diseases. Animal waste management: Characteristics of animal wastes. Objectives of
waste treatment; aerobic and anaerobic treatment of waste; manure disposal equipment.
Excursion: Visit to a functional biogas plant.
ABE 504: Greenhouse Technology (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Students are expected to be able to:
1. Define greenhouse and associated technologies;
2. Describe the types of greenhouses;
3. Analyse the thermal profile of greenhouses;
4. Determine the influence of the climate on the control and implementation of the
environment in greenhouses;
5. Undertake climate control and cultivate plants in greenhouses; and
6. Design and construct low cost and effective greenhouses for crop cultivation.
Course Contents
Definition of greenhouse. Meaning of greenhouse technology and controlled environment
agriculture (CEA). History and present scenario of greenhouse cultivation. Importance of
greenhouse crop cultivation. Types of greenhouses. Types of covering materials and
thermal screens for greenhouses. Planning of greenhouses. Importance of different
106
climatic and non-climatic factors in selecting proper greenhouse technology. Measuring
systems required for greenhouse. Design, construction and cost estimate of a greenhouse.
The bamboo greenhouse technology. Control mechanisms for different climatic conditions:
light, temperature, humidity, precipitation and carbon dioxide. Special methods of crop
husbandry in greenhouse cultivation.
Excursion: Visit to a commercial farm with greenhouse facility.
ABE 505: Drone and Robot Technology in Agriculture (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
This course will enable students know control, tools, programming languages, sensors and
actuators involved in automation; design and use of robots and drones in agriculture.
Students are expected to be able to:
1. Identify and explain the forms of automation and its control systems, automation tools
and various computer programming languages;
2. Explain the types and application of sensors;
3. Design and select sensors and actuators;
4. Describe and explain the types, classification and architecture of drones;
5. Explain the types, characteristics and advantages of agricultural robots;
6. Apply drones and robots in agriculture; and
7. Evaluate the performance, accuracy and repeatability of robots.
Course Contents
Automation: Introduction to automation. Control systems: open-loop and closed-loop,
feedback control, logic control, on-off control and linear control systems. Control actions:
discrete control (on/off); PID controller; sequential control and logical sequence or system
state control; computer control. Automation tools: artificial neural network (ANN);
distributed control system (DCS); human machine interface (HMI); robotic process
automation (RPA); supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA); programmable logic
controller (PLC); instrumentation; motion control; robotics. Programming languages:
introduction to programming language; Matlab programming, R programming, C, C# and
C++ programming, Java and Java Script programming and Python programming. Sensors
and actuators: introduction to sensors, types and applications. Design and selection of
sensors. Introduction to actuators, types and applications. Design and selection of
actuators.
Drones or Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs): Introduction, types and classification of
drones. Architecture (components) of a drone: flight controller; electronic speed controller
(ESC); battery; radio transmitter/receiver; antenna; propellers; electric motor; camera and
its accessories.; ground station; intelligent sensors; intelligent battery; GNSS and RTK
module. Advantages and disadvantages of drones. Design and selection of drones.
Working principles of a drone. Performance considerations criteria of a drone. Application
of drones in agriculture.
Robots: Introduction, types and characteristics of agricultural robots (Agribot). Primary
areas of robotics: operator interface; mobility or locomotion; manipulators and effectors;
programming; sensing and perception. Advantages and disadvantages of robots. Robot
design process. Design of components of agricultural robots: end effectors; grippers;
manipulators. Operating principles of an agricultural robot. Performance evaluation of
robots: productive time, overhead time and working efficiency index. Accuracy and
repeatability of a robot. Application of robot to agriculture.
107
ABE 599: Final Year Project (3 Units C: 15 LH; PH 90)
Learning Outcomes
The project will enable students to:
1. Synthesis all that was learnt in the programme to develop a technology or obtain data
that can be deployed to solving a major agricultural and biosystems engineering
problem.
Course Contents
Individual student project to deepen knowledge, strengthen practical experience and
encourage creativity and independent work. The project ends in a comprehensive written
report.

Equipment
Minimum Laboratories, Workshops and Studios

Category Minimum Requirement
Farm Power and Machinery Engineering
Laboratories Soil and Water Engineering
Agricultural Processing and Storage Engineering
Farm Structures and Environmental Control Engineering
Workshops Farm Mechanics
Machinery Maintenance
Studio Engineering Graphics and Drawing
List of Laboratories/Workshops/Equipment/Instruments/Tools
Farm Power and Machinery Laboratory
S/No. Equipment
1 Tractors for field operation
2 Disc and moldboard ploughs
3 Disc ridger
4 Disc harrow-offset and tandem
5 Planter with fertilizer unit
6 Seed drill
7 Hydraulic boom and hand sprayers
8 Grain combine harvester
9 Agricultural trailer
10 Conveyor test belt
11 Knapsack sprayer test rig
12 Tillage and traction model study unit
13 Single cylinder engine test bed
14 Variable compression ration petrol engine test bed
15 Tractor power take-off dynamometre
16 Exhaust calorimetre heat exchanger
17 Fuel consumption measurement system for engine testing
18 Lubricating oil rig
19 Hydraulic power pack
20 Tractor model showing working parts
21 Six speed gear box
22 Tractor real axle section
108
23 Tractor electrical system
24 Basic transducers for measuring torque, pressure, temperature, etc.
25 Tachometre
26 Single Axle Tractor
27 Blacksmith Furnace
28 Soil Bin for traction Studies
29 PTO 3-pt linkage Dynamometre
30 Drawbar Dynamometre
31 Ergometre (Hand, Bicycle)
32 Stethoscope
33 Oxygen metre
34 Four-cylinder engine test bed
35 Soil cone penetrometer
36 Solar PV modules
37 Inverters
38 Charge controllers
39 Deep cycle batteries
40 Solar PV training kits
41 Gas chromatograph analyseanalyser for biogas
42 Laboratory anaerobic digester systems
43 Laboratory wind turbine
44 Laboratory wind energy conversion kit
45 Laboratory hydro-power kit
46 Mechanical tool box
47 Electrical tool box
48 Solarimetres
49 Sun metres
Soil and Water Laboratory

S/No. Equipment
1 General Purpose Theodolite
2 Liquid prismatic compass
3 Surveyor’s umbrella
Stereoscope
4
5 Nylon-coated steel tapes-50m
6 Leveling staff
7 Abney level
8 Planimetres
9 Physical Survey Basic Set (Pocket Altimetre, range finder, automatic level set,
double prismatic square, ranging rods, land chains-30m, chain, arrows,
clinometres)
10 Soil Sampling Augers
11 Soil Texture set
12 Sieve sets with shaking machine
13 Centrifuge
14 Weighing balance
15 Tension metres
16 Double ring Infiltrometre
17 Various types of flumes
109
18 Current Metres
19 Pump test set
20 Pump impeller display panel
21 Laboratory infiltration apparatus
22 Sprinkler irrigation set
23 Drip irrigation set
24 Rainfall simulator
25 Rain gauges
26 Hydrological cycle apparatus
27 Constant head permeametres
28 Falling head permeametres
29 Oven
30 Irrigation pipes
31 Beakers
32 Funnels
33 Measuring cylinders-10ms
34 Plain roller
35 Thermometres
36 Hydrometres
37 Rammers
38 Compaction mould
39 Spatula
40 Soil scoops
41 Tensiometre
42 Permeametre
43 Penetrometre/Penetro-logger
44 Soil auger
45 Soil extruder
46 Portable soil metre
47 Analytical balance
48 Electrical balance (3kg)
49 Timer (electric)
50 Stopwatch
51 Liquid limit device machine
52 Glass plate for plastic limit
53 Proctor mould
54 Density bottle
55 High speed stirrer
56 Automatic soil compactor
57 Shrinkage limit apparatus
58 Neutron probe
59 Lysimetres
Agricultural Processing and Storage Laboratory

S/No. Equipment
1 Standard Rheometres (Digital)
2 Standard Rheometres (Analogue)
3 Muffler furnace
4 Refrigeration and air conditioning cycles kits impact test apparatus (ACV)
5 Elastic behaviours test kits standing hydraulic press
110
6 Portable crane hoist
7 Vernier calipers
8 Micrometre screw gauges
9 Extrusion press
10 Strain gauges
11 Steam boilers
12 Assorted measuring tools
13 Assorted woodwork tools
14 Assorted carpentry tools
15 Various hand tools
16 Assorted instruments
17 Assorted tools for maintenance, repairs
18 Gas calorimetres
19 Bomb calorimetres
20 Power jack
21 Stroboscope
22 Grading machine
23 Laboratory gravity separator
24 Hammer mills with kit
25 Burr mill with kit
26 Sets of Tyler sieves
27 Métier Electronic (digital readout) balance Universal testing machine)
28 CBR machine (digital)
29 Wind Tunnel (terminal velocity equipment)
30 Drum-type mixers
31 Vibrators
32 Thermocouple print thermometres
33 Crack detection microscopes
34 Ordinary microscopes
35 Modulus of elasticity kit
36 Electronic extensometer
37 Pendulum impact tester
38 Dry-ice maker
39 Hydraulic extruder
40 Dry shrinkage test machine
41 Colour standard test
42 Laboratory air compressors
43 Moisture determination balance
44 Stop watches, omega
45 Conductivity metre (Wind tunnel for TV)
46 Magnetic stirrers
47 pH-metre (Digital)
48 Laboratory trolley wheel barrows portable digital press
49 Dry mixers
50 Muffle oven
51 Infra-red moisture metre
52 Dryers
53 Drying test apparatus
54 Centrifugal fans
55 Axial fans
111
56 Cold storage cabins
57 Cabinet refrigerators
58 Deep freezers
59 Humidity measuring equipment
60 Incubations
61 Microwave ovens
62 Air conditioning units
63 Tachometre
64 Robin mixers
65 Tensiometre
66 Silos
67 Shelling machine
68 Centrifuge, standing type
69 Planimetres
70 Stabilizers
71 Laboratory air cleaning machine
72 Laboratory sorting machines
73 Laboratory grading machines
74 Laboratory gravity separators
75 Grain storage bins
76 Centrifugal fans
77 Axial flow fans
78 Grain moisture metres
79 Compression testing machine
80 Tension test machine
81 C.B.R Marshall Tester
82 C.B.R Mould and accessories
83 Feed mill (complete)
84 Apparatus for tensile tests
85 Apparatus for compression tests
86 Bulk density measuring machine
87 Portable water pumps
88 Grain storage bins
89 Thermometres
90 Sieve shakers
91 Digital weighing balances
92 Standard floor weighing machine, 1000kg
93 Top loading electronic balance
94 Sunshine recorders
95 Standard drawing boards sets
96 Coefficient of friction test apparatus
97 Table top inclination plane (Adjustable)
98 Standard inclination plane (Adjustable)
99 Electrical motor- 10hp
100 Thermographs
101 Pre-cleaners
102 Oil expellers
103 Juice extractor
104 Desiccators
105 Stop watches/clocks
112
106 Rotary evaporators
107 Gas chromatograph
108 pH-metres
109 Egg incubator
110 Glassware (Assorted)
111 Standard generator
112 Individual computer set
113 Laptops
114 Printers
115 Special computer tables
116 Complete public address sets, high voltage, high frequency
117 Projectors
118 Field vehicles
119 Photocopiers
120 Laboratory chairs, tables, and complete formwork
Farm Structure and Environmental Control Laboratory

S/No. Equipment
Load Measurement Equipment
1 Compression testing machine
2 Integral boss load measuring rings on compression and tension application
3 100-kN compression/500-kN tension machine
4 33-kN flexural and transverse machine
5 100kN heavy beam flexural and transverse machine
6 Drying and weighing:
7 General purpose electric laboratory oven
8 Incubators
9 Electronic weighing machine
10 Semi-automatic balance
11 Counter flat form scale
12 Mettle weighing machine
13 Spring balance
Soil Equipment
1 Melting pot
2 Extruder (big and small)
3 Sample mixer
4 Liquid limit device machine
5 Grooving tools
6 Spatulas (big and small)
7 Measuring cans
8 Glass plate for plastic limit
9 Shrinkage limit apparatus
10 Density bottle
11 High speed stirrer
12 Hydrometre (big and small)
13 Standard compaction rammer
14 Automatic soil compactor
15 Procter mould
16 Compaction mould
17 C.B.R -Marshall Tester
113
18 C.B.R -Mould and accessories
19 Sand cone
20 Trays (big and small)
21 Scoops
22 Desiccators
23 Field density tools
24 Field density spoons
25 Field rubber headed mailer
26 Field club hammers
27 Field density chisel
28 Field metal dibber tool
29 Field scrappers
30 Field density hand pick
31 Field steel pointed rod
32 Glass jar
33 Mortar
34 Rubber headed pestle
35 Glass evaporating dish
36 Filter paper
37 Conical beaker
Concrete Equipment
1 Slip test apparatus
2 Compacting factor apparatus
3 Penetrometre
4 100mm cube mould
5 150mm cube mould
6 Bean mould
7 Cylinder mould
8 Standard curing tank
9 Three-gang mould for 50mm mortal cube
10 Hand steel float
11 Head pans
12 Wheel barrows
13 Diggers
14 Band trowel
Sand Aggregates and Fillers Equipment
1 Aggregate impact value apparatus abrasion machine
2 Metal measurement (115mm x 180mm deep)
3 Asphalt Equipment
4 Thermometre
5 Laboratory thermometer
6 Surface thermometer
7 Muffler furnace
8 General Equipment
9 Distiller
10 Measuring tapes
11 Refrigerator
12 Stain gauge indicators
13 Sieve shakers
14 Sets of sieves
114
15 Set of 200mm diametre (various sizes)
18 Vanier caliper
19 Shear box
20 Oedometre (Consolidometre)
21 AAS
22 Automatic weather station
23 Current metre
24 Geometre
25 High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC)
Agricultural Engineering Workshops

Farm Mechanics Workshop
S/No. Equipment
Measuring Tools and Instruments
1 Pocket rule with belt clip (235m)
2 Steel measuring tape caliper rule
3 Procession external micrometre
4 Universal measuring instrument for depth measurement
5 Procession inside micrometre
6 Dial indicator
7 Outside spring caliper
8 Inside spring caliper
9 Metal bar divider
10 Precision tri square
11 Metric threading gauge
12 Wielding and soldering accessories
13 Wielding shield
14 Wielding helmet
15 Goggle clear
16 Wielding goggle
17 Electrode holder
18 Earth clamp
19 Wielding hammer
20 Wire brush
21 Wielding and cutting touches set oxygen acetylene hoses
22 Safety helmet
23 Working and wielding gloves
24 Blowlamp with butane
25 Electrode-All sizes
26 Soldering iron (all sizes light-heavy duty)
27 Soldering lead wire (2mm)
28 Soldering lead in rod
Workshop Hand Tools (Technicians)
1 Hacksaw frame
2 Hacksaw blades high speed steel Tube cutter 3 – 32mm; 3 – 16mm
3 Steel wire brush
4 Clip plier for external clip
5 Clip plier for internal clip
115
6 Combination of plier (160, 180mm)
7 Heavy duty diagonal cutter constructed steel cutter (800mm)
8 Universal grip plier (250mm)
9 Welding grip plier (280mm)
10 Riveting tool set
11 Engineering hammer (200g – 250g)
12 Sledge hammer
13 Rubber hammer
14 Clipping chisel (150 – 250mm)
15 Welding hammer
16 Standard ring spanners
17 Combination spanner set
18 Scrapper
19 Hand gloves
20 Centre punch set (120x12) mm
21 Chisel set
22 Flat file (150-300) mm
23 Square file (150-300) mm
24 Half round file (150-300) mm
25 Round file (150-300) mm
26 Blacksmith tong (150-300) mm
27 All steel vices (100-175) mm
28 Pipe cutter (10-60) mm; (42-10) mm
29 Anvil with two horns (100 kos)
30 Technician tool box (empty)
Woodwork Equipment
1 Band saw-table size-700 x 980mm - 3hp
2 Radial arm saw 3hp (with extra blade)
3 Circular saw-blade dia-400mm with external blades
4 Universal woodworker combined-4hp seven works model
5 Single cylinder planner-4hp (surface planner with extra blades)
6 Vertical Motorize-chain motorise-3hp with extra bits
7 Router drilling machine-3hp
8 Combined tennoning and scribing machine
9 Belt sanding machine-2hp (with extra sanding paper reels)
Hand Tools (Carpentry)
1 Marking gauge
2 Mortise gauge
3 B. spirit level universal
4 Motorize chisel-(6.4, 9.6, 12.7, 16) mm
5 Flat chisel-(6.4, 9.6, 12.7, 16) mm
6 Bevel edge chisel – (6.4, 9.6, 12.7, 16) mm
7 Round chisel (6.4, 9.6, 12.7, 16) mm
8 Smooth plane-jack plane, plough plane
9 Wood rasp
10 Hand saw or panel saw
11 Ripsaw, crosscut
12 C- Clamp
13 F- Clamp
14 Wood bench vice
116
15 Jack plane
16 Hand drilling machine/rachet brazed bits
17 Sanding machine-heavy duty
18 Surface and thickness (100-150) mm blade
19 Extra knives carpentry machine planner and thicknesser
20 Air compressor-tank capacity 500 litres complete with accessories-type spray
gun and air blow-gun
21 Hydraulic garage jack (1, 2, 6 ton)
22 Hydraulic workshop crane (2.5 tones)
23 Battery tester, cell tester, acid tester
24 Battery fast and slow charger (6-24V,20Λ)
25 Battery service equipment
26 Spark plug tester and cleaner
27 Hydraulic mobile crane (1.5 – 5tons)
28 Wire rope winch- (1500 – 3000kg)
29 Chain host
30 Pedal operated grease gun
31 Hand lever grease gun
32 Exhaust gas tester
33 Standard tool box mechanics
34 Standard tool box for electricians
35 Electric hand drill 100mm
36 Electric two speed drill 23mm
37 Electric hand drill 13mm
38 Straight electric hand grinder 125mm
39 Angle electric hand grinder 230mm
Machinery Maintenance Base

S/No. Equipment
1 Hydraulic trolley
2 Wheel alignment gauge
3 Electrical/Electronic kit
4 Clutch alignment gauge
5 Vacuum tester
6 Battery charging equipment
7 Injector repair machine
8 Carburetor service kit
9 Hydraulic press
10 Vulcanizing set
11 Oxyacetylene equipment
12 Nozzle testing outfit
13 Tool boxes
14 Complete set of various maintenance kits
Engineering Graphics and Design Studio

S/No. Equipment
1 50 Computer work stations with design and graphic software from the
AutoCad suite (FUSION 360, etc.), 3-D printers and accessories.
2 50 drawing boards and T-squares
3 Large screen and projector
117
Staffing
Academic Staff
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalent of
Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 18 credits per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical
and supervision of projects. Each workshop or laboratory should have adequate number of
staff with the right mix, so that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run
efficiently.
candidates.

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s

competent senior staffs that are computer literate.

maintained.

and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
Library
There must be adequate library facilities to cater for the interest of all the programmes in
the faculty. These include current journals, handbooks, textbooks, manuals, codes of
practice, standards and specifications in sufficient numbers.
118
Academic m2
Non-Academic
Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Room Facilities

1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
Lecturer unit.
119
B. Eng Automotive Engineering
Overview
The Automotive Engineering curriculum contains courses that will produce automotive
engineers that are competent in the mechanics of auto-engines, its design, fabrication and
maintenance. This will help in providing solutions to vehicular problems where existing
artisans are not capable of diagnosing or solving the problem. The world is moving away
from the combustion of conventional fossil fuel to power vehicular engines into a new era of
the application of various renewable energy sources. This generation of automotive
engineers will be the ones to bring this about. The new curriculum, therefore, contains
courses such as: Automotive Internal Combustion Engines; Fuels and Fuel Sources – fossil
and renewable; Renewable Energy Systems and Technology; Artificial Intelligence Machine
Learning; Theory of Machines; Dynamics and Control; Automobile System Design; Applied
Thermodynamics, Applied Aerodynamics; Automotive Vehicle Dynamics and Safety; CFD for
Engineering; Advanced Computer Aided engineering; Mechatronics.
Philosophy
The programme’s philosophy is to produce graduates who are capable of handling any
brand of vehicle manufactured anywhere in the world; andto produce graduates who are
able to design, fabricate and assemble vehicles using locally available materials, and switch
to new waves of existing and emerging renewable energies in propelling vehicular motion. It
is aimed that the graduates of this new curriculum should be able to combine sound
theoretical background with practical skills to enable them to take up challenging positions
in the automotive and manufacturing industries; and stand on their own in the auto-
industry, employing their skills in Entrepreneurship, Engineering Management and
Engineering Law to create auto-companies that create jobs and become employers of
labour.
Objectives
In consonance with the philosophy, the Automotive Engineering Programme is designed to
produce graduates who can;
1. employ fundamental concepts of science, engineering mathematics and
entrepreneurship in automotive engineering.
2. plan, design and fabricate modern internal combustion engines which are capable of
being used for short and long distance transportation;
3. plan, design and fabricate durable engines for long and heavy-duty transportation;
4. have capacity to come up with good chassis vehicles that will be able to withstand the
harsh nature of the roads in Nigeria and other similar terrains elsewhere in the world;
5. plan, design, fabricate and assemble vehicles with good aerodynamic stability on any
terrain in the world;
6. design, fabricate and assemble auto-vehicles which are capable of employing different
sources of renewable energy as a power source;
7. employ computer software to develop vehicles and other auto-engines that will be
capable of being used on land and water;
8. employ knowledge of mechatronics dynamics control, advance aerodynamics to develop
potable vehicles that have the capacity to be used on land and air;
9. have the capability to maintain various brands of vehicles employing diagnostic tools and
the computer to detect and provide solutions to engine faults; and
10. be sufficiently practically oriented to be self-employed.
120
Graduates of this Automotive Engineering curriculum will have strong career prospects in
both public and private sectors. In the public sector, they will be readily employed in all
parastatals of government as vehicle pools engineers or as auto-mobile maintenance
engineers. They will equally be employed in almost all fields of engineering that require
mechanical engineers. In the public sector, they can be employed in virtually all engineering
environments where there is need for transportation, aerospace maintenance, marine
propulsion, petroleum, chemical application and, most especially, automotive skills . In the
private sector they will also be engaged as design engineers, Internal combustion engineers,
chassis engineers, auto-production engineers, simulation maintenance engineers, vehicle
sales or purchasing engineers, auto-materials parts specialists, auto-diagnostic engineers,
internal combustion engine development engineers, auto-business managers, power
generating plant professionals, and railway and metro-line service providers.
21st Century Skills

The graduates of Automotive Engineering Programme are able to have the capacity to:
1. critical thinking/problem solving/decision making;
2. creativity and innovation;
3. learning to learn/metacognition;
4. communication;
5. collaboration (teamwork and ethics);
6. computational thinking;
7. information literacy; and
8. citizenship (local and global.
9. design modern auto-engines, employing various software and CAD/CAM System to


Direct Entry
121
respectively.
Pre - requisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher
level. Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he
or she would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students
admitted through UTME and 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students.

Year GST/ENT Basic GET Programme SIWES Total
Sciences Courses Courses Courses
1 4 18 3 1 - 26
2 4 26 0 3 33
3 4 18 0 4 26
4 - 0 8 8
5 - 5 7 - 12
Total 12 18 52 23 15 105
100 Level
Code
MTH 103 Elementary Mathematics III 2 C 30 -
122
PHY107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
GET 101 Engineering in Society 1 C 15 -
TAE 102 Introduction to Automotive Engineering 1 C 15 -
Total 26
200 Level
Code
GET 208 Strength of Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 299 SIWES I: SWEP 3 C 9 Weeks
Total 33
300 Level
Code
GET 304 Technical Writing and 3 C 45 -
Communication
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45 -
Analytics
Technologies
Machine Learning and
Convergent Technologies
TAE 302 Automotive Internal Combustion 3 E 30 45
Engines
GET 399 SIWES I: Students Work Experience 4 C 12 Weeks
Scheme
Total 26
400 Level
code
TAE 403 Automobile System Design 3 E 30 45
123
TAE 405 Finite Element Analysis of Structures 2 E 30 -
TAE 407 Applied Aerodynamics 3 E 45 -
TAE 409 Dynamics and Control 2 E 30 -
GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work Experience Scheme 8 C 24 Weeks
Total 8
SIWES Courses*
GET 299 SIWES I: SIWEP 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II: Student Industrial Work Experience 4 C 12 weeks
Scheme
GET 499 SIWES III: Student Industrial Work Experience 8 C 24 weeks
Scheme
Total 15
* All to be credited in the 2nd Semester of 400 level
500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

TAE 502 Automotive Materials and Structures 2 C 30 -
TAE 505 Automobile Vehicle Dynamics and Safety 2 E 45 -
TAE 555 Project 5 C - 270
Total 12
100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
124
Writing activities (pre-writing[brainstorming and outlining], writing (paragraphing,
(summary, essays, letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). etc. Mechanics of
Language skills for effective communication.The art of public speaking.
Learning Outcomes
2. identify and listthe major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
4. analyse the concepts of trade andeconomic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation
6. analyse the role of the udiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

125
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

Learning Outcomes
126
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
127
continuity;
Course Contents
MTH 103: Elementary Mathematics III (Vectors, Geometry and Dynamics)

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. solve some vectors in addition and multiplication;
2. calculate force and momentum; and
3. solve differentiation and integration of vectors.
Course Contents
(Pre-requisite –MTH 101)
Geometric representation of vectors in 1-3 dimensions, components, direction cosines.
Addition, scalar, multiplication of vectors, linear independence. Scalar and vector products of
two vectors. Differentiation and integration of vectors with respect to a scalar variable. Two-
dimensional co-ordinate geometry. Straight lines, circles, parabola, ellipse, hyperbola.
Tangents, normals. Kinematics of a particle. Components of velocity and acceleration of a
particle moving in a plane. Force, momentum, laws of motion under gravity, projectiles and
resisted vertical motion. Elastic string and simple pendulum. Impulse, impact of two smooth
spheres and a sphere on a smooth surface.
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
128
Course Contents
PHY 102: General Physics II (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
129
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
130
Course Contents
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation
and solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete
and rendering. This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360,
solid works, solid edge or equivalent.
TAE 102 : Introduction to Automotive Engineering (1 Unit C: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes
1. activate students’ interest in automotive engineering;
2. make them understand their significance to the national economy; and
3. enable them to appreciate the use of automotive engineering in public and private
sectors.
Course Contents
Definition of automotive engineering. History of automotive engineering. The automotive
engineer; automotive engines and its growth; the role of automotive engine and engineer in
transportation. Automotive engine and parts maintenance. Areas of automotive engineer’s
employment. General automotive business.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
131
logic.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
Course Contents

132
Course contents
Learning Outcomes
solutions;
polymers;
natural);
Course Contents
133
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry practice.
Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting processes. Metal
forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-tool work,
spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
principles.
Learning Outcomes
134
flow in pipes;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
and third laws;
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
135
GET 208: Strength of Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. recognise a structural system that is stable and in equilibrium;
2. determine the stress-strain relation for single and composite members based on Hooke's
law;
3. estimate the stresses and strains in single and composite members due to temperature
changes;
4. evaluate the distribution of shear forces and bending moments in beams with
distributed and concentrated loads;
5. determine bending stresses and their use in identifying slopes and deflections in beams;
6. use Mohr's circle to evaluate the normal and shear stresses in a multi-dimensional stress
system and transformation of these stresses into strains;
7. evaluate the stresses and strains due to torsion on circular members; and
8. determine the buckling loads of columns under various fixity conditions at the ends.
Course Contents
Consideration of equilibrium; composite members, stress-strain relation. Generalised Hooke's
law. Stresses and strains due to loading and temperature changes. Torsion of circular
members. Shear force, bending moments and bending stresses in beams with symmetrical
and combined loadings. Stress and strain transformation equations and Mohr’s circle. Elastic
buckling of columns.
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
136
Learning Outcomes

numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas;
Course Contents
137
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents

300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
138
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
Course Contents
139
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
technology);
140
Course Contents
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technologies (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents
Practical Contents
renewable energy.
141
Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
careers;,
empirical models;
142
Course Contents

design project.

a. Design of machine compone;
TAE 302: Automotive Internal Combustion Engines (3 Units E: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify internal combustion engines;
2. describe all types of fuels available for combustion in the internal combustion engines,
efficiency of the combustion and the relation this has with pressure ratio;
3. state the environmental impact of the combustion of the fuels due to exhaust emission;
and
4. state the implications of design on the combustion efficiency of internal combustion
engines.
Course Contents
This course introduces students to internal combustion engines, their efficiency and
pollutants emission. It looks at the various emerging power technologies in the automotive
industry and the current and alternative fuels and combustion processes. Choice of fuel and
143
the design of efficient engine operating parameters and their by-products will also be
discussed.
400 Level
TAE 403: Automobile System Design (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. carry out the design of engine block;
2. identify the chassis;
3. develop steering system; and
4. explain mechanical transmission system.
Course Contents
Auto engine design; design of steering systems; design of transmission systems.
TAE 405: Finite Element Analysis of Structures (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. use finite element;
2. explain solid works soft-ware and other soft-wares in the design and
3. identify simulation of engineering problems in automotive engineering.
Course Contents
Finite element analysis to solve problems related to solid mechanics, dynamics and heat-
transfer. In particular, students will have hands-on experience in using finite element
analysis software ANSYS and MSC Nastran to solve realistic engineering problems.
TAE 407: Applied Aerodynamics (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
This course will introduce students to;
1. the fundamentals and practical aspects of incompressible and compressible flows;
2. the design and operation of flow systems; and
3. including pipe networks, automobiles and flight vehicles.
Course Contents
Flow of inviscid and viscous fluids. Laminar and turbulent flow in pipes and boundary layers.
Losses in pipe systems. Lift and drag forces on moving bodies and aerofoil theory.
Incompressible-flow machines. Fundamentals of compressible flow. 1-D pipe flow.
Compressible flow nozzles. Rayleigh flow. Fanno flow. external compressible flow around
bodies including transonic and supersonic vehicles. Design considerations. Experimental
techniques.
TAE 409: Dynamics and Control (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the implication of vibration in automotive engineering; and
2. and the significance of its control.
144
Course Contents
Dynamic systems are found everywhere, from musical instruments to transportation vehicles
such as automobiles and aircraft. Even static civil structures such as bridges and buildings
exhibit a dynamic response, which must be considered during design and construction of
such systems. This course introduces the fundamental concepts of vibrating dynamical
systems, from single degree of freedom systems through to continuous and multi-degree of
freedom systems. Design of vibration control devices, such as vibration isolators and
vibration absorbers, is also considered. Concurrently with the introduction to vibratory
systems described above, this course also addresses how to control such dynamic systems
using modern state-space control. This involves time domain descriptions of dynamic
systems using state-space system models. The characteristics responsible for the dynamic
response (poles, zeros, eigenvalues) are presented. Control laws using state-space are
introduced, including specification of controller characteristics, controller design using pole
placement and optimal (LQR) control (introduction). State observers are presented,
including observer design using both pole placement and optimal (Kalman) observers
(introduction). Finally, a computer aided control system design methodology is applied to a
real MIMO aerospace platform and several other unstable MIMO systems.
Learning Outcomes
and
Course Contents
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.
145
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
146
Course Contents
TAE 502: Automotive Materials and Structures (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify practically materials available for automotive parts; and
2. to enable them decide to accurately make the right selection in material.
Course Contents
Examination of different materials used in the automotive industry, including metals,
ceramics and composites. Discussion of selection of the appropriate material for a variety of
applications in terms of the materials’ properties, ease of manufacture and performance in
the anticipated service environment. Case studies of selected materials in the design
application of each of these materials for automotive parts. The course develops an
understanding of the mechanics of complex practical situations through the establishment
and solution of an appropriate boundary value problem.
TAE 505: Automotive Vehicle Dynamics & Safety (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. appreciate the aerodynamic stability of vehicle during use; and
2. help students in ergonomics and vehicle stability design.
Course Contents
Automotive vehicle dynamics and safety; dynamics of vehicles on the road during normal
operation as well as during impact and other crash scenarios; and discuss specific topics
including vehicle handling, stability and control, tyre dynamics, suspension design, braking
performance, automotive safety, impact dynamics, road safety engineering and safety
regulations.
TAE 506: Automobile Maintenance and Testing (2 Units: C,: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Show enhanced capability of students in handling day-to-day maintenance of vehicles.
Course Contents
Check spark plugs, injectors, air filters, water level, engine oil level, engine oil viscosity, air
filter, transmission fluid level, coolant water level, tire gauge and wear, wheel balancing,
exhaust catalytic system, pipe and holes damage.
147
Equipment
Laboratories
Properties of air-fuel mixtures;
Effect of mixture strength on ignition and flame;
Formation, flame velocity, combustion rate, peak pressure and temperature; and
Engine emission and omission control.
Automobile systems and vehicle dynamics laboratory
Performance and reliability of brake systems
Carburetors and injection nozzles
Performance characteristics of components of ignition system
Performance of batteries, alternators, voltage regulators, etc
Performance characteristic of power transmission system
Vehicle body shape and air resistance
Factors affecting tyre wear rate
Effect of tyre pressure on road traction (fuel consumption) and maneuverability
Maneuverability of vehicles
Automobile systems design maintenance and testing laboratory
Design of system components for production
Testing of models and prototypes
Testing of vehicles for off-design performance
Schedules for preventive maintenance for various automobile components, taking local
conditions into consideration.
Calibration and operation of test equipment
Crank shaft grinder
Cam shaft grinder
Valve grinder
Pedestal grinder
Cylinder boring machine
Hydraulic ramp
Portable crane
Compressor
Mechanical press
Plug re-conditioning machine
Battery charger
Beam setter
Centre lathe 349
Chain block
Torque wrench (various)
Tool kit, stock and dies
Dynamic performance testing unit
Automobile workshop
Auto pit
Auto engine rigs
Auto transmission systems
Wheel balancing and alignment equipment
Panel beating apparatus
Welding equipment
Production facilities for simple automobile parts
Apparatus set-up for fault tracing and repair of automobile systems including engine
overhaul
Lubricating oil tester
148
Laboratory Equipment
Petrol engine with dynamometer
Diesel engine with dynamometer
3000oC electric furnace
Computer controlled super service wind tunnel (3 blades)
Computer controlled aerodynamic tunnel 50x250mm
Aerodynamic tunnel 50x250mm
Flow visualization aerodynamic tunnel
Wind tunnel flight unit
Aerodynamic testing demonstration bench
Two-shaft gas turbine/jet engine
Computer controlled steam motor & engine conversion unit
Computer controlled steam power plant adjustable up to 20kw
Computer controlled jet propulsion study unit
Computer controlled test bench for single cylinder engine (7.5 kw)
Computer controlled exhaust gas calorimeter
Exhaust gas Analyser
Computer controlled test bench for hybrid engine
Unit to study sample drive assembly
Acceleration of gear system unit
Unit to study combined drive assembly
Unit to study gear train assembly
Braking & accelerating force unit
Plate clutch
Single hydraulic unit
Geared study unit
Gear box
Epicyclic gear unit (1 Element)
Borg-warner automatic transmission
Differential crown-wheel & pinion
Overdrive unit
Static & dynamic balancing unit
Computer controlled test bench for 4-cylinder engine (75 kw)
Drum brake unit
Disk brake unit
Digital engine diagnostic equipment
Crank shaft grinder
Cam shaft grinder
Valve grinder
Pedestal grinder
Hydraulic ramp
Portable crane
Workshop service compressor
Mechanical (Manual table) press
149
Battery charger
Beam setter
Centre lathe 349
Chain block
Torque wrench (various)
Tool kit, stock and dies
Dynamic performance testing unit
Standard auto-service pit
Auto engine rigs
Auto transmission systems
Wheel balancing (dynamic type) and alignment equipment (digital type)
Panel beating apparatus
Welding equipment
Production facilities for simple automobile parts
Apparatus set-up for fault tracing and repair of automobile systems including engine
overhaul
Lubricating oil tester
Hydraulic press (100 tonne)
Hydraulic jack
Brake testing equipment with control panel
Electric vulcanizer
Work benches
Bench vices
Pneumatic tyre removal equipment
Injector pump test bench
Master cylinder test equipment
Universal battery charger
Engine mounting stand
Hydro-meters
Trolley jacks
Foot operated grease dispenser
Electric hand drill
Airline pressure gauge
Portable tyre inflator (manual)
Tyre repair kit
Heavy duty tyre changer
Tachometer
Exhaust gas analyser
Lubrication equipment
Dynamometer
Steam cleaner
Diesel fuel pump test stand
Carburettor service kit
Chain wrench (for removing oil filter)
Portable vehicle hoist
Battery coil tester
150
Ignition coil tester
Snychroscope (distributor tester)
Spark plug tester
Pullers (various sizes)
Grease gun
Cylinder ridge remover
Engine sump drainer
Honing machine
Head light tester
Oil can
2 stroke diesel engines
4-cylinder diesel engine
6-cylinder petrol engine
Clutch testing machine
Life and dead vehicles
66 spanners of assorted types and sizes
Transparent engine and gear boxes (for demonstration)
Automotive engine test bed
Type K thermocouples for temperatures 0oC -1200oC
Steering geometry measuring device
Vibration meter
Electrolytic tester
Fuel consumption measuring system
Test rig for electric fuel injector (petrol)
Fire extinguishers, water, foam, dry powder and sand buckets
Wind tunnel
Flow visualization aerodynamics tunnel
Gas calorimeter
Steam power plant
Gas turbine
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.

151
maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
Academic and Non-Academic Spaces

Academic m2
Non-Academic
Office Facilities
The requirements for office accommodation are:
1. 13 academic offices on paper
152
2. 1 professorial type in the department. Size: each of the office is about 13.5 m

Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
2. unit, Secretary and facilities.
unit.
Lecturer unit.
153
B. Eng Biomedical Engineering
Overview
Biomedical Engineering applies physical science principles and engineering designs, concepts
and problem-solving techniques to biology and medicine to improve healthcare. In
biomedical engineering, many aspects of electrical engineering, mechanical engineering,
chemical engineering, materials science and engineering, chemistry, mathematics and,
computer science and engineering are integrated with human biology to improve human
health. Biomedical engineering started as an interdisciplinary field and has grown into
a multispecialty profession. A wide range of specialties and subspecialties currently exists in
biomedical engineering. The major subspecialties include:
1. Bioengineering
2. Biomedical informatics
3. Bioprocess engineering
4. Biotechnology
5. Clinical engineering
6. Dental engineering
7. Medical engineering
8. Neural and regeneration engineering
9. Pharmaceutical engineering
10. Rehabilitation engineering
Philosophy
The philosophy of the training in biomedical engineering is to produce biomedical engineering
graduates with high academic and ethical standards, and adequate practical exposure to
solving societal problems in the areas of healthcare and social well-being.
Objectives
The objectives of biomedical engineering education and training are to:
1. conduct investigations into complex biomedical engineering problems;
2. design biomedical engineering projects, systems, machines and equipment, and
supervise their implementation;
3. design and develop new products and production techniques in the biomedical
industries;
4. install and maintain complex biomedical engineering systems for optimal performance in
our environment;
5. adapt and adopt exogenous biomedical technology to solve local engineering/technical
problems;
6. exercise original thoughts, have good professional judgments and take responsibility for
executing essential tasks;
7. manage people, funds, materials, and equipment in the biomedical engineering
industries;
8. be conversant with all the materials, components, machines, equipment, production
techniques and systems in different specialties of biomedical engineering;
9. man and maintain specific production equipment in different areas of the biomedical
engineering;
10. plan, manage, and be responsible for the quality control of biomedical engineering
products and systems;
154
11. be proficient in using standards, codes, and modern information and communication
technology tools in biomedical engineering practice;
12. have the ability to consider the human, social, environmental, and sustainability
dimensions in finding solutions to complex biomedical engineering problems;
13. have a good knowledge of the ethics of the biomedical engineering profession and be
able to apply the knowledge;
14. have the ability for independent and team work, especially for operating in a
multidisciplinary and multispecialty team, and have good oral and written communication
skills; and
15. to engage in lifelong learning for continuous self-improvement in the practice of
biomedical engineering.
Biomedical engineers are employed in various capacities according to their specialisations.
There are currently about seven broad career prospects for every first degree graduate of
biomedical engineering. These are outlined as follows:
1. The clinical area refers to the general, specialist, and teaching hospitals, federal medical
centres, and other health centres where a biomedical engineer tackles day-to-day
challenges in their professional career. Biomedical/clinical/ rehabilitation engineers work
seriously in orthopaedic, psychiatric, general medicine clinics and specialist and teaching
hospitals where they design, re-design, and maintain in-house medical equipment, and
train medical personnel to use and operate medical devices. Biomedical informatics
engineers can work in the medical records department of hospitals and clinics.
2. Still in the clinical area, some biomedical engineers also have advanced training in other
fields. For example, some engineers also have MD degree and they combine an
understanding of advanced technology with direct patient care and clinical research. They
may also build customized devices for special healthcare or research needs.
3. Biomedical engineers supervise laboratory equipment in research and development
establishments and, participate in or direct research activities with other researchers in
medicine, physiology and nursing in many health-related research institutions. Some
biomedical engineers are technical advisors in marketing departments of large biomedical
companies and some are in management positions. Biomedical engineering research is
ongoing in some medical science institutes, biotechnology outfits and other research
institutes in Nigeria's Ministries of Health, Science and Technology, and Agriculture.
4. In Nigeria, universities, polytechnics, colleges, and schools of health technology train
graduates in biomedical engineering who are awarded certificates, diplomas, bachelor
degrees in science, engineering or technology, master’s degrees in science and
engineering and doctorates in in biomedical engineering and technology. Biomedical
engineering graduates can function as academic and technical staff members in these
areas – the academia.
5. Biomedical engineers create designs where in-depth understandings of living systems and
technology are essential. They may be involved in performance testing of new or
proposed biomedical products; design and redesign of proprietary and customised brands
of biomedical devices; sales and marketing of biomedical devices and software
development of medical apps in bio-IT industries. They can also be deployed as bio-
engineers and tissue- engineers in the various chemical, food, pharmaceutical,
biotechnology industries.
6. In ministries and other government agencies, biomedical engineers are often engaged as
officers for product testing and safety officers who ascertain safety standards for devices
in agencies like NAFDAC, NSO and the like. Biomedical engineers can be engaged to
155
formally certify and accredit professionals, professional societies and academic institutions
as COREN does presently. They can also be employed in the Ministries of Health, Science,
and Technology to undertake day-to-day implementation of government policies on
biomedical engineering.
7. With the re-invigoration of entrepreneurship in the universities and its incorporation into
all the undergraduate courses in biomedical engineering, graduates are prepared to
become biomedical engineering entrepreneurs. In this case, biomedical engineers can
start by undertaking medical equipment repairs and maintenance in hospitals where they
had goodwill, while undertaking industrial training or serving the country under the
National Youth Service Corps (NYSC). This, though, requires a level of technical skills,
competencies as well as courage. Biomedical engineers can build their entrepreneurial
skills through these efforts.
21st Century Skills

The 21st century skills includes:
1. creativity and innovation: the ability to create new ways of thinking and solve
problems by being innovative;
2. critical thinking and problem-solving: the capacity to apply higher-order thinking to
new problems and issues;
3. communication: the capability to communicate effectively in various forms and
contexts for a wide range of purposes;
4. collaboration: the ability to work in teams to effectively generate, share and use
ideas;
5. information literacy: the faculty to access, evaluate, synthesize and share
information from multi-specialty/inter-disciplinary sources;
6. technology usage: the skill to identify appropriate technology tools and use them
efficiently, ethically, and effectively;
7. career/life Skills: the ability to become independent and self-directed learners who
can adapt to change, manage projects, take responsibility, lead others and produce
results; and
8. personal/Social responsibility: the capacity to develop cultural competence in
working with others and diverse cultural and social backgrounds.

Some of the unique features of biomedical engineering are that it:
1. has a formidable influence on healthcare delivery;
2. employs the knowledge of modern biological principles in engineering design processes;
3. is a blend of science and technology that advances the healthcare industry;
4. often combines an aptitude for problem-solving and technical know-how focused on
medicine, healthcare, and helping others; and
5. it is unique for its hybridisation which has led to innovations in healthcare delivery and
the advancement of human well-being.

156
Direct Entry
respectively.

Level GST/ENT Basic Discipline Programme SIWES Total
Science GET (BME) Courses*
100 4 16 3 2 - 25
200 4 - 14 8 3 29
300 4 - 10 10 4 24
157
400 - - - 10 8 10
500 - - 5 15 - 20
Total 12 16 32 45 (15) 105
100 Level
Course Code. Course Title Units Status LH PH
PHY 102 General Practical Physics II
BIO 101 General Biology I 2 C 45 -
BIO 107 General Practical Biology I 1 C - 45
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 15 45
Modelling
BME 102 Introduction to Biomedical 2 C 30 -
engineering
Total 25
200 Level
Course Code. Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -
Existence
GET 211 Computer and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45
BME 214 General Biochemistry I 2 C 30 -
BME 215 Human Genetic I 2 C 30 -
BME 211 Human Anatomy I 2 C 30 -
BME 213 Human Physiology I 2 C 30 -
Scheme
Total 29
300 Level

158
Communication
Analysis
Technology
Machine Language and Convergent
Technologies
BME 334 Biomedical Instrumentation 2 E 30 -
BME 351 Biomaterials Engineering 2 E 30 -
BME 332 Biomedical Electronics 2 C 30 -
BME 316 General Pharmacology 2 C 30 -
Scheme
Total 24
400 Level
BME 401 Biomedical Systems Analysis 2 C 30 -

BME 435 Biomedical Informatics 2 E 30 -
BME 453 Human Biotechnology 2 E 30 -
BME 461 Clinical Engineering 2 E 30 -
BME 481 Rehabilitation Engineering 2 E 30 -
GET 499 SIWES II: Students Work Experience 8 C 24 Weeks
Scheme
Total 10
SIWES Courses
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH/PH
GET 499 SIWES III 8 C 24weeks
Total 15
500 Level
Code
GET 501 Engineering Management 3 C 45 -
BME 521 Biomedical Engineering Design 3 C 45 -
BME 526 Computer-Aided Design of Biomedical 3 C 45 -
Systems
BME 522 Equipment Reliability and Safety 3 C 45 -
Technology
BME 523 Biomedical Imaging Systems 3 C 45 -
BME 524 Biomedical Signal Processing 3 E 45 -
Total 17
159
100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Writing activities (pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing,
(summary, essays, letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making, etc. Mechanics of
Learning Outcomes
analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
Course Contents
160
Learning Outcomes
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
161
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
Course Contents
162
(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
PHY 101: General Physics I(Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
163
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
164
Course Contents
deduction.
BIO 101: General Biology (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. explain the characteristics of living and non-living things;
2. outline the taxonomy of living organisms – microbes, plants including field and
herbarium methods, animals including vertebrates and invertebrates;
3. describe the scientific methods to biology concepts;
4. explain the cell concepts, structure, organisation, functions, and chemical and physical
characteristics; and
5. state the elements of biological chemistry, and of ecology and types of herb.
Course Contents
Characteristics of living and non-living things. Scientific methods to biology concepts.
Taxonomy of living organisms – microbes, plants including field and herbarium methods,
animals including vertebrates and invertebrates. Morphology and life cycles of phyla and
plant kingdoms. Cell concepts, structure, organization, functions, and chemical and physical
characteristics. Cells, tissues and organ systems, and organisms. Elements of biological
chemistry – cellular metabolism - aspects of organic, inorganic and physical chemistry
relevant to biology. Elements of ecology and types of habitats
BIO 107: General Practical Biology (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. conduct experiments on microscopes and microscopy;
2. conduct experiments on food test, enzyme activities, osmosis and diffusion;
3. identify and evaluate external morphology of the herbaceous plant, and cytological
techniques;
4. make observations of experiments made; and
5. draw conclusions from experimental and numerical analysis of data.
Course Contents
Experiment on microscopes and microscopy, food test, enzyme activities, osmosis and
diffusion, external morphology of the herbaceous plant and cytological techniques.
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
165
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
BME 102: Introduction to Biomedical (2 Units C: LH 30)

Enginering
Learning Outcomes
Students should, at the conclusion of the course:
1. know how fundamental physics, biological and chemical principles are applied to human
body functions;
2. explain the impacts of technology on knowledge of biology, medicine and areas of
general chemistry such as electronic configuration, atoms, chemical bonds, metals and
non-metals, acids and bases, carbon and covalent bond and, water and its properties
166
3. know about cells, tissues, organs, and organisms; amino acids, proteins; carbohydrates;
fatty acids and lipids; nucleic acids and nucleotides; genes and genetic information
transcription and translation;
4. assess forces experienced by bones, joints, and muscles during exercise osteo-
kinematics and arthro-kinematics; and
5. apply fundamental principles in physics, biology, and chemistry to human body
functions.
Course Contents
Bio- and Medical Engineering: impacts of technology on biology and medicine. Biomedical
engineering: definition, history, and components. Biomedical engineering, health technology,
and human system: man, as a living machine; human system and instrumentation research,
development, education, training, certification, and practice of biomedical engineering and
health technology; problems and prospects of biomedical engineering and health technology
in Nigeria and Africa.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
167
business planning;
and
Course Contents
GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30, PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Course contents
Learning Outcomes
168
solutions;
polymers;
natural);
Course Contents
GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
169
Course Contents
principles.
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
equation, heat conduction equation, as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes
Course Contents
170
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents
equipment, production of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation. (8-10
171
NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of Programme-specific
BME 211: Human Anatomy I (2 Units C: LH 30))g

Outomes
Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion, students should be able to:
1. recognise and describe the major structures of the human body;
2. discuss the structural organisation and functions of each system of the human body;
3. apply their knowledge of human anatomy to solve questions regarding function and
disease;
4. identify clinical scenarios, the concepts and knowledge of the general terminology, cell
structure and function, histology, and gross anatomy of several organ systems
(integumentary, skeletal, muscular, and nervous);
5. analyse and critically evaluate various sources of information related to these systems to
discern reliable scientific information from unsourced information and pseudoscience;
6. demonstrate how human organ systems are interrelated, to apply a holistic approach to
human health; and
7. develop research skills, including critical analysis, interpretation, synthesis, and
communication of scientific data.
Course Contents
An overview of cell biology; tissue structures and human histology; basic structure of the
human body; body planes and positions; the skeleton; regional anatomy of the upper limb,
lower limb, thorax and abdomen.
BME 213: Human Physiology I (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of terminology, concepts, and relationships
in human anatomy and physiology;
2. utilise a broad foundation of anatomical relationships and physiological principles in
analysis, application, and synthesis related to human physiology and pathophysiology;
3. evaluate scientific information to help make decisions concerning personal health, clinical
applications, and research in human physiology;
4. describe how physiological parameters are measured in humans and animal preparations
5. achieve thorough insight into homeostatic mechanisms and the functions of the various
organs and organ systems in humans;
6. interpret basic physiological data; and
7. apply the basic physiological principles explored to understand how their bodies work
and carry that knowledge into their specific professional areas.
Course Contents
Basic concepts in Human physiology; cellular physiology; homeostasis; musculoskeletal
system; Cardiovascular System; Respiratory System; Urinary System.
BME 214: General Biochemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
172
1. demonstrate an understanding of fundamental biochemistry principles, including topics
specific to chemistry and biochemistry;
2. explain the properties and biological functions of the major biomolecules;
3. locate, critically analyze, interpret and discuss data, hypotheses, results, theories, and
explanations found in the primary literature;
4. design, carry out, and record the results of chemical and biochemical experiments using
classical techniques, modern instruments, and computers, then analyze those results to
draw reasonable, accurate conclusions;
5. communicate biochemical concepts and experimental results through effective written
and oral communication; and
6. appreciate the structure and function of the main biochemical molecules (sugars,
proteins, lipids, and nucleic acids), metabolic pathways of animal eukaryotic cells, and
their regulation.
Course Contents
Review of general chemistry: chemical elements and the periodic table; electronic
configuration, electronic orbital, valency of atoms, and types of chemical bonds; metals and
non-metals; acids and bases, highlighting Lewis Conception; carbon, sp3 hybridization, the
tetrahedron and covalent bond; functional groups; water and its special properties.
Introduction of the cell and hierarchy of organisation of living things: macromolecules,
organelles, cells, tissues; organs, systems and organism.
Amino acids, proteins; the peptide bond and polypeptides; proteins as biological catalysts,
immune agents and structural molecules.
Carbohydrates; the glycosidic bond; relationship of photosynthesis and tissue respiration;
carbohydrate as storage molecule of easily accessible metabolic energy.
Fatty acids and lipids: the ester bond of lipids and triglycerides; fat as efficient energy
storage molecule.
Nucleic acids and nucleotides: DNA and RNA as polymers of nucleotides; the phosphodiester
bond; gene and genetic information transcription and translation.
BME 215: Human Genetic I (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. exhibit a sound knowledge of basic genetics principles;
2. recognise important concepts related to human genetic diversity and inheritance;
3. identify the appropriate clinical applications of specific genetic techniques;
4. explain the basic concepts of human genetics as the basis of genetic engineering;
5. apply the simple technique of DNA fingerprinting;
6. discuss how these principles can be applied to fight disease; and
7. demonstrate the application of genetic engineering in fighting diseases.
Course Contents
Human Heredity: haploid and diploid chromosome, DNA, trait, genes, blood group. The
Human Genome: Definition of Genome; History of Human Genome Project; Gene
Sequencing; Molecular organization and gene content; Genetic Coding Genomic variation in
humans. Genetic disorders: Albinism, Cystic Fibrosis, Dwarfism, Sickle Cell Disease, Color
Blindness, Hemophilia, Duschenne Muscular dystrophy.
173
300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
174
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
passive sentences Lexis, structure Fog and Index concept. Skills for communication and
175
Learning Outcomes
technology);
Course Contents
.GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents
176


Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence
paradigms; search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired
algorithms – examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems;
understanding natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation,
mathematical and logic foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and
pattern recognition; distributed systems; data and information security; intelligent web
technologies; convergent technologies – definition, significance and engineering
applications. Neural networks and deep learning. Introduction to python AI libraries.
177
Learning Outcomes
careers;,
empirical models;
Course Contents

design project.

178
BME 316: General Pharmacology (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate an understanding of basic pharmacological principles and mechanism of
action and classification of drugs;
2. describe fundamental concepts of drug-receptor interactions;
3. display an understanding of the processes involved in absorption, distribution,
metabolism, and excretion of toxicants, including an understanding of the toxicokinetic
behavior of toxicants in mammals;
4. identify molecular targets and pathways that are druggable and those for which there
are already drugs available;
5. justify the main pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic principles and apply them to
particular drugs;
6. integrate the principles of pharmacology in the process of drug evaluation (efficacy,
safety, and quality); and
7. apply the principles of drug evaluation to specific situations: generics and biosimilar.
Course Contents
General Pharmacology: Historical development of pharmacology; divisions of pharmacology
and their applications; definitions of terms and abbreviations: concept and nature of drugs.
Pharmacodynamics; pharmacokinetics; classification of drugs and their importance. Drug
abuse and control; drug noncompliance or misuse. Toxicology: Introduction to toxicology
and its importance; general principles of poison managements.
BME 321: Human Biomechanics (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. outline the principles of the study of human movement;
2. describe the range of factors that influence the initiation, production, and control of
human movement;
3. define and list the types of forces and describe the relationship between forces and
movement, body balance and control;
4. employ the role of biomechanics in the analysis of fitness activities such as strength,
power, endurance, flexibility, and cardiovascular training;
5. locate the body's lever systems and their relationship to basic joint movement and
classification;
6. demonstrate an understanding of kinetic concepts including inertia, force, torque, and
impulse;
7. identify the major factors involved in the angular kinematics of human movement; and
8. apply biomechanics knowledge in tissues such as bone, ligaments, skeletal muscle,
cardiac muscle, and cartilages.
Course Contents
Fundamental Principles of mechanics applied to study the physiology of biological systems.
Introduction to the basic concepts of continuum mechanics-tensors, finite deformation
kinematics, stress, conservation laws of mass, momentum and energy applied to deformable
continua; rigid body kinematics in the context of applications in biomechanics.
Application of biomechanics in tissues such as bone, ligaments, skeletal muscle, cardiac
muscle and cartilages. Skeletal muscle and mechanism of movement; biomechanical
179
implications of the sliding filament theory; velocity-force curves; lever mechanics; types of
muscle fibres.
BME 332: Biomedical Electronics (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. discuss the history of biomedical electronics;
2. describe standard biomedical electronic devices and systems;
3. explain necessary the precautions against hazards involved in electromedical devices;
4. acknowledge biomedical signals and their requirements for detection and processing;
5. identify and understand the required building blocks for a given biomedical system;
6. design circuits and systems for a given biomedical system specification; and
7. perform safety testing and troubleshooting of electromedical equipment.
Course Contents
General overview of biomedical electronics; history of biomedical electronics; biomedical
electronics as composing of bioelectronics and medical electronics; intersection areas in
biomedical electronics. Introduction to bioelectronics. Introduction to medical electronics.
Study of common biomedical electronic equipment and systems such as thermometers,
stethoscopes, pulse oximeters, patient monitors, telemetry systems, ambulatory systems.
Hazards of electro-medical devices: physiological effects of electricity; tests and safety
checks of medical devices; electrical safety testing. Troubleshooting of electro-medical
equipment. Design of biomedical circuits. Computer applications in biology and medicine.
BME 334: Biomedical Instrumentation (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Students will have demonstrated the ability to:
1. explain the physical and medical principles of biomedical instrumentation;
2. describe different types of electrical medical equipment;
3. analyse and solve problems related to the design of biomedical measurement
instruments;
4. describe the underlying physical phenomena, architecture, employed materials,
operational modes device/instrumentation;
5. identify and use basic biomedical instrumentation;
6. classify medical instruments based on different principles with application viz -
(diagnostic, therapeutic, Imaging, analytical), physiological parameter and biopotential,
biological system, in other departments in the hospital;
7. illustrate the different types of medical transducers used in medical instruments for body
temperature, blood pressure, and respiration rate; and
8. comprehend the physics of various biomedical transducers, such as electrodes,
displacement transducers, thermocouples, thermistors, and flow meters.
Course Contents
Introduction to biomedical instrumentation: basic biomedical instrumentation system.
General considerations in the design of biomedical instrumentation systems. Biomedical
measurements: errors in measurement. Biological signals: bioelectric signals. Biomedical
sensors and transducers-types and forms. Physiological measurements: audiology; cardiac
physiology; gastrointestinal tract physiology; neurophysiology; ophthalmic and vision
science; respiratory physiology; urodynamic physiology; vascular technology; blood pressure
180
measurement; blood flow measurements; measurement of the respiratory system; ECG
measurement systems.
Clinical laboratory instrumentation. Electrical safety in instrumentation. Introduction to
Biomedical signal processing.
BME 351: Biomaterials Engineering (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. comprehend biomaterials and tissue engineering terminology;
2. list different material types used in biomaterials and tissue engineering;
3. demonstrate a broad knowledge of materials science and engineering in biomedical
applications;
4. examine physical properties, including degradation and mechanical properties of
different kinds of biomaterials;
5. analyse biocompatibility and tissue-material interaction for different kinds of
biomaterials;
6. determine the engineering properties of biomaterials;
7. apply the knowledge of engineering properties in the design of biomaterials for implants,
prosthesis, and artificial organs;
8. explain what the application of biomaterials in biology and medicine means to
biocompatibility and tissue-material interactions; and
9. ascertain what host response is to biomaterials and biomaterials failure.
Course Contents
Introduction to Engineering properties of biomaterials: fatigue of biomaterials applications of
materials in medicine-cardiovascular, surgical, dental, ophthalmologic, orthopaedic
applications.
Bioelectrodes and bio (medical) sensors. Artificial organs: heart, teeth, limbs and kidney.
Compatibility of biomaterials: tissue-material interactions; host response to biomaterials;
biomaterials failure.
400 Level
BME 401: Biomedical System Analysis (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate the knowledge of the mathematical concepts applied in biomedical
engineering, including linear relations and functions, systems of inequalities;
2. apply the best mathematical method for addressing a particular bioengineering problem;
3. formulate bioengineering problems in terms of appropriate mathematical modelling
methods;
4. analyse biological data using appropriate mathematical methods;
5. evaluate the output of the mathematical modelling methods concerning the underlying
biological processes;
6. manipulate experimental data using mathematical methods; and
7. assess the output of the mathematical analysis of a bioengineering problem.
Course Contents
Advanced mathematical concepts: linear relations and functions; systems of equations and
inequalities; polar coordinates and complex numbers; exponential and logarithmic functions;
iteration; statistics and data Analysis; limits, derivatives and integrals: applications of
181
differentiation and integration. Mathematical methods and Models: numerical methods; finite
differences; solutions of differential equations; role and application of models in biology and
medicine. Computer simulations: Development of computer simulation techniques to study
physiological system.
BME 435: Biomedical Informatics (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. apply knowledge and awareness of the basic principles and concepts of biology,
computer science, and mathematics;
2. design, deploy and use the various electronic health information systems;
3. simulate biomedical systems experimentation and design with the aid of computer
systems;
4. explore the massive biological data available and their manipulation with the computer
systems;
5. utilise existing software effectively to extract information from large databases and to
use this information in computer modeling; and
6. develop problem-solving skills, including the ability to develop new algorithms and
analysis methods.
Course Contents
Introduction to biomedical informatics; components of biomedical informatics.
Bioinformatics: What is bioinformatics; components of bioinformatics; biological data;
information complexity; bioinformatics applications? Medical informatics: Management
Information Systems in biology and medicine-data acquisition, data storage and retrieval,
data processing; components of Health Information Systems; types of Health Information
Systems. Computer networking in the hospitals: the concept of computer networking,
telemetry; e-Health. Software development in biology and medicine. Computer applications
in medical diagnosis and therapy. Computer-aided simulation and experimentation.
BME 453: Human Biotechnology (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. apprehend the general principle and practice of biotechnology;
2. explain the structure and function of cell organelles and cellular transport;
3. describe the science of biotechnology and identify its product domains;
4. comprehend the concepts in human genetics and its applications;
5. identify the various natural and laboratory based modifications of DNA;
6. apply human biotechnology in solving human health problems;
7. use molecular biology techniques genetically engineer the animals to improve
sustainability, productivity and suitability for pharmaceutical, agricultural and industrial
applications; and
8. explain how scientific methodologies are used to conduct experiments and develop
products.
Course Contents
Introduction to Biotechnology: Historical background; types, their examples and applications
Biotechnology and human health: pharmaceuticals, diagnosis, vaccines, gene therapy, organ
replacement therapy, nutrition, environmental health, health prevention, etc. Introduction to
Genetic Engineering: history of genetic engineering; cloning; DNA fingerprinting; polymerase
182
chain reaction; summary of DNA fingerprinting; application of GE in fighting diseases.
Introduction to Tissue Engineering: basic biological concept– cells, organelles; tissue
organisation; tissue dynamics, representative tissue; case studies; barriers to tissue
engineering adoptions.
BME 461: Clinical Engineering (2 Units; E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. recognise the need and significance of technical support in hospital environments;
2. learn the basic skills for troubleshooting hospital equipment;
3. appreciate the challenges of technology management and its importance to good
healthcare delivery;
4. design and implement the complete process of technology management;
5. conduct an economic analysis of medical technologies during acquisition processes (cost-
benefit analysis);
6. facilitate a better understanding between biomedical engineers and medical doctors; and
7. acknowledge the role of clinical engineers in the healthcare environment.
Course Contents
Evolution of clinical engineering. The health care environment. Equipment planning. Clinical
engineering education. Quality assurance. Equipment replacement project. The role of
clinical engineering in hospital organisation and enhancing patient’s safety. Healthcare
facilities planning; A model clinical engineering department; careers, roles, and
responsibilities of clinical engineers.
BME 481: Rehabilitation Engineering (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of the subject, students should be able to:
1. apprehend the clinical fundamentals of injuries and dysfunctions;
2. recognise and apply fundamental knowledge of engineering in the rehabilitation of
clients suffering from selected injury and body dysfunction;
3. use analytical skills to assess and evaluate the needs of the end-user requiring
rehabilitation and assistive devices;
4. conduct patient/technology evaluation via the use of modern instrumentation;
5. apply rehabilitation engineering technology to help individuals with disabilities; and
6. appreciate safe working practices in rehabilitation engineering.
Course Contents
Introduction to rehabilitation engineering: technology and disability. Assistive technologies:
implants, prostheses, and artificial organs in rehabilitation; Wheelchair and others.
Rehabilitation robotics: aids for physically handicapped people. Rehabilitation in Special
areas: Rehabilitation in Sports; Physiotherapeutic technologies; Psychiatric devices;
orthopaedic devices, etc.
Learning Outcomes
183
and
Course Contents
On the job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
184
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
BME 521: Biomedical Engineering Design (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. employ techniques and tools for the design of biomedical equipment, including
innovative ones;
2. utilise engineering tools and software to develop and communicate design concepts;
3. use appropriate standard guidelines to define design inputs for a biomedical device
design;
4. explain the design process and use it to develop a design concept for problem-solving;
5. recognise the classical engineering design process;
6. apply the design process in the design of biomedical devices;
7. fabricate biomedical devices applying standard scientific methodologies; and
8. discuss the importance of ethics in biomedical engineering.
185
Course Contents
Overview of Engineering Design: classical steps in engineering design - identify the need,
research the problem, develop possible solutions, select the most promising solution,
construct a prototype, test and evaluate the prototype, communicate the design, and
redesign. Biomedical Devices: Introduction to biomedical devices; overview of biomedical
device design. Biomedical Engineering Design methodology: design tools; design (project)
team management; the design process; project definition; project design specification;
materials selection. Biomedical engineering manufacturing: prototyping in biomedical device
design; testing and optimisation of biomedical design; product documentation; project
presentation; manufacturing and quality control. Ethico-legal issues in Biomedical
Engineering Design: intellectual property management; regulation of biomedical devices.
BME 522: Equipment Reliability and Safety Technology (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. monitor equipment and assess its accuracy and reliability;
2. discern equipment reliability to equipment design;
3. employ all safety procedures to design and fabricate biomedical devices;
4. apply safety in the instrumentation of equipment; and
5. acknowledge quality assurance in equipment design.
Course Contents
Equipment reliability: Manufacturing and quality control; equipment (project) reliability;
equipment maintainability and availability. Equipment safety: Safety consideration in
equipment design – reliable equipment earthing reduction of leakage current and operation
at low voltage. Safe instrumentation: Physiological effects of electricity, shock hazards,
electrical safety codes and standards, power distribution protection, electric system testing.
Quality assurance in equipment design.
BME 523: Biomedical Imaging Systems (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
The student should be able to:
1. describe the relevant basic methods in applied medical image processing;
2. develop an understanding of biomedical imaging instruments to measure signals from
biological systems.
3. appreciate the fundamental principles of advanced imaging concepts in fluorescence and
nanoscale imaging to study molecular dynamics in living cells;
4. analyse and compare imaging systems for different biological levels: organs, tissues,
cells, and molecules, justifying the pros and cons of each technique;
5. critique the design factors that contribute to the construction of advanced bioimaging
systems with numerical calculations and physical concepts;
6. design and realise image processing algorithms for a range of applications, including
noise cancellation, filtering, segmentation, and rendering;
7. demonstrate their knowledge of characteristics and applications of X-Rays, CT, NMRI,
and ultrasound technology; and
8. apply the knowledge of biomedical imaging in medical therapy and rehabilitation.
Course Contents
Introduction to Radiation: review of physical concepts of radiation-atomic and nuclear
structures, electromagnetic spectrum, x-ray production, radioactive decay; ionizing and non-
186
ionizing radiation; X-ray interaction. Radiation & Imaging Systems: X-rays - characteristics
and applications; computerized tomography; technology and applications; gamma camera;
nuclear magnetic resonance imaging; systems and applications; ultrasound imaging. Basic
radiobiology: radiation dosimetry and protection; Legislation and regulations for radiation
protection.
BME 524: Biomedical Signal Processing (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of the subject, students should be able to:
1. extract useful information from a biomedical signal;
2. demonstrate an understanding of signal representation and processing across a range of
biomedical devices;
3. apply advanced knowledge in biomedical image processing to develop and implement
biomedical algorithms for processing biomedical images and critically interpret their
success;
4. appreciate the mathematical principles of continuous and digital signal processing;
5. apply specific mathematical techniques to solve problems in the area of biomedical
signals; and
6. describe the origin, properties, and suitable models of important biological signals such
as ECG, EEG.
Course Contents
Signals: What is a signal? History; categories; application fields. Biomedical Signals: nature,
sources, types and examples. Signal Processing: Definition, Stochastic and deterministic
signals, Discrete signals, Linear time invariant systems, Duality of time and frequency
domain, Hypotheses testing. Biomedical signal Processing: Brain signals-local field potentials
(LFP), electrocorticogram, (ECG), electroencephalogram (EEG), and magnetoencephalogram
(MEG); Heart signals - Electrocardiogram, Heart rate variability, Fetal ECG; Electromyogram;
Gastro-intestinal signals; Acoustic signals. Modeling Biomedical Systems.
BME 526: Computer-Aided Design of Biomedical Systems (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. apply the computer to generate a graphical representation of the human body;
2. use the medium of drawing in engineering communications;
3. describe the general principles involved in the use of engineering drawing;
4. demonstrate skills in computer-aided draughting to produce detailed 2D and
3Ddrawings;
5. design biomedical engineering products using CAD tools, with engineering drawings as
the medium of effective communication;
6. demonstrate skills in interpreting and producing engineering drawing accurately and
efficiently; and
7. comprehend the applications of CAD in medical imaging, diagnosis of diseases, etc.
Course Contents
Computer Aided Design (CAD): Introduction; basic principles of CAD; CAD hardware and
software; the drawing tools; design management; introduction to 3-dimensional (3-D)
design; 3D modeling; the printing and plotting process. Design of biomedical systems: Use
of CAD in the design of medical equipment. Practical applications - Biomedical applications
of CAD: applications in medical imaging; applications in medical diagnosis of various
187
diseases e.g. lung diseases, breast cancer, stroke, sleep disorder, epilepsy, liver cancer,
microcalcifications, and artery disease.
Equipment
The professional skills necessary to practise biomedical engineering can be acquired first and
foremost from the training using institutional facilities designed and equipped to stimulate
the practice of the profession. It should, therefore, be adequate in quality and quantity.The
number of laboratories each department has will depend on the number of biomedical
engineering specialty options offered. As an example:
1. A-one- option department is expected to have one standard multi-specialty workshop

and one standard inter-disciplinary laboratory.
2. A two- option department is expected to have one standard multi-specialty workshop
and two standard specialty laboratories (reflecting the two options).
3. A three- option department is expected to have one standard multi-specialty workshop
and three standard specialty laboratories (reflecting the three options).
List of Workshops/Laboratories/Equipment/Instruments/Tools
General Biomedical Engineering Workshop

1. Lathe machine;
2. Hand tools;
3. Drilling machine;
4. Hand machine;
5. Grinding machine;
6. Folding machine;
7. Work tables and table vices;
8. Standard toolbox for mechanics, electricians and biomedics;
9. Gas and arc welding machines and accessories, and casting facilities;
10. Saw: hack, radial, circular, panel, rip - blade diametre- 400mm with external blades;
11. Marking gauge;
12. Chisel: dicferent sets;
13. Clamp: C-, F- etc;
14. Extra knives carpentry machine planner and thicknesser;
15. Air compressor – for spraying; tank capacity 500 litres complete with accessories - type
spray gun and air blow-gun;
16. Battery: tester, charger and service equipment
Bioengineering/Biotechnology Laboratory Bioinstrumentation Unit

1. CFX96 real-time PCR;
2. Protein/nucleic acid electrophoresis system;
3. UV/VIS spectrophotometre with nanovette;
4. Differential scanning calorimetre (DSC);
5. Semi-dry blotting system with power supply;
6. Impedance aAnalyseAnalyser system with PC;
7. Wet blotting system;
8. Molecular imager;
9. Analog/digital multimetre;
10. Signal generator;
188
11. Multiple input oscilloscopes; and
12. Relevant analysis software and hardware
Biorheology Unit
1. Spectrophotometre;
2. Turbid, pH metre;
3. Conductivity metre, colourimetre;
4. Digital rotary, viscometre, thermogravimetric aAnalyseAnalyser;
5. Digital thermometre (-50 - 1000°C) with asphalt needle probe 3 comm long;
6. Ion chromatograph equipment;
7. Solid/liquid extraction unit (complete);
8. Filtration unit with plate and frame filter unit Ffuid bed dryer, digital;
9. Film and dropwise equipment;
10. Fractional distillation column;
11. Laboratory scale spray dryer;
12. Distillation column (computer interfaced distillation column);
13. Water bath;
14. Autoclave; and
15. Centrifuge.
Biomedical Informatics Laboratory

Digital Unit
1. Digital oscilloscope;
2. Logical circuit EX board A, B;
3. Logic tutor EX board;
4. Basic electrical and electronic application EX board B;
5. Digital system;
6. Project board; and
7. Digital data formatting
Computer Networks Unit

1. TCP/IP trainer kit;
2. Licensed software, e.g., OPNET, NS2, assembler, multiSim MATLAB and so on;
3. Networking accessories, e.g., UTP cable, socket, splitter, patch panels, reuters/switches;
and
4. Database management software (MySQL)
Software Development Unit

1. Sufficient number of desktop computers with appropriately licensed software
packages installed in them.
Modeling and Simulation Laboratory

1. High-Performance Server
2. Workstations
3. Software licenses-fluent, comsol, etc
4. Routers
5. Switches
6. Servers
7. Large format printer
Computer-Aided Design Unit

1. Computation tool on finite elements such as CATIA; NASTRAN; ABAQUS; IDEAS;
189
2. MATLAB; ANSYS, PDMS;
3. Workstations (at least one (1) workstation to five (5) students);
4. Printer;
5. Multimedia facilities;
6. Most importantly, the laboratory is expected to install software packages such as
AutoCAD for drawing and other specialised packages for virtual laboratory.
Computer-Aided Manufacture
1. CNC machines (lathe, milling, drilling, etc)
Bioprocess Engineering Laboratory
Bioinstrumentation Unit Equipment

1. CFX96 real-time PCR;
2. Protein electrophoresis system;
3. UV/VIS spectrophotometre with nanovette;
4. Nucleic acids electrophoresis system;
5. Differential scanning calorimetre (DSC);
6. Wet/semi-dry blotting system with power supply;
7. Impedance Analyseanalyser system with PC;
8. Impedance Analyseanalyser system with PC;
9. CO2 incubator;
10. Molecular imager;
11. Analog/digital voltmetre;
12. Signal generator;
13. Multiple input oscilloscopes; and
14. Relevant analysis software and hardware.
Clinical Engineering/Medical Engineering/Dental Engineering
Instrumentation Laboratory
1. Control and instrumentation principles(FULL KIT);
2. Analogue andand digital control board;
3. Transducers kit: electromechanical, heat, light, etc;
4. Measurement equipment;
5. Precision Modular Servo Control System;
6. Input/Output Potentiometre Unit;
7. Operational Amplifier Unit;
8. Power supply unit;
9. Function/signal generators;
10. Software upgrade to MATLAB 7.XX;
11. Nl: cable assembly, interface card;
12. PID unit;
13. Wattmetre;
14. Transfer function analyser;
15. Logic probe /pulser;
16. Resistance /capacitance box
Control Laboratory
1. Process control simulation apparatus
2. Pressure control apparatus
190
Digital Unit
1. Digital logic analyseanalyser
2. Smart logic design experimental kit
3. Digital logic circuit design experiment kit microcomputer trainer
4. AM/FM transmitters and receivers system trainer
5. Programmable logic controller system trainer
6. Analog/digital storage colour display 2/4-channel oscilloscope
7. Arbitrary waveform and Digital Synthesized function Generator
8. Digital spectrum Analyseanalyser (9kHz -3GHz)
9. Instrumentation trainer using transducers complete set
10. Analog/digital communication system trainer
11. Electrical and electronic system trainer
12. Power electronic training system
13. Training kit universal EPROM programmable (48 pins)
14. Bench digital multi-metre digit (various digit ranges)
15. Advanced frequency modulation and demodulation train
16. Decade box: resistance, capacitance, inductance
17. Photo/contact tachometre
18. Portable DC potentiometre
19. PCB Fabrication equipment complete set
Fluid Mechanics Unit

1. Manometres
2. Apparatus for hydrostatic forces on plane and curved surfaces
3. Forced vortex apparatus
4. Stability of floating bodies
5. Hydraulic test benches
6. Apparatus for head losses in pipe fittings
7. Apparatus for the flow of fluid around bodies
8. Hydraulic power circuitory and measurement units
9. Centrifugal pump system
10. Calibration and performance of flow measurement devices
Neural, Regeneration, and Rehabilitation Engineering
Biomechanics Unit
1. Cleve lab virtual instruments
2. Human arm model with angle sensors
3. Gonoimetre(probe + velero straps)
4. Conductivity sensor and dissolved oxygen
5. Respiration rate sensors
6. Bicycle ergometre
Tissue and Regeneration Medicine Unit
Equipment (Cell Culture Lab)

1. Biosafety (laminar flow hoods) cabinet Type All with stands
2. Incubators
3. Inverted microscopes with digital cameras and PC + cell counting sets
4. Orbital shaker, vortexer, water baths, pH metre, micropipettes, balance
5. Nano ure water system, autoclave liquid N2 storage, microplate reader, and - 80 freezer
6. Protein eectrophoresis system
191
7. Nucleic acids electrophoresis system
8. Cryotome
9. Lab fluoroscopic imaging microscopes
10. Support equipment employed in cell culture and Analysis
Pharmaceutical Engineering
1. Automated biochemical Analyseanalyser
2. Automated cell counter
3. Cell harvesting system
4. Gel electrophoresis instrument
5. Flow cytometry
6. Gas chromatograph mass spectrometre / GC MS instrument
PCR Technology
1. DNA thermal cycler / PCR instrument
2. Gradient PCR machine
3. PCR workstation / PCR cabinet
4. PH transmitter
5. Pharmaceutical tablet testing equipment
6. Disintegration tester /disintegration apparatus
7. Dissolution media preparation system
8. Dissolution sampler/issolution sampling system
9. Electrophysiology equipment
10. Portable laboratory equipment/field testing equipment
11. Handheld XRF Analyseanalyser
12. Portable balances.
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.


192
maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
There should be:
1. a section for biomedical engineering books, journals and other resource materials in the
University library;
2. an electronic library section with some online databases relevant to the biomedical
engineering degree programme in the University library;
3. a departmental library with books journals, and other resource materials for biomedical
engineering.
Classrooms, Laboratories,Workshops, Clinics and Offices

Academic m2
Non-Academic
Office Facilities
Room
193
computer unit.
1. At least three (3) adequate and dedicated classrooms;

2. Two (2) lecture theatres;
3. Two (2) laboratories and one (1) biomedical engineering workshop;
4. One (1) affiliated hospital clinic;
5. Four (4) senior lecturers’, three (3) other lecturers’, two (2) technologists’, one (1)
technician’s, and one (1) administrative offices are the minimum required.
194
B. Eng Chemical Engineering
Overview
The B.Eng. Chemical Engineering Core Curriculum and Minimum Academic Standards
(CCMAS) is the new curriculum approved by the National Universities Commission (NUC) for
use in all Nigerian universities for the educational training of chemical engineers. It is the
efforts of all the universities in Nigeria and experts who worked together to develop it. It is
an improvement over the B.Eng. Chemical engineering Benchmark Minimum Academic
Standards (BMAS), which was in use from 2007 until the approval of the present CCMAS.
The B.Eng. Chemical Engineering CCMAS compares significantly well with any B.Eng. as this
CCMAS provides a unique basis upon which specialisation and uniqueness of individual
institution can be built.
The aim is to produce graduates that meet the needs of today’s process industries by
providing a thorough understanding of the subject, technical competence, and transferable
skills required for the 21st Century knowledge-based and digital economy. The B.Eng
Chemical Engineering CCMAS contains 105 Units of core courses in Basic Sciences, General
Engineering and Chemical Engineering Sciences. The course content for all the courses as
well as learning outcomes for individual courses in the CCMAS are outlined as a guide for
content delivery. The balance of the 150 units required for graduation are to be designed by
the University to suit its purpose. The aim is to produce Chemical Engineers with generic
skills, competencies and attitudes fit for the 21st Century and the 4th Industrial Revolution.
Philosophy
The general philosophy of the Chemical Engineering CCMAS is to produce graduates with
high academic and soft skills competence, capable to adequately participate, transform,
impact on the engineering and allied industries in consonance with National and Global
community values, including National Policy on Industrialisation and Self-Reliance
Chemical Engineering is a very diverse profession that finds application in many knowledge
areas such as science, technology, finance, management and ICT. In Science there are
applications in areas from Biology to Chemistry and Mathematics and Engineering Science.
The skills needed in process industries even in cutting edge ones such as Environment,
Biotechnology, Nanotechnology, etc are found in chemical engineers. These industries
depend on chemical engineers to make their products and processes a reality. Hence an
appropriate CCMAS must establish a broad knowledge base upon which the required skills
can be built. This begins with foundational knowledge in chemistry, biology, physics, and
mathematics. From this foundation, a core expertise in engineering is developed in areas
such as thermodynamics, transfer and separation processes, chemical reaction, process,
modelling and simulation. To be equipped for the challenges of the 21st Century complex
and real-national and world problems, chemical engineers must develop engineering
problem- solving skills, strong synthetic and analytical skills. The modern-day chemical
engineer must thus find relevance in the application of these knowledge and skills to create
innovative solutions to the 21st Century industrial and societal problems in areas such as
environmental responsibilities, clean energy sources, sustainable system, and discovery,
processing and production of new materials and products.
Objectives
The objectives of the programme are, amongst others, to:
1. apply knowledge of Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM)
fundamentals to the solution of Chemical Engineering related problems;
195
2. design solutions for Chemical Engineering problems and design systems, components or
processes that meet specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and
safety, cultural, societal, environmental and other ethical considerations;
3. conduct investigations of complex problems using research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data
and synthesis of information to provide valid conclusions;
4. create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources and modern engineering and
IT tools: including prediction and modeling, to complex engineering activities, with an
understanding of the limitations;
5. function effectively both as an individual and as a team member or leader in diverse and
in multi-disciplinary settings;
6. communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering
community and with society at large;
7. apply the knowledge and understanding of engineering and management principles in
managing multi-disciplinary projects;
8. create awareness and understanding of the moral, ethical, legal, and professional
9. develop entrepreneurial skills and knowledge, in addition to adequate training in human
and organisational with a spirit of self-reliance so that they can set up their own
businesses.
Unique Features of the Programmme

There are a number of features that characterise the CCMAS curriculum:
1. more student-directed learning;
2. limitation of classroom contact time by minimising student work load;
3. increased application of computer and computer software in both teaching and learning;
4. early introduction into Engineering discipline and Chemical Engineering;
5. development of creative and innovative skills;
6. development of entrepreneurial skill;
7. specialisation to define uniqueness of programme; and
8. provision for combination with emerging and cutting-edge technologies.
A Chemical Engineer to be able to function adequately in the 21st century national and
global industrial, economic and societal environment must possess certain skills such as:
1. application of Fundamental and Specialist knowledge;
2. engineering Design;
3. investigations, experiments and data analysis;
4. engineering methods, skills, tools and information technology;
5. professional and technical communication;
6. impact of Engineering activity;
7. individual, team and multi-disciplinary working;
8. independent learning ability;
9. responsibility for Decisions;
10. management of Engineering Activities;
11. professionalism. and
12. effective Communication.
196
21st Century skills
The B. Eng. Chemical Engineering CCMAS has the capability of inculcating into the graduate
engineers skills essential for the 4th industrial revolution such as:
1. problem solving skills;
2. computing and data management skills;
3. modelling and simulation skills;
4. information and Communication skills;
5. Self-reliance and ability to take initiative;
6. critical, innovative and creative thinking abilities;
7. collaborative and team-working skills;
8. leadership skills and responsibility;
9. analysis, interpretation and synthesis of information; and
Admission and Graduation Requirement


Direct Entry
respectively.
197

Year GST ENT Basic General Chemical SIWES Total
Science Enginering Engineering
1 4 - 16 3 2 - 25
2 2 2 17 3 3 29
3 2 2 - 7 12 4 25
4 - - - 5 8 13
5 - - 5 8 - 13
Total 8 4 16 32 45 15 105
100 Level

GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and 2 C 15 45
Solid Modelling I
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry 1 C - 45
II
TCH 101 Introduction to Chemical 2 C 30 -
Engineering
Total 25
198
200 Level
Existence
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and 2 C 30 -
Innovation
GET 204 Students Workshop 2 C 90
Experience
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid 3 C 45 -
Mechanics
GET 206 Fundamentals of 3 C 45 -
Thermodynamics
GET 211 Computing and Software 3 C 30 45
Engineering
TCH 201 Chemical Engineering 3 C 45 -
Fundamentals
TCH 202 Material Science 3 E 45 -
TCH 206 Statistics for Chemical 2 C 30
Engineers
GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work 3 C 9 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 29
300 Level
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30
ENT 312 Venture and creation 2 C 15 45
Communication
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems 3 C 30 45
and Technologies
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial 2 C 30 -
Intelligence, Machine Learning
and Convergent Technologies
TCH 301 Transfer Processes I 2 C 15 TUT
15
TCH 302 Chemical Engineering 2 C 30
Thermodynamics
TCH 303 Separation Processes I 2 E 30
TCH 304 Process Instrumentation 2 E 30
TCH 305 Chemical Engineering 1 C - 45
Laboratories I
TCH 307 Biochemical Engineering 2 C 30
TCH 308 Numerical Methods in 2 C 30
Chemical Engineering
GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 25
199
400 Level
TCH 401 Chemical Product Design 3 C 15 90

TCH 402 Chemical Reaction Engineering I 3 E 45 -
TCH 404 Plant Design and Economics 3 E 15 90
TCH 405 Process Control 2 E 30 -
TCH 406 Process Modelling and 2 C 30 -
Simulation
Experience Scheme
Total 13
Student Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES)

Total 15
500 Level
GET 501 Engineering Management 3 C 45 -
TCH 501 Plant Design II 4 C 15 135
TCH 555 Chemical Engineering 4 C - 180
Research Project
Total 13
RECOMMENDATION: TCH 555 – Chemical Engineering Research Project be

taken/taught over the two semesters of the final year.
100 Level
Learning Outcomes
200
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC) Mass
201
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
202
Learning Outcomes
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
203
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
204
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
205
PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units: C, LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
206
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
TCH 101: Introduction to Chemical Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. appreciate the role of the chemical engineer in the industry and society;
2. be able to use basic engineering units in both SI and imperial systems in solving
problems;
3. develop problem solving skills and engage more effectively in solving different types of
problems;
4. formulate and solve basic steady state material balances for single units; and
5. perform stoichiometry analysis for chemical conversions and apply it to material balance.
Course Contents
The role of the chemical engineer. Units and dimensions. The mole unit. Conventions in the
method of analysis and measurement. Temperature. Pressure. Physical and chemical
207
properties and measurement. Techniques of solving problems. The chemical equation
stoichiometry, material balances in single units, recycle, bypass, purge. This course will be
supported with guest lectures from senior chemical engineers in industries, government and
academia.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
208
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
principles.
209
Learning Outcomes
flow in pipes;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
and third laws;
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
210
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

numbers;
211
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
212
Course Contents
equipment, production of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, (8-10

TCH 201: Chemical Engineering Fundamentals (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. formulate and solve closed steady state material balances on multi-stage systems with
and without a recycle and purge;
2. formulate and solve closed steady state Material balances on multi-stage systems that
include single and multiple chemical reactions;
3. formulate and solve closed steady state material balances on multi-stage systems that
include complete and incomplete conversions;
4. formulate and solve problems involving species and elements for reacting and non-
reacting systems;
5. formulate and solve energy balances; and
6. formulate and solve combined material and energy balances.
Course Contents
Analysis of material balances for multiple systems. Analysis of material balances problems
with direct solutions. Material balances using algebraic techniques control surface and stage
balances for open and closed system. Problems involving species and elements for reacting
and non-reacting systems. Material balances in process flow sheets. Energy balances
procedures; energy balances for reactive and non-reactive processes; combined mass and
energy systems. Computer aided balance calculations.
TCH 202: Material Science (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning outcome
On completion students should be able to:
1. explain the basic concepts and mechanism of atomic structure, configuration, inter-
atomic bonding, crystals and microstructure;
2. explain/discuss the relationship between structure and properties of materials;
3. explain the characteristics of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions (alloys);
4. determine the components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase
transformations of solid solutions (alloys);
5. discuss the different types, causes and effects of corrosion and methods of its
prevention and mitigation; and
213
6. discuss the basic principles of nanotechnology, nanomaterials and engineering
applications.
Course Contents
Introduction to electronic configuration, atomic structures, inter-atomic bonding
mechanisms, crystal and microstructure. Relationships between structure and properties
of metals, alloys, ceramics and plastics. Principles of the behaviour of materials in common
environments. Phase diagrams and phase transformations of metal solutions. Effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Corrosion: types,
causes and effects of corrosion, corrosion prevention and mitigation. Fabrication processes
and applications. Basic nanotechnology, nanomaterials and engineering applications.
TCH 206: Statistics for Chemical Engineers (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and understand the role of such displays
in data analysis;
2. perform statistical inference tasks using software and understand the calculations
involved in such tasks and be aware of assumptions necessary for the validity of results;
3. use and interpret statistical software package such as MINITAB, Design Expert to
summarise and analyse industry data;
4. make appropriate conclusions based on experimental results;
5. plan and execute an experimental program to determine the performance of a chemical
engineering system;
6. evaluate the accuracy of the measurements taken; and
7. communicate the results of the investigation in a number of ways.
Course Contents
Chemical engineers must have an appreciation of the accuracy and reliability of
measurements. This course provides a broad introductory knowledge of statistical
techniques used in data analysis. It also seeks to link the measurement of various
quantities with statistics to enable the analysis of the accuracy of the measurements.
Statistical inference intervals, tests hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation.
Introduction to big data analytics and cloud computing applications. Students to have
weekly or fortnightly computer laboratory-based assignments.
300 Level
Learning Outcomes
214
Course Contents
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 units C: LH 30 PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents
215
Practical Contents
renewable energy.

Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
careers;
216
empirical models;
Course Contents

design project.

TCH 301: Transfer Processes I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. derive the heat diffusion equation and use it to predict temperature profiles across solid
bodies transferring heat by conduction;
2. derive equations of heat transfer by convection and use them to predict the rate of heat
loss under steady state natural and forced convection;
217
3. derive the equations of heat loss by radiation, and use them to predict the rate of heat
loss under steady state conditions;
4. perform a procedural design of a heat exchanger for defined process requirements;
5. derive equations of mass transfer by molecular diffusion and use these to predict the
flow rates and composition of output streams from a mass transfer operation under
steady state conditions;
6. determine the performance and size of a given heat exchanger using different methods;
and
7. perform pressure drop calculations and procedural design of different heat exchangers
according to defined process requirements.
Course Contents
Steady State Conduction. Forced and Natural Convection. Reynolds' Analogy. Heat Transfer
Film Coefficient Correlations. LMTD Heat Transfer Design. Fouling Factors. Radiation;
Blackbody Radiation, Emission from Real Surfaces. Kirchoff’s Law. Unsteady-State
Conduction. 2-D Conduction. Fundamentals of Mass Transfer. Similarity of Momentum, Heat
and Mass Transfer. Convective Mass Transfer. General, Molecular and Turbulent Diffusion
Equations. Fick’s Law for Diffusion. Molecular Diffusion in Gases, Liquids and Solids.
Diffusion Coefficients in Gases. Liquids. Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers. LMTD Correction
Factors. Heat Transfer and Pressure Drop Correlations. HX Design and Performance (Kern’s
and NTU Methods for Multipass and Cross-Flow HX). Compact Heat Exchangers. Plate Heat
Exchangers.Operating Principles, Series and Parallel Combination, Use and Limitations.
Comparison with Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers.
TCH 302: Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics I (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning outcomes
1. perform calculations for various heat effects on industrial reactions as functions of
temperature and with or without phase change;
2. use enthalpy-concentration and related diagrams in the analysis of heat effect on
industrial reactions;
3. perform calculations of equilibrium constants of reversible reactions; and
4. perform calculations on the effect of temperature and pressure on equilibrium constants
and conversions for gas phase, liquid phase and heterogeneous reactions.
Course Contents
Heat Effects. Heat capacities as a function of temperature, specific heats of liquids and
solids; Heat effects accompanying phase change Clasius-Clapeyron equation, standard heats
of reaction, formation and combustion effect of temperature on heat reaction. Heat of
mixing and solution, Enthalpy concentration diagrams for H2SO4, H2O, etc., partial
enthalpies.
Chemical Reaction Equilibria; Standard free energy change and equilibrium constant,
Evaluation of equilibrium constants. Effects of temperature and pressure on equilibrium
constants; calculation of conversion; Gas phase reactions, Percentage conversion; Liquid
phase reaction Heterogeneous reactions.
TCH 303: Separation Processes I (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning outcomes
218
1. identify, analyze and solve engineering problems involving phase separation;
2. estimate stage requirements for absorption, stripping, and liquid-liquid extraction
systems; and
3. estimate the number of stages, feed plate, product rates, reflux ratios for binary
distillation systems using mccabe-thiele, ponchon-savarit methods.
Course Contents
Stage-wise and continuous contact equipment. Isothermal gas absorption. Binary
distillation, flash distillation; distillation systems - types of condensers and reboilers, plate
versus packed columns, reflux ratio, Distillation of binary mixture - McCabe Thiele method:
rectifying and stripping section, feed plate; Ponchon-Savarit method.
TCH 304: Process Instrumentation (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the principles of various flow, temperature, pressure and liquid level
measurements;
2. explain the principles of some analytical instruments use in physical and chemical
characterisation of materials;
3. identify appropriate instruments applicable for particular characterisation; and
4. interpret and analyse data obtained from analytical instruments.
Course Contents
Measuring instruments for level, pressure, flow, temperature and physical properties.
Chemical composition analysers. Measurement. Gas chromatograph. Mass Spectrometer.
Sampling systems. Description and use of current instrumentation such as atomic
spectroscopy, infra-Red spectroscopy, High Performance Liquid Chromatography, Scanning
Electron Microscope (SEM)
TCH 305: Chemical Engineering Laboratory I (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. locate (or identify) relevant literature sources to support/contradict theoretical
arguments, and to find data;
2. demonstrate theoretical principles by means of experiments;
3. propose theoretical models of experimental data; or
4. evaluate the accuracy of prescribed theoretical models; and
5. communicate (or describe) technical information and arguments in a professional
manner.
Course Contents
Laboratory experiments in transport phenomena. Kinetics and separation process
TCH 307: Biochemical Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning outcomes
1. explain the basic concepts of macromolecules and their building blocks, and their
relevance to chemical engineering;
2. interpret the fundamental of microbial growth, the principles of enzyme and cell kinetics;
219
3. calculate cell growth, and enzyme kinetics; and
4. perform mass balance on cell and enzyme systems
Course Contents
Introduction to microbiology and biochemistry. Classification and growth characteristics of
micro-organisms. Enzymes Engineering: including enzyme kinetics, aerobic and anaerobic
respirations, metabolic pathways, cell growth kinetics and models
TCH 308: Numerical Methods in Chemical Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning outcomes
1. apply numerical method techniques to solve problems arising from heat and mass
transfer, chemical reactions, thermodynamics, fluid mechanics and molecular
simulations;
2. apply numerical method techniques to solve different categories of mathematical
equations;
3. apply numerical methods such as navier-stokes, runge kutta, newton-raphson, taylor’s
series etc to solve ODES and PDES; and
4. perform numerical integrations and differentiation.
Course Contents
Numerical methods for solving problems arising in heat and mass transfer, fluid mechanics,
chemical reaction engineering, and molecular simulation. Topics: numerical linear algebra,
solution of nonlinear algebraic equations and ordinary differential equations, solution of
partial differential equations (e.g., Navier-Stokes), numerical methods in molecular
simulation (dynamics, geometry optimization). Runge Kutta and other methods in the
solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation. All methods are
presented within the context of chemical engineering problems.
400 Level
TCH 401: Chemical Product Design (3 Units C: LH 15; PH 90)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify a chemical process or product that is of relevance and of value that will involve
application of student knowledge of chemical engineering principles;
2. develop a strategy for the design and production of this process/product including
milestones;
3. develop the project budget and market analysis of the process/product;
2. write a proposal for the development/production of the process or product;
3. apply principles of starting up a chemical engineering business successfully;
4. Package the product for market where possible; and
5. Present process orally and in writing.
Course Contents
Chemical Engineering open-ended problems/projects that require students to design a
chemical process or product. Each team generates and filters ideas; identifies use cases and
objectives; evaluates and selects a design strategy; develops a project budget; schedules
milestones and tasks; and writes a proposal with supporting documentation. Each project
must meet specified requirements for societal impact, budget, duration, person hours,
220
environmental impact, safety, and ethics. Principles of chemical engineering business start-
ups.
TCH 402: Chemical Reaction Engineering I (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. calculate conversion in batch and flow systems;
2. size single batch, continuous-stirred tank, and plug flow reactors;
3. size real reactors in different flow regimes, packed bed reactors catalytic reactors and
unsteady state reactors;
4. identify and determine the parameters in kinetic rate expressions for homogeneous
reactions;
5. maximise product selectivity for systems involving multiple reactions;
6. use residence time distributions to find conversions for non-ideal mixing; and
7. use computer software packages to assist in sizing reactors.
Course Contents
Introduction to chemical kinetics; concentration versus time equations for single, irreversible
reactions; concentration versus time equations for reversible reaction; design of the ideal
PFR, CSTR; batch and semi-batch reactors and CSTRs in series.
Real tubular reactors in laminar flow; Real tubular reactors in turbulent flow; packed bed
reactors; unsteady reactors; residence time distribution functions for non-ideal flow reactors.
TCH 404: Plant Design and Economics (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. calculate stream data and present on a process flow-sheet from process descriptions;
2. explain the general principles of design, the techniques specific to particular products
and processes and the characteristics of engineering materials and components;
3. prepare and present findings of engineering design tasks;
4. plan and produce process flow sheet for a specified industry or product;
5. perform mechanical design of process units and piping;
6. perform basic costing and economic evaluation of process units and systems; and
7. use CAD software to perform design activities.
Course Contents
Presentation and discussion of real process design problems; sources of design data;
process and engineering flow diagram; process outline charts incorporating method study
and critical examination; mechanical design of process vessels and piping. Environmental
considerations site considerations; process services. Costing of design Process. Formulation
of feasibility report evaluation. Economics and safety consideration must be stresses.
Computer aided Design; application of software packages in design.
TCH 405: Process Control (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be albe to:
1. explain the importance of process control in chemical engineering industry and classify
chemical process variables;
2. solve first order and second order ODE’s analytically and using Laplace transform;
221
3. determine the transfer function of chemical processes; and
4. determine the stability of chemical processes from their transfer function.
Course Contents
Process dynamics. Transfer functions. Frequency response analysis. Discrete events.
Control system design. Cascade control. Feed forward and feedback control. Introduction
to multi-variable control. The control valves.
TCH 405: Process Modelling and Simulation (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. generate and solve mathematical models involving chemical process systems such as
transfer processes, separation processes, chemical reactions and thermodynamics;
2. use appropriate software to simulate various aspects of process systems including but
not limited to flow sheets, vessels, piping, instrumentations, etc.;
3. use appropriate software to simulate material and energy balances for process plants;
and
4. use appropriate software to simulate and solve process models.
Course Contents
Use of computational tools to solve models and implicit equations covering transfer,
separation, chemical reactions and thermodynamic systems involving steady and unsteady
state. Process simulation using the HYSYS software or any other process simulation
software, including ASPEN, MATLAB, Geogebra, Winplot, ESES.
Learning Outcomes
and
Course Contents
On the job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
222
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
223
Course Contents
TCH 501: Plant Design II (4 Units C: LH 15; PH 135)
Learning Outcomes
1. analyse existing process and carry-out process retrofitting;
2. perform flowsheet of the operating principles of reacting, pumping & piping, plant
control, and utilities systems and execute the design of the systems;
3. analyse product/process design options and produce flow diagrams to obtain most
suitable option;
4. perform process design of some units;
5. plan, produce and implement process calculations using software;
6. prepare and present findings of engineering design tasks;
7. perform process economics and determine process profitability, carry-out safety and
environmental studies; and
8. present final design orally and in writing.
Course Contents
A design problem involving the study of a process. It should consist of preparation of flow
sheet and heat and mass balances of the process and a detailed design of plant or unit
operation equipment used in the process. Due consideration must be given to economics
and safety. Each student is expected to submit and orally defend a bound copy of
technological/engineering design project. A design project should consist of introduction,
literature review, process design, detailed design of some of the units of the process,
specification of the equipment required, specification of materials of construction, basic
mechanical design and drawings, inclusion of process control, modern drawings of the
process equipment including a good flow chart, economic and environmental considerations.
TCH 555: Chemical Engineering Research Project (4 Units C: PH 180)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify the problem or hypothesis to research or tests;
2. identify resources and constraints;
3. identify the best option (Research method, process);
4. carry out research;
224
5. present data and conclusions according to the nature of research;
6. evaluate techniques and outcomes and suggest improvements; and
7. present the final report (orally and in writing).
Course Contents
Individual research projects under the supervision of an academic staff. Projects should
focus on national and state industrial problems.
Equipment
Pilot Plants
1. Continuous distillation pilot plant –
2. Liquid-liquid extraction pilot plant
3. Reaction pilot plant -
4. Multi-stage evaporation Unit
Laboratory Scale Teaching Units

1. Shell and tube heat exchanger
2. Heat conduction and radiation apparatus – heat transfer
3. Unit operation lab: rotary, tray, fluidized bed and pneumatic dryers
4. Drying ovens and furnace, incubators, fridges, freezers
5. Chemical Reactors – CSTR, plug flow, batch reactors
6. Refrigeration experimentation units
7. Multifunction Process Control Teaching System:
8. Cooling tower for humidification and heat transfer studies
9. Absorption column
10. Flooding and loading bench apparatus
11. Vapour-liquid equilibrium measurement apparatus
12. Adsorption columns
13. Rheometer for rheological investigation of non-Newtonian fluids in fluid mechanics
14. Sieve shakers and a set of sieve plates
General Apparatus
Assorted glasswares, balances, water baths,
Utilities
Boiler, compressor and vacuum pump
Analytical Equipment
Gas chromatograph, HPLC (High Performance Liquid Chromatograph), bomb calorimeter,
spectrophotometer, centrifuges.
Computer Laboratories with Enough Computers dedicated to the Program and

Available to Students
Staffing
Academic Staff
225
candidates.



maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
Each course should be supported by at least 2 prescribed textbooks and 3 recommended
textbooks which must be available in the library.
Below is a list of some useful textbooks. These are some of the textbooks commonly found
in Chemical Engineering Library.
Most of these books and a whole lot more are available in electronic library. Most of the
popular and international journals are available in the electronic library. Institutions are
advised to subscribe to at least 3 databases that host these textbooks and journals.
226
List of Textbooks
1. Unit operations by McCabe & Smith
2. Introduction to Chemical Engineering by Badger & Banchero Unit Processes by Groggins
3. Chemical Technology by Dryden
4. Chemical Process Industries by Foust Etal
5. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics by Dodge
6. Introduction to Chemical Engineering by Thompson & Ceckler
7. Mass Trasfer Operations by Treyball
8. Chemical Reactions Engineering by Levenspiel
9. Perry's Chemical Engineer's Handbook11. Coulson and Richardson (Vol.-1 to Vol.-6)
10. Transport Processes and unit operations by Christie Geankoplis .
11. Introduction to Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics by J.M. Smith
12. Heat transfer principles by B.K. Dutta
13. Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical Engineering by David M Himmelblau
14. Introduction to Material and Energy Balances by G.V. Reklaitis
15. Bioprocess Engineering by Michael L Shuler and Fikret Kargi

Academic m2
Non-Academic
Office Accommodation
S/N Office No in Room Facilities

unit.
Lecturer unit.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
227
B. Eng Civil Engineering
Overview
Civil engineers plan, design and supervise construction of many essential facilities and
structures such as bridges, dams, roads, buildings, ports, etc. Included in the study of civil
engineering are courses in water resources and environmental engineering that are
directly related to the solution of hazardous waste and pollution problems, providing
potable and economical water supply systems, and maintaining a safe environment.
Philosophy
The Bachelor of Enginering and Technology B.Eng/B.Tech degree programme in Civil
Engineering is based on the philosophy that the rate at which a nation progresses
technologically is determined to a great extent by the size, quality, motivation and
orientation of its science and engineering workforce. The programme should, thus, seek to
train civil engineers who can best contribute to national development. For this, they must be
equipped with the tools to understand, analyse, design and construct all possible physical
facilities that can possibly promote appropriate development by conceiving and adapting
techniques, processes and materials as necessary.
In consequence of the above, the programme is structured in such a way that students will
have opportunity to take courses that will provide a basic understanding of all areas of civil
engineering practice.
Objectives
The objectives of the Civil Engineering programme is to train civil engineers who are
equipped with a broad-based experience ranging from engineering analysis and design to
laboratory testing and experimentation in all areas of Civil Engineering with further
concentration in the later years on, at least, several of the specialities. They would be
equipped with:
1. a good grounding in basic engineering courses;
2. a good grasp of the essential application and utility courses;
3. a thorough understanding of the experimental and practical bases for the relevant
theoretical engineering principles;
4. a good knowledge of all the various branches of civil engineering with further
specialisation;
5. construction engineering and management skills (combining engineering and
management skills to complete construction projects designed by other engineers and
architects);
6. geotechnical engineering skills (analysis of soils and rock in support of engineering
projects/applications - building foundations, earthen structures, underground facilities,
dams, tunnels, roads.);
7. structural engineering skills (design of all types of stationary structures - buildings,
bridges, dams);
8. surveying skills (measure/map the earth’s surface in support of engineering design and
construction projects and for legal purposes - locating property lines.);
9. transportation engineering skills (design of all types of transportation facilities/systems –
streets/highways, airports, railroads, other mass transit, harbours/ports);
10. water resource skills (control and use of water, focusing on flood control, irrigation, raw
water supply, and hydroelectric power applications);
228
11. environmental engineering (air pollution control, hazardous waste treatment and
disposal, recycling and solid waste disposal, sanitary engineering (municipal and
industrial water and wastewater treatment);
12. substantial practical skills for tackling real life engineering problems; and
13. knowledge of entrepreneurial and management principles upon which enterprising
professional careers can be built.
1. ability to apply scientific and engineering principles to plan, design and supervise civil
engineering projects;
2. skills to convey technical material persuasively to clients, colleagues and subordinates;
3. knowledge of contemporary issues and ability to keep up with emerging technologies
relevant to executing civil engineering projects; and
4. capacity to utilise the skills acquired in government (including regulatory and executing
agencies), industry (including consulting, construction organisations) and academia.
21st Century Skills

The 21st century skills includes the innovative skills:
3. communication;
4. collaboration (team work);
6. citizenship 9local and global);
7. general computer literacy and mastery of relevant information technology;

1. sound exposure to all areas of civil engineering, including environmental engineering;
2. good exposure to allied areas such as law, economics and management;
3. Familiarity with general knowledge, including philosophy, entrepreneurial skills and
history;
4. ability to communicate ideas effectively using modern tools involving computers, internet
and telecommunication; and
5. capacity of graduates to establish their own businesses and go into paid employment
with government or in industry; or pursue further studies.


229
Direct Entry
respectively.
6.

Level GST/ENT Basic Discipline/ Programme SIWES* Total
Science GET (CEE) Units
100L 4 13 3 2 - 22
200L 4 - 26 2 3 32
300L 4 - 18 12 4 34
400L - - - 3 8 3
500L - - 5 9 - 14
Total 12 13 52 28 (15) 105
*Not included in Total 105 units of 70% NUC CCMAS Component
230
100 Level
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30 -

CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30
Solid Modelling I
CEE101 Introduction to Civil 2 C 15
Engineering
Total 22
200 Level

Existence
Innovation
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45
Mechanics
Thermodynamics
Engineering
CEE 201 Civil Engineering Drawing 2 E 15 45
Experience Scheme
Total 33
300 Level

231
GET 304 Engineering Communication, 3 C 45 -
Technical Writing and
Presentation
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and 3 C 45 -
Data Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3
Technology
CEE 301 Fluid Mechanics 3 C 30 45
CEE 303 Engineering Geology 2 E 15 45
CEE 304 Civil Engineering materials 3 E 30 45
CEE 307 Structural Mechanics I 2 E 30 -
CEE 308 Engineering Surveying and 2 C 15 45
Photogrammetry I
Experience Scheme
Total 31
400 Level
CEE 406 Engineering Surveying and Photo- 30

grammetry II 3 E 45
GET 499 SIWES III 8 C 24 Weeks
Total 8
SIWES Courses
Total Siwes Units 15
500 Level
CEE 506 Construction Engineering 3 E 30 45
CEE 599 Project 6 C - 270
Total 11
232
100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
phonology). English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations). major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional). grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality).
Writing activities (pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining). writing (paragraphing,
punctuation and expression). post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
233
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline (WAIC), Mass Mobilization for Self-
Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National Orientation Agency
(NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.
Learning Outcomes
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
234
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
235
(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
236
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
237
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
Course Contents
238
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
CEE 101: Introduction to Civil Engineering (1 Unit C: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes
Upon the successful completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the profession of civil engineering and
2. the roles played by civil engineers.
Course Contents
History of civil engineering. Branches of civil engineering. Roles of civil engineers in
government, industry and academia. Allied professionals and their interaction with civil
engineers. Career oppoturnities in civil engineering, professional and regulatory bodies.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
239
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
Course Contents
240
Learning Outcomes
Course contents
Learning Outcomes
solutions;
polymers;
natural);
Course Contents
241
GET 204: Student Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
principles.
242
Learning Outcomes
flow in pipes;
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
and third laws;
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-v-T
243
Learning Outcomes
law;
changes;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
244
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
245
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents

CEE 201: Civil Engineering Drawing (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. capable of drawing and detailing (by hand and using computer-aided-design skills) civil
engineering structures; and
2. identify building structures, highways, pipelines, bridges, dams, foundations and so on
using appropriate symbols and conventions.
Course Contents
Drawing and detailing (by hand and using computer-aided-design skills) of civil engineering
structures,for example building structures, highways, pipelines, bridges, dams, foundations,
etc. utilizing standard symbols and conventions, dimensions, notes, titles, etc. Relationship
to specifications.
246
300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
247
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
3. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications;; and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
248
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
technology);
249
Course Contents

Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
250
Learning Outcomes
careers;,
empirical models;
Course Contents

design project.
251
CEE 301: Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 30; PH45)
Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of the course, students should be able to:
1. distinguish laminar from transitional and turbulent flows using the concept of Reynolds
Number;
2. utilise boundary layer theory to estimate Lift and Drag;
3. derive the distribution of velocity and shear stress in laminar and turbulent flows
respectively past flat plates and in circular conduits, and utilisation to obtain total flow,
head loss, etc;
4. undertake similitude, development of physical hydraulic models, and scaling of the
results from model to prototype;
5. analyse ideal fluid flow into sources from sinks, past circular and ellipsoidal bodies
concerning doublets and flow nets;
6. analyse flow in pipes in series, parallel and any network, which may include pumps; and
7. obtain simplified estimates of forces exerted by flow in pipes due to rapid closing or
opening of valves, and the use of surge tanks to reduce these forces.
Course Contents
Introduction to incompressible viscous flow, laminar and turbulent flows, Reynolds number;
boundary layer flow, lift and drag. Laminar flow – in pipes, between parallel plates.
Turbulent flows – along a plate, in ducts and pipes. Physical hydraulic models.
Interconnected pipes and pipe network analysis. Potential flows and application to flow nets.
steady and unsteady flow in closed conduits; water hammer, surge tanks.
CEE 302: Strength of Structural Materials (2 Units C:L H 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. utilise bending theory to obtain stress distribution across a bending section, as well as
the slope and deflection at a section given any bending moment and shear force
distribution along the beam;
2. determine whether a point in a material subjected to multidimensional stress will fail
according to any failure theory;
3. explain the concepts of creep, fatigue and their implications in the use of structural
materials;
4. analyse motion and stresses in springs;
5. determine the stresses and strains due to internal pressure on thin and thick cylinder
walls; and
6. determine the stresses and strains induced in rotating disks and the implications.
Course Contents
Advanced topics on axial, lateral, and torsional loading of shafts and beams; slope and
deflection of beams; unsymmetrical bending and shear centre; applications. Springs. Creep,
fatigue, fracture and stress concentration. Stresses in thin and thick cylinders, and rotating
disks. Multi-dimensional stress systems, Mohr's circle and failure theories.
252
CEE 303: Engineering Geology (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe the engineering properties of rock and soil materials;
2. identify the geological factors affecting the performance and functioning of a facility on
and in the soil and/or rock;
3. conduct engineering geological investigations; and
4. explain the importance of engineering geology-related technical issues during
construction.
Course Content
Geology structures and mapping; rocks and minerals; stratigraphy - time scale - fossils and
their importance with special reference to Nigeria. Introduction to the geology of Nigeria;
engineering applications - water supply, site investigations for dams, dykes and so on.
CEE 304: Civil Engineering Materials (3 Units E: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the suitability of the use of the following as civil engineering materials: concrete,
structural steel (and other important structural metals), timber, masonry;
2. conduct tests of engineering properties on civil engineering materials and utilise these
for quality control;
3. explain the limitations of these materials under various uses; and
4. characterise variability and uncertainty associated with these materials.
Course Contents
Concrete Technology - types of cements, aggregates and their properties; concrete mix
design, properties and their determination. Steel technology – production, fabrication and
properties, corrosion and its prevention. Tests on steel and quality control. Timber
technology - types of wood, properties, defects, stress grading, preservation and fire
protection, timber products. Rubber, plastics, asphalt, tar, glass, lime, bricks and
applications to buildings, roads and bridges.
CEE 305: Soil Mechanics I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Upon the completion of the course, students should be capable of:
1. measuring soil properties in the laboratory;
2. interpreting and summarising the data;
3. classifying soils;
4. determining the optimum conditions for the compaction of soils and the ultimate amount
achievable; and
5. estimating the settlement of soils due to compaction and consolidation.
Course Contents
Mineralogy of soils and soil structures. Formation of soils, soil classification, engineering
properties of soils. Soil in water relationships - void ratio, porosity, specific gravity,
permeability and other factors. Atterberg limits, particle size distribution, Shear strength of
253
soils and Mohr’s stress circle. Compaction and soil stabilisation, settlement, theory of
consolidation. Laboratory work.
CEE 306: Design of Structures I (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of the course, students should be capable of:
1. applying fundamental mechanics to the design of reinforced concrete structural elements
using elastic design and limit state principles.
Course Contents
Fundamentals of design process, materials selection, building regulations and codes of
practice; design philosophy. Elastic design, limit state design, of structural elements in
reinforced concrete.
CEE 307: Structural Mechanics I (2 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the concept of statical determinacy of structures;
2. estimate the forces and deflections in statically determinate trusses;
3. estimate the shear forces, bending moments, slopes and deflection in statically
determinate beams and portal frames; and
4. derive the influence lines for moving loads on trusses and beams.
Course Contents
Analysis of determinate structures - beams, trusses; structural analysis theorems, graphical
methods; application to simple determinate trusses. Influence lines. Williot-Mohr diagram.
Deflection of statically determinate structures - unit load, moment-area methods, strain
energy methods. Introduction to statically indeterminate structures.
CEE 308: Engineering Surveying and Photogrammetry I (2 Units C: LH15; PH45)
Learning Outcomes
1. survey sites using chain surveying and compass;
2. obtain the levels at any location on a site and produce a contour map of the area;
3. conduct a traverse to establish the boundaries of a site; and
4. explain the principles of geodetic levelling and photogrammetry.
Course Contents
Chain surveying. Compass surveying methods. Contours and their uses. Traversing -
methods and applications. Levelling - geodetic levelling - errors and their adjustments;
applications. Tachometry- methods, substance heighting, self-adjusting and electromagnetic
methods. Introduction to photogrammetry.
400 Level
Learning Outcomes
254
and
Course Contents
CEE 406: Engineering Surveying and Photogrammetry II

(3 Units E: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Students, upon completion of this course, should be able to:
1. use photogrammetry for surveying;
2. use topographical survey in preparation of contour maps;
3. use contour maps;
4. compute areas and volumes of earthwork; and
5. set out engineering works.
Course Contents
Further work on contours and contouring - methods of contouring, contour interpolation and
uses of contour plants and maps, areas and volumes. Setting out of engineering works.
Elementary topographical surveying. Elements of Photogrammetry, photogrammetric
equipment and errors of measurements.
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
255
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
256
CEE 506: Construction Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. plan construction activities incorporating the most appropriate combination of equipment
and manpower;
2. manage construction to achieve quality construction at minimum cost and in least time;
and
3. procure appropriate finance and insurance for construction projects at the least cost for
the expected benefit.
Course Contents
Construction practices and professional relations. Earth-works. Construction equipment and
techniques. Form-work design, component assembly. Improvement of productivity and
construction practices. Safety. Capital outlay and operating cost, project financing, insurance
and bonding, contract terms. Solutions to job site and engineering problems in buildings and
heavy construction in Nigeria.
CEE 599: Project (6 Units C: PH 270)
Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. initiate worthwhile projects of a research or professional nature;
2. analyse the project problem and develop creative proposals for the solution;
3. execute the proposal for the solution to the problem; and
4. clearly and persuasively communicate solutions orally and in writing
Course Contents
For proper guidance of the students, projects will depend on the available academic staff
expertise and interest but the projects should be preferably of investigatory nature.
Preferably, students should be advised to choose projects in the same area as their option
subjects.
Equipment
List of Laboratories/Workshop and Equipment
Structural Engineering
1. Civil Engineering Materials Laboratory
2. Structures Laboratory:
Routine testing
Models and prototype testing
Studio/design office
257
Geotechnical Engineering
Field soil survey and testing (including sub-soil investigation and drilling)
Laboratory soil/rock testing
Geodetic Engineering and Photogrammetry

1. Laboratory equipment stores
2. Photogrammetry and Remote sensing Laboratory
Water Resources and Environmental Engineering

1. Hydraulics Laboratory
2. Hydrology Laboratory
3. (iii)Environmental Health Laboratory
Highway and Transportation Engineering

1. Highway Materials Testing Laboratory
2. Pavement Laboratory.
Major Equipment
Structural Engineering Laboratory

1. Universal Testing Machine with accessories for tension, compression,
2. transverse 180o cold bend, double shear, punching and brunel hardness tests. Capacity
– 10000KN; Transverse beam – 500KN.
3. Proto-type tests facilities for testing of proto-type in structural elements, i.e. beams,
frames, trusses, etc. Accessories for the purpose include 1000KN, 250KN load rings,
electronic load cells, faculty workshop facilities, DEMEC High accuracy gauges, hydraulic
jacks, etc.
4. Compression testing machine and transverse flexural testing frame: suitable for standard
compression, flexural tensile tests and split cylinder tests on standard concrete and
wood specimens to BS 1881 and CP 112 respectively. Shear rig can be manufactured
and attached to this machine for testing shear strength of wood and glued wood joints.
Capacity of the machine is 2500KN.
5. Routine testing and demonstration equipment: This includes armfield extensometres,
arch frames, suspension bridge frame and pin-jointed frame work.
6. Concrete batching and making equipment:
Multi-flow mixers, 112 Dm3 (4ft3) and 56 Dm3(2ft3) capacities 200-240V.
Test BS sieves of various sizes
Semi-automatic scale 25kg capacity
Automatic scale 500kg capacity
Standard moulds of various sizes and tamping rods
Vibrating table
7. Concrete quality and workability equipment:
Slump cone apparatus to BS 1881 ASTM CI43
Compacting factor apparatus to BS 1881 (2 sizes)
Vibro Consistometre to BS 1881
Vicat apparatus
Air entrainment metre
Water Resources and Environmental Engineering Laboratory

1. Laminar/turbulent pipe flow apparatus
2. Radial flow pump
3. Radial flow turbine
258
4. Surges in pipes apparatus
5. Surge tower
6. Water hammer apparatus
a. Evaporating dish
7. Steam bath or infrared lamp
8. Drying oven
9. Desiccator
10. Analytical balance
11. Reagents – Sodium hydroxide, in distilled
12. Water, phosphate buffer solution, magnesium
13. Sulphate solution, calcium chloride solution, ferric chloride solution, acid and alkali
solution, etc
14. Laboratory flow channel
15. Fibre glass
16. Thermometres
17. Funnels
18. Test Tubes
Geotechnical Engineering/Highway and Transportation Engineering Laboratory:

1. Tri-axial testing machine complete with transducers cells and accessories
2. Motorized direct/residual shear box machine complete with load rings, set of weights
and accessories
3. CBR Testing machine complete with moulds, load ring gauges and accessories
4. Consolidation apparatus complete with cells, gauges and set of weights
5. Laboratory vane test apparatus complete with set of springs and motorizing attachment
6. Large capacity floor-mounting electric ovens 40oC to 16oC
7. Hotplates with Simmersat heat control unit 220–240V, 2000 W
8. Mettler top-loading balance with optical scale 100 g, Readability 0.01 g, capacity1.3 kg
9. Graduated twine beam scale complete with two stainless steel pans 0 to 200 g x10g
10. Semi-automatic balances, 25kg capacity complete with scoope and set of counter
weights
11. Autographic unconfined compression apparatus complete with platens springs
12. Unconfined compression apparatus complete with platens and strain gauge mounting
assembly and dial gauge
13. Automatic sieve shaker for up to 200 mm diametre sieve
14. BS sieves 212 mm to 8 mm and 200mm diametres
15. Simple hand boring sampling augers complete with accessories
16. Portable drilling unit with two-stroke petrol engine and two pairs of handles complete
with extension rods
17. Atterberg limits determination apparatus complete with liquid limit device and
accessories
18. High-speed stirrer complete with cup and baffler
19. Constant temperature bath complete with hydrometre jars, watt heater, thermostat, etc
20. CBR Marshall tester complete with breaking head stability mould and flow metre dial
gauge
21. Compaction pedestal complete with hammer and mould body
22. Constant head permeability apparatus complete with cells and accessories
23. Standard proctor compaction mould, 1000 cm3 capacity complete with rammers and
accessories
24. GEONOR swelling test apparatus complete with cells and accessories
25. Riffle boxes complete with three rigid metal containers
26. Wax melting pot with thermostatic control up to 150oC range
259
27. Hand-operated extruder – screw type sample extruder for 38mm dia. Complete with
built-in sample tube supports
28. Proctor/core cutter extruder comprising a frame and a 15-KN hydraulic jack
29. Universal extruder comprising a frame and a 15-KN hydraulic jack
30. Bench-moulding mixer with three-speed gear box complete with stainless steel bowl 7.5
dm3 capacity
31. Long stem soil hydrometre graduated 0.995 to 1.030 g/ml
32. Sieving extractor complete with clamps and clamming ring for use with sieves of 200mm
dia
33. Minor centrifuge complete with 8-place angle head, 8 x 50 ml metal buckets and caps
34. Ductilometre for testing 4 specimens complete with briquette moulds and base plate
35. Flash and fire-points apparatus gas heated.
Geodetic Engineering and Photogrammetry Laboratory:

1. Theodolites
2. Levels
3. Compasses
4. Umbrellas
5. Protractors
6. Steel tapes
7. Engineer’s chains
8. Ranging rods
9. Surveyor’s scales
10. Theodolites
11. Levels
12. Compasses
13. Umbrellas
14. Protractors
15. Steel tapes
16. Engineer’s chains
17. Ranging rods
18. Surveyor’s scales
a. Various graph paper
b. French curves
c. Log tables
19. Planimetres
20. Plumbulbs
21. Arrows
22. Field books
23. Modern survey equipment as affordable e.g. Total Station, Global Positioning System
(GPS), Terrestrial Laser Scanner (TLS).
Staffing
Academic Staff
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
tutorials, practical’s and supervision of projects.
260
NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
candidates.
Academic Support Personne



maintained.
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
practice, standards and specifications etc. in sufficient numbers.
Library Facilities
The following facilities should be provided to enable users make maximum use of library
services:
1. Reading Rooms
2. Visually Impaired Resource Centre
3. Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Security gate for theft detection
4. RFID tags for book tagging
5. Notebook computers for loan service
6. Over two hundred computers distributed at the various service points for Database
search at the University library and Faculty Libraries
7. Workstations at the Faculty Libraries for Database search
8. Projectors and Screens for presentations
9. Photocopying machines
10. Scanners
12. Information display screen
13. E-Library (postgraduate and undergraduate sections)
14. Discussion Rooms
261
Types of Laboratories
Chemistry and Reaction laboratory
Unit Operations laboratories – at least 3
Instrumentation laboratory
Thermodynamics and Heat transfer laboratory
Physical space requirement:
Academic m2
Non-Academic

Room
unit.
4. Senior Lecturer 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit.
262
B. Eng Computer Engineering
Overview
The Computer Engineering programme is designed to prepare the computer engineering
graduate to acquire the requisite skills in the learning, literacy and life domains. The learning
domain highlights critical thinking, creativity, collaboration and communication while literacy
focuses on information, media, and technology complemented by the life skills that
demonstrate flexibility, leadership, initiative, productivity and social balance. The Computer
Engineering programme is conceived to produce engineers who can work with all aspects of
computers (software and hardware) and other engineering professionals in a world in which
high-level language software, complex programmes and smart hardware are complementing
and progressively replacing human effort in solving societal problems.
The programme, therefore, prepares the students towards the design, analysis, and
application of computers and computer-based systems in the development and production
of peripheral and remote devices/computer systems to manage all economic sectors
including services, energy, infrastructure, health, environment, entertainment, sports and
security. Furthermore, the programme is designed to prepare the learner for the increasing
need for Human-Computer Interface (HCI) requiring higher levels of automation and control
of all aspects of the cyber physical environment engendered by the expanding age of
Internet of Things and People (IoTP).
The Computer Engineering Programme includes several courses in Computation, Computer

Science (such as data structures and operating systems) and Electrical and Electronics
Engineering (such as circuits and electronics). Graduates are expected to have a sound
knowledge of the fundamentals in electrical or computer engineering that allows them to
analyse and solve technical problems, apply hardware and software tools to problem
solving, and create, develop and manage complex computer-based technologies, products
and services. The primary areas of specialisation are:
1. Artificial Intelligence (developing computers that simulate human learning and reasoning
abilities)
2. Computer Architecture (designing new computer instruction sets, and combining
electronic or optical components to yield powerful computing systems)
3. Computer Design and Engineering (designing new computer circuits, microchips, and
other electronic computer components and devices)
4. Computer Theory (investigating the fundamental theories of how computers solve
problems, and applying the results to other areas of computer engineering)
5. Information Technology (developing and managing information systems that support
high-volume/speed data acquisition, processing, storage and retrieval for businesses and
other organisations)
6. Operating Systems and Networks (developing the basic software used by computers to
supervise themselves or to communicate with other computers, devices, humans and the
environment)
7. Robotics (designing computer-controlled machines or robots for performing high-
precision and high-speed repetitive industrial tasks and processes)
8. Software Applications (developing software to solve problems in multiple areas such as
education, finance, space, medicine, infrastructure, etc.) and
9. Software Engineering (developing computer algorithms for solving complex problems of
computation and analysis using different data forms).
263
This B.Eng./B.Sc./B.Tech. Computer Engineering Core Curriculum and Minimum Academic
Standards (CCMAS) are approved by the National Universities Commission (NUC) for use in
all Nigerian universities for the education and training of Computer Engineers. It is the
product of the collaborative work of subject matter experts (SMEs) in the Nigerian
universities and industry professionals/practitioners and regulators. It constitutes the latest
revision to the National Universities Commission’s (NUC’s) B.Eng./B.Sc./B.Tech. Computer
Engineering Benchmark Minimum Academic Standards (BMAS) which debuted in 2007. This
new CCMAS contains many similarities with, as well as improvements over, equivalent
programmes globally while also making allowance for individual Universities to create
specialisation niches derived from environmental (local, international, industrial) need-based
product differentiation.
Philosophy
The general philosophy of the Computer Engineering CCMAS is to produce graduates with
hard, soft and research skills that are useful in analysing, evaluating, designing, developing,
manufacturing, procuring, marketing, managing and maintaining the computing, electronics,
communication, information processing, and operating systems embedded in computer
hardware and devices used by individuals, and private and public organisations.
Objectives
The broad objective is to produce graduates that have the requisite knowledge, skills and
emotional disposition needed for a 21st century world that increasingly demands greater,
more advanced, efficient, sustainable and client-centric technological solutions. Specific
objectives include:
1. applying the knowledge gained from courses in mathematics, science (social and basic),
computing, and algorithmic reasoning to resolve Computer Engineering challenges
individually or within multidisciplinary groups/teams;
2. understanding and applying discrete mathematics and computation;
3. defining complex engineering problems, collecting, analysing data and problems as well
as developing models and implementing solutions for engineering problems;
2. analysing, designing and optimally managing the hardware/software computer system
requirements of organisations with constrained resources;
3. using modern computer engineering models, tools, and information technologies to
develop computer hardware;
4. undertaking research, and laboratory and real-life and real-time experiments by using
computers and computer-based devices/systems and having the ability to acquire,
analyse, and interpret data and to solve engineering and other problems locally and
globally;
5. working on interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary concepts with teams as well as
individually in developing new computer engineering knowledge, products, and services
needed for the seamless functioning and wellbeing of society;
6. appreciating and using life-long learning to improve self-employability as well as
adapting to future professional and ethical responsibilities in an efficient, effective, fair,
responsible and competitive manner;
7. practising in different roles as engineering managers, project managers, innovators,
entrepreneurs, quality controllers, researchers/knowledge creators and managers in the
computer engineering field; and
8. having an understanding of contemporary as well as legal and ethical issues impinging
on computer engineering solutions deployed in society.
264
There are a number of unique features that characterise this computer engineering CCMAS
curriculum:
1. a conscious duality focus in terms of preparing the students to ethically advance
scientific knowledge as academics/researchers/trainers, and as culturally,
environmentally sensitive and competent industry professionals;
2. more student directed learning, and reduction in classroom contact time by reducing
each semester credits to between 15 – 18;
3. increased application of the computer system and computer software in the programme
in both teaching and learning;
4. early familiarization of the students with the computer engineering discipline in terms of
knowledge, skills and role expectations/responsibilities via an introductory course as
early as the second semester of the first year of the programme;
5. ‘signature Courses’ (SCs): an allowance of 30% of total credits required for graduation
to be used by individual Universities to introduce ‘signature’ courses/programmes
pursuant to developing in-demand/industry-relevant knowledge/skills /technologies that
target specific industry groups so as to drive innovation and entrepreneurship, research
(R&D) funding by associated industry groups, minimise educational tourism/brain drain;
deliberately create knowledge/skill/product/service differentiation among computer
engineering programmes in Nigerian Universities thereby leading to deeper
specialisation, wider and global recognition, emergence of Centers of Excellence and
Influence (CEIs) and increased economic growth and development;
6. recommendation, and in some instances, outright prescription of cooperative or co-
teaching for a course by resource persons from other disciplines/faculties in order to
maximise learning;
7. recommendation of the use of more real-life/real-time simulation/demonstration
approaches and qualified/certified industry-based facilitators for the delivery of courses
in order to deepen learning, approximate industry contexts as well as engender more
town and gown (R&D) and funding collaboration; and
8. capacity for increased skills in innovation, creativity and productive entrepreneurship
orientation through the introduction of a capstone engineering business development
and management course in the final year of the programme.
Based on this CCMAS, the Computer Engineering programme graduate will acquire requisite
skills that will enable them to:
1. apply knowledge of mathematics, science and computer engineering to the solution of
local and global engineering problems;
2. identify, formulate, research literature and analyse computer engineering problems and
proffer informed, efficient and effective theoretical and practical solutions;
3. design, develop and deploy computer-based systems, devices or processes to meet
specified computer engineering needs;
4. apply critical reasoning and logic in resolving engineering problems using research-
based knowledge and research methods including the set-up of experiments, analysis
and interpretation of data, and distilling of information to create new knowledge,
products and services;
ICT tools, including prediction, modelling and optimisation to developmental and
complex engineering activities, with a clear understanding of the theoretical and
practical limitations;
6. apply ethical principles at all times in practice as a subject matter expert and
professional;
265
7. function effectively as an individual and as a reliable collaborator, partner, team
member or leader;
8. communicate effectively on developmental or complex engineering activities;
9. demonstrate knowledge of the principles of organisation, engineering, management,
corporate social responsibility and finance; and
10. exhibit evidence of independent and lifelong learning and community service.
21st Century Skills

The B. Eng./B.Tech./B.Sc. Computer Engineering CCMAS has the capability of inculcating
into the graduate engineer skills essential for the 4th industrial revolution such as:
1. critical thinking and problem solving
2. creativity and innovation
3. collaboration and team work
4. communication and information literacy
5. media literacy
6. computation and data management
7. technology literacy
8. flexibility
9. leadership and ethical responsibility
10. initiative


Direct Entry
The degree title to be awarded under this CCMAS shall be a Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng)
or Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) or Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.) in Computer
Engineering, as may be approved by the awarding University’s Senate.
Candidates must have registered and passed all the compulsory courses specified for the
programme.
Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for, at least, 150 units of
courses during the 5-year (cumulative residency) degree programme
The Computer Engineering programme shall be run according to the modularised course
unit philosophy of this NUC CCMAS. All courses should, therefore, be sub-divided into more
or less stand-alone but logically consistent and progressive learning packages that are
266
taught within a semester and examined at the end of the particular semester with the
appropriate composite practical/field/project work, as may be the case. Credits are weights
attached to a course. One credit is equivalent to one hour per week per semester of 15
weeks of lectures/tutorials or three hours of laboratory/studio/workshop work per week per
semester of 15 weeks.
determination of the class of degree

Level General Basic Discipline Programme SIWES* Total
Studies Science GET (CPE) Units
100 4 10 3 2 - 19
200 4 - 22 - 3 26
300 2 - 14 10 4 26
400 - - - 11 8 11
500 - - 11 12 - 23
Total 10 10 50 35 15* 105
*All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400 level
100 Level
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I: 2 C 30 -
Algebra and Trigonometry
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II: 2 C 30 -
Calculus
PHY 101 General Physics I: Mechanics 2 C 30 -
PHY 102 General Physics II: Behaviour 2 C 30 -
of Matter
Solid Modelling I
CPE 112 Introduction to Computer 2 C 30 -
Engineering
Total 19
200 Level
GST 211 Entrepreneurship and 2 C 30 -

Innovation
Existence
267
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 С 45 -
Modeling II
GET 207 Applied Mechanics 3 C 45 -

Engineering
Experience Scheme
Total 29
300 Level

Presentation
Analytics
and Technologies
CPE 301 Computer Organisation and 2 C 30 -
Architecture
CPE 302 Measurement and 3 E 30 45
Instrumentation
EEE 321 Analogue Electronic Circuits 2 E 15 45
EEE 322 Digital Electronic Circuits 2 E 30
Experience Scheme
Total 23
400 Level
CPE 401 Microprocessor and Embedded 3 C 30 45
Systems
CPE 403 Control System 2 C 30 -
CPE 405 Fundamentals of Software 2 C 30 -
Engineering
CPE 411 Hardware Design Techniques 2 E 30 -
and Verification
268
CPE 413 Research Methods 2 E 30 -
GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work 8 C 24 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 15
SIWES Courses
Total 15
500 Level
CPE 501 Testing, Reliability and Maintainability 2 C 30 -
CPE 502 Digital Signal Processing 3 C 45 -
CPE 505 Digital System Design with VHDL 2 E 30 -
CPE 511 Machine Learning and Applications 3 C 45 -
CPE 514 Professional Practice and Ethics 2 E 30 -
GET 599 Final Year Project 6 C - 270
Total 19
100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
269
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
270
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using Le-Chatelier’s principle to
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
271
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, n th roots of unity. Circular
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
272
continuity;
7. identify methods of integration and definite integrals;
8. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes; and
Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative as limit of
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
PHY 102: General Physics II (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
273
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
conductivity; first law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
274
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
Course Contents
GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH15; PH45)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
275
CPE 111: Introduction to Computer Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to:
1. represent and manipulate information in binary form in a written and readable form;
2. design, physically implement, and debug basic combinational and sequential logic
circuits;
3. write structural and data flow models of logic circuits in a hardware description
language;
4. implement designs represented in a register transfer language;
5. discuss and explain the organisation and operation of a basic digital computer;
6. describe the execution of machine language computer programmes by a basic computer
in writing or flow chart;
7. write elementary assembly language programmes and discuss their translation to
machine language programmes;
8. use Boolean algebra or K-maps to simplify complex Boolean expressions;
9. convert numbers between any two number systems, especially decimal, binary, octal
and hex and represent sign numbers;
10. design arithmetic circuits to perform addition and subtraction of signed numbers and
detect overflow conditions;
11. implement functions using AND/OR gates, OR/AND gates, NORs only, NANDs only,
multiplexers or decoders.
12. design the basic flip flops using sequential logic;
13. design, implement and test a simple circuit based on a specified word problem;
14. programme simple microcontrollers in assembly language; and
15. identify a local environment-related need, write and present group reports on hardware
and software design projects using cooperative learning approach (learning team work in
problem solving and improvisation).
Course Contents
Historical development of modern computing and computer engineering profession; roles
and responsibilities of the computer engineer; career paths and development (public and
private sectors, academic/research and industry); overview of computer engineering
design; computer devices/hardware in the age of‘ smartness’ and Internet of Things and
People ‘IoTs and P’; identification of computer software and hardware components and
operational relationships (central processing units, input/output devices, operating
systems, languages,
200 Level

Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
276
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
values, philosophy and character molding, etc.; introduction to basic design and operation of
digital computers (information representation.
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
Course Contents
277
CET 202: Basic Electronics (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the study, the student should be able to:
1. understand the basics of semi-conductors devices and their applications in different
areas;
2. understand different biasing techniques to operate transistor, FET, MOSFET and
operational amplifier in different modes;
3. analyse output in different operating modes of different semi-conductor devices; and
4. compare design issues, advantages, disadvantages and limitations of basic
Course Contents
Free electron motion in static electric and magnetic fields; electronic structure of matter,
conductivity in crystalline solids, theory of energy bands in conductors, insulators
GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Course contents
Single phase circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, acceptance.
Learning Outcomes
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electron quantum numbers
solutions;
polymers;
natural);
278
Course Contents
The material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
ceramics. Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers: definition of polymers as
engineering materials; chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer
Learning Outcomes
1. identify various basic hand and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement
Course Contents
279
principles.
Learning Outcomes
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and n th order differential equations and their
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

280
numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
281
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents

300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
282
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
283
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
284
skills (steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
Learning Outcomes
technology);
Course Contents
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
change;
285
Course Contents
fundamental benefit of renewable energy
Practical Contents
renewable energy.
Learning Outcomes
careers;
empirical models;
Course Contents
286

Basic part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
design project.

CPE 301: Computer Organisation and Architecture (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1. describe the fundamental organisation of a computer system;
2. explain the functional units of a processor;
3. explain addressing modes, instruction formats and programme control statements;
4. identify the organisation of various parts of a system memory hierarchy;
5. describe basic concept of parallel computing; and
6. describe fundamentals concepts of pipeline and vector processing.
Course Contents
Computer fundamentals: development history of computer hardware and software; hard-
wired vs stored program concept; Von-Neuman architecture; Harvard architecture: principle
of operation, advantages and disadvantages; single address machine; contemporary
computers; computer system: block diagram, functions, examples, dataflow and control line;
computer arithmetic: integer arithmetic (addition, subtraction, multiplication, division),
floating-point representation (IEEE), floating-point arithmetic, arithmetic and logic unit
(ALU). Introduction to CISC and RISC architecture: principle of operation, merits and
demerits; storage and input/output systems: computer function (fetch and execute cycles),
interrupts, interconnection structures (bus structure and bus types); overview of memory
system, memory chip organisation and error correction, cache memory, and memory
storage devices; overview of I/O, programmed and interrupt-driven I/Os, DMA, I/O channel
287
and I/O processor; control unit: micro-operations, control of the CPU, hard-wired
implementation, control unit operation, micro-instruction sequencing and execution, and
micro-programmed control; using INTEL family, and MOTOROLA family as case study of a
CISC computer system; instruction set and register: machine instruction characteristics,
types of operands and operations, instruction functions, addressing modes, instruction
formats, register organisation, and instruction pipelining; high performance computer
systems: techniques to achieve high performance, pipelining, storage hierarchy, and units
with function dedicated for I/O; RISC, introduction to superscalar processor, and parallel
processor; using popular RISC processor (e.g. i960, Motorola PowerPC) as case study.
Operating system: overview of operating system, dimension and type of operating system:
overview of operating system, dimension and type of operating system, high level
scheduling, short-term scheduling, I/O scheduling, memory management, virtual memory,
UNIX/LINUX operating system: architecture, commands, programming; window-based
operating systems (MS windows).
CPE 302: Measurement and Instrumentation (3 Units E: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcome
1. analyse the performance characteristics of each instrument;
2. analyse basic metres such as voltmeters and ammeters;
3. explain different types of signal analysers;
4. explain the basic features of oscilloscope and different types of oscilloscopes; and
5. apply the complete knowledge of various electronics instruments/transducers to
measure the physical quantities in the field of science, engineering and technology.
Course Contents
Transducers and applications; general instrumentation, basic meters in DC measurement,
basic meters in AC measurements, rectifier, voltmeter, electro-dynamometer, and
wattmeter, instrument transformers, DC and AC bridges and their applications general
form of AC bridge, universal impedance bridge, electronic instruments for the
measurement of voltage current resistance and other circuit parameters, electronic
voltmeters, AC voltmeters using rectifiers, electronic multi meter, digital voltmeters;
oscilloscope, vertical deflection system horizontal deflection system, probes, sampling
CRO; and electronic function. generators.
CPE 307: Assembly Language Programming (2 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
(Knowledge Based)
1. understand basic assembly language syntax;
2. identify and use different 8086 addressing modes;
3. create and use a stack to store data, addresses, or both; and
4. highlight and know the uses of the different 8086 instruction groups.
(Skills)
1. development of general programming skills; and
2. be able to run assembly language code.
288
Course Contents
Introduction: Language level of abstraction and effect on machine, characteristics of
machine code, advantages, justifications of machine code programming, instruction set
and dependency on underlying processor; Intel 8086 microprocessor assembly language
programming: programming model as resources available to programmer, addressing
modes, instruction format, instruction set- arithmetic, logical, string, branching,
programme control, machine control, and input/output, etc; assembler directives, hand-
assembling, additional 80x86/Pentium instructions; modular programming; interrupt and
service routine; interfacing of assembly language to C; Intel 80x87 floating point
programming; introduction to MMX and SSE programming; Motorola 680x0 assembly
language programming; extensive practical engineering problems solving in assembly
language using MASM for Intel, and cross-assembler for Motorola.
EEE 321: Analogue Electronic Circuits (3 Units E: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the study, the student should be able to:
1. understand the basics of semiconductor devices and their applications in different
areas;
2. understand different biasing techniques to operate transistor, FET, MOSFET and
operational amplifier in different modes; and
3. analyse output in different operating modes of different semiconductor devices.
Course Contents
Single-stage transistor amplifiers using BJT and FET Equivalent circuits and calculation of
current gain, voltage gain, power gain, input and output impedance. Operational Amplifiers:
Description, parameters and applications. Feedback, broadband and narrowband amplifiers.
Power amplifiers. Voltage and current stabilizing circuits. Voltage amplifiers, multi storage
amplifiers using BJTs and FETs.
EEE 322: Digital Electronic Circuits (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes:
1. classify, describe and discuss the various logic gates and flip-flops and multivibrators;
and
2. design simple logic and sequential circuits using logic gates and flip-flops.
Course contents
Number Systems and Codes. Logic Gate Simplification of Logic expressions using Boolean
algebra. Simplification of Logic expressions using Karnaugh Method. Design of combinational
circuit. Flip-Flops. Application of Flip-Flops in the design of counter. Registers and timers.
Switching and wave shaping circuits. Generation of non-sinusoidal signal (multivibrators).
Introduction to ADC and DAC. Design of Logic Gates (Diode, DTL, TTL, ECL etc). Sequential
circuits. Introduction to microprocessors.
400 Level
CPE 401: Microprocessor and Embedded Systems (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Upon the successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
289
1. develop an ALP in 8085 microprocessor using the internal organisation for the given
specification;
2. describe the architecture and functional block of 8051 microcontroller;
3. develop an embedded C and ALP in 8051 microcontroller using the internal functional
blocks for the given specification;
4. explain various peripheral devices such as 8255, 8279, 8251, 8253,8259 and 8237; and
5. explain microcontroller application and basic architecture of PIC, ARM and ATMEGA
processors.
Course Contents
A basic microprocessor system: the CPU, memory, I/O, and buses subsystems, basic
operation of a microprocessor system: fetch and execute cycle, the architecture of some
typical 8-bit, 16-bit microprocessors (INTEL, MOTOROLA) and their features; programming
model in real mode: registers, memory, addressing modes; organisation of the interrupt
system, interrupt vectors, and external interrupts, implementation of single and multiple
interrupts in real mode; programming model in protected mode: registers, memory
management and address translation, descriptor and page tables, system control
instructions, multitasking and memory protection, addressing modes, and interrupt system;
memory interfacing and address decoding; I/O interfacing: memory mapped i/o, isolated i/o,
bus timing, i/o instructions; peripheral devices interfacing: 8255 PPI/6821 PIA, 8251
USART/6821 UART, DMA, Timer/Counter chips, etc; instruction set; assembly language
Programming of INTEL and MOTOROLA microprocessors; and discussion of a typical system
e.g. IBM PC, Apple Macintosh.
CPE 403: Control Systems (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. state examples of simple control systems;
2. state and explain different stability criteria and compensation methods for linear control
systems; and
3. discuss non-linear control systems and their characteristics.
Course Contents
Basic concepts and examples of control systems; Feedback, Time response analysis, concept
of stability, Routh-Hurwitz criterion; Root-locus techniques, Frequency-response analysis,
Polar and Bode plots, Nyquist stability criteria. Nichol’s chart, compensation techniques;
introduction to non-linear systems.
CPE 405: Fundamentals of Software Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of this course, the student should be able to:
1. identify, formulate, and solve software engineering problems,
including the specification, design, implementation, and testing of software
systems that meet specification, performance, maintenance and quality
requirements;
2. elicit, analyse and specify software requirements through a productive
working relationship with various stakeholders of a software development project;
3. function effectively as a team member;
4. understand professional, ethical and social responsibility of a software
engineer;
290
5. participate in design, development, deployment and maintenance of a medium scale
software development project;
6. convey technical material through oral presentation to, and interaction
with, an audience;
7. convey technical material through written reports which satisfy
accepted standards for writing style;
8. use Unified Modeling Language in software specification documents; and
9. evaluate the impact of potential solutions to software engineering
problems in a global society, using the knowledge of contemporary issues and merging
software engineering trends, models, tools, and techniques.
Course Contents
Introduction to software engineering fundamentals; object-oriented programming; number
representations; data structure and algorithms, Abstraction, modules and objects; designing
for efficiency; object-oriented software design and implementation.
CPE 411: Hardware Design Techniques and Verification (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate
1. adequate knowledge in digital electronics and digital design concepts;
2. ability to design and implement digital circuits under realistic constraints and
conditions;
3. ability to debug, verify, simulate digital circuits;
4. ability to devise, select, and use modern techniques and tools needed for digital
design; and
5. ability to work in a team.
Course Contents
Elements of digital computer design; control unit, micro-programming, bus organisation
and addressing schemes; micro-processors, system architecture, bus control, instruction
execution and addressing modes; machine codes, assembly language and high-level
language programming, micro-processors as state machines; microprocessor interfacing:
input/output; technique, interrupt systems and direct memory access; interfacing to
analogue systems and applications to D/A and A/D converters; system development tools:
simulators, EPROM programming, assemblers and loaders, overview of available
microprocessor application.
CPE 413: Research Methods (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Describe and explain key research concepts, issues, types of research and the systematic
process of research gap identification and documentation and use contexts;
2. Search for, assembling and critically analysing research articles, papers and reports and
general literature;
3. Formulate and evaluate research objectives, questions and hypotheses;
4. Developing a research proposal or industry project plan;
5. Identify and develop appropriate data acquisition and analysis methods and instrument;
6. Design/structure and lead the research process using appropriate research designs;
291
7. Use appropriate tools/techniques, including computer soft- and hardware /technologies
to interpret, discuss and report/present the result and conclusions derived from research
data analysis in oral or written form; and
8. Prepare/format/package research results/output for academic, journal articles, technical
and other reports and exhibitions/fairs (scientific, trade, etc.) as an individual or
team/work group.
Course Contents
Origins and definitions of research; problem identification and formulation; research
types/design; qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods of research; measurement;
sampling; data analysis; interpretation of data and technical report writing; use of
encyclopedia, research guides, handbooks, academic databases for computing and computer
engineering discipline; use of tools/techniques for research production: referencing
formats/styles and software; research management and reporting best practices; plagiarism-
definitions, types, detection software; basics of document analysis, systematic review and
management methods; practical documentation/presentation projects/seminars.
Learning Outcomes
and
Course Contents
292
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
293
Course Contents
CPE 501: Testing, Reliability and Maintainability (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcome
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
(Knowledg-Based)
1. apply engineering techniques to prevent or reduce frequency of failures;
2. identify and correct the causes of the failures on engineering systems;
3. apply engineering techniques to estimate the reliability of new designs and analyse
reliability data; and
(Skills)
1. predict expected life of the specific component, product or system; and establish risk
analysis and quality control on engineering systems.
Course Contents
Introduction to reliability, maintainability, availability, elementary reliability theory;
application to power systems and electronic components; test characteristics of electrical
and electronic components; types of fault; designing for higher reliability; packaging,
mounting, ventilation; protection from humidity, dust.
CPE 502: Digital Signal Processing (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
1. understand analytical tools such as fourier transforms, discrete fourier transforms, fast
Fourier transforms and Z-transforms required for digital signal processing;
2. get familiarized with various structures of IIR and FIR systems;
3. design and realise various digital filters for digital signal processing; and
4. understand the applications of DSP in speech processing and spectrum analysis.
Course Contents
Discrete signals and Z-transform, digital fourier transform, fast fourier transform; the
approximation problem in network theory; synthesis of low-pass filters; spectral
transforms and their application in synthesis of high-pass and band-pass filters; digital
filtering, digital transfer function aliasing, one-dimensional recursive and non-recursive
filters; computer techniques in filter synthesis, realisation of filters in hardware and
software; and basic image processing concepts.
294
CPE 505: Digital System Design with VHDL (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1. explain VHDL as a programming language;
2. design the combinational and sequential logic circuits using VHDL;
3. design programmable logic devices (PLDs) and networks of arithmetic operations;
4. gain proficiency with VHDL software package and utilise software package to solve
problems on a wide range of digital logic circuits.
Course Contents
Finite state machine: definition, mealy and Moore models, state diagram, state table,
transition table; sequential circuits design using flip-flops, asynchronous and synchronous
circuit design; algorithm state machine; design examples and exercises; structured design:
design constructs, design levels, geometry-based interchange formats, computer-aided
electronic system design tools, schematic circuit capture, hardware description languages,
design process (simulation, synthesis), structural design decomposition; introduction to
VHDL: VHDL language abstractions, design hierarchies, VHDL component, lexical
description, VHDL source file, data types, data objects, language statements, concurrent
VHDL, sequential VHDL, advanced features of VHDL (library, package and sub-
programmes); structural level modelling, register-transfer level modelling, FSM with data
path level modelling, algorithmic level modelling; introduction of ASIC, types of ASIC, ASIC
design process, standard cell ASIC synthesis, FPGA design paradigm, FPGA synthesis,
FPGA/CPLD architectures; VHDL Design: top-down design flow, verification, simulation
alternatives, simulation speed, formal verification, recommendations for verification,
writing RTL VHDL code for synthesis, top-down design with FPGA; VHDL synthesis,
optimisation and mapping, constraints, technology library, delay calculation, synthesis tool,
synthesis directives; and computer-aided design of logic circuits.
CPE 511: Machine Learning and Applications (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
On the successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
1. identify the characteristics of datasets and compare the trivial data and big data for
various applications;
2. select and implement machine learning techniques and computing environment that are
suitable for the applications under consideration;
3. solve problems associated with batch learning and online learning, and the big data
characteristics such as high dimensionality, dynamically growing data and in particular
scalability issues;
4. understand and apply scaling up machine learning techniques and associated computing
techniques and technologies;
5. recognise and implement various ways of selecting suitable model parametres for
different machine learning techniques; and
6. integrate machine learning libraries and mathematical and statistical tools with modern
technologies like hadoop and mapreduce.
Course Contents
Introduction to machine learning; ; introduction to R or Python for machine
learning: statistics for analytics: descriptive statistics, inferential statistics, estimation and
hypothesis testing, ANOVA; machine learning: unsupervised learning – clustering,
295
supervised learning – classification, decision trees, random forest, and model performance
measures.
CPE 514: Professional Practice and Ethics (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. have a holistic picture of professional practice in computer engineering;
2. be abreast of the ethical and professional issues and landmines inimical to their
practice and how to navigate them;
3. be totally ready (professionally, technically, legally and emotionally) for any
professional entrepreneurial, financial and managerial challenges they may encounter;
and
4. be abreast of the standards, codes and intellectual property implications of and values
associated with, professional practice.
Course Contents
Engineering profession: structure and specializations (Nigeria and abroad), engineering
basics, development of engineering profession, ethics and computer engineering, strands
in ethical thinking, organisations and their structures: limited liability companies, private
and public, partnerships, sole traders, special features of limited companies,
responsibilities of directors; company finance: the need for capital; investment and
working capital; sources of funds; equity capital and loan capital, cash flow and its
importance, costing: fixed costs and variable costs; overheads; opportunity costs;
depreciation; problems of cost allocation; budgeting; assessment of capital investment;
discounted cash flow analysis, with particular reference to investment in software tolls and
new product development; financial accounts: balance sheets, profit and loss accounts,
cash flow statements; the treatment of software in company accounts; ownership of rights
in software as goodwill; anatomy of software house: the company, company structure,
management of staff, producing of budget, monitoring financial performance, producing
budgets, computer contracts and intellectual property rights: the nature and types of
intellectual property; intellectual property law (confidentiality, copyright, trademarks, and
patents) and implications for the computing, computer engineering and software industry;
computer misuse and criminal law: computing and criminal activity, reform and criminal
law, categories of misuse, computer fraud, unauthorized access ;data protection: data
protection and privacy, the impact of the internet; sociology of data
management/processing: generation, users, regulation/control and general management;
Professional and industry codes of conduct(local and international).
CET 599: Final Year Project (6 Units C: LH 270 PH)
Learning Outcomes
The student(s) will develop a technology and/or system to solve a known and significant
computer engineering problem and design, and if possible/practicable, build/produce/
manufacture some relevant new hardware/device(s) representing the solution using the
skills acquired in the computer engineering programme.
Course Contents
Individual student or group of students’ projects undertaken to deepen knowledge,
strengthen practical experience and encourage creativity, entrepreneurship and
independent/team work (as may be the case). The project ends in a comprehensive
written report of a developed system, and/or product/service and oral
296
presentation/defense before a panel of assessors one of whom must be external to the
University awarding the computer engineering degree.
Equipment
Recommended List of Minimum Equipment
Basic Computer Laboratory

S/N Name of Equipment/Brief Specification
1. Computer System (with latest configurations)
2. Software
3. Microsoft Windows
4. Red Hart Linux
5. Oracle
6. Page Maker Professional (latest version)
7. Corel Draw (latest version)
8. Adobe Photoshop
9. Microsoft Office Suite (latest version)
10. Antivirus Software (licensed for at least 200 users)
Programming Laboratory
1. Computer System (with latest configurations)
2. Turbo C and C++ Compilers (latest versions)
3. VB.Net (latest version)
4. Javas Compiler (latest version)
5. Python compiler (latest version)
6. R Compiler (latest version)
7. Antivirus Software (licensed for at least 50 users)
Digital Electronics And Microprocessor Laboratory
1. Computer System (with latest specifications)
2. Online UPS (5 KVA) OR 625 VA UPS for each Computer System
3. Assembler for 8085 programming
4. Antivirus (10 user License)
5. 8085-based Trainer Kits
Add on Cards
6. Add on card to study interfacing of LED display control using 8255
7. Add on card to study interfacing of LCD with 8085-based
microprocessor
8. Add on card to study speed control of stepper motor using 8085-
based microprocessor including stepper motor
9. Familiarization of ICs trainer (7400),(7402), (7432), (7486), (7408),
(7404), (7483), (7485), (74157), (74151), (74138
10. EX OR, and EX-NOR Gates realisation kit (using NAND OR NOR
Gates)
11. Realisation of Truth Table for OR and NAND Gates using NAND
Gates and NOR Gate
12. 8 bit digital multiplexer
13. 1:8 line de-multiplexer
14. Multiplex two BCD numbers to seven segment display
15. Study of Flip Flop or RS, D,J-K and T
16. 3 bit asynchronous up-counter3 bit synchronous down counter
297
17. Universal shift registers having SISO, SIPO, PIPO, PISO
18. Study of D-latch and D flip flop trainer
19. Encoder/decoder trainer
20. Digital IC testers
21. Digital Laboratory with modules
22. Logic Probe
23. Logic Pulser
24. Pulse Generator upto (3MHz)
25. Digital Frequency Metre
26. Digital IC Programmer
27. Digital IC power supplies (+/- 5V/1A, +/-12V/1A/+-15V, 1A)
28. 15 Macs
29. 2 Calliope autonomous robots with camera and robotic arm
30. Apple iPads and Samsung tablets.
31. Digitised oscilloscopes with spectrum analysers
32. Digitised function generators
33. Digitised power supplies
34. Digital circuit design and microcontroller boards (EasyAVR and
BigAVR microprocessor boards. Easy 8501 development boards).
35. Raspberry PIs.
36. Protoboards.
Advanced Computer Laboratory

1. Multimedia computer systems with latest specifications
2. Online UPS (5 KVA)
3. Multimedia projector with accessories
4. 24 Port Switch
5. Digital camera
6. Scanner
7. Laser printer
8. Touch screen
9. Laptop with latest configurations
10. Adobe Creative Suit (latest Version)
11. Visual Studio 6.0 or (latest Version)
12. Adobe Flash Professional
13. Adobe Flex (latest version)
14. Adobe Dreamweaver
15. Web camera
16. Antivirus (licensed for at least 50 users)
Hardware Laboratory.
1. Trainer board to demonstrate assembling and working of
multimedia computer system
2. Trainer boards to study mother boards with different chipsets and
processors
3. Hard disk trainer board (SATA and IDE )
4. CDROM trainer board
5. Mouse trainer board
6. Keyboard trainer board
7. Trainer board to study construction and working of colour CRT
monitor
298
8. Trainer board to study construction and working of colour LCD
Monitor
9. Trainer board to study working of dot matrix printer, Inkjet printer
and colour laser printer
10. Trainer board to study switch mode power supply
11. Trainer board to study working of UPS
12. Trainer board to study construction and working of floppy disk drive
13. Computer repair and assembly tool kits
14. Computer system with latest specifications
15. Online UPS(3 KVA)
16. PC tools
17. Antivirus (5 users)
18. USB hard disk
Data Communication and Networking Laboratory
At least 2Mbps Internet facility should be available in Laboratories.
2. 19” rack
3. 24 port switch
4. Windows 2003 server or latest version (10 user license)
5. Red hat linux (20 user license)
6. Data backup utility software
7. Data communication trainer board
8. LAN trainer system
9. Amplitude modulation/demodulation trainer board
10. Frequency modulation/demodulation trainer board
11. Pulse code modulation/emodulation trainer board
12. CRO 25 MHz (minimum)
13. Trainer board to study frequency division multiplexing/
demultiplexing
14. Trainer board to study time division multiplexing/ demultiplexing
15. Digital multimetre
16. Wireless access points
17. Wi-Fi LAN cards
18. Network/bandwidth management software (cybernetra or
equivalent)
19. Trainer board to study the working of MODEM
20. LAN cable tester
21. Crimping tool
22. Display boards of various types of cables and connectors used in
computer networks
23. Tool kits
24. Online UPS (5 KVA)
25. Network printer
26. Antivirus(10-user license)
Operating System Laboratory
2. Online UPS (7 KVA) OR 625 VA UPS for each PC
3. Server with latest specifications
Software
1. Windows 98/XP/2000/Vista/Windows 7/Windows 10
299
2. Windows 10 server or latest version
3. Oracle academic version (latest version with at least 20- user
license)
4. SQL server
5. Antivirus (with at least 20-user License)
Central Computer Laboratory
1. Multimedia computer system with latest specifications
Online UPS (7 KVA)
2.
3. 24 port switch
4. Network printer
5. Scanner
6. Dot matrix printer
7. Antivirus (20 user license)
8. LCD projector
Electronics/Signal Processing Laboratory
1. Digitised Oscillisopes with Spectrum Analysers
2. Digitised Function Generators
3. Digitised Power Supplies
4. Digital Circuit Design and Microcontroller Boards
5. Computers for Data Acquisition and Computer Aided Design (CAD
6. 40 work stations
7. Software includes: AutoCAD
8. MatLab
9. Comsol
10. STAAD
11. Other engineering design software
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.

300

maintained.
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
practice, standards and specifications etc. in sufficient numbers.
Library Facilities
services.
1. Reading Rooms
2. 24 Hour Reading Rooms
4. Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Security gate for theft detection
7. Over two hundred computers distributed at the various service points for Database
search at the University library and Faculty Libraries
8. Workstations at the Faculty Libraries for Database search
9. Projectors and Screens for presentations
10. Photocopying machines
11. Scanners
13. Information display screen
14. E-Library (postgraduate and undergraduate sections)
15. Discussion Rooms
Space Requirements
Academic m2
301
Non-Academic
Office Facilities
Room
computer unit.
302
B. Eng Electrical Engineering
Overview
Electrical Engineering encompasses the application of engineering sciences to analyse the
electrical energy conversions, transformations, supplies, utilisation and reliability principles
to the study of electrical and related engineering aspects of human needs such that
electrical energy management systems and qualities of system operations can easily be
designed, constructed and function in both economical and safe environments. Aspects of
Electrical engineering consist of electric power generation, transmission and distribution,
utilisation and management of the entire aspects. The programme is designed to ensure
that students acquire the requisite skills and knowledge that will allow them to demonstrate
competence in the general field of Electrical Engineering, and, at the same time, allow
students to be able to interact with the general public while carrying out their functions as
engineers.
Philosophy
The general philosophy of the Electrical Engineering programme of the universities is to
produce graduates with a high academic standard, adequate practical background and skills
that are of immerse value to the industry and the nation in general. The programme is
intensive in nature in order to turn out engineers capable of solving local problems. In
pursuance of the above, the following specific features have been incorporated into the
programme:
1. common foundation years at 100 and 200 levels for all engineering students;
2. Workshop practice, technology, laboratory work and tutorials;
3. design projects with a bias towards local applications;
4. broad-based engineering and interaction between students and professionals;
5. project in the final year on which the student works alone under supervision;
6. special skills and in-depth study in a particular area of the programme through optional
courses or electives;
7. adequate knowledge in the areas of Electrical Engineering Management, Economics and
Law; and
8. entrepreneurial/Entrepreneurship studies to equip students for world of work.
Objectives
In line with the above philosophy, the objectives of the programme are to:
1. produce graduates with high academic standards coupled with practical experiences,
sufficient to meet the challenges of developing economies and adequately tackle
common everyday engineering problems;
2. encourage close contact between the students and their lecturers by means of seminars
and workshops, design, office consultation, tutorials and laboratory work;
3. produce graduates with broad-based knowledge in general studies, management and
humanities, all of which enhance their understanding, contribution and relevance to the
immediate society;
4. provide an excellent balance between engineering principles and their relevant
applications to the creative world of Engineering practice;
5. broaden the horizon of its students by incorporating managerial and social aspects of
their subjects as well as Engineer-in-Society and Entrepreneurship studies into their
programmes of learning;
303
6. conduct lectures complemented with visits to engineering industries, vacation trainings,
Student Work Experience Programme as well as Industrial Trainings;
7. expose students to current trends in research methodology; and
8. equip our graduates with adequate knowledge for job creation as a means of
contributing to national development.

Unique features of the curriculum include:
1. digital literacy: the curriculum incorporates significant digital programmes for graduates
to remain competitive within today’s digital economy;
2. competency based outcome: it establishes the desired knowledge, skills, and behaviours
of graduating students that enable them to successfully perform in professional,
educational and other contexts;
3. focus on learning: it is devised to focus on learning to enhance the learning experience
of the students by integrating diverse techniques and complementary technologies;
4. entrepreneurial skills: it provides entrepreneurial skills for knowledge based and digital
economy; and
5. collaborative: it provides for collaboration with the industry in order to realise the much-
needed practical knowledge and skills required to take on the present-day challenges.
Graduates of the Electrical Engineering programme are actively sought by employers in both
the private and public sectors. Potential employers include large and small businesses,
government at all levels, national and multinational corporations, and universities. Self-
employment as engineering consultants and other technically applied positions is an
expanding career option for electrical engineering professionals.
Electrical engineering graduates will be equipped with the following employability skills:
1. communication skills: the ability to present ideas effectively with confidence through
aural, oral and written modes, not only with engineers but also with the community at
large;
2. creativity and innovation skills: the ability to create new ways of thinking and be able to
find solutions to new problems by being innovative enough to build new products and
services;
3. information literacy: the ability to access, evaluate, synthesis and share information from
multi-disciplinary / interdisciplinary sources;
4. competence in application and practice: the ability to use techniques, skills, and modern
engineering tools for solving engineering problems;
5. team work skills: the ability to function effectively as an individual and in a group with
the capacity to be a leader as well as an effective team member;
6. problem solving and decision-making skills: the ability to solve engineering problems
through critical thinking, system thinking and effective decision making;
7. engineering system approach: the ability to utilise systems approach to design and
evaluate operational performance;
8. knowledge of contemporary issues: the ability to continue learning independently in the
acquisition of new knowledge, skills and technologies. The use of information,
communication and computing technologies are very essential in the knowledge-based
era; and
9. understand professional, social and ethical responsibilities: the ability to understand the
social, cultural, global and environmental responsibilities of a professional engineer, and
commitment to professional and ethical responsibilities.
304
21st Century Skills
1. Professional and interpersonal skills with competence in the areas of professionalism and
teamwork;
2. Business and management skills with competence in management, entrepreneurship and
leadership;
3. Mental and thinking skills consisting of competences in critical thinking, decision making,
creativity and innovation; and
4. Information and communication skills.


Direct Entry
respectively.
305

Level GST/ENT Basic Faculty Programme SIWES Total Units
Science (GET) (TEL/EEE)
100 4 15 3 2 - 24
200 4 - 22 3 3 32
300 4 - 15 9 4 32
400 - - - 0 8 8
500 - - 5 4 - 9
Total 12 15 45 17 15 105
100 Level

code
GET 102 Introduction to Solid Modelling Design 2 C 15 45
and Engineering
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 E - 45
TEL 100 Introduction to Electrical Engineering 2 C 30
Total 24
200 Level
Code
Existence
GET 203 Solid Modelling and Design 2 C 15 45
Engineering
306
TEL 202 Applied Electricity II 3 E 45 -
EEE 208 Electrical Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
Scheme
Total 32
300 Level

Code
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45
Analytics
Technologiy
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 3 C 45
Technologies
EEE 321 Analogue Electronic Circuits 2 C 30
TEL 303 Electric Circuit Theory 2 C 30
TEL 304 Measurements and Instrumentations 2 C 30
TEL 305 Electrical Machines 3 C 45
TEL 324 Electromagnetic Theory 2 E 30
TEL 322 Electrical Energy Systems 2 E 30
Scheme
Total 32
400 Level
Code
TEL 421 Control Engineering 2 E 30
TEL 423 Power Electronics 2 E 30
TEL 401 Advanced Renewable Energy Systems 2 E 30
TEL 402 Software/Computer Applications in 2 E 15 60
Electrical Engineering
GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work Experience 8 C 24 Weeks
Scheme
Total 8
307
SIWES Courses
GET 499 SIWES III: Student Industrial Work 8 C 24 weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 15
500 Level

Code
TEL 502 Electrical Services Design 2 C 30 -
TEL 507 Electric Power Systems 2 C 30 -
Engineering
TEL 503 Energy Economy 2 E 30 -
Total 9
100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
(summary, essays, letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making), etc. Mechanics of
308
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
Course Contents
309
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to
mixtures;
temperature.
310
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
311
continuity;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
312
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
313
TEL 102: Introduction to Electrical Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
On the completion of the course students will be able to:
1. predict the behaviour of any electrical and magnetic circuits;
2. formulate and solve complex AC, DC circuits;
3. identify the type of electrical machine used for that particular application;
4. realise the requirement of transformers in transmission and distribution of electric power
and other applications; and
5. function on multi-disciplinary teams.
Course Contents
Electrical circuits (electrical quantities – Units, DC and AC Signals, Root-Mean-Square (RMS)
Value, Average Value, Instantaneous Values, Form Factor, Crest Peak or Amplitude Factor);
Electrostatics (Introduction, Capacitors, Capacitance, Capacitance of an Isolated Sphere,
Spherical Capacitor, Parallel Plate Capacitor, Capacitors in Series and Capacitors in Parallel);
magnetism and electromagnetism (Introduction, Absolute and Relative Permeabilities of a
Medium, Magnetic Induction (Magnetic Flux Density), Flux Per Unit Pole, Field Intensity or
Field Strength, the Production of Magnetic Induction by a Current, Biot-Savart Law
(Laplace’s Law), Magnetic Circuit, Comparison of the Electric and Magnetic Circuits
Magnetisation Curves; Electromagnetic Induction; Faraday’s Laws of Electromagnetic
Induction); Basic laws and theorems (Introduction, Ohm’s Law, Kirchhoff’s Laws,
Superposition Theorem, Thevenin Theorem, how to thevenize a given circuit, Delta/Star
transformation and Star/Delta transformation); three phase system (Introduction,
Relationship between line and phase voltage, Delta connected system with a balanced load,
power with balanced 3-phase load, Measurement of Power in a 3-phase three-wire system
and Power Factor Measurement); electric power (Introduction, Power in an Alternating
Current Circuit, Active, Reactive and Apparent Power, Power Triangle, Power Factor, why
improve Power factor, Power factor in a Capacitive Circuit, the Practical importance of Power
Factor, Effect of low Power Factor, Power Factor Corrective Equipment, Effect of reactive
power consumption, StaticVar Compensations for AC and DC Transmission and Industry,
Typical Static Var Compensator, Advantages of Static Var Compensator, Power Factor
Economics and Electricity Tariffs); introduction to electrical machines (Electric Machines and
Transformers, Classification of Electrical Machines, Basic Equations of DC Machines,
Operating mode of DC Machines, Transformers, Ideal Transformer and Efficiency of a
Transformer); basic electronics (Introduction, Electronic Tubes, Semi-conductors, Junction
Diode, Field Effect Transistor and Optoelectronics); electrical measurement (Measurement of
Resistance by the Voltmetre-Ammetre Method, Ohmmetres and A. C. Bridges).
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
314
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
Course Contents
315
Learning Outcomes
Course contents
GET 203: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modeling II (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. apply mastery of the use of projections to prepare detailed working drawing of objects
and designs;
2. develop skills in parametric design to aid their ability to see design in the optimal
specification of materials and systems to meet needs;
3. be able to analyze and optimize designs on the basis of strength and material
minimization;
4. get their appetites wetted in seeing the need for the theoretical perspectives that create
the basis for the analysis that are possible in design and optimization, and
recognize/understand the practical link to excite their creativity and ability to innovate;
and
5. be able to translate their thoughts and excitements to produce shop drawings for multi-
physical, multidisciplinary design.
Course Contents
Projection of lines, auxiliary views and mixed projection. Preparation of detailed working
production drawing; semi-detailed drawings, conventional presentation methods. Solid,
surface and shell modeling. Faces, bodies and surface intersections. Component-based
design. Component assembly and motion constraints. Constrained motions and animation.
Introduction to electronics modeling. Electronics board layout preparation, Component
libraries and Schematic design. Parametric modeling and adaptive design. Simulation for
material optimization. Designing for manufacturing. Additive and subtractive manufacturing.
Production for 3-D printing, Laser cutting and CNC machinery.Arrangement of engineering
components to form a working plant (Assembly Drawing of a Plant).
Learning Outcomes
316
Course Contents
principles.
Learning Outcomes
and third laws;
317
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
GET 207: Applied Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Students will acquire the ability to:
1. explain the fundamental principles of applied mechanics, particularly equilibrium
analysis, friction, kinematics and momentum;
2. identify, formulate, and solve complex engineering problems by applying principles of
engineering, science, mathematics and applied mechanics;
3. synthesize Newtonian Physics with static analysis to determine the complete load impact
(net forces, shears, torques, and bending moments) on all components (members and
joints) of a given structure with a load; and
4. apply engineering design principles to produce solutions that meet specified needs with
consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social,
environmental, and economic factors.
Course Contents
Forces, moments, couples. Equilibrium of simple structures and machine parts. Friction.
First and second moments of area; centroids. Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies in
plane motion. Newton's laws of motion. Kinetic energy and momentum analyse.
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
318
equation, heat conduction equation as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
319
Course Content
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents

TEL 202: Applied Electricity II (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcome
Upon the completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. use computational tools and packages in the design of electric power systems,
electronic, and digital equipment and systems;
2. solve common, technical problems in the design of electronics and electrical circuits
including electric power systems, and seek specialist advice as needed for more
complicated problems;
3. identify the process of innovation and the main factors of entrepreneurship and creative
thinking, and apply methods of product development;
320
4. apply project management methods to the planning of projects;
5. plan, manage and analyse projects, using current best-practice methods; and
6. carry out a cost estimate for a design solution, and understand the uncertainties
associated with the cost estimation process.
Course Contents
Power factor, Power in AC circuit, Resonance in RLC series and parallel circuit, Three Phase
Circuits: Voltages of three balanced phase system, delta and star connection, relationship
between line and phase quantities, phasor diagrams. DC Machines: Construction, Basic
concepts of winding (Lap and wave); DC generator: Principle of operation, EMF equation,
characteristics (open circuit, load) DC motors: Principle of operation, Torque Equation,
Speed Torque Characteristics (shunt and series machine); Single Phase Transformer:
Constructional parts, Types of transformers, Emf equation, No Load no load and on load
operation, phasor diagram and equivalent circuit, losses of a transformer, regulation and
efficiency calculation; Three Phase Induction Motor: Types, Construction, production of
rotating field, principle of operation, Slip and Frequency, rotor emf and current, Equivalent
circuit and phasor diagram, Torque Slip characteristics torque-speed characteristics; General
Structure of Electrical Power System: Power generation to distribution through overhead
lines and underground cables with single line diagram, Earthing of Electrical Equipment,
Electrical Wiring Practice.
EEE 208: Electrical Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
On the successful completion of this module, students should be able to:
1. describe the internal structure of atoms and molecules;
2. describe the different types of crystals and the defects evident within them, and explain
how these defects affect the mechanical and magnetic properties of materials;
3. discuss how the bonding within materials affects the properties of the material;
4. carry out the standard tests to determine the mechanical and magnetic properties of
materials;
5. describe the electrical and thermal properties of materials; and
6. demonstrate transferable skills.
Course Contents
Atomic Structure and Bonding: the internal structure of the atom will be examined and will
include the electron orbital model of atomic structure. This will be extended to explain the
different types of bonding, which occurs within materials. Crystal Structure: The main types
of crystal lattices will be examined and the defects, which may occur, will be described.
Properties of Materials: The main properties of materials will be described as will the
methods used to quantify them: Free electron motion in static electric and magnetic fields,
electronic structure of matter, conductivity in crystalline solids; Theory of energy hands in
conductors, insulators and semi-conductors: electrons in metals and electron emissions;
carriers and transport phenomena in semi-conductors, characteristics of some electron and
resistors, diodes, transistors, photo cell and light emitting diode; Elementary discrete
devices fabrication techniques and IC technology.
321
300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
322
Course Contents
energy and so on. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
323
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
technology);
324
Course Contents
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH45)
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents
Practical Contents
renewable energy.

Learning Outcomes
325
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
careers;,
empirical models;
Course Contents
326

design project.

EEE 321: Analogue Electronic Circuits (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. classify, describe and discuss the principles of operation and applications of FET and
BJT; and
2. calculate amplifier parameters; and design simple amplifiers using BJT and FET with
given specifications.
Course contents
Power amplifiers. Voltage and current stabilizing circuits. Voltage amplifiers, multi-stage
TEL 303: Electric Circuit Theory (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify linear systems and represent those systems in schematic form;
2. apply Kirchhoff's current and voltage laws and Ohm's law to circuit problems;
327
3. simplify circuits using series and parallel equivalents and using Thevenin and Norton
equivalents;
4. perform node and loop analyses and set these up in standard matrix format;
5. identify and model first and second order electric systems involving capacitors and
inductors;
6. predict the transient behaviour of first and second order circuits.
7. analyse important electronic circuits (Amplifiers, Active Filters, and Oscillators).
8. use simulation software (SPICE);
9. Build/ make measurements, test and troubleshoot electronic circuits; and
10. design important electronic circuits (amplifiers, active filters, and oscillators).
Course Contents
Basic Concepts:
Introduction, Systems of Units, Charge and Current, Voltage, Power and Energy, Circuit
Elements.
Basic Laws: Ohm’s Laws, Nodes, Branches, and Loops, Kirchhoff’s Laws, Series Resistors
and Voltage Division, Parallel Resistors and Current Division, Wye-Delta Transformations.
Methods of Analysis: Nodal Analysis, Nodal Analysis with Voltage Sources, Mesh Analysis,
Mesh Analysis with Current Sources, Nodal and Mesh Analyses by Inspection, Nodal Versus
Mesh Analysis.
Circuit Theorems: Linearity Property, Superposition, Source Transformation, Thevenin’s
Theorem, Norton’s Theorem, Derivations of Thevenin’s and Norton’s Theorems, Maximum
Power Transfer.
Operational Amplifiers: Operational Amplifiers, Ideal Op Amp, Inverting Amplifier,
Noninverting Amplifier, Summing Amplifier, Difference Amplifier, Cascaded Op Amp Circuits,
Op Amp Circuit Analysis.
Capacitors and Inductors: Series and Parallel Capacitors, Inductors, Series and Parallel
Inductors.
First Order Circuits: The Source-free RC Circuit, The Source-free RL Circuit, Singularity
Functions, Step Response of an RC Circuit, Step Response of an RL Circuit, First-order Op
Amp Circuits.
Second Order Circuits: Finding Initial and Final Values, The Source-Free Series RLC Circuit,
The Source-Free Parallel RLC Circuit, Step Response of a Series RLC Circuit, Step Response
of a Parallel Circuit, General Second-Order Circuits, Second-Order Op Amp Circuits:
Sinusoidal steady-state analysis. AC circuit power analysis. Polyphase circuits. Magnetically
coupled circuits; Complex frequency and Laplace transform; Circuit analysis and the s-
Domain; Frequency response: Bode Diagram. Fourier circuit analysis.
TEL 304: Measurements and Instrumentation (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. analyse the performance characteristics of each instrument;
2. illustrate basic metres such as voltmetres and ammetres;
3. explain about different types of signal analyseanalysers;
4. explain the basic features of oscilloscope and different types of oscilloscopes; and
5. apply the complete knowledge of various electronics instruments/transducers to measure
the physical quantities in the field of science, engineering and technology.
328
Course Contents
Introduction: Significance of Measurement and block diagram of Measurement System,
Static characteristics- Accuracy, Precision, Sensitivity, Linearity, Repeatability,
Reproducibility, Resolution, Threshold, Drift, Stability, Dead zone, hysteresis, Dynamic
Characteristics- speed of response, measuring lag, fidelity, dynamic error, Types of Errors –
Gross error, systematic errors, Random errors.
Measuring Instruments: PMMC, DC voltmetre and current metres and its Extension ranges,
True RMS Responding Voltmeter, Average responding rectifier type voltmetre, electronic
voltmetre, block diagram approach for measurement of voltage, current and Resistance
using Digital Multi Metre (DMM), Basic Potentiometer Circuit, Q-meter – Series Method.
Bridges and AnalyseAnalysers: DC Bridge- Wheatstone bridge, Kelvin's Double Bridge, AC
Bridge- Maxwell’s Bridge, Schering bridge and Wien’s Bridge. Signal Analysers: Frequency
Selective and Heterodyne Wave Analysers, Harmonic distortion Analysers, Total Harmonic
distortion, Spectrum AnalyseAnalysers.
Oscilloscopes: Cathode Ray Tube (CRT), Electrostatic Deflection, Post-deflection and
Acceleration of Electron Beam, Screens for CRT’s, Block diagram of CRO, Time-based
Generator, Delay line, Attenuators, probes, Dual beam oscilloscope, Dual trace oscilloscope,
Digital Storage Oscilloscope, Applications of CRO: Measurement of Phase and Frequency
using Lissajous Patterns.
Transducers: Transducer and its classification, ideal features of Transducer – Resistive
Transducer: Potentiometric type, Strain Gauge type (Gauge factor derivation, SG materials,
Bonded and unbounded strain gauges), Capacitive Transducers - Variable gap type, variable
area type and variable Dielectric type, Inductive Transducers - LVDT, Thermocouple,
Thermistor, Piezo Electric Transducers, Piezoelectric effect, Piezoelectric materials, RTD,
photo voltaic cell, LDR.
TEL 305: Electrical Machines (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain operating principles of fundamental components of Electric Machines: motors,
generators and transformers including synchronous, asynchronous, DC and special
purpose motors, AC, DC generators and autotransformers, CTs, PTs, step-up and step-
down transformers;
2. examine the magnetic field, reluctance of magnetic materials, flux and mmf in magnetic
circuits and perform transformer analysis using standard testing procedures including
open-circuit and short-circuit tests, voltage regulation, efficiency and circuit analysis
involving transformers;
3. examine construction, working principles, characteristics and equivalent circuit of three
phase synchronous generators, synchronous motors and induction motors, single phase
induction and special purpose motors; and
4. analyse voltage-current characteristics, commutation of DC generators, torque speed
characteristics and speed regulation of DC motors.
Course Contents
DC Machine, Introduction to Machinery Principles, Rotational motion, Newton’s Law and
power relationships, the Magnetic field, Magnetic Circuit with air gap, Faraday’s law,
Production of induced force on wire, Induced voltage on a conductor moving in a magnetic
field, Linear DC machine.; DC Machinery Fundamentals: Simple rotating loop between
curved pole faces, Commutation, Construction, Simple armature winding, Armature reaction,
Interpoles, compensating winding and brush shifting, Internal generated voltage and
induced torque equations of real machines; DC Generators, Introduction, Voltage regulation,
329
Magnetization curve, Equivalent circuits, Working and characteristics of separately excited,
shunt, series and compounded generators, Parallel operations of direct current generators;
DC Motors, Introduction, Speed regulation, Equivalent Circuits, Working and Characteristics
of separately excited, Shunt and Permanent magnet, Working and Characteristics of series
and compounded motors, Torque–speed Equations, Efficiency calculations, Stepper Motor
and Drive circuit.; AC Machines Topics, Transformer Fundamentals, Importance of
transformers, Types and construction, The ideal transformer, Leakage reactance, Theory
and operation of single phase transformer, Losses and phasor diagram, the equivalent
circuit of a real transformer, No load and short circuit test, the per unit system, the
transformer voltage regulation and efficiency, Autotransformers and concept of its power
rating advantages, Current transformer (CT) and Potential transformer (PT), Three phase
Transformers, Construction of power Transformer, Three phase connections and harmonics
suppression, Vector groups, Three phase transformer using two transformers, Transformer
ratings and related problems, Transformer Inrush Current, AC Machines Fundamentals, A
simple loop in a uniform magnetic field, Review of three phase generation, Proof of the
rotating magnetic field concept and its relation with no. of poles, the relationship between
electrical and mechanical degree, the relationship between electrical frequency and the
speed of the magnetic field rotation Induced voltage and induced torque, Losses and power
flow diagram, Voltage regulation and speed regulation.; Synchronous Generator,
Construction, Excitation system, Equivalent circuit of Synchronous Generator, Phasor
diagram, Power and Torque, Measurement of model parametres, Effect of load changes on
a generator, Parallel operation of generators; Synchronous Motor, Basic principle of motor
operation, Equivalent circuit, Torque speed characteristics, Power and torque equation,
Phasor diagram, the effects of load change, and field current change, V-curves of
synchronous motor and power factor correction, Starting of synchronous motor,
Synchronous motor ratings; Three Phase Induction Motor, Construction, Basic concepts and
working principles, Synchronous speed, Slip and its effect on rotor frequency and rotor
voltage, Equivalent circuit, Power and torque, Torque speed characteristics, losses,
efficiency and power factor; Single Phase and Special Purpose Motors, The Universal motor,
Introduction to single phase induction motor, Starting single phase induction motors, Split
phase windings, Capacitor start motor, Permanent split capacitor motor, Capacitor start and
capacitor run motors, Shaded pole motors, Reluctance motors, the Hysteresis motor.
TEL 322: Electrical Energy Systems (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. recognise the structure and operation of electricity generation, transmission and
distribution systems and the impact on the society and environment;
2. solve problems involving modeling, design and performance evaluation of power
transmission lines;
3. analyse power flow in power transmission networks and apply power flow results to
solve simple planning problems;
4. calculate currents and voltages in a faulted power system under both symmetrical and
asymmetrical faults, and relate fault currents to circuit breaker ratings; and
5. analyse the transient stability of simple power systems using equal area criterion.
Course Contents
Generation of electric energy: Sources of energy. Heat value of fuels. Thermal stations.
Hydroelectric stations. Nuclear stations.
330
Economics of power supply: Fixed and running charges in electric power production. Load
curves and load duration curves including concept of base, intermediate and peak load.
Definition of load factor, maximum demand, Diversity factor and their effects on generation.
Distribution system: Survey of power system components: feeders, distributors, services
mains, radial and ring-man systems. Voltage drop in distribution systems. Per-unit qualities.
Overhead transmission system: Conductors and insulators. Transmission line parameters.
Resistance, inductance and capacitance. Skin effect. Corona discharge. Stringing: Calculation
of sag and tension. Stringing chart and performance. Representation of short and long
power lines. Underground cables: Types. Inductance of concentric cables. Capacitance of
single-core and three-core cables. Thermal characteristics. Sheath currents.
Circuit breakers: Principles of arc-extinction. Types of circuit breakers. Current growth in a
purely inductive circuit. Interpretation of circuit breakers lest oscillographs. Current
chopping. Resistance and capacitance switching. Breaking and making currents.
TEL 324: Electromagnetic Theory (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. perform vector analyses used for electromagnetic waves;
2. define basics of electro and magnetostatics;
3. explain Maxwell equations and time-dependent Helmholtz equations;
4. define plain electromagnetic waves and wave equations;
5. understand the basic mathematical concepts related to electromagnetic vector fields;
6. apply the principles of electrostatics to the solutions of problems relating to electric field
and electric potential, boundary conditions and electric energy density;
7. apply the principles of magneto statics to the solutions of problems relating to magnetic
field and magnetic potential, boundary conditions and magnetic energy density;
8. understand the concepts related to Faraday’s law, induced emf and Maxwell ‘s
equations; and
9. apply Maxwell‘s equations to solutions of problems relating to transmission lines and
uniform plane wave propagation.
Course Contents
Electromagnetics – Motion and Vector algebra, Integral calculus, Curvilinear coordinates,
Divergence and Stokes’s theorem, Coulomb’s law, Electric field; Electrostatics – Gauss’s Law,
Electric potential, Conductors, Dielectrics, Capacitance, Capacitors, Electrostatics Energy and
Forces, Poisson’s Equation, Method of Images, Boundary Value Problems, Current Density,
Ohm’s Law, Kirchhoff’s and Joule’s Laws; Magnetostatics – Vector Magnetic Potential, The
Biot-Savart Law, the Magnetic Dipole, Magnetic Materials, Boundary Conditions, Inductors,
Energy, Forces; Electrodynamics – Electromagnetic Induction, Maxwell’s equations,
Potential Functions, Boundary Conditions, Wave Equations;
Review of EM laws in integral form; Gauss law. Ampere’s law and Faraday’s laws; uniform
em plane waves: Magnetic fields in and around current carrying conductors. Conduction and
displacement currents; Derivation of Maxwell’s equations in curl form from Faraday’s and
Ampere’s laws; Time varying electric and magnetic fields in free space the wave equation;
Plane waves in vacuum, dielectric conducting and lossy media; Skin effect; Polarisation of
waves; Poynting vector and energy propagation in free space; Boundary conditions; Plane
waves in unbounded dielectric media. Reflection and transmission of plane waves.
Em radiating systems: Antennae - isotropic antenna, elementary dipole near the far fields.
Antenna parametres. Half-wave antenna. Practical antenna e.g. loop, horn and parabolic
331
400 Level
TEL 401: Advanced Renewable Energy Systems (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. make interpretation about the energy sources;
2. comprehend the energy and energy types; and adverse consequences of greenhouse
gases;
3. understand the various energy sources in Nigeria;
4. make interpretation about the solar energy;
5. explain the solar energy power plants;
6. explain the solar energy collectors;
7. make interpretation about the wind energy;
8. explain the production of electricity from wind energy;
9. explain the production of energy method from hydrogen; and
10. design standalone and grid connected electric power from renewable sources
Course Contents
Energy and civilization, fossil fuels: availability and depletion, Nuclear Energy, Global
Warming, Green and Renewable Energy Sources. Estimates of energy costs, components of
electric grid, electric energy outlook in Nigeria. Distribution and generation technologies and
economics. Fundamentals of Solar Power Systems Photovoltaic Power Conversion,
Photovoltaic Material, Modelling of Photovoltaic Systems, Design of Photovoltaic Systems,
Concentrated Solar Power. Fundamentals of wind power systems wind power conversion,
modelling of wind power systems, design of wind systems. hydrogen energy, energy storage
and other renewable energy sources. Integration of distribution and generation into the grid
dc/ac inverters, analysis of dc/ ac inverter dc/dc converters, design of converters for grid
operation. Impact of distribution and generation on power system operation, voltage
variations circuit, overloading system protection, ride through and fault mitigation, power
quality disturbances.
TEL402: Software/Computer Applications in Electrical Engineering

(2 Units E: LH 15 PH 45)
Learning Outcome
On the completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1. analyse a control problem and suggest an appropriate system architecture;
2. analyse the need for information exchange and suggest appropriate information models
and protocols;
3. develop simple software for a controller;
4. analyse the information needed for a given automation and control function for power
systems;
5. create consistent information models for power systems control; and
6. use of matlab/simulink for analysing performances of power systems.
Course Contents
The course consists of three blocks, each consisting of a project assignment, lectures and
exercise sessions:
Block One includes analysis and modeling of the need for Information exchange for power
system control. The aim is to train the students to analyse different perspectives on
information necessary for power system control. The project assignment in the block
332
includes implementation of a simple information model for the exchange of data on power
systems.
Block Two includes basics in programming techniques and computer science focusing on
machine learning methods with applications in power systems. The project assignment in
the block consists of developing machine learning algorithms for forecasting.
Block Three includes Introduction to matlab: Laboratory oriented course designed to
introduce students who already have taken a programming course to programming in
MATLAB. Topics include introduction to the MATLAB environment, matrix manipulation and
computation, MATLAB programming language, writing functions and scripts, and production
of 2D graphical output.
TEL 421: Control Engineering (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcome
1. have working knowledge of process control;
2. model engineering processes from first principles and use step response data;
3. design controllers for different process applications;
4. use the techniques, tools and skills related to process control, computer science and
modern process control engineering in modern engineering practice; and
5. communicate system related concepts effectively.
Course Contents
Feedback concept, advantages, system classification, structures; Control system
components - mechanical, electronic hydraulic, thermal, position control; Transient analysis
of servo-mechanism, signal regulators compensation techniques; Series/parallel feedback
controllers. System transfer functions, signal flow graphs, stability, Routh-Hurwitz criteria.
TEL 423: Power Electronics (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
On the completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. understand the principles of power control by switching; demonstrate the benefits of
switched mode circuits; be familiarised with the commonly used semi-conductor
switching devices;
2. demonstrate a full understanding on several DC-DC converters; perform analysis on their
operation principles; develop design equations for selecting their components;
3. be able to explain how the steady-state AC voltage and current are related to each other
in power circuits using phasor analysis;
4. understand and be able to quantify active, reactive and apparent power;
5. comprehend the operation principles for several thyristors-based rectifiers; quantify the
current harmonics and the average power drawn by a rectifier;
6. understand the H-bridge based inverters and their several control methods; develop the
skills in analysing the different modes of operations for the inverters; gain the
understanding on how the power is delivered or absorbed by grid-connected inverters.
Course Contents
The basics of three-phase circuits, connections, voltage and current analysis and real and
reactive power calculations; the fundamentals of electricity conversion from the form
supplied by the source to the forms required by the load; power electronic conversion
techniques, including the basic converters (DC-DC, AC-DC and DC-AC) and their power
switching and control methods; the methods of circuit analysis applicable to switched mode
333
circuits; essential properties of the relevant semiconductor devices; simple converters for
practical applications.
Topics: Characteristics of power devices; DC-DC converters; AC Current, Voltage and Power;
Effects of power electronics on AC power Rectifiers (AC-DC converters) and Inverters (DC-
AC converters).
Learning Outcomes
and
Course Contents
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
334
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
legal principles to undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and
Course Contents
335
TEL 502: Electrical Services Design (2 Units: C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. design a complete distribution network for different purposes;
2. apply safety precaution in the design of distribution network;
3. function on multi-disciplinary teams;
4. identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems;
5. communicate effectively; and
6. use the techniques, skills, and modem engineering tools necessary for engineering
practice.
Course Contents
Basic Electrical Installations; Distribution system, regulations - IEE, NEC, Nigeria standards;
Illumination, Cables - types, ratings, wirings system, earth protection; Auxilliary electrical
systems - fire alarm, telephone, elevator circuits, proposals, contract document preparation;
Design of electrical installations - domestic, industrial, commercial air conditioning.
TEL 507: Electric Power Systems Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. apply the knowledge of mathematics, and engineering to the analysis of electrical
machines and transmission lines;
2. design and conduct experiments, as well as analyse and interpret data;
3. identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems in the area of electromechanical
energy conversion devices;
4. understand and apply some knowledge of contemporary issues concerning
Electrical/Energy systems; and
5. use techniques, skills, and modem engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
Course Contents
Basic single-phase modeling. Three phase system analysis. Three phase models of
transmission lines. Three phase models of transformers. Formation of the system
admittance matrix. Modeling of Static AC-DC Conversion Plant: Introduction. Rectification,
inversion. Communication reactance. DC transmission. Load Flow: Introduction, Basic nodal-
method. Conditioning of Y matrix. The case where one voltage is known. Analytical
definition of the problem. Newton-Raphson method of solving load flow problem.
Techniques that make Newton-Raphson Me Basic single-phase modeling. Three-phase
system analysis. Three-phase models of transmission lines. Three-phase models of
transformers. Formation of the system admittance matrix. Modeling of Static AC-DC
Conversion Plant: Introduction. Rectification, inversion. Communication reactance. DC
transmission. Load Flow: Introduction, Basic nodal-method. Conditioning of Y matrix. The
case where one voltage is known. Analytical definition of the problem. Newton-Raphson
method of solving load flow problem. Techniques that make Newton-Raphson Method
competitive in load flow. Characteristics of the Newton-Raphson load flow method.
Decoupled Newton load flow method. Fast Decoupled load flow. Convergence criteria and
tests. Numerical examples. AC-DC Load Flow: Introduction. Formulation of the problem. DC
system model. Solution techniques. Control of converter AC terminal voltage. Extension to
multiple and or multi-terminal DC systems. DC convergence tolerance. Test system and
results Numerical examples.Optimal operating strategies: Scheduling of generation, types
generating stations and their tecno-economic operating characteristics Fault analysis and
336
Control strategy: types of system protection, generators, transformers, lines etc protection
schemes switchgear and circuit breakers operating principles and types.
TEL 503: Energy Economy (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate knowledge of the Nigerian and the world energy situation;
2. understand the economic fundamentals of energy demand and supply;
3. understand the economic fundamentals underpinning energy types;
4. be familiar with the important theoretical work that underpins the study of energy
economics; and
5. appreciate the important energy policy issues.
Course Contents
This course explores the theoretical and empirical perspectives on individual and industrial
demand for energy, energy supply, energy markets, and public policies affecting energy
markets. It discusses aspects of the oil, natural gas, electricity, and nuclear power sectors
and examines energy tax, price regulation, deregulation, energy efficiency and policies for
controlling emission.
Equipment
S/N Description of Equipment Remarks
Basic Electrical Engineering Laboratory
1 Tubular fluorescent lamp set
2 Energy metre
3 Single phase induction motor
Or Equivalent
4 Transformer
5 Load box, single phase resistive
6 Drilling machine
Electrical Circuit Network and Device Laboratory
1 Network theorem kit
2 Maximum power transfer thm. Kit
3 Transient response kit
4 Low pass filter kit
Or Equivalent
5 High pass filters kit
6 Thevenins theorem kit
7 Superposition theorem kit
8 Ramson’s make dc power supply
Electrical and Electronics Measurement Laboratory
1 Owens bridge
2 Anderson bridge
3 Desauty bridge
Or Equivalent
4 Maxwell bridge
5 Schering bridge
6 B -H curve kit
Electrical Machine Laboratory
1 D.C. shunt motor and exciter
Or Equivalent
2 3φ Alternator
337
3 3φ Synchronous motor
4 3φ Squirrel cage induction motor
5 3φ slip ring induction motor
6 1φ Alternator
7 D.C Generator (series, shunt, compound)
8 3φ Sq. Cage induction motor
9 D.C compound motor
10 3φ Auto transformer
1φ capacitor start capacitor run induction motor (Crompton
11
greaves)
12 1φ, split phase induction motor
13 1φ repulsion motor
14 1φ shaded pole induction motor
Universal motor (ac/dc)
15
Control and Instrumentation Laboratory
1 Linear Variable Differential Transformer MODULE KIT Or Equivalent
2 Temperature measurement trainer kit
3 Strain measurement trainer kit
4 Process control simulator
5 temperature control system
6 Synchros transmitter and receiver trainer kit
Machine Design and Simulation Laboratory
1 Computer set (Workstation) Or Equivalent
Power Electronics / Electrical Drives Laboratory
1 Chopper / inverter PWM Controller Or Equivalent
2 3Ph. Converter firing unit
3 SCR pulse controller with 3Ph. SCR module
4 Intelligent power module
5 Smart power module with chopper/ inverter PMW controller
6 fully controlled converter power circuit
7 3Ph. isolation transformer
8 Series inverter kit
9 Cosine law triggering of ac/dc converter
10 3Ph. IGBT based PWM inverter
11 Chopper inverter
12 1Ph. capacitor start motor
13 DC shunt motor
14 3 Ph. induction motor with GEP sensor
15 3Ph. slip ring induction motor
16 1Ph. isolation transformer
17 3Ph. diode bridge trainer kit
18 TRIAC voltage control kit
Power System Laboratory
1 Idmtover current relay of earth fault testing kit Or Equivalent
2 Microprocessor based over/under voltage relay with testing kit
3 Percentage biased differential relay with testing kit
4 High voltage oil testing kit
5 Single phase transmission line kit
High Voltage Laboratory
338
1 Impulse generator with voltage divider Or Equivalent
2 Lightning impulse setup (can be used for universal purposes)
3 Cascaded transformers
4 Digital partial discharge detectors
5 Capacitance and loss angle measuring bridge
Modules (capacitors, resistors, spark gaps, rectifiers, pressure
6
vessels etc.)
7 Dielectric frequency response analyser
8 RTDS (Real Time Digital Simulator)
Omicron CMC 356 and 256 with GPS synchronisation (universal
9
testing solutions)
10 Omicron Dirana (Insulation Diagnosis)
11 Omicron CPC 100, with current boost up to 2000A
12 Portable impulse generator
13 Voltage and current probes, including Rogowski current probes
Tektronix oscilloscopes 4054 B, 2014 and TBS 2000 Differential
14 and distance relays that can be used to test different protection
strategies.
Microprocessor Laboratory
1 8051 Based MC Trainer Kit Or Equivalent
2 DC Motor Speed Measurement and Control
3 EPROM Programmer
4 Logic Controller Interface
5 Thyristor SCR Trainer Pulse Generator
6 89C51 CPU Card
7 80196 CPU Card
8 ADUC 812 CPU card
9 C-Cross Compiler for 8051
10 PC Keyboard and LCD Display Card
11 Measurement Card
12 Relay Card
Renewable Energy Laboratory
1 Alternative Renewable Energy Trainer (RENY0001) Or Equivalent
2 Photovoltaic Solar Energy Unit Trainer (RENY0004)
3 Fuel Cell Teaching Experiment Platform
4 Portable Solar Power Experiment Box
5 Power Battery Management System Test Bench
6 Portable Solar Power Experiment Box
7 Power Battery Management System Test Bench
8 Solar PV modules with stand
9 Solar Stand (Tilting)
Channel Data logger system with the following Sensors:
10 Anemometer Sensor; Silicon Type pyranometer sensor; Surface
temperature sensor.
Electrical Workshop
1 Transformer Oil Testing Kit Or Equivalent
2 3 Phase Induction Motor (Winding Study)
3 Coil Winding Machine
4 Megger Metre
5 Hand Operated Crimping Tool
339
6 Single Phase Induction Motor
7 Cathode Ray Oscilloscope
8 Cable Fault Locator
9 Power Drilling Machine
10 Wattmeters and Energymeters
11 Galvanometers and Voltmeters
12 Ammeters and Multimeters
13 Function Generators
14 Soldering iron
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.



maintained.

340
and
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
library that is well equipped with specialised books and journals in both physical collections
and E-collections (E-Resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the
The library must be connected to subscribed repository of:
3. Professional Bodies’ e-learning platforms
4. Relevant international organisations
The library must also have adequate facilities for the following:
1. Reading
2. Provisions for lending
3. Reservation unit for specialised materials
Academic m2
Non-Academic
Office Facilities
Room
computer unit.
341
342
B. Eng Electronics Engineering
Overview
The B.Eng/B.Tech/B.Sc. in Electronics Engineering programme focuses on electronics as a
specialty in the electrical engineering field. It provides students with up-to-date courses in
microelectronics and applications. It covers analysis and design using latest international
tools and software adopted by modern industry. This curriculum was designed to include a
solid background of the primary electrical engineering areas such as computers,
communications, power and control. Students acquire the needed practical skills that go
hand-in-hand with the learned theoretical knowledge in various fields.
Philosophy
The Electronics Engineering programme aims at providing future engineers with appropriate
theoretical knowledge and technical skills to respond to professional market demands. More
specifically, the programme aims to produce graduates who understand systems
constituents, behaviours and analysis in the following areas:
1. Electronic systems and circuits
2. Communication systems
3. Control systems
4. Electronics and communication of computer systems
5. Electromagnetic fields systems and applications
Objectives
The aim of the electronics engineering programme is to produce students with a strong
foundation in engineering science and design that will enable them to pursue productive
career in not only the electronics engineering field, but that can also be used at he
foundation for career in other areas such as business, management and medicine. Typical
industries in which the electronics engineering graduate would be employed could include
those in communication systems, telecommunication networks, analog systems,
hardware/software integration, digital and microprocessor system.
Programme Learning Outcomes

Upon the successful completion of the 5-year Electronics Engineering programme, the
student should be capable to:
1. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the fundamental electrical concepts;
2. analyse and understand the behaviour of any electronic circuit and equipment;
3. design electronic and electrical communication systems;
4. plan and implement applied research activities, evaluate outcomes, and draw reasonable
conclusions;
5. demonstrate the need to maintain their technical skills and develop new ones through
personal development and life-long learning;
6. convey technical information through their proficiency in written and spoken
communication skills; and
7. demonstrate an understanding of professional and ethical responsibilities to their field
and to society.

Electronics Engineering is at the core of the modern world, from computers to digital
circuits, photonics and a wealth of electronic devices. This new programme offers a unique
combination of complementary knowledge and skills in Electronics and Artificial Intelligence,
343
allowing graduates to pursue a wide range of engineering interests and career choices. This
programme produces graduates with knowledge to provide society with the complex
electronic systems it needs as well as the software required to operate these systems.
Along with having an affinity for solving problems and a strong interest in technology for a
successful career in electronics engineering, the following essential skills are needed:
1. Strong IT skills along with efficiency in programming. An upcoming electronics engineer

should have command of a number of high-level programming languages like C, C++,
Python, computer-aided design tools, and circuit simulators to analyse designs;
2. Practical experience of different circuits and electrical systems. Technical thinking
requires critical thinking skills to identify common issues and to come up with working
solutions;
3. Communications skills;
4. Time management and an ability to prioritise and plan work effectively.
21st Century Skills

While it is true that certain basics of engineering will not change in the 21st century with the
rise of artificial intelligence (AI) and robotics technology, there will be an increased premium
for the following competencies:
1. Critical thinking ability (that is the ability to think analytically and holistically;
2. Life-long learning;
3. Holistic and multidisciplinary learning;
4. Intra/inter-personal skills (communication skills, teamwork, collaboration and global
competence) ; and
5. Technical skills (modeling and simulation, competency in computer programming,
statistical literacy and data science, machine learning and AI).


Direct Entry
344
respectively.

Level GST/ENT Basic Discipline Departmental SIWES* Total
Sciences (GET) (ELE) Units
100 04 13 03 02 - 22
200 04 - 20 - 03 27
300 04 - 11 07 04 26
400 - - 00 04 08 14
500 - - 05 11 - 16
Total 12 13 44 21 15 105
*All to be credited in the 2nd semester of 400-Level
100 Level
Code
GST 112 Nigerian People's and Culture 2 C 30
345
PHY 102 General Physics II: Behaviour of Matter 2 C 30 -
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I: Algebra and 2 C 30 -
Trigonometry
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II: Calculus 2 C 30 -
I
ELE 101 Introduction to Electronics Design and 2 С 15 45
Practice
Total 22
200 Level
Code
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 30 45
GET 203 Engineering Graphics and Solid Modeling 2 C 15 45
II
GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C -
45
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C -
45
Scheme
Total 27
300 Level
Code
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics. 3 C 45 -
Technologies
GET 307 Introductionn to Artificial Intelligence, 3 C 45 -
Technologies
346
ELE 313 Analog Electronic circuits 3 C 30 45
ELE 318 Digital Electronics 2 E 30 -
ELE 324 Communication Principles 3 E 45 -
ELE 305 Circuit Theory 2 E 30 -
Scheme
Total 26
400 Level
Code
ELE 403 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45 -
ELE 405 Engineering System Modeling and 3 C 45 -
Simulation
ELE 407 Data Communications and 3 E 45 45
Networking
ELE 411 Advanced Electronic Circuits Design 3 E 45 45
TEL 423 Power Electronics 2 E 30 -
Experience Scheme
Total 14
SIWES Courses
Course Course Title Units Status LH/PH
Code
GET 299 SIWES I: SIWEP 3 C 9 Weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12
Weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 8 C 24
Weeks
Total 15
500 Level
Code
ELE 505 Artificial Intelligence and
Engineering Applications 3 C 45 -
ELE 507 Digital Signal Processing and 3 C 45 -
Applications
ELE 512 Industrial Electronics Design 3 E 45
ELE 513 Embedded Systems Design and 2 E 30 -
Programming
ELE 519 Final Year Project I 2 C 15 45
ELE 529 Final Year Project II 3 C - 135
Total 16
347
100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Writing activities (pre-writing[brainstorming and outlining], writing [paragraphing,
punctuation and expression]. post- writing [ editing and proofreading]. Types of writing
(summary, essays, letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making) etc. Mechanics of
GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units: C, LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
348
Learning Outcomes
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
349
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
Course Contents
350
Learning Outcomes

mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
351
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis
anddeduction.
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
352
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
ELE 101: Introduction to Electronics Design and Practice

Learning Outcomes
Upon the completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1. apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering to the analysis and design of
electrical circuits;
2. identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems in the area of circuits and systems;
3. use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools such as pSpice, workbench,
necessary for electronics engineering practice;
4. function on multi-disciplinary teams through the electric circuits experiments and
projects; and
353
5. design an electric system, components or process to meet desired needs within realistic
constraints.
Course Contents
Basic circuit laws: Ohm’s law, Kirchhoff’s voltage and current laws; Nodes, Branches and
loops, Series elements and voltage division, parallel elements and current division, Star-
Delta transformation.
AC Fundamentals: Review of Complex Algebra, Sinusoids, Phasors, Impedance and
Admittance, Series and parallel combination of Inductors and Capacitors, Mesh and Nodal
analysis, RMS and Average values, steady-state analysis of series and parallel combination
of RLC with sinusoidal excitation, Instantaneous power, Real, Reactive and Apparent power,
Concept of Power factor, Frequency.
Network Theorems and Resonance: Superposition theorem, Thevinin’s theorem,
Nortorn’s theorem, Maximum power transfer theorem, Reciprocity theorem, Resonance in
Electrical circuits, Analysis of series and parallel Resonance.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
354
business planning;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course contents
Learning Outcomes
355
solutions;
polymers;
natural);
Course Contents
GET 203: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modeling I (3 Units C: LH30; PH45)
Learning Outcomes
and designs;
356
minimization;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
357
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

numbers;
358
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
359
specialisations;
Course Contents

300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
360
Learning Outcomes
able to:

location;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
361
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
362
technology);
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
change;
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, -technology and contribution
to future energy demands of renewable energy.
Course Contents
363
Practical Contents
renewable energy.
Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (3 UnitsC: 12 weeks)
Learning Outcomes
364
careers;,
empirical models;
Course Contents

design project.

ELE 305: Circuit Theory (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course students will be able to:
1. write circuit equations for a coupled-inductor system;
2. analyse circuits containing ideal transformers and autotransformers;
365
3. analyse three-phase wye- and delta-connected balanced circuits;
4. plot Bode diagrams from transfer functions for SISO circuits;
5. write behavioural descriptive equations for series- and parallel-resonant circuits in the
time- and frequency domains;
6. use Fourier series techniques to analyse circuit responses to periodic signals; and
7. derive two-port parameters of circuits.
Course Contents
Three-phase balanced circuits and power; mutual inductance; Linear transformer, ideal
transformer, autotransformer; Frequency response, transfer function, Bode plots; Series and
parallel resonance in the frequency domain; Series and parallel resonance in the time
domain; Fourier series in circuit analysis; Two-port parameters; Laplace transform circuit
analysis.
ELE 313: Analogue Electronic Circuits (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcome
1. analyse single-stage amplifiers with BJTs and MOSFETs;
2. identify and analyse negative-feedback circuits;
3. analyse single- and second-order passive filters;
4. analyse single-, second-, and higher-order active filters;
5. analyse rectifiers, peak detectors, and oscillators; and
6. use pSpice to simulate circuits.
Course Contents
Review of Microelectronic Devices: Diode, BJT, JFET, and MOSFET; Large-signal behaviour
and Small-signal models; Single-Transistor Amplifiers: Common-emitter/source, common-
base/gate, and common-collector/drain; Biasing, small-signal gain, input resistance, and
output resistance; Circuit simulation using pSpice; Multi-Transistor Amplifiers: Cascade,
differential, and cascade; Biasing, small-signal gain, input resistance, and output resistance;
Frequency Response, Gain/phase plots and Analysis; Negative Feedback: Effects on gain,
input resistance, output resistance, noise, distortion, and bandwidth; Inverting and non-
inverting op amps; Passive Filters and Active Filters: Low-pass, high-pass, band-pass, and
band-reject, First-, second-, and higher-order; Non-linear Circuits: Rectifiers and peak
detectors, Sinusoidal oscillators, Mono and bi-stable multivibrators, Waveform generators.
ELE 318: Digital Electronics (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. perform base 2, 8, 16 and BCD-code (binary-coded decimal) calculations;
2. design a minimal combinatorial logic circuit that solves binary logical tasks;
3. design a minimal sequential circuit that solves binary logical tasks;
4. describe the structure of a logic gate;
5. explain the principles of programmable circuits;
6. explain the principles of analog-to-digital (AD) - and digital-to-analog (DA) conversion;
7. design synchronous networks with sequential flow charts;
8. design sequential circuits for programmable logic device (PLD) circuits; and
9. programme a PLD type Field-Programmable Gate Array (FPGA).
Course Contents
366
Introduction to Computing Systems; Switch Design; Boolean Algebra; Gate Design and
Simplification; Building Blocks; Number Systems and Arithmetic; Latches and Registers;
Counters; State Machines; Memory; Datapaths; Introductory Assembly Programming.
Laboratory projects will include use of PC-based CAD environment that supports schematic
capture, logic simulation, and HDL-based logic synthesis on FPGAs (field-programmable gate
arrays). Small-scale integrated circuits will be used for early labs; HDL-based logic synthesis
on FPGA-based design boards will be used for more advanced design implementations.
ELE 324 : Communication Principles (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. analyse communication systems in both the time and frequency domains;
2. describe the principles of amplitude modulated and angle modulated communication
systems, and be able to analyse their performance in the presence of noise;
3. explain source coding and its relations to information theory, citing Shannon’s
theorem;
4. describe the principles of various digital modulation systems and their properties,
including bandwidth, channel capacity, transmission over bandlimited
channels, inter-symbol interference (ISI), demodulation methods, and error
performance in the presence of noise; and
5. explain engineering fundamentals of photogeneration, photodetection and lightwave
propagation for optical communications.
Course Contents
Models of telecommunication system. The concept of information volume. Characteristics of
analogue audio and video signals. Analogue modulation techniques and their
implementation: amplitude and angle modulation, Frequency Division Multiplexing.
Digitization of analogue signals. Binary system. Arithmetic operations on binary numbers.
Modulo 2 arithmetic. Pulse code modulation (PCM), sampling, quantization, coding. Delta
and differential pulse code modulation. Synchronous and asynchronous, static and dynamic
time division multiplexing. Plesio-synchronous digital hierarchy, primary group, secondary
group, groups of higher levels. Synchronous digital hierarchy. Multiplexing PDH signals into
SDH STM-1 transport module. Transmission media. Optical fibres: single mode, multimode.
Optical cables. Wavelength division multiplexing (WDM): Dense wavelength division
multiplexing (DWDM)
400 Level
ELE 403: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
367
Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients.
Bessel and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturn-Louville
boundary value problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by
separation of variables. Eigen value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial
differential equations and Linear integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse
including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert
Transforms. Calculus of finite differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference
equations. Runge-Kutta and other methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical
integration and differentiation. MATLAB functions for numeric solution of linear and non-
linear ODEs.
ELE 405: Engineering System Modelling and Simulation (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. comprehend the techniques of modeling in the context of hierarchy of knowledge about
a system and develop the capability to apply the same to study systems through
available software;
2. explain different types of simulation techniques; and
3. simulate models for the purpose of developing and apply software.
Course Contents
Introduction: System, environment, input and output variables, State variables; Static and
Dynamic systems; Hierarchy of knowledge about a system and Modeling Strategy.
Physical Modeling: Dimensions analysis; Similarity criteria and their application to physical
models. Modeling of System with Known Structure: Review of conservation laws and the
governing equation for heat, mass and momentum transfer; Deterministic model;
distributed parametre models; lumped parametre models in terms of differential and
difference equations; state space model, transfer functions block diagram and sub systems,
stability of transfer functions, modeling for control. Neural Network Modeling of Systems;
Neurons, architecture of neural networks, knowledge representation, learning algorithm.
Multilayer feed forward network and its back propagation learning algorithm, Application to
complex engineering systems and strategy for optimum output. Modeling Based on Expert
Knowledge; Fuzzy sets, Membership functions, Fuzzy Inference systems, Expert Knowledge
and Fuzzy Models, Design of Fuzzy Controllers
Optimisation and Design of Systems: Summary of gradient based techniques: Non-
traditional Optimisation techniques (1) genetic Algorithm (GA)- coding, GA operations
elitism, Application using MATLAB. Simulation of Engineering Systems; Monte-Carlo
simulation, Simulation of continuous and discrete processes with suitable examples from
engineering problems.
ELE 407: Data Communication and Networking (3 Units E: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon the completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. describe the theoretical fundamentals of how the Internet works;
2. use a layered model to explain the primary functionalities of internetworking;
3. identify algorithms and functionalities to allow reliable data transport over an unreliable
network;
4. explain the fundamental protocols in the Internet and apply them to new networks;
5. describe Software Defined Networking, fundamental concept and its impact on the
Internet; and
368
6. explain the fundamentals of link layer protocols.
Course Contents
Introduction: network edge, end systems, access networks, links, network core, packet
switching, circuit switching, network structure, delay, loss, throughput in networks, protocol
layers, service models, Application Layer, Web and HTTP, Electronic mail, Domain Name
System, video streaming and content distribution networks, Socket programming with UDP
and TCP*, Transport Layer, multiplexing and demultiplexing, connectionless transport: UDP,
principles of reliable data transfer, connection-oriented transport: TCP, principles of
congestion control, TCP congestion control, Network layer: The Data Plane, control plane,
Router architecture, IP: Internet Protocol, Generalized Forward and SDN, Network Layer:
The Control Plane, routing protocols, intra-AS routing in the Internet: OSPF, routing among
the ISPs: BGP, The SDN control plane, Link Layer and LANs, error detection, correction,
multiple access protocols, data center networking, Wireless Networking, Wireless links,
characteristics, IEEE 802.11 wireless LANs (Wi-Fi), Network Security, Message integrity,
authentication, Securing e-mail, securing TCP connections: SSL, Firewalls and IDS.
ELE 411: Advanced Electronic Circuits Design (3 Units E: LH 30; 45)
Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of this course a student will be able to:
1. analyse and design analogue electronic circuits using a variety of techniques;
2. understand the theory of operation of the main components used in analogue electronic
systems;
3. analyse and deign amplifiers, op amps circuits and filters;
4. understand the principles of feedback theory and the operation of oscillators; and
5. use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools such as pSpice, Electronic
Workbench, necessary for engineering practice.
Course Contents
pSpice simulation; Design of BJT-based amplifier systems; Design of FET-based amplifier
systems; Current-series feedback design; Current-series feedback design; Voltage-shunt
feedback design; Differential amplifier; Op-amp IC applications; Positive feedback and
oscillator circuits; Advanced electronic laboratory skills (design, analysis, construction, and
measurement of advanced analog electronic circuits using discrete devices (diodes, bipolar
junction transistors, MOSFETs).
TEL 423: Power Electronics (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes:
On the completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. understand the principles of power control by switching; demonstrate the benefits of
switched mode circuits; be familiarised with the commonly used semiconductor
switching devices;
2. demonstrate a full understanding on several DC-DC converters; perform analysis on
their operation principles; develop design equations for selecting their components;
3. be able to explain how the steady-state AC voltage and current are related to each
other in power circuits using phasor analysis;
4. understand and be able to quantify active, reactive and apparent power;
5. comprehend the operation principles for several thyristors-based rectifiers; quantify the
current harmonics and the average power drawn by a rectifier; and
369
6. understand the H-bridge based inverters and their several control methods; develop the
skills in analysing the different modes of operations for the inverters; gain the
understanding on how the power is delivered or absorbed by grid-connected inverters.
Course Contents
The basics of three-phase circuits, connections, voltage and current analysis and real and
reactive power calculations; the fundamentals of electricity conversion from the form
supplied by the source to the forms required by the load; power electronic conversion
techniques, including the basic converters (DC-DC, AC-DC and DC-AC) and their power
switching and control methods; the methods of circuit analysis applicable to switched mode
circuits; essential properties of the relevant semiconductor devices; simple converters for
practical applications. Characteristics of power devices; DC-DC converters; AC Current,
Voltage and Power; AC-DC converters and Inverters (DC-AC converters).
Learning Outcomes
and
Course Contents
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
370
Course Contents
management. Project planning, control and timeliness; decision making, forecasting,
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
371
ELE 505: Artificial Intelligence and Engineering Applications (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Upon the completion of this course, the student shall be able to:
1. demonstrate fundamental understanding of the history of artificial intelligence (AI) and
its foundations;
2. apply basic principles of AI in solutions that require problem solving, inference,
perception, knowledge representation, and learning;
3. demonstrate awareness and good understanding of various applications of AI techniques
in intelligent agents, expert systems, artificial neural networks and other machine
learning models;
4. demonstrate proficiency developing applications in an 'AI language', expert system shell,
or data mining tool; and
5. demonstrate proficiency in applying scientiﬁc methods to models of machine learning.
Course Contents
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence: Intelligent Agents and Applications of Artificial
Intelligence.
Knowledge Representation and Reasoning: Propositional logic, Theory of first order logic,
Inference in First order logic, Forward and Backward chaining, Resolution, Probabilistic
reasoning, Utility theory, Hidden Markov Models (HMM), Bayesian Networks.
Machine Learning: Supervised and unsupervised learning, Decision trees, Statistical
learning models, Learning with complete data – Naive Bayes models, Learning with hidden
data – EM algorithm, Reinforcement learning.
Pattern Recognition: Introduction, Design principles of pattern recognition system,
Statistical Pattern recognition, Parametre estimation methods – Principle Component
Analysis (PCA) and Linear Discriminant Analysis (LDA), Classification Techniques – Nearest
Neighbour (NN) Rule, Bayes Classifier, Support Vector Machine (SVM), K – means clustering.
ELE 507: Digital Signal Processing and Applications (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student should be able to:
1. specify the sampling, quantization, and signal conditioning requirements for a given DSP
application;
2. identify components of a DSP hardware system and program a DSP processor in the C
language;
3. estimate spectra of discrete-time signals using the fast Fourier transform (FFT) in
MATLAB and implement the FFT on a DSP chip;
4. determine and interpret the z-domain transfer function of a discrete-time system and
design discrete time filters in the z domain using the pole-zero method;
5. design finite impulse response (FIR) and infinite impulse response (IIR) discrete-time
filters for lowpass, high-pass, bandpass, bandstop, and arbitrary frequency response
applications;
6. implement digital filter designs in MATLAB and on a DSP chip; and
7. analyse discrete-time filter banks and multi-rate signal processing systems.
Course Contents
372
Review of discrete-time signals and systems with emphasis on sampling and quantization.
Introduction to DSP hardware architecture, including fixed-point vs. floating-point
processors and the multiply-accumulate unit. Convolution and spectral analysis using the
discrete-time Fourier transform. The discrete Fourier transform, the fast Fourier transform
(FFT), and use of the FFT for convolution and spectral analysis. Z- transforms, pole-zero
analysis of discrete-time systems, and pole-zero-based digital filter design. Analysis of FIR
and IIR discrete-time systems with emphasis on phase response. Design and
implementation of FIR digital filters. Design and implementation of IIR digital filters.
Introduction to multi-rate signal processing and filter banks.
ELE 512: Industrial Electronics Design (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Upon the successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. explain basic elements of Industrial motor control: determine the use of different control
devices and motor starters;
2. understand fundamental elements of power electronics: diode-based rectifiers,
harmonics and PF distortion, thyristor principles and control, tyristor-based rectifier and
inverter;
3. explain the operation of cycloconverter; SCR-based converter and triggering range and
firing angles;
4. analyse DC-to-DC switching converters, DC-to-AC switching converters and analyse PWM
techniques in dc switching; and
5. understand electronic Control of DC and AC Motors.
Course Contents
Solid-state devices and circuits; Programmable controllers; Thyristors; Lasers; Fiber optics ;
Power supplies; Op-amp circuits; Open- and closed-loop (feedback) systems; Input devices
;Output devices; AC and DC motors; Motor control devices; Robots and other motion control
systems; Data communications.
ELE 513: Embedded Systems Design and Programming (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
On the completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. analyse and explain the basic building blocks of embedded systems hardware;
2. identify relevant components and building blocks for embedded solutions;
3. evaluate different embedded system architectures;
4. describe the hardware and software architecture of processors used in embedded
systems (2);
5. use embedded system development platforms and environments;
6. specify relevant embedded systems requirements such as memory, processor speed and
energy consumption;
7. develop experience in assembler and C programming languages (5); and
8. build embedded system solutions with the help of common hardware interface units
Course Contents
Introduction to microcomputers and embedded systems: Processor architectures,
microcontrollers used in embedded systems; CPU, memory and input output units;
Interrupts; Introduction to hardware level programming of embedded systems:
373
Programming in assembler, Programming in C, Development platforms for embedded
software; Introduction to microcomputer interfaces: Digital I/O, Serial I/O, Timers, Analog-
to-digital conversion, Pulse Width Modulation (PWM)
ELE 519 & 529: Final Year Project I & II (5 Units C: LH 15; PH 180)
Learning Outcomes
electronic engineering problem and design and, where possible/practicable, build/produce/
skills acquired in the programme.
Course Contents
University awarding the electronic engineering degree
Equipment
List of Required New Laboratories and Equipment
S/N. Laboratory/Workshop Essential Equipment and Components

1 Basic Electrical Engineering Lab Dual Power Supplies; Digital Multimetre,
(Applied Electricity Laboratory) Various electronic components (ICs, BJTs,
MOSFETs, Diodes, Resistors, Capacitors,
Inductors, etc.). PCs loaded with software
for electronic circuits simulation
2 Electronics and PCB Laboratory PCs with specialised electronics design
software, Oscilloscopes (Digital and
Analogue), Function generators, Analogue
training kits, Digital training kits,
Breadboards. Various electronic
components (ICs, BJTs, MOSFETs, Diodes,
Resistors, Capacitors, Inductors, etc.). PCs
loaded with software for electronic circuits
simulation
PCB making machine including: Art Work
Film Maker, Curing Machine (Oven), Dip
Coating Machine, U.V Exposure Unit, Etch
Etching Machine, Chemicals for PCB
Processing
3 Digital Electronics and Dual Power Supplies, Digital multimetre,
Microprocessor Lab Digital IC Testers, Microprocessor kits,
EPROM Programmer/Eraser, Interfacing
cards for Process applications, Micro-
controller kits with PC Interface, Texas
Instruments DSP Kits, Analog Devices DSP,
PCs with simulation softwares (Proteus Pro,
374
MATLAB + relevant tool boxes)
4 Data Communication Lab Function Generators, Oscilloscopes
(Analogue and Digital Storage), Signal
Generators, Various Analog /Digital Study
and Trainer Kits, Fiber Optic Trainer Kits,
Digital Communication Training kits,
Amplitude Modulation/Demodulation Trainer
Frequency Modulation/Demodulation
Trainer, Pulse Code, Network
analyseanalyser and Spectrum
AnalyseAnalysers, SWR Metre, Power
metre, Optical power metre, Industrial
standard simulation tools such as OPNET,
MATLAB for signal processing.
5 Data Communication and Computer System with latest specifications,
Networking Lab 19” Rack, Port Switch, Windows 2003
Server or Latest version (10 user License),
Red hat Linux (20 user License), Data
Backup utility Software, Data
Communication Trainer Board, LAN Trainer
System, Trainer Boards to study Frequency
Division Multiplexing/ Demultiplexing and
Time Division Multiplexing/ Demultiplexing,
Digital Multimetre, Wireless access points,
Wi-Fi LAN Cards, Network/Bandwidth
management Software (Cybernetra or
Equivalent), Trainer Board to study Working
of MODEM, LAN Cable tester, Crimping
tool, Display Boards of various types of
cables and connectors used in Computer
networks, Online UPS (5 KVA), Network
Printer, Antivirus (10 user License)
Embedded Systems Lab Microcontroller kits, Target board, DSP
Starter kits, Modeling and Simulation
software (MATLAB), PC-Based Oscilloscope,
Linux Single Board computer, FGPA
Evaluation kit, Xilinx Embedded
Development kit
Instrumentation and Control Lab Workstations equipped with LABVIEW and
MATLAB for designing and simulating
analog and digital controllers; transducers
and trainers.
Final Year Project Lab
Staffing
Academic Staff
375
candidates.


maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
library that is well equipped with specialized books and journals in both physical collections
The library must be connected to subscribe repository of:
4. Relevant international organizations
376
1. reading;
2. provisions for lending; and
3. reservation unit for specialized materials.

Academic m2
Non-Academic
1.13 academic offices on paper

computer unit.
377
B. Eng Electrical and Electronics
Engineering
Overview
Electrical and Electronics engineers are involved in channelling natural resources into various
end-uses such as in heating, lighting, home appliances, consumer products, computing,
sensing, control, and communication systems. They contribute to the development of
systems and devices for power, instrumentation, measurement, communication engineering,
management, manufacturing, transportation, etc. They are primarily concerned with the
processes of generation, transmission, transformation, control, and utilization of energy
and/or information.
The curriculum exposes students to the breadth of electrical and electronics engineering and
allows them to pursue electives in several areas including electrical circuits, electronics,
electrical power systems, communication systems, signal processing, control systems,
electromagnetics, optics/devices, and computer engineering. Hence courses in:
1. electrical circuits and electronics provide study of basic electrical devices – energy
sources, resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes, and transistors – and their
interconnection in operational networks. Circuit analysis and design techniques cover
both analogue and digital applications;
2. power systems emphasize the design and applications of motors, generators,
transformers, distribution systems, high-voltage devices, and power electronics;
3. control systems emphasize the design and application of circuits and systems to
automatically monitor and regulate operation of devices, machines, and processes.
Advanced technologies using digital control, intelligent processing, neural networks, and
programmable logic controllers are included;
4. communication systems and signal processing cover concepts required for the
characterization and manipulation of information-bearing signals, modulation systems,
wireless networks, image processing, and signal detection software and hardware. These
courses provide instruction in the interaction, propagation, and transmission of high-
frequency waves and signals through space and in conductors. Topics include grounding
and shielding, antennas, microwaves, and systems; and
5. optics/devices provide a study of solid-state materials, electronic devices, and
optoelectronics. Applications are micro-fabrication, telecommunications, computing,
instrumentation, lasers and fibre optics, sensing, and smart technologies.
Philosophy
The general philosophy of the EEE programme is to produce graduates with high academic
and soft skills competence, capable to adequately participate, transform and impact on the
Engineering and allied industries in consonance with National and Global community values,
including National Policy on Industrialization and Self-Reliance. The programme therefore
aims at:
1. exploring the importance of efficient and sustainable solutions for Electrical and
Electronics engineering challenges, such as achieving sustainable electricity generation,
secure distribution, intelligent communication systems;
2. providing ample opportunity for practical application and project work as emphasized
throughout the course; and
378
3. producing EEE graduates with high academic and ethical standards with adequate
practical exposure for self-employment as well as being of immediate value to industry
and the community in general.
Objectives
The objectives of the programme are, amongst others, to:
fundamentals to the solution of Electrical and Electronics Engineering related problems;
2. design solutions for Electrical and Electronics Engineering problems and design systems,
components or processes that meet specified needs with appropriate consideration for
public health and safety, cultural, societal, environmental and other ethical
considerations;
3. conduct investigations of complex problems using research-based knowledge and
research methods, including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data
and synthesis of information to provide valid conclusions;
4. create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources and modern Engineering and
IT tools: including prediction and modeling, to complex Engineering activities, with an
understanding of the limitations;
5. function effectively both as an individual and as a team member or leader in diverse and
in multi-disciplinary settings;
6. communicate effectively on complex Engineering activities with the Engineering
community and with society at large, such as being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, as well as,
give and receive clear instructions;
7. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of Engineering and Management principles
and equally apply them in managing multi-disciplinary projects;
8. nurture partnership between the institution and industry for effective programme
delivery;
9. create awareness and understanding of the moral, ethical, legal, and professional
10. develop entrepreneurial skills and knowledge, in addition to adequate training in human
and organisational systems with the spirit of self-reliance so that they can set up their
own businesses.
Electrical and Electronics Engineers to be produced are expected to be equipped, amongst
others, with the following skills:
1. Define, investigate, and analyze electrical and other borderline engineering problems;
2. Design or develop creative and innovative solutions to electrical engineering and related
problems;
3. Evaluate the outcomes and impacts of electrical and electronics engineering activities;
4. Take personal responsibility for making decisions on the part or all of electrical and
electronics engineering activities;
5. Initiate, plan, lead or manage electrical and electronics and related engineering
activities;
6. Exercise sound judgment in the course of his/her work;
7. Communicate efficiently, honestly and effectively with others in the course of his
engineering work; and
8. Develop and operate within a hazard and risk framework to evaluate outcomes and
impacts of electrical and electronics engineering activities.
379
21st Century Skills
The programme has emphasised the following 21st century skills:
1. problem solving;
2. collaboration (team work);
3. digital literacy;
6. critical thinking through collaborative research projects and group assignments.

Electrical and Electronics Engineering is at the core of the modern world, from power
systems, computers to digital circuits, photonics and a wealth of electrical and electronic
devices. This new programme offers a unique combination of complementary knowledge
and skills in electrical, power systems, electronics and 21st century skills in artificial
intelligence (AI), machine learning (ML), big data, et cetera, thus allowing graduates to
pursue a wide range of engineering interests and strategic career choices. The programme
will produce graduates with knowledge to provide society with the complex electrical and
electronic systems, as well as the software, needed or required to operate the systems.
Unlike the earlier curriculum, this one is more student-centered to unleash their power of
self-confidence and critical thinking.
Special Job Opportunities of the Programmne

Electrical and Electronics Engineers are involved in the design and development of electrical
and electronics equipment and in the improvement of the capabilities of existing electrical
and electronics equipment. There is a gamut of very broad opportunities for electrical and
electronics engineers. They can also find themselves in software companies involved in the
design, manufacture and operation of various engineering devices. The career scope in this
field at both national and international levels is excellent.
Major companies recruit skilled and capable Electrical and Electronics Engineers to
accelerate their growth. However, graduates should also acquire practical knowledge in
laboratory sessions and practicals in order to be successful in the field. Interested graduates
can also progress to the postgraduate level to obtain Masters and Doctorate degrees in any
of the specialised areas of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, particularly if they desire to
become lecturers and professors in the future. The graduates therefore can find themselves
comfortably fixed in many types of work. Some of the job profiles which Electrical and
Electronics Engineers usually work after graduation are as detailed below.
Job Title Job Description

Design Engineer Development of ideas for new products and the
systems used to manufacture them. Such systems
include consumer electronics (TV, VCRs, CD players,
stereo equipment, gaming devices); power generation,
transmission and distribution; computer equipment
(motherboards, printers, scanners, processors,
monitors); communications equipment (transmit-ters
and receivers, networks)
Electronics Engineer Design and creation of everyday devices such as mobile
phones and computers.
380
Manufacturing Engineer Plant Engineering: servicing and offering support in
industrial environment; Power Engineering: safe and
reliable power delivery; Control Engineering: design,
programming, support to industrial automation;
Information Systems Engineering: support to
manufacturing processes
Quality Control Engineer Designing and overseeing the production of various
types of complex systems and equipment.
Analysis and Test Engineer
Plan, design, and evaluate products, as well as
collaborating with the production department. Technical
Service Engineering: troubleshooting, maintenance and
repair; Product Testing for quality, safety, performance
of equipment
Software Engineer Software engineers develop, test and improve systems
and components including circuit boards, processors,
and other devices.
Project Engineer Planning, implementing, resource forecasting and other
technical activities of the project.
System Design Engineer To research, study and develop new ideas for new
products and the system to manufacture them.
Research Engineer Analysing, implementing and testing the product
developed in the laboratory
Field/Sales Engineer Technical Service Engineering: troubleshooting,
maintenance and repair; Product Testing for quality,
safety, performance of equipment
Research and Development Product Development; Research to discover/develop
(R&D) new technologies; Training


Direct Entry
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree.
381
Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for at least 150 units of
courses during the 5-year degree programme. Candidates must have registered and passed
all the compulsory courses specified for the programme.
The EEE programme shall be run on the modularised Course Unit System. All courses
should therefore be sub-divided into more or less self-sufficient and logically consistent
packages that are taught within a semester and examined at the end of that particular
semester. Credits are weights attached to a course. One credit is equivalent to one hour per
week per semester of 15 weeks of lectures or three hours of laboratory/studio/workshop
work per week per semester of 15 weeks.
determination of the class of degree

Level GNS/GST Basic (GET) Departmental SIWES Total
Science (EEE) Units
100 4 16 3 4 - 27
200 4 - 25 3 3* 33
300 4 - 18 0 4* 26
400 - - 0 8* 08
500 - 5 6 - 11
Total 12 16 51 26 15* 105
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-level
100 Level
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 30 -
Modelling I
EEE 102 Introduction to Electrical and 2 C 30 -
Electronics Engineering
Total 27
200 Level
382
Existence
GET 203 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 E 15 45
Modeling II
Engineering
EEE 202 Applied Electricity II 3 C 30 45
EEE 204 Electrical Engineering Materials 3 E 45 -
Scheme
Total 33
300 Level
GET 304 Technical Writing & Communication 3 C 45 -
Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45-
Technology
Technologies
EEE 311 Electric Circuit Theory I 2 E 30 -
EEE 321 Analogue Electronic Circuits I 2 E 30 -
EEE 322 Digital Electronic Circuits 2 E 30 -
EEE 324 Electromagnetic Fields and Waves I 2 E 30 -
EEE 326 Electric Circuit Theory II 2 E 30 -
Scheme
Total 26
SIWES Courses
GET 299 SIWES I 3* C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4* C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 8* C 24 weeks
Total 15*
383
* All 15 units credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level
500 Level

EEE 593 Final Year Project I 3 C
EEE 594 Final Year Project II 3 C
Total 11
100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Writing activities: pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining). writing (paragraphing,
(summary, essays, letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making) etc. Mechanics of
Learning Outcomes
384
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
385
4. andanalyse such models for strength and cost.
analytical nature of the courses they take;and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
386
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
387
Course Contents
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
388
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
EEE 102: Introduction to Electrical and Electronics Engineering

(2 units C: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes
389
1. comprehend the duties and functions of an Electrical and Electronics Engineer (EEE);
2. requirements for the profession and career opportunities; and
3. state the careers related to EEE; explain the future of EEE.
Course Contents
History of Electrical Engineering. Evolution of EEE. Duties of EE Engineers. Areas of
specialisation and work environment. Skill requirements (soft and hard). Qualities for EE
Engineers. Careers related to EEE. Typical course modules. Job outlook/opportunities for EE
Engineers. Future of EEE. Professional registration (NSE, COREN, IEEE, IET, etc.). Passive
components (R, L, C, transformers): descriptive features, including values and colour codes,
uses in electrical circuits.DC and AC signal parameters
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Content
Learning Outcomes
390
business planning;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course contents
Kirchhoff’s laws, superposition. Thevenin Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits.
DC, AC bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single
phase circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, and susceptance.
GET 203: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modeling II (3 Units E: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
and designs;
minimization;
and
391
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
principles.
Learning Outcomes
392
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs and others;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
and third laws;
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
393
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
plane motion. Newton's laws of motion. Kinetic energy and momentum analyse
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
394
Learning Outcomes
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development
projectthrough practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms
with a specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
simulations;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents
395
EEE 202: Applied Electricity II (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning outcomes
1. differentiate between various d.c. and a.c. machines;
2. explain the principles of operation of machines;
3. explain the operation of basic semiconductor devices and their basic applications; and
4. explain the principle of operation of communication systems with examples.
Course contents
Basic machines – DC, synchronous alternators, transformers, equivalent circuits. Three-
phase balanced circuits, PN junction diode, BJTs, FETs, thyristors, communications
fundamentals, introduction of TV, Radio, Telephone systems.
EEE 204 Electrical Engineering Materials (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. discuss electron conduction mechanisms in semiconductors;
2. explain transport phenomena in semiconductors; and
3. describe semiconductors device fabrication techniques.
Couse contents
Free electron motion in static electric and magnetic fields, electronic structure of matter,
conductivity in crystalline solids. Theory of energy bands in conductors, insulators and
semiconductors: electrons in metals and electron emissions; carriers and transport
phenomena in semiconductors, characteristics of some electron and resistors, diodes,
transistors, photo cell and light emitting diode. Elementary discrete devices fabrication
techniques and IC technology.
300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
396
community leaders.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents
of conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and
Imperatives. Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation,
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
Course Contents
397
energy. Digital business and e-commerce strategies.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
398
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
technology);
399
Course Contents
.
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents
Practical Contents
renewable energy.

400
Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
careers;,
empirical models;
Course Contents
401

design project.

EEE 311: Electric Circuit Theory I (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. state, explain and apply circuit theorems to d.c. circuits;
2. obtain the network response to certain input signals using phasor notations and
diagrams;
3. state and apply Laplace transforms to solve passive circuits; and
4. plot Bode diagrams of a given transfer function.
Course Contents
Passive circuit elements: R, L, C, transformers; circuit theorems: Ohm’s, KVL, KCL, loop
current, node potential, superposition. Network response to step, ramp and impulses.
Network functions: response to exponential, sinusoidal sources. Laplace transform and
transfer functions: pole-zero configuration and application in solving circuits, resonance;
two-port analysis and parameters.
EEE 321: Analogue Electronic Circuits I (2 Units C: LH 30)
402
Learning Outcomes
BJT; and
2. calculate amplifier parameters; and design simple amplifiers using BJT and FET with
given specifications.
Course contents
Power amplifiers. Voltage and current stabilizing circuits. Voltage amplifiers, multi-stage
Learning Outcomes
and
Course contents
Number Systems and Codes. Logic Gate Simplification of Logic expressions using Boolean
algebra. Simplification of Logic expressions using Karnaugh Method. Design of combinational
circuit. Flip-Flops. Application of Flip-Flops in the design of counter. Registers and timers.
Introduction to ADC and DAC. Design of Logic Gates (Diode, DTL, TTL, ECL etc). Sequential
EEE 324: Electromagnetic Fields and Waves I (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. state and explain the various electromagnetic laws;
2. derive and explain Maxwell’s equation in rectangular coordinates; and
3. explain wave propagation mechanism in conductors and unbounded dielectric media.
Course Contents
Review of electromagnetic laws in integral form, Gauss’s Law, Ampere’s and Faraday’s Laws.
Electrostatic fields due to distribution of charge. Magnetic fields in and around current
carrying conductors. Time-varying magnetic and electric fields. Conduction and displacement
current. Maxwell’s equations (in rectangular co-ordinates and vector-calculus notation).
Derivation of Maxwell’s equations, electromagnetic potential and waves. Poynting vector,
boundary conditions. Wave propagation in good conductors, skin effect; plane waves in
unbounded dielectric media.
EEE 326: Electric Circuit Theory I (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. At the end of the course, students will be able to:
2. analyse on-linear circuits using approximation methods;
403
3. state the conditions for realisability of transfer functions;
4. design/synthesize RL, RC, LC and RLC circuits from given transfer functions; and
5. design passive and active filters from transfer functions and performance specifications.
Course Contents
Non-linear circuit analysis. Network functions, Locus diagrams. Circuit synthesis: realisability
criteria, Foster and Cauer syntheses of RC, RL, LC and RLC circuits. Filters: design,
operation, low, high, bandpass. Butterworth and Chebychev filter design. Active network
analysis and synthesis.
400 Level
Learning Outcomes
and
Course Contents
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
404
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team to
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
405
EEE 593/594: Final Year Project (6 Units C: LH 270)
Learning Outcomes
electronic engineering problem and design, and if possible/practicable, build/produce/
skills acquired in the programme.
Course Contents
University awarding the electronic engineering degree.
Equipment
List of Laboratories
Control and Instrumentation Laboratory
Electronics Laboratory
Microprocessor and Digital System Laboratory
Computer Engineering Laboratory (Hardware and Software)
Communication Laboratory
Energy Laboratory
Electric Power/Machine Laboratory
Equipments
Digital logic analyser
Smart Logic Design Experimental Kit
Digital Logic Circuit Design Experiment Kit Microcomputer Trainer
AM/FM Transmitters and Receivers System Trainer
Fiber-optic Transmission Training System
GSM/GPS Experimental Trainer
Programmable Logic Controller System Trainer
Digital 3 Phase Power Analyser with SD Card Real time data Recorder
Digital Storage Colour Display 2/4-Channel Oscilloscope
Arbitrary waveform and Digital Synthesised function Generator
Digital spectrum Analyser (9kHz -3GHz)
Instrumentation Trainer using Transducers Complete Set
Digital Communication System Trainer
Analog Communication System Trainer
Solar Power System Training kit
Electrical and Electronic System Trainer
Single Phase Transformer System Trainer
3- Phase Transformer System Trainer
Power Electronic Training System
406
Colour TV Trainer
Programmable Dual output DC Power Supply Units (different ranges)
Variable Transformer
PA (Public Address) System Trainer
Portable Wind Power Generator Training Kit Universal EPROM Programmable (48 Pins)
Bench Digital Multi-metre digit (various digit ranges)
High voltage Insulation tester variable digital type up l0kV Power factor meter
Frequency metre
Digital energy metre
Digital watt metre, single phase
Digital watt meter, 3-phase
Semi-conductor curve tracer
Advanced frequency modulation and demodulation train
Digital transistor tester
Decade resistance box
Decade capacitance box
Decade inductance box
3-phase variable inductance load
3-phase variable capacitance load
3-phase variable resistance load
Digital multifunction documenting calibrators
Digital function generator (different frequency ranges)
Electrical Tools Box
Digital Stroboscope
Digital DC A ammeters multi-range
Digital AC Volt meters Multi range
Digital DC Volt meters Multi range
Digital DC Volt meters Multi range
Digital Damp meter
Standard Digital Earth Loop/PSC/Tester
Photo/contact Tachometer
LCD Display 3-Phase Rotation Tester
Rheostat (different ranges)
Wheatstone bridge
Portable DC Potentiometer
Analogue dual-trace Oscilloscopes (different frequency ranges)
Signal Trace/injector
Digital RF Signal Generators
Klystron Microwave Trainer complete set
Antenna Lab Trainer complete set
PCB Fabrication Equipment complete set
Standard Analogue Multimeters
AVO meters
Electric power transmission training kit
Staffing
Academic Staff
407
candidates.



maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
The library must be connected to subscribe repository of:
408
4. Relevant international organizations
1. Reading
2. Provisions for lending
3. Reservation unit for specialized materials.

NUC recommended minimum physical space requirements are provided in the Table below:
Space 𝐦𝟐
Provost’s Office 18.50
Dean’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff’s Office 13.50
Other Teaching Staff office Space 17.00
Seminar Space/per Student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) per student 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) per student 3.70
Office Facilities
Room
computer unit.
409
B. Eng Environmental Engineering
Overview
Environmental engineers are concerned with minimising the impacts of human activities on
the local, regional, and global environment and concurrently improving standard of living.
Towards preserving environmental and public wellbeing, the programme exposes students to
a strong background in the fundamental earth sciences to understand complex
environmental problems and design appropriate engineering solutions to them. As problem-
solvers for something as diverse as “the environment,” environmental engineers also need to
understand the most current technologies used in practice and have a desire to maintain a
high level of learning in this rapidly evolving and developing field. Environmental engineering
draws across all disciplines of science and social science in handling the following key areas
of emphasis in the programme: water and wastewater resources engineering; Geo-
environmental engineering; air pollution and control; environmental chemistry and
processes; and environmental Microbiology and Processes.
Primary areas of specialisation are:
1. air pollution and emission control;
2. solid and hazardous waste management;
3. natural systems modeling;
4. natural resource management;
5. water and wastewater treatment;
6. Water resources (control and use of water, focusing on flood control, irrigation, raw
water supply, and hydroelectric power applications);
7. environmental noise and vibrations control; and
8. environmental protection.
Philosophy
The philosophy of the programme is to train environmental engineers who will apply
technical understanding of environmental systems, systems engineering, and science to
develop strategies to protect human and environmental health and design sustainable
systems based on current technologies. They will be equipped to address issues at the local
or global level, such as unsafe drinking water, air quality, and industrial hygiene and
sustainability. The programme is focused on educating the next generation of environmental
engineering professionals that will work in industries and government establishments,
equipped with leading-edge knowledge. The programme is therefore committed to providing
an excellent undergraduate program in a fostering learning environment that enables
acquisition knowledge and development of the necessary skills for successful professional
careers.
Objectives
Environmental engineers are called upon to understand, arrange, and manipulate the
biological, chemical, ecological, economic, hydrological, physical, and social processes that
take place in the environment to balance the material needs with human impacts on the
environment. The objectives of the programme therefore are to produce graduates who will:
1. have confidence in their capabilities;
2. not only have the knowledge but also have the know-how;
3. be competent in the use of modern technologies and software in solving current
problems;
410
4. assume leadership positions and contribute to understanding problems and the design,
construction, and operation of solutions to societal problems involving environmental
systems; and
5. demonstrate in their professional practice, strong technical abilities and advance in
careers in environmental engineering and related disciplines.
Environmental Engineering graduates' career opportunities cover the spectrum of private
industry, public agencies, non-governmental organisations (NGOs), and educational
institutions. Environmental engineers may work as designers, planners, operators of
pollution control facilities and water supply systems, educators, consultants to private and
public businesses, business owners, government regulatory agency officials, or even as
environmental legislators
Graduates will be in high demand in this dynamic and evolving discipline to address global
issues like climate change, sustainability, and water security across a range of industries
such as:
1. water and wastewater treatment;
2. air pollution and emissions control
3. solid and hazardous waste management and recycling;
4. natural resource management;
5. environmental protection;
6. engineering consultancy;
7. government departments - local, state, and federal; and
8. resources - mining, oil, and gas.
The degree awarded in Environmental Engineering will equip our students with the skills and
professional attributes that employers will value.
21st Century Skills

These skills emanate from the graduates' knowledge in social sciences, sciences, and
thorough training in engineering principles are:
1. critical thinking/problem-solving/ decision making and the use of modern analytical and
digital tools;
2. Creativity and innovation;
3. Collaboration (team work);
4. Communication;
5. Information literacy;
6. Citizenship (local and global); and
7. Life long Learning / metacognition.

Environmental engineers find ways to keep nature less polluted, while environmental health
engineers try to halt harmful environmental effects on human health. This programme in
Environmental Engineering takes a broad view by merging both disciplines to solve
environmental and public health problems. In addition to traditional fields such as water
safety, groundwater protection, wastewater treatment, reduction of indoor and outdoor air
pollution, and solid and hasardous waste disposal and clean up, this programme includes
fields such as sustainability, climate change, ecology, epidemiology, genomics and evolution
of infectious disease, to integrate engineering with human health, green design and
pollution prevention, carbon sequestration and climate changes, and the development of
alternative energy. The program also stresses analytical skills, modelling, and fieldwork in air
411
pollution and environmental noise control in addition to traditional laboratory courses. In
addition, courses such as Engineering Drawing and Modelling, Data Analysis using statistical
software ‘R’, Renewable Energy Systems and Technology, Introduction to Artificial
Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent Technologies, GIS and Remote Sensing
distinguish this programme.


Direct Entry
respectively.
412
Level General Studies Basic Faculty Dept. SIWES* Total
Courses Sci GET (CEE/
GST ENT EVE)
100 4 0 16 3 2 - 25
200 2 2 0 23 6 3 32
300 2 2 0 18 13 4 31
400 0 0 0 3 8 8
500 0 0 5 4 - 9
Total 8 4 16 49 30 15 105
*Not included in NUC CCMAS 105 units component
100 Level
Course code Course title Units Status LH PH
Solid Modelling I
EVE 101 Environmental Engineering 2 C 30 -
Fundamentals
Total 25
Note: C = Compulsory; LH = Lecture Hours per semester PH = Practical Hours per

semester
200 Level
Existence
Innovation
-GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid 3 C 45 -
413
Mechanics
Thermodynamics
GET 211 Computing & Software 3 C 30 45
Engineering
GET 207 Engineering Graphics & Solid 2 C 15 45
Modelling II
EVE 202 Environmental Engineering 2 E 30 -
Chemistry
EVE 203 Environmental Engineering 2 E 30 -
Microbiology
Total 32
300 Level
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45
Technical Writing &
Presentation
GET 305 Engineering Statistics & Data 3 C 45 -
Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems & 3 C 30 45
Technology
Intelligence, Machine
Learning & Convergent
Technologies
CEE 301 Fluid Mechanics 3 C 30 45
CEE 303 Engineering Geology 2 E 15 45
CEE 304 Civil Engineering Materials 2 E 30 -
CEE 305 Soil Mechanics I 2 E 15 45

EVE 301 Principles of Engineering 2 E 15 45
Survey
EVE 302 Risk Assessment 2 C 30 -
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 Weeks
Total 31
400 Level
code
EVE 401 Fundamentals of GIS & 3 E 40 45
Remote Sensing
414
Total 8
SWEP & Student Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES)

code
Total 15
500 Level
code
GET 501 Engineering Project 3 C 45 -
Management
EVE 501 Water Treatment & Supply 2 C 30 -
EVE 502 Wastewater Treatment 2 C 30 -
Total 9
100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Writing activities (pre-writing(brainstorming and outlining). writing (paragraphing,
415
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and
cultures;peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule
(advent of colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as
a political unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria;
nationalist movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation
building (military intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
Course Contents
416
Learning Outcomes
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models,
and put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mixtures;
417
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
418
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units: C, LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
419
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum; and
under gravity.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
420
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
421
EVE 101: Environmental Engineering Fundamentals (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcome
1. acquire the fundamental principles that serve as the foundation for the entire field of
environmental engineering;
2. explain how these fundamental principles are applied to water treatment, wastewater
treatment, air quality, and solid wastes; and
3. describe mass and energy balances, chemical reactions, environmental regulations and
policy, pollution prevention and risk assessment.
Course Contents
Introduction to environmental science. Ecosystem’s considerations, food chain, natural
decomposition, recycling. Environmental problems and impact of engineering activities.
Various modes of pollution - water, air, and soil contamination, noise pollution; pollution
measurement, and quantification. Water and waste-water physical, chemical, and biological
characteristics; turbidity and colour, dissolved oxygen, hardness, pH, alkalinity, organic
content, sampling and analysis, chemical and biochemical oxygen demand. Basic processes
of treatment: flocculation and coagulation, sedimentation, filtration. Mass and energy
balances, chemical reaction engineering. Environmental regulations and policy, pollution
prevention, risk assessment.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
422
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course contents
GET 204: Student Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
423
Course Contents
principles.
Learning Outcomes
flow in pipes;
Course Contents
424
Learning Outcomes
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
law;
changes;
425
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

426
numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development
projectthrough practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms
with a specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
simulations;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
427
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents

EVE 201: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling II (2 Units C: LH15; PH 45)
Learning outcomes
1. use projections to prepare a detailed working drawing of objects and designs;
2. gain skills in parametric design to aid their ability to see the design in the optimal
3. analyse and optimise designs based on strength and material minimisation;
4. Identify the need for the theoretical perspectives that create the basis for the analyses
that are possible in design and optimisation, and recognise/ the practical link to excite
their creativity and ability to innovate; and
5. translate their thoughts and excitements to produce shop drawings for multi-physical,
multidisciplinary design.
Course Contents
Projection of lines, auxiliary views, and mixed projection. Preparation of detailed working
surface, and shell modeling. Faces, bodies, and surface intersections. Component-based
libraries, and Schematic design. Parametric modeling and adaptive design. Simulation for
Production for 3-D printing, Laser cutting, and CNC machinery. Arrangement of engineering
EVE 202: Environmental Engineering Chemistry (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. define relevant chemistry terminologies and their applications; and
428
2. acquire basic knowledge of chemistry needed to understand environmental concepts.
Course Contents
Stoichiometry and concentration. Atomic structure and chemical bonding. Acids, Bases,
Salts, Metals. Changes of state, Solutions and equilibriums. Electrochemistry and corrosion.
Organic chemistry, Biochemistry. Mass energy transfer and material balances. Quantitative
variables governing chemical behaviour in environmental systems. Thermodynamics and
kinetics of acid/base, coordination, precipitation/dissolution, and redox reactions. Organic
chemistry nomenclature and pesticides.
EVE 203: Environmental Engineering Microbiology (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the functioning of microorganisms;
2. appreciate the role microorganisms play in many natural and engineered systems;
3. relate microbial activities to the treatment of water, wastewater, and solid waste; and
4. relate the role of microorganisms in diseases.
Course Contents
Structure and metabolism of cells (cell structure, cell growth kinetics, and genetics) and
micro-organisms. Monitoring methods for pathogens and indicator organisms. Application of
microbial knowledge in the natural environment (self-purification, biodegradation,
biodeterioration, ecotoxicity). Introduction to ecology: Ecosystems, population dynamics,
environmental cycles; human impact on ecosystems. Roles of microorganisms in wastewater
treatment, anaerobic digestion of municipal sludges, stream self-purification, and
degradation of water quality in drinking-water systems. Disinfection of wastewater and
drinking water to remove viruses, bacteria and protozoa that cause waterborne diseases.
300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
429
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to
430
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
1. the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in engineering
communication, including technical reporting for different applications and emotional
comportment;
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual demonstrate property rights, their
protection, and problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
431
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
technology);
Course Contents
432
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30 PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents
Practical Contents
renewable energy.

Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
433
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
careers;,
empirical models;
Course Contents

434
design project.

CEE 301: Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe boundary layer theory and state its applications in pipe and open channel flows;
2. analyse and design pipe network systems;
3. explain unsteady flows in pipes and open channels;
4. analyse and design of open channel for rigid and non-rigid flows; and
5. explain the use of hydraulic structures.
Course Contents
Fluid Boundary Layer theory. Steady pipe flow covering minor and major energy losses in
laminar and turbulent flows. Pipe systems and network analysis. Pressure transients in
pipelines. Uniform open channel flow covering the design of rigid and non-rigid boundary
channels. Non-uniform open channel flow including - specific energy and critical flow,
transition; water surface profiles in gradually varied flow and computer applications.
Unsteady open channel flows. Hydraulic structures such as weirs, culverts, overflow
spillways, and energy dissipators.
CEE 303: Engineering Geology (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. plan subsurface exploration;
2. acquire the fundamental knowledge engineering geologic characterization of soil and
rock types especially in Nigeria;
3. prepare soil profile during soil investigations;
4. apply geological knowledge in the siting of water, wastewater, roads, and dams and
5. prepare and interpret engineering geology report.
435
Course Contents
Basic principles of physical and structural geology with emphasis on topics related to civil
engineering - the study of minerals, rocks and soil types, load formation, techniques of air-
photo interpretations, and geological mapping. Introduction to geology of Nigeria.
Application of geological principles to engineering and environmental problems such as
water supply, site investigation - dams, geologic hazards, slope processes, earthquakes,
subsidence, and the engineering properties of geologic materials. Preparation and
interpretation of engineering geology report. This course should be supported with
laboratory on basic geologic identification and mapping techniques.
CEE 304: Civil Engineering Materials (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
A t the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the suitability for use in Civil Engineering Materials, the concepts of concrete,
structural steel and other important structural metals such as timber and masonry.
2. conduct tests of engineering properties of Civil Engineering materials and utilize these
3. describe the limitations of these materials under various uses; and
4. characterise some of the variability and uncertainty associated with these materials.
Course Contents
Concrete technology – types of cement, aggregates – properties. Concrete mix, design,
properties, and their determination. Steel technology – production, fabrication, and
properties: corrosion and its prevention. Tests on steel and quality control. Timber
technology – types of wood, properties, defects, stress grading. Preservation and fire
protection, timber products, rubber, plastics: Asphalt, tar, glass, lime, bricks, Applications to
buildings, roads, and bridges.
CEE 305: Soil Mechanics I (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be to:
1. measure soil properties in the laboratory;
2. interpret and summarise data soil classification;
3. determine the optimum conditions for compaction of soils and the ultimate amount
achievable; and
4. estimate the settlement of soils due to compaction and consolidation.
Course Contents
Mineralogy of soils. Soil structures. Formation of soils. Soil classification. Engineering
properties of soils. Soil in water relationship – void ratio, porosity, specific gravity,
permeability, and other factors. Atterberg limits – particle size distribution. shear strength of
soils, Mohr’s stress circle. Compaction and soil stabilization. Settlement. Theory of
consolidation. Laboratory work.
EVE 301: Principles of Engineering Survey (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe the principles and scope of surveying and geo-informatics;
2. use survey instruments to carry out basic measurements like distance, angles, heights, and
436
coordinates;
3. acquire the skills to process field survey data for the preparation of a large-scale
topographic map; and
4. interpret and analyse information on survey plans/maps for planning purpose.
Course Contents
Introduction to the use of basic surveying instruments: (Tapes, Theodolites, Total stations,
GPS, and Levels). General principles involved in basic survey measurements: Control and
accuracy checks in survey measurements. Sources and theory of errors in survey
measurements. Introduction to plane rectangular coordinate systems. Basic Surveying
Measurements: Linear & Angular measurements. Classical and modern methods of
horizontal position establishment in surveying. Height determination by methods of spirit
and reciprocal levelling. Methods of Trigonometrical, Barometric, and Hydrostatic levelling.
Introduction to tacheometric surveying. Methods of obtaining field data for topographic
surveys. Basic principles and uses of topographic maps. Introduction to photogrammetry.
EVE 302: Risk Assessment (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify environmental hazards;
2. master risk assessment techniques and select method of approach; and
3. Apply risk assessment in the management of hazardous wastes;
Course Contents
Introduction to risk assessment, what does the law say? Fundamentals of Hazard,
Exposures, and Risk Assessment. Concepts in Risk Assessment. The Risk Assessment
Process (preparing to conduct risk assessments, Listing Core Activities, Prioritising Core
Activities, Job Analysis, identifying hazards). Risk Assessment techniques and Methods of
approach. Hazardous Waste Management Decisions from Risk Assessment. Selected Case
Studies and Applications. Written safe work practices.
400 Level
Learning Outcomes
and
437
Course Contents
EVE 401: Fundamentals of GIS & Remote Sensing (3 Units E: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the systematic principles of GIS and the application of GIS to biodiversity
conservation and environmental studies using real-world examples;
2. acquire, combine and manipulate data from multiple sources in a GIS in order to deal and
solve practical problems in biodiversity conservation and environmental science;
3. state the principles underlying the analysis of spatial data and remote sensing data and
produce appropriate maps of environmental data;
4. developed practical technical skills on GIS analytical techniques; and
5. generate and critically evaluate GIS and remote sensing outcomes and write reports on GIS
mapping and analysis.
Course Contents
Electromagnetic radiation and interaction with matter. Types and design of electromagnetic
sensors. The photographic camera, Radiometers, thermal scanners, and multispectral scanners.
Sensor platforms. Introduction to digital image processing. Image classification. Elements of
photo interpretation. Definitions and Basic concepts of GIS (Geographical Information System).
Spatial relationships. Elementary Mathematical concepts (graph theory, set theory, and
topology). Components of a GIS. Field-based and object-based concepts of the real world.
Raster and vector databases. Spatial Data Models: 2D, 3D, and 4D Model; tessellation data
models; vector data models, tessellation versus spatial vector relationships: metric, topologic
and spatial order. Data quality aspect: positional accuracy, attribute accuracy, logical
consistency, completeness, and lineage. Data capture; data manipulation; data queries, data
analysis; data modeling; data display and data presentation.
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
438
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
439
EVE 501: Water Treatment & Supply (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcome
1. explain water quality and pollution control principles;
2. evaluate treatment processes;
3. design treatment plant especially low-cost options;
4. operate and manage treatment plant; and
5. develop skills in the design of water supply and distribution scheme.
Course Contents
Water quality and pollution. Water-related diseases. Basic water treatment principles. Water
abstraction. Data collection in water treatment. Water pre-treatment. Coagulation &
flocculation. Sedimentation. Filtration. Water disinfection. Water softening. Management of
water sludges. Water distribution system – pipework, reservoirs, pumping stations, fittings &
regulating devices. Procedure for main distribution network.
EVE 502: Wastewater Treatment (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. state the characteristics of wastewater;
2. identify water treatment processes;
3. undertake plant design with emphasis on low-cost options; and
4. explain environmental aspects and plant operation.
Course Contents
Principles of wastewater treatment (wastewater characteristics, why treat wastewater,
wastewater treatment philosophy, preliminary & primary, secondary & tertiary treatment
units). Reactions and reactors in wastewater treatment. Overview of biological wastewater
treatment systems (activated sludge process, trickling filters, ponds, overland treatment,
and constructed wetland systems). Ventilated improved pit latrines (VIPs), Septic tank and
baffled septic tank systems. Wastewater stabilization ponds. Basic activated sludge and
trickling filter systems of treatment. Sludge treatment and disposal.
Equipment
Fluids & Hydraulics Laboratory
Laboratory testing to enhance and extend the student's understanding of the fundamental
principles of fluid mechanics and hydraulics. The experiments are built around Armfield F1-
10 Hydraulic Bench or its equivalent. Basic experiments linked with Hydraulic Bench are:
F1-12 Hydrostatic pressure,
F1-13 Flow over weirs,
F1-15 Bernoulli’s theorem demonstration,
F1-16 Impact of a jet,
F1-17 Orifice and free jet flow,
F1-18 Energy losses in pipes,
440
F1-19 Flow channel,
F1-20 Osborne Reynolds’ demonstration,
F1-22 Energy losses in bends and fittings,
F1-23 Free and forced vortices,
F1-25 Demonstration of Pelton turbine,
F1-27 Centrifugal pumps characteristics.
Data are collected and analysed using statistical and numerical tools. In addition,
experiments in hydrology can be handled such as rainfall simulation systems.
Public Health Engineering Laboratory

These laboratory experiments are designed to enhance students' understanding of courses
related to public health such as water and wastewater treatment and plant operations. Data
are collected and analysed using statistical and numerical tools. Experiments will cover:
Errors of measurement; Solids’ determination (total, suspended, and volatile); pH, acidity,
and alkalinity; Colour and turbidity; use of Dissolved Oxygen (DO) meter; Determination of
water hardness (total, calcium, and magnesium); Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD);
Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD); Determination of Nitrate (NO3 ) and Phosphate (PO4 );
Breakpoint Chlorination; Enumeration of bacteria – Agar Plate Count, Most Probable Number
(MPN) method, and Membrane Filtration (ELE Paqualab is valuable), coagulation/flocculation
experiment. Key equipment should include solids determination, pH, dissolved oxygen, BOD,
COD, digester, water distiller of deionizer, colorimeter, or spectrophotometer (preferred).
ELE Paqualab System 50 is designed to be used for potable water testing.
Environmental Engineering Fieldwork

(a) Air Pollution Monitoring
This will involve lectures on air pollution monitoring and the use of multi-sensors air
pollution monitors that can detect common air pollutants such as particulate matter
(PM2.5 & PM10), Carbon monoxide (CO), Nitrogen dioxide (NO2 ), Sulphur dioxide (SO2 ),
Ozone (O3 ) and Hydrocarbons.
(b) Noise Pollution Monitoring
This will involve the use of both Integrated and Basic Noise Level Meters all to IEC 61672
Class 2 International Standard in addition to a Noise Dosimeter if available. Noise
measurement and analysis should include Sound attenuation with distance, Road traffic
noise index, Noise Pollution Level (NPL), Loudness analysis using ISO Method A based on
Stephen (1961), Noise dose, and Time Weighted Average (TWA) computation. Data to be
collected and analysed using statistical and numerical tools.
Note: Fieldwork should be assigned as a course and given 1 credit unit.
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.
441


maintained.
Subject to the general standards specified by NUC;
and
Library
1. Reading;
2. Provisions for lending; and
3. Reservation unit for specialized materials.
Academic m2
442
Non-Academic
Office Facilities
Room
computer unit.
443
B. Eng Food Science and Technology
Overview
The decision to revamp the curriculum of higher education in Nigeria could not have come
at a more opportune time. Employability rating of university graduates has been on a steady
decline for years. In a bid to checkmate this negative trend’ a fresh curriculum is hereby
proposed, that will allow universities to contribute a minimum of 30% innovative content to
the core of the minimum academic standard prescribed by the National Universities
Commission (NUC). Hence, this new BSc. Programme. Food Science and Technology Core
Curriculum and Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS) has been prepared and approved for
use in all Nigerian universities for the training of Food Science and Technology
professionals. This version emanated from the collective efforts of seasoned Food Science
and Technology professionals in Nigerian universities, who worked together to develop it. It
is an improvement upon the B.Sc. Food Science and Technology Benchmark Minimum
Academic Standards (BMAS), used over the years to the approval of the present CCMAS.
The Bachelor of Science in Food Science and Technology programme will provide students
with a well-balanced Food science, technology and engineering knowledge to meet the
quality standard of 21st Century workforce. The need for manpower required for the
preservation of many agricultural crops and for the development of products or processes
that will provide nutritious and balanced diet to the people has been the concern of all
involved in national development. The main objective of the programme is to provide the
instructions that will train the type of food scientists and technologists capable of working
effectively at the senior level in the food industry, food commodity research institutes and
government or private establishments related to food. Students are expected to be exposed
to the following areas:
1. evaluation of the chemical and physical properties of conventional and non-conventional
sources of food;
2. use or adaptation of appropriate technology for the preservation of foods;
3. study of the nutritional and health implications of local/imported foods; and
4. provision of technical and managerial skills to industry through extension services.
Therefore, the students will be skilled to upgrade the quality of local food products, innovate
new products, simulate imported food products and consequently reduce post-harvest losses
and promote food security. The BSc. Food Science and Technology CCMAS contain 105 Units
of core courses in Basic Sciences, General Engineering and Food Science and Technology
Courses. Learning outcomes have been attached to the course content for individual courses
in the CCMAS to showcase content delivery. Universities are encouraged to supply the
remaining 45 units according to their peculiar needs make up a total of 150 units required
for graduation.
Philosophy
The need for manpower required for the preservation of many agricultural crops and
development of products or processes that will provide nutritious and balanced diet to the
people has been the concern of all involved in national development. Food Science and
Technology programme applies science and engineering principles in processing, packaging,
storage, distribution and evaluation of food products, associated ingredients as well as in
exploitation, design and analysis of food systems /machineries. The general philosophy
therefore is to produce graduates with high academic standard in all aspects of food and its
postharvest issues possessing adequate practical background for self-employment as well as
being of immediate value to industry, academia and the community in global food security.
444
Objectives
The objectives of the programme are to adopt the principles of Science, Technology,
Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) in:
1. managing food science and technological challenges;
2. the conversion of raw agricultural produce into processed, packaged, shelf-stable food
products and intermediate raw materials;
3. executing different types of food preservation;
4. establishment, maintenance and assurance of quality of food products and processes in
the plant/factory;
5. design and maintenance of food process machines;
6. direct practical experience in food industries, food research laboratories/stations/higher
academic institutions;
7. supporting governmental agencies responsible for the formulation and enforcement of
food laws and;
8. developing and imparting entrepreneurial skills that will make graduates employable or
self-reliant/self-employed;
9. understanding all the materials, components, machines, equipment, production
techniques and systems in food science and technology;
10. adapting and adopting exogenous technology in order to solve local technical problems.
11. managing people, fund, materials and equipment;
12. improving on indigenous technology to enhance local problems solving capabilities; and
13. developing novel products, simulating imported food products andconsequently helping
to decrease capital flight.

1. Much reduced student workload;
2. Enhanced learning and application of ICT;
3. FST programme is a hybrid course that share technologies with microbiology, chemistry,
chemical engineering, pharmacy, biotechnology, agricultural engineering and Nutrition;
4. Production of FST graduates that are well-equipped with all the requisite Science and
Engineering tools to function optimally in the 21st Century;
5. Curriculum design focused on graduating employers of labour rather than job seekers;
and
6. Training graduates with very strong leadership skills.
The expected outcome of the Food Science and Technology programme, is to develop
highly informed, skilled and inspired professionals that would generate novel food products,
upgrade local food processing techniques, simulate imported food products and provide
innovative solutions to the challenges in food industry, regulatory space and research
institutes. This curriculum ensures that Graduates are adequately trained to be employed at
the senior level in food industries, regulatory agencies, food service and extension
organisations and research institutes. Graduates are also trained to be capable of
establishing their own small and medium scale food enterprises and upgrade existing ones.
In tandem with this objective, the Food Science and Technology CCMAS places a high
premium on the following twelve employability skills as its desired programme outcome in
line with global best academic and professional practices: Generally, the job options for a
Food Science and Technology graduate are:
1. Production Manager in food companies;
2. Product/Product development Scientist;
445
3. Quality Assurance/Control Manager;
4. Regulatory Affairs Officer;
5. Research Officer;
6. Scientific Laboratory Technician;
7. Brewer;
8. Procurement Manager;
9. Toxicologist; and
10. Food Engineer.
21st Century Skills

The Food Science and Technology CCMAS curriculum seeks to emphasize the twelve 21st
Century skills:
2. creativity and Innovation;
4. communication;
5. information literacy;
7. flexibility;
8. leadership; and
9. life long learning /metacognition.


Direct Entry
Title: The undergraduate programme in Food Science and Technology shall normally
terminate in the award of a Bachelor of Science degree (B.Sc.) in Food Science and
Technology or in Food Engineering.
Requirement for Award: To be eligible for the award of the Bachelor of Science degree
(B.Sc.) in Food Science and Technology or in Food Engineering, a candidate must pass a
minimum number of credit units specified by each university, but not less than 150 credit
units prescribed in the NUC CCMAS. The distribution of a total of 105 units, constituting 70%
of the required 150 NUC CCMAS units is as presented in Tables 1 to 7, including SIWES.
446
Year Academic Credit Units
GST /ENT Basic GET FST SIWES Total
Science Courses Courses
1 4 16 3 2 - 25
2 4 4 16 4 3 28
3 4 - 7 16 4 27
4 - - - 11 8 11
5 - - 5 9 - 14
Total: 12 20 32 44 15* 105
70%
CCMAS
100 Level

Modelling I
FST 102 Introduction to Food Science 2 C 30 -
and technology
Total 25
200 Level
Existence
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30
GET 203 Solid Modeling & Design Engineering 2 C 30 -
Engineering
HND 212 Human Biochemistry for Nutrition 2 C 30 -
447
MCB 201 General Microbiology 2 C 30 -
MME 202 Engineering Materials /Food 3 E 45 -
Packaging materials
FST 204 Introduction to Sample and Data 2 C -
Handling in Food Analysis and 30
Quality Control
FST 222 Fundamentals of Food Processing, 2 C 30 -
Preservation and Packaging
Scheme
Total 28
300 Level

ENT 312 Venture and creation 2 C 15 45
GET 304 Engineering Communication and 3 C 45 -
Technical Writing
Technologies
Technologies
FST 300 Laboratory Practical I 2 C - 90
(Instrumentation and chemical
analyses of foods)
FST 304 Food Chemistry 2 C 30 -
FST 306 Food Analysis 2 C 30 -
FST 308 Post-Harvest Physiology and Storage 2 C 30 -
Technology
FST 331 Transport Phenomena and Thermo- 2 E 30 -
dynamics I
FST 332 Transport Phenomena and Thermo- 2 E 30 -
dynamics II
FST 333 Food Process Engineering 1 1 C 15 -
FST 334 Food Process Engineering II 2 C 30 -
Scheme
Total 27
400 Level
Code
FST 402 Food Plant Design and Pilot 2 C 30 -
Demonstration
FST 403 Grains Technology and Storage 2 E 30 -
FST 404 Brewing Science and Technology 2 E 30 -
FST 405 Food Process Machinery 2 E 30 -
FST 415 Sensory evaluation 1 C 15 -
448
FST 425 Fish Processing Technology 2 E 30 -
Experience Scheme
Total 11
SIWES Courses
Total 15
500 Level
Code
FST 508 Food Product Development 2 C 15 45
FST 511 Food Quality Control 1 C 15
FST 512 FST 512: Laboratory Practical II 2 C - 90
(Animal Products, Fruits & Vegetable)
FST 513 Seminar on special topic in Food 1 C 15 -
Science & Technology
FST 515 Final Year Project 3 C - 135
Total 14
100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
449
Learning Outcomes
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
450
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
451
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
452
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
453
continuity;
continuity;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
454
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
455
deduction.
FST 102: Introduction to Food Technology (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. provide a general overview of food science and technology;
2. discuss the future roles of a food technologist;
3. develop and innovate in food science and technology; and
4. explain food supply chain and factors contributing to the quality of food commodities.
Course Contents
Review of global food situation with emphasis on Nigeria. Introduction to the microflora of
foods. Physical, chemical and biological principles of food processing and preservation.
Engineering units and dimensions applicable to the food industry.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
values, philosophy and character molding, others.
Learning Outcomes
456
business planning;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
and designs;
2. identify skills in parametric design to aid their ability to see design in the optimal
minimization;
and
Course Contents
457
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
principles.
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
458
its applications to different engineering processes.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
459
simulations;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents
NOTE: Each Programme to indicate additional details of Programme-specific

MME 202: Engineering Materials: Structure and Properties (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify basic engineering materials such as metals, ceramics, polymers, and composites
and describe their structures and properties;
2. state the structure-property relationships for engineering materials; and
3. describe the manufacturing processing and applications of engineering materials.
460
Course Contents
Basic structure of ceramics, alloys, composites, metals, and polymers. Relationships between
the structure of materials and their mechanical, electrical, magnetic, thermal, and chemical
properties.
FST 222: Fundamentals of Food Processing, Preservation and Packaging

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. state the principles behind food processing, post-harvest losses and preservation;
2. identify appropriate packaging technologies to increase shelf-life of products; and
3. ensure reduction and management of food wastes.
Course contents
The chemical, physical and microbiological basis of food deterioration and spoilage. A broad
overview of techniques of food processing and preservation: chemical preservatives, drying,
high and low temperature processing including canning and freeze-drying, fermentation and
irradiation. Food waste and management. Fundamentals of food packaging. Fundamentals
of extrusion technology.
HND 212: Human Biochemistry for Nutritionists (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. discuss nutrient availability, its metabolism and assimilation; and
2. investigate the effects of diet on biochemical processes.
Course Contents
Definition of terms in human nutrition. Chemistry and functions of cell constituents,
biosynthesis and functions of nucleic acids. Availability of nutrients. Interrelationship of
nutrients. Metabolism of nutrients under different physiological conditions. Effect of diet on
biochemical process. Regulatory mechanisms for various nutrients. Inborn errors of
metabolism.
MCB 201: General Microbiology (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the nature and biology of microorganisms;
2. discuss microbiological methods, instrumentation and sterilization;
3. acquire skills needed for profitable use of microorganisms; and
4. describe the factors influencing the growth and survival of microorganisms.
Course Contents
General review of the nature and biology of protozoa, fungi, algae, bacteria, archae and
viruses. General characteristics, growth and reproduction of micro-organisms. Microbiology
methods and instrumentation. Sterilization and disinfection. Micro-organisms in various
environments – soil, water, food etc. Industrial use of micro-organisms. Pathogenic role of
micro-organisms.
461
FST 204: Introduction to Sample and Data Handling in Food Analysis and Quality
Control (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify and comprehend sample handling protocols;
2. discuss the compositional differences of major food groups;
3. apply analytical procedures for characterising the properties of foods and their
constituents; and
4. acquire statistical skills needed for data management.
Course Contents
Preliminary handling of samples (Definition of sample, Sampling methods, Sample
preparation and preservation). Variability in composition of foods. Accuracy and precision.
Errors encountered in food analysis (Sampling errors and errors of determination). Sample
and population. Variance. Descriptive statistics (mean, median, mode, standard deviation,
standard error, coefficient of variation).
300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
462
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
463
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents

464

Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents

Learning Outcomes
careers;,
empirical models;
465
Course Contents

design project.

FST 300: Laboratory Practical (Instrumentation and chemical analyses of foods

(Grains, Oil Seed, Roots and Tubers Practical) (2 Units C: PH 90)
Learning Outcomes

1. process grains, oil seeds, roots and tubers to obtain assorted food products;
2. utilise appropriate technological steps to minimise post-harvest losses;
3. develop novel food products; and
4. determine chemical composition of different food products using analytical instruments.
Course Contents
Practical and pilot scale processing of cereals, legumes and oil seeds as well as roots and
tubers into flour, starch, chips, syrups, garri, noodles, etc. Demonstration of different types
466
of yams, cassava, cocoyams and sweet potatoes, etc. Determination of the chemical
composition of cereals, legumes and oil seeds. Processing of grains into flour, paste, protein
concentrate, starch and popped products. Baking of bread, cake and biscuits, etc. Fried
products. Oil extraction and refining. Extrusion cooking.
FST 304: Food Chemistry (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the underlying the properties and reactions of various food components;
2. apply the knowledge of food chemistry to control reactions in foods;
3. identify the major chemical reactions that limit shelf-life of foods; and
4. discussion the properties and influence of water in food systems.
Course Contents
Chemistry of naturally occurring food components – proteins, carbohydrates, vitamins,
minerals, fats/oils, pigments and colourings and food flavours. Their structure, chemical and
physical properties and significance. Chemical, physical and biochemical changes that occur
in food during handling, processing and Storage. Rancidity (Definition and types of rancidity,
mechanism of formation, Effects on food quality). Introduction to sorption isotherms and
hysteresis. Enzymic and Non-Enzymic Browning (Definitions, Mechanisms, Effects of
browning on quality of foods, applications in flavor development, methods of controlling
browning reactions). Pigments and Colours. Interaction of Food Components and Effects on
Food Quality. Food dispersions (true solutions, suspensions, colloids, emulsions, etc.).
Properties of water in food systems. Nature and significance of water in foods. States of
water (solid, liquid and gas). Dispositions of water (free, immobilized and bound),.Concept
of water activity. Functions of water.
FST 306: Food Analysis (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate knowledge of protocols for analysis of foods for purposes of trade,
compliance, quality assurance, authentication, complaint investigation, nutritional
attributes and scientific research;
2. carry out experiments using basic laboratory instruments;
3. describe the operations of key laboratory instruments; and
4. analyse water and food samples.
Course Contents
The principles and application of analytical methods in food analysis. such as photometry,
colorimetry, gravimetry, refractometry, Spectroscopy – Introduction (spectroscopy and
spectrometry, Electromagnetic radiation, Electromagnetic spectrum, analyte spectrum, uses
of spectroscopy). Atomic Spectroscopy, Molecular Spectroscopy, Fluorescence Spectroscopy.
Polarimetry. Refractometry. Gravimetry. Electrophoresis. Centrifugation. Chromatography
(Introduction, basic equipment and uses). Types of Chromatography – adsorption
chromatography (liquid adsorption chromatography, liquid-liquid chromatography, Gas-liquid
chromatography, Gas adsorption chromatography and Capillary gas chromatography,
Reverse phase chromatography, High performance liquid chromatography). Partition
Chromatography. Ion exchange (Cation and anion) chromatography. Molecular exclusion
chromatography. X-ray diffraction analysis. Bomb calorimetry. NMR. Physical and chemical
467
analysis of water and other major food components. Food colours, additives, trace metals,
contaminants.
FST 308: Post-Harvest Physiology and Storage Technology (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. extend the green life and freshness of fruits and vegetables. Pre-storage processing of
fruits and vegetables;
2. discuss types of storage structures and instrumentation to delay ripening;
3. maintain commodity quality and prevent deterioration and losses; and
4. integrate science and engineering practices for better preservation of foods and produce.
Course Contents
Post-harvest physiology of horticultural commodities. Tropical environment in relation to
maturity, ripeness and senescence including climacteric. Physical and chemical indices and
quality in fruit and vegetable crops. Control of post-harvest losses. Refrigeration and
cooling systems. Handling and Storage of cereal grains and legumes. Measurement of
temperature, relative humidity, moisture in stored foods. Buildings and other structures for
food storage. Controlled environment for transit and long-term storage.
FST 331: Transport Phenomena and Thermodynamics I (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the concept of transport equations that describe the distribution of
concentration, temperature, and velocity in time and space in food systems;
2. derive equations for specific problems and in different coordinate systems; and
3. discuss various examples illustrating the use of transport equations such as chemical
and biological reactors, membrane separators, heat exchangers, cooling fins, and flows
in pipes and channels.
Course Contents
Properties of fluids. Introduction to food rheology. Dimensional analysis and similitude.
Fundamentals of fluid flow leading up to the Bernoulli theorem and power calculations.
Fluid flow in pipes. Measurement of flow in pipes. Reynolds number and frictional
dissipation and factors. Branching in pipes. Fluid machinery with special reference to
pumps and fans. Thermodynamic properties of liquid and solid foods. Equilibrium and non-
equilibrium thermodynamics as applied to phase-transition dominated processes such as
contact equilibrium separations.
FST 332: Transport Phenomena and Thermodynamics II (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. state process operations such as evaporation, dehydration, psychometry, surface
phenomena, refrigeration and freezing and explain their applications in food processing;
2. conduct heat penetration studies in canned foods;
3. carry out material and energy balance calculations;
4. derive equations for specific problems and in different coordinate systems; and
5. discuss steady and non-steady diffusion, heat and mass transfer driven processes in the
food industry.
468
Course Contents
Evaporation, dehydration, psychometry, surface phenomena, refrigeration and freezing.
Heat and mass transfer, Heat penetration within cans; factors affecting heat penetration
with cans; death order of microorganisms with cans. Material and energy balance
calculations, steady and unsteady conduction, free convection, forced convection and heat
transfer with change of phase. Radiation heat transfer and its applications in food industry.
Steady and non-steady diffusion in liquids. Mass transfer with convection and its
applications in beverage industries.
FST 333: Food Process Engineering I (1 Units C: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe the mechanisms of, and do calculations which underpin the primary unit
operations in food processing;
2. explain the importance of mechanical separation in food industry for sedimentation,
centrifugation, filtration, size reduction, screening and particle size analysis;
3. appraise energy utilisation in food processing;
4. determine energy mix in food industries; and
5. state the prospects of renewable energy in food industries.
Course Contents
Mechanisms and calculations which underpin the primary unit operations in food processing.
Mechanical separations (principles, design features, operations and maintenance of
machineries used in food industries for sedimentation, centrifugation, filtration, size
reduction, screening and particle size analysis). Emulsification; mixing; refrigeration;
freezing. Concepts in energy utilization in food processing. Energy mix in food industries;
prospects of renewable energy in food industries.
FST 334: Food Process Engineering II (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate knowledge in various engineering properties of food and its application in
food industry;
2. undertake calculations which underpin the primary unit operations in food processing;
and
3. explain the terms thermo-bacteriology, thermal processing, contact equilibrium
separation. membrane separations, distillation and pulsed electric field processing as
relates to food science and engineering/technology.
Course Contents
Mechanisms and calculations which underpin the primary unit operations in food processing.
Heat exchangers (types, features, advantages and maintenance of heat exchangers). Drying
(introduction and theory, equipment design, operation, advantages and limitation of open
air/sun drying, solar drying, hot air drying). Thermo-bacteriology (meaning, history, thermal
death time curve, decimal reduction time.). Thermal processes. Successive sampling
technique, etc. Evaporation. Contact equilibrium separation. Membrane separations and
Distillation. Pulsed electric field processing.
469
400 Level
Learning Outcomes
and
Course Contents
FST 402: Food Plant Design and Pilot Demonstration (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe the construction and operating principles of food and beverage processing
plants, handling and packaging systems using engineering terminologies;
2. design food processing plants, and undertake feasibility studies;
3. explain boilers, water supply and waste disposal systems;
4. discuss types, causes and preventive measures of industrial accidents; and
5. apply first aid measures to industrial accident victims.
Course contents
Plant layout and design in the food industry. Location of materials handling systems.
Optimum design of food processing plants. Technical feasibility study of food processing
operations. Review of the economics of process design and optimisation. Detailed process
flow sheets, mass and energy balance calculations. Boilers, water supply and waste disposal
systems. Group project work in a specific food process and submission of technical reports.
470
Industrial safety (safety devices and procedures in the plant). Types, causes and preventive
measures of industrial accidents. First aid measures for industrial accident victims.
FST 403: Grains and Storage Technology (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify the major grains and state their processing principles and utilisation;
2. discuss the importance of grains in daily diet;
3. describe the nutritional value of different grains;
4. state the milling processes and develop practical skills in determining the composition of
grains;
5. elaborate the complete flour making process and use of cereals in different product
manufacturing;
6. explain storage needs of grains, microflora and contaminants; and
7. manage stored grains.
Course Contents
Technology and chemistry of the principal grains. Conventional milling processes, use of
products and by-products. Baking. Protein-enriched cereal products. Nutritional
considerations. Product development. Physical properties of grains. Moisture – its
significance and behavior in stored grains. Moisture Sorption Isotherms in stored grains.
Changes that occur in stored grains (respiration, biochemical, functional and nutritive
changes). Development of storage techniques (traditional and modern storage). Whole
Grain Storage (general considerations, kinds of storage facilities – on the ground,
underground, bagged, bins and silos). Structural requirements for storage bins and silos.
Handling and maintenance of storage structures. Microflora in stored grains and control.
Mycotoxins in stored grains and control. Insects in stored grains and control. Rodents in
stored grains and control. Integrated management practices in stored grains. Design
considerations of storage structures.
FST 404: Brewing Science and Technology (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe the science and technology underpinning the composition and manufacturing of
beer;
2. explain brewing technology and beer production;
3. acquire detailed theoretical understanding of the role of the raw ingredients of beer
production on beer quality; and
4. discuss the operations of malting, mashing and hop chemistry.
Course Contents
Study of the history, production, packaging and chemistry of beer. Operations of malting,
mashing, hop chemistry, boiling, pitching, fermentation, maturation, filtration and storage of
beer as well as fruit composition and quality of cider.
FST 405: Food Process Machinery (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
471
1. operate food processing equipment, exploring the differentr types available;
2. describe mechanical processes involving compression, shear or impact force;
3. discuss unit operations: Description; Sorting: Operates similarly to and overlaps with
grading; and
4. explain the process of cleaning and remove foreign matter and contamination.
Course Contents
Design features and functions of equipment used in the food Industry e.g. equipment for
cleaning, sorting, grading, size reduction, mixing, homogenisation, filtration, distillation,
centrifugation etc. Design and fabrication of simple food processing machineries. Electric
motors. Automation/process control.
FST 415: Sensory Evaluation (1 Unit C: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes
1. account for the most common methods used for consumer-targeted sensory evaluations;
2. explain how sensory evaluation and the human sensory physiology can be used as tools
in product development;
3. communicate sensory messages to consumers;
4. plan, execute and evaluate sensory methods used in product development;
5. demonstrate laboratory skills in quantitative and qualitative consumer tests; and
6. explain how sensory analysis adds knowledge about the main subject Food and Meal
Science.
Course Contents
Definition. Sense organs and their physiological and psychological foundations of sensory
evaluation. Sensory evaluation laboratory (design – reception and briefing room, kitchen and
food preparation area, testing area, utensils and other pieces of equipment, lightening and
temperature control, testing setup, testing schedule). Selection and handling of panel
members (selection and training of panel, instructing the panel, etc.). Handling of samples
(information on sample, quantity of sample, number of samples, coding, order of
presentation, sample dilution, rinsing, etc.). Categories of sensory evaluation methods
(single expert or master taster, round table method of testing, panel of judges, single
stimulus). Methods of Sensory Evaluation – Discrimination or difference tests (paired
comparison, Duo-trio, triangular, multiple comparison tests, etc.); Descriptive tests (ranking,
scoring, profile testing, ratio scaling, etc.); Acceptance/preference tests (use of Hedonic
scale and other scales). Design of experiments and choosing methods of analyzing sensory
evaluation data. Factors influencing sensory measurements. The role of sensory evaluation
in product quality assurance. Application of sensory evaluation to routine maintenance,
shelf-life determination and reference standard for product quality. In-plant sensory
evaluation procedures. Computerized sensory evaluation procedure.
FST 425: Fish Processing Technology (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. define chemical composition of fish and shellfish;
2. discuss microbiology of fresh and processed fish;
3. specify methods of handling of fish;
4. explain fish canning processes, curing and freezing of fish; and
5. discuss the by- products of fish processing, microbiology of fresh and processed fish.
472
Course Contents
Handling of fish: spoilage of fish and shellfish; effect of temperature on fish spoilage, use of
ice; Solid carbon dioxide and liquid nitrogen in fish preservations; containers for packaging
and transportation of fish, handling on board fishing vessels and on shore ;use of chemical
preservatives and irradiation in extending shelf-life of fish and shell fish. Canning: Principles
of canning; canning materials; handling and preparation of fish and shellfish for canning;
spoilage of canned fish; chemical and microbiological spoilage and their prevention. Curing:
Salting of fish-principles and practices; pickling; smoked fish; spoilage of cured fish.
Microbiology of fresh and processed fish: Morphology of bacteria: growth and reproduction
of bacteria: effect of environmental factors like temperature, pH, oxygen, moisture, etc.
Common bacteria present in fish; identification and isolation. Bacteria of sanitary
significance. Chemical composition of fish and shellfish: moisture, protein, fat,
carbohydrates, ash etc.
FST 427: Food Biotechnology (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. develop an understanding of the application of biotechnology in animal, plant and food
production;
2. acquire practical skills in using nucleic acids sequences; and
3. recommend appropriate measures to solve technical problems using microbial strains
and enzymes.
Course Contents
Scope and principles of biotechnology. Bacteria and fungi of biotechnological importance
(cultivation, maintenance and storage), Strain improvement techniques (selection, mutation,
recombination and gene manipulation). Plant and animal cell culture techniques. Enzymes
(sources, production techniques and uses in foods).
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
473
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
FST 508: Food Product Development (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning outcomes
1. formulate new food products;
2. manipulate food product development tools;
3. optimise food product design and development;
4. integrate cost analysis; and
5. conduct shelf-life evaluation studies.
474
Course Contents
Background and definition of terms (Basic and applied research, development and technical
service). New products (basic concepts and ideas underlying new products development,
reasons for new products, sources of pressure for new products, products life cycle). Food
product development tools (expert profile panel, primary sensory panel, secondary sensory
panel, research guidance panel). Types of new products for company. Stages in successful
new product development. Information needed to launch a new product. Optimising food
product design and development. Cost analysis. Business plan. Project. feasibility analysis;
approach to setting up and running business. Case studies in New product development.
Product recall (for product destruction, formulation and redevelopment). Methods of shelf-
life evaluation.
FST 511: Quality Evaluation and Control (1 Unit C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain and apply properly the national and international legislation/ regulation;
2. implement food safety management systems for primary production;
3. evaluate food safety management systems and recommend the preventive measures;
4. prepare presentations relating to food safety and food quality; and
5. discuss food fortification, enrichment, labeling and risk/benefit analysis.
Course Contents
Definition. Scope and significance of food quality and quality control. Quality parameters,
quality assurance and specifications. Total quality management. Food laws. Food legislation
and the Codex Alimentarius. Food regulation. Food standards (International food standard
and Nigerian Industrial Standards (NIS)). Good manufacturing practice (GMP). Enforcement
of food standards. Principles and methods of food quality control. Quality control charts.
Hazard Analysis, Critical Control, Points (HACCP) system. Plant sanitation as a quality
control tool. Sensory and instrumental methods of evaluating quality parameters. Food
fortification and enrichment. Nutritional labeling. Risk/benefit analysis.
FST 512: Laboratory Practical II (Animal Products, Fruits & Vegetables)

(2 Units C: PH 90)
Learning Outcomes
1. develop animal, fruit and vegetable products; and
2. evaluate the quality of animal, fruit and vegetable products
Course Contents
Preparation and quality evaluation of smoked fish, smoked meat, cured meat, meat
sausages, salted fish, salted and dried fish, solar dried fish, etc. Processing of milk into
dairy products, for example, ice cream, yoghurt, cheese, butter, etc. Evaluation of shell
egg quality including external appearance (size, shape, shell colour, shell texture, shell
cleanliness, etc), Candling appearance, (air cell characteristics, shell characteristics, internal
quality characteristics) and opened egg quality (Haugh unit, yolk index, percentage of thick
and thin albumen, etc.). Shell egg pasteurization. Processing of egg products including
powdered egg products (whole egg, egg yolk, egg white, etc.), Frozen liquid egg products
(whole egg, egg yolk, egg white.). Mayonnaise and salad cream production. Quality tests in
milk and milk products. Milk products manufacture (market milk, ice cream, yoghurt and
other fermented milk products, powdered milk products (full fat milk, non-fat milk.), butter,
475
cheese, etc. Preparation and processing of fruit and vegetable products (fruit juices,
squashes, fruit bar, jams, jellies, tomato ketchup, tomato puree, dried vegetables.).
Preparation of canned and bottled fruits and vegetables spiced and fermented vegetables.
FST 513: Final Year Research Project (3 Units C: PH 135)
Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to:
1. identify the problem or hypothesis to research or test;
2. describe resources and constraints;
3. choose the best option from research method, product formulation, production and
analyses;
4. present proposal seminars;
5. carry out researches;
6. present obtained data and conclusions in a result presentation seminar; and
7. present the final report orally and in writing.
Equipment
Although other laboratories and workshops not listed here will be shared with many other
departments in the faculty and the University in general, the laboratories and facilities listed
in the Table below should be provided and equipped specifically for every Food Science and
Technology programme.
Food Chemistry and Analysis Laboratory

S/N Name of Equipment
1 Colorimeter
2 Balance (Research)
3 Manesty steel
4 Water Bath
5 pH Meter
6 Standing Freezer
7 Refrigerator
8 Hot Plate
9 Homogenizer
10 Refracto meter – hand
11 Laboratory benches/slabs, cupboards
12 Fume Chamber
13 pH Meter 020 JENWAY
14 Magnetic Stirrer
15 Kjehldal Distiller
16 Water bath Shaker
17 Battery operated Electronic balance
476
18 Top loading balance
19 Cole palmer fume hood
20 Flame photometer
21 Hot air oven
22 Kjeldahl digester
23 Markhan apparatus
24 Thermolyne bench-top muffle furnace
25 Soxhlet extraction unit
26 Magnetic stirrer
27 Analytical balance
28 Cole palmer UV/Vis spec
30 Electric table top centrifuge
Food Microbiology Laboratory

S/N Name of Equipment
1 Kjeldahl Nitrogen apparatus
2 Soxhlet apparatus
3 Muffle furnace
4 Chromatography-Gas/Liquid
5 Digester (1007)
6 Soxtec System, Service Unit (1044)
7 Evatec System; 600 Microwave Drier
8 Cyclotec; 1093 Sample Mill
9 Markham Distiller
10 Hot Air Oven
11 Hot Air Oven (bad) size one
12 Incubator
13 Water bath (small)
14 Electric Stirrer
15 Microwave Oven
16 Hot plate
17 Balance, Top loading
18 pH Meter
19 Hot air oven
20 Microscopes
21 Cole Palmer polystat cooling/heating circulators bath (6.5 liters)
Animal Products Laboratory

S/N Items
1 Motor driven, pickle machine
2 Hand operated pickle machine
3 Ice making machine
4 Kenwood Mincer
5 Desiccator
6 Water activity meter
477
7 Hauth Meter
8 Weighing balance
9 Cole Palmer fume hood
Food Processing Laboratory

S/N Items
1 Tower pots
2 Juice extractor
3 Food mixer
4 Blender
5 Chopping boards
6 Grater
7 Scale
8 Stainless spoons (divine success)
9 Stainless forks (divine success)
10 Tin cutter
11 Rolling pins
12 Wooden sticks (spatula)
13 Perforated Stainless spoons (frying)
14 Perforated spoon
15 Flat serving plates (big)
16 Flat serving plates (small)
17 Deep soup plates (big)
18 Deep soup plates (small)
19 Cooking spoons
20 Knives
21 Flat bottom sieve
22 Sieves (with handle)
23 Stainless steel bowls
24 Plastic basin (big)
25 Plastic basin (small)
26 Plastic bowl (small)
27 Glass tumblers
28 Bread knife
29 Crown corking machine
30 Gas cooker (single burner)
31 Baking oven
32 Gas cylinders
33 Domestic gas cylinder regulator
34 Baking pans
35 Baking trays
36 Stainless trays
37 2-burner kerosene stoves (high standing)
38 Big saucer pan/pot (tower brand)
39 Medium saucer pan/pot (tower brand)
40 Cooking spoons (stainless steel)
41 Can openers
42 Cutlery forks
43 Blender (sorex brand)
44 Drinking glass/tumbler
45 Gas regulator (paca brand)
46 Hand towels
478
47 Ceramic plates (flat)
48 Ceramic plates (bowl)
49 13.5 kg gas cylinder (total brand)
50 Basins (stainless steel)
51 Basin plastic
52 Trays (stainless steel)
53 Buckets – plastic with cover
54 25 litre gallon black for kerosene
55 Kitchen knives with black handle
56 7 x 7 Projector screen
57 Kenwood mixer (with accessories)
58 Anerobic jar (22 x 12 mm)
59 100-liter steam jacketed kettle with tap
60 100-liter steam jacketed without tap
61 Electric Generating Plant (3.2 KVA)
62 Water bath sterilizer
63 Stuart scientific SAB vortex mixer
64 Coors porcelain mortar Z529508
65 Coors porcelain pestle
66 Magnetic stirrer X603813-IEA
Sensory Evaluation Laboratory

S/N List of facilities
1 Product Preparation Area
• A fully equipped kitchen with storage area. It should have
refrigerators/freezers, conventional ranges/ovens, dishwashers • convection
oven, microwave ovens, & professional grills
Positive air pressure and air conditioners •
2 Sensory Testing Areas
• It should have individual booths with computers for ballot presentation. The
computers need to be equipped with sensory evaluation softwares like
Compusense (https://compusense.com/) . SPSS and Food Processor® software
installed could also be installed to the computers
The booth ought to be fitted with tap water and waste water drainage wash
hand/basin. Adequate lighting is to be provided within the booth.
3 Meeting room with conference table seating for 12-15 panelists, for briefing and
brainstorming.
4 Objective Testing Area
• Analytical balance and electronic food scales
• Hydrometers, pH meter, Refractometer, Consistometer • Moisture Analyzer,
Saltmeter, Specific Gravity Pycnometer
Workshops
Bakery – (Pilot Plant)
S/N Item Units
1 Wood fired baking oven 2
2 Electric baking oven 2
3 Dough mixer 2
4 Dough milling machine 2
5 Dough cutter/divider 1
6 Dough moulder 1
479
7 Baking pans 500 lbs
8 Bread slicer 1
9 Dough conditioner 5
10 Racks for bread cooling 5
11 Diesel engine 1
12 Stainless steel tables 4
13 Trolleys 3
Garri Processing Plant
S/N Item Units

1 Diesel powered grater 1
2 Hydraulic press 2
3 Wood fired garri fryer 1
4 Weighing balance (50 kg & 20 kg) 1 each
5 Manual Sealing machine 2
6 Industrial Sealing machine 2
7 Cassava grater (Weston Specialist Product, Ltd.)
Malting Plant
S/N Item Units

1 Malting bin 1
2 Malting bin/dryer 2
3 Washing basin 1
4 Humidifier 1
5 Dryer 1
Canning Line
S/N Item Units

1 Electric steam boiler (Reimers Cleanbrook, Virginia. RH60) 1
2 Autoclave /Retort equipped with thermocouples 1
3 Blancher 1
4 Cooker 1
5 Can seamer 1
6 Steamer 1
Grains Processing/Milling Plant
S/N Item Units

1 Rice Miller and Polisher (Lewis C. Grant Ltd, Dysart, Scotland) 1
2 Attrition Grinder (Bental) 1
3 Mixer 1
4 Single or twin-screw Extruder 1
5 Hammer Mill (Horvic ) 1
480
6 Dehuller 1
7 Drum dryer 1
Smoking Unit
S/N Item Units

1 Smoking kiln and Improved smoking kiln 2
2 Parboiling/scalding station 1
3 Poultry feather plucking machine 1
Dressing table 1
Engineering Fabrication Workshop (Could be shared)

This workshop ought to be equipped with facilities for wood work, metal work and glasswork
where possible.
Drawing Studio (Could be shared)

This studio will enable students to gain practical engineering drawing skills. The Studio
should have adequate number of tables, chairs, drawing boards and other accessories. It
will be very strategic to acquire drawing software like Alias, AutoCAD, FORMIT, etc. for
digital drawing and sketching.
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.



481
maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
library well equipped with specialised books and journals in both physical collections and
E-collections (E-Resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the
programme must also be available in the library for staff, students and researchers. The
library must be connected to subscribed repository of:
1. institutions (national and international);
2. open access sources (Agora, Science direct, OARE, HINARI amongst others);
3. professional bodies’ E-learning platforms; and
4. Relevant international organisations;
The library must also have adequate facilities for reading, lending and reservation of
specialised materials.

Academic m2
Non-Academic
482
Office Facilities
Room
computer unit.
483
B. Eng Information and Communication
Engineering
Overview
The Information and Communication Engineering (ICE) programme is a union of both
Information Engineering and Communication Engineering, hence the name – Information
and Communication Engineering. Ideally, the ICE programme should be a stand-alone
department. Notwithstanding, for purposes of optimal utilisation of resources, it may be
situated as a program in the Electrical and Computer Engineering (or similar) Department.
The duration of the Information and Communication Engineering programme is five years of
two semesters each. Graduates of the ICE programme have the choice of specialising either
as Information or Communication Engineers if they so wish. The Core Curriculum and
Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS) set out here prescribes the minimum academic and
facility standards to guarantee high quality graduates from this programme.
Philosoph
The training in Information and Communication Engineering is to develop graduates who are
producers rather than consumers of knowledge, by being ready-made and functional
engineers in industries, researchers and scholars in academia or successful entrepreneurs in
Information Engineering and Communication Engineering, as well as allied disciplines. The
programme seeks to develop employers of labour in the Information and Communication
Engineering domain.
Objectives
The objectives of the programme are to:
1. facilitate good grasp of a broad spectrum of Information and Communication
Engineering;
2. facilitate acquisition of practical work experience;
3. inculcate entrepreneurial, marketing, and management skills;
4. engage extensively in Information and Communication Engineering research and
development; and
5. produce a new generation of servant Leaders in the ICE domain that are technically
savvy, morally sound, and ethically grounded.

1. Bringing together of two highly complementary engineering domains (Information
Engineering and Communication Engineering) under one programme, with a possibility
of specialisation at the final year.
2. Production of Communication Engineers well-equipped with all the requisite Information
Engineering tools to function optimally in the 21st Century.
3. Curriculum design focused on graduating employers of Labour rather than job seekers.
4. Production of Engineers with strong Leadership traits.
The graduates of the ICE programme will be equipped with skills to be able to:
1. apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and ICE to the solution of local engineering
problems;
2. identify, formulate, research literature and analyse communication engineering problems
and proffer informed solutions;
484
3. proffer solutions for developmental or complex engineering problems;
4. acquire and apply new knowledge as occasion demands using appropriate learning skills;
5. conduct investigation into developmental or complex problems using research-based
knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and
interpretation of data, and synthesis of information to create new knowledge;
ICT tools, including prediction, modelling and optimisation to developmental and
complex engineering activities, with an understanding of the limitations;
7. apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics;
8. analyse, design, and develop communication systems and networks;
9. analyse and design complex information engineering systems;
10. function effectively individually and as a member or leader of teams;
11. communicate effectively on developmental or complex engineering activities;
12. demonstrate knowledge of engineering, management and financial principles; and
13. engage in independent and lifelong learning.
21st Century Skills

The Information and Communication Engineering CCMAS seeks to emphasise the following
21st century skills:
4. communication;
6. flexibility;
7. leadership; and
8. life long Learning/metacognition.


Direct Entry
485
respectively.

Level General Basic Discipline/ Programme SIWES Total
Studies Science GET (ICE) Courses* Units
100 4 10 3 2 - 19
200 4 - 23 3 3 30
300 4 - 18 10 4 32
400 - - - 9 8 9
500 - - 5 10 - 15
Total 12 10 49 34 (15) 105
*All 15 units to be credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level
100 Level
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I: Algebra and 2 C 30 -
Trigonometry
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II: Calculus 2 C 30 -
PHY 102 General Physics II: Behaviour of Matter 2 C 30 -
486
Modelling I
ICE 101 Introduction to ICE and Applications 2 C 30 -
Total 19
200 Leve
GET 203 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 E 15 45
Modeling II
ICE 221 Electronics I: Physical and Analogue 1 E 15 -
Scheme
Total 30
300 Level
GET 304 Engineering Communication, Technical 3 C 45 -
Writing and Presentation
Analytics
Technologies
Technologies
ICE 311 Communication Engineering Principles I 2 C 30 -
ICE 312 Signal and System 2 C 30 -
ICE 321 Communication Engineering Principles 2 C 30 -
II
487
ICE 322 Electric Circuit Theory 2 E 30 -
ICE 324 Electronics II: Digital 2 E 30 -
Scheme
Total 32
400 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Stratu LH PH
s
ICE 411 ICE Laboratory Practical I 1 C - 45
ICE 412 Design and Installation of Electrical and 2 E 30 -
ICT Services
ICE 413 Antenna and Wave Propagation 2 E 30 -
ICE 416 Data Communication Systems and 2 E -
Networks 30
ICE 417 Electromagnetic Field and Waves 2 E 30 -
GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work Experience 8 C 24 Weeks
Scheme
Total 9 C
SIWES Courses
Code
Total 15
500 Level
Code
ICE 512 Research Methodology 1 C 15 -
ICE 513 Digital Signal Processing 2 C 30 -
ICE 515 Satellite Communication 2 C 30 -
ICE 519 Final Year Project I 2 C - 90
ICE 529 Final Year Project II 3 C - 135
Total 15
488
100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
489
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption(WAIC), Mass

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
Course Contents
490
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
PHY 102: General Physics II (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units: C, LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
491
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
492
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
ICE 101: Introduction to ICE and Applications (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the historical perspective to information and communication systems;
2. give account of the evolution of communication systems, technologies and architecture;
3. describe the operation of analogue and digital TV systems;
4. demonstrate understanding of the various parts of a PC and other peripheral devices;
5. apply desktop editing packages and software; and
6. demonstrate hands-on knowledge of the Internet and other popular web services.
Course Contents
Basic introduction to information and communications system. Brief historical development
of communications: telegraph, telephony, radio, satellite, data, optical and mobile
communications, facsimile. Block diagram of a typical communication system. An elementary
493
account of the types of transmission for different communication systems. Introduction to
Television Systems: principle of operation of analogue and digital TV systems. Evolution of
mobile radio communications. A basic cellular system. GSM Architecture. Examples of mobile
radio systems. Trends in cellular radio and personal communications. Nigerian
Communications Act and Nigerian Communications Commission.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
494
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course contents
Learning Outcomes
solutions;
polymers;
495
natural);
Course Contents
GET 203: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling II (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)
and designs;
2. identify skills in parametric design to aid their ability to see design in the optimal
minimization;
and
496
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
principles.
Learning Outcomes
497
Course Contents
plane motion. Newton's laws of motion. Kinetic energy and momentum analyse.
Learning Outcomes
law;
changes;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
498
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
499
simulations;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents

ICE 221: Electronics I: Physical and Analogue (1 Unit E: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes
1. discuss the motion of electron in different fields;
2. state the characteristics of different kinds of material vis-à-vis Energy Band Theory;
3. differentiate between Bipolar Junction, Field Effect Transistor and Thyristor;
4. design electric circuits based on acquired knowledge of Transistors and other materials;
500
5. explain the process of fabrication of Integrated Chips; and
6. distinguish between different types of amplifiers.
Course Contents
Free electron motion in static electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields. Atomic theory:
Bohr's model, quantum theory. Electron emission Energy-band theory of conductors,
insulators and semiconductors. Semi-conductor theory Bipolar junction transistors: types,
operation, characteristics, modes of connection, application. Field effect transistors: types,
operation, characteristics, modes of connection, application. Thyristors; operation,
characteristics, application. Introduction to semiconductor technology. Elementary discrete
devices fabrication techniques and IC technology. Single stage transistor amplifiers using
BJTs and FETs. Equivalent circuit and calculation of current gain, voltage gain, power gain,
input and output impedance. Operational Amplifiers: Parameters and applications, Feedback,
Broadband and narrow band amplifiers. Power amplifiers, voltage and current stabilizing
circuits, voltage amplifiers, multi-stage amplifiers using BJT and FETs.
300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
501
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
Course Contents
GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units: C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
collaborative groups.
Course Contents
502
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
GET 304: Technical Writing and Comminication (3 Unit C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
503
Learning Outcomes
technology);
Course Contents
.
Learning Outcomes
change;
504
Course Contents
Practical Contents
renewable energy.

Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
505
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
careers;,
empirical models;
Course Contents

506
design project.

ICE 311: Communication Engineering Principles I (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the purpose of modulation;
2. describe the different types of modulations techniques, state how they differ and
identify the limitations in their application;
3. discuss the broadcast bands and specifications of different modulation techniques;
4. describe, using block diagrams, the evolution of TV systems; and
5. prescribe the best modulation technique for different broadcast scenarios.
Course Contents
Modulation. Reasons for modulation. Types of modulation. Amplitude modulation systems:
Comparison of AM systems, Methods of generating, and detecting AM, DBS, SSB signals.
Frequency mixing and multiplying, frequency division multiplexing, applications of AM
systems. Frequency modulation systems: Instantaneous frequency, frequency deviation,
modulation index, Bessel coefficients, significant sideband criteria, bandwidth of a
sinusoidally modulated FM signal, power of an FM signal, narrowband FM, direct and indirect
FM generation, various methods of FM demodulation, discriminator, phase-lock loop; limiter,
pre-emphasis and de-emphasis, stereophonic FM broadcasting. FM broadcast band
specification, block diagram of FM radio receiver, limiter and ratio detector, automatic
frequency control, squelch circuit, FM mono and FM stereo receivers. AM broadcast band
and specification. FM broadcast band and specification. Image frequency. FM mono and FM
stereo receivers. TV broadcast band and specification. Signal format, transmitter and
receiver block diagrams of Black and White TV, and Color TV.
ICE 312: Signals and Systems (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify and list the characteristics, properties and types of signals and systems and
describe their application in various engineering disciplines;
2. describe various system properties e.g. time invariance, linearity;
3. analyse systems and signals using Fourier, Laplace and Z-transforms; and
4. identify effective control strategies towards effective sensitivity analysis.
Course Contents
System modeling. Analog signals. Convolution and correlation. Fourier and Laplace
Transforms. Random processes. Sampled signals and systems. Discrete Fourier
transforms. Z transforms. Analog and Digital filters. Control strategies. Open-loop, feed
forward and feedback control systems. Stability, performance and sensitivity analyses. Lag
507
and Lead compensation, Frequency domain design, PID controllers. Elements of nonlinear
control.
ICE 313: Electromagnetic Fields & Waves (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe the fundamentals of electrostatics and magneto-static;
2. identify the characteristics of materials and relate them to electric and magnetic fields;
3. demonstrate the theoretical background of Maxwell’s equations; and
4. explain propagation characteristics, polarisation, reflection and other electromagnetic
concepts.
Course Contents
Review of Vector Algebra and Calculus: Scalar product and vector product, coordinate
systems, gradient, curl, divergence operations. Static electric field: Coulomb’s law and
Electric Field. Gauss’ law and Divergence of Electric Flux Density. Work, Potential, Potential
Gradient and Energy in Electrostatic Field. Current and Current Density, Conductor,
Dielectrics, Boundary Conditions, Capacitance. Laplace’s and Poisson’s Equations. Steady-
state magnetic field: Steady Magnetic Field. Biot-Savart Law. Ampere’s Law. Curl of H,
Stoke’s Theorem. Magnetic Boundary Conditions. Magnetic Material and Boundary
Conditions. Magnetic Flux Density. Vector Magnetic Potential. Inductance. Time varying
fields: Faraday’s Law. Displacement Current Density. Maxwell’s Equations in Differential and
Integral Form. Retarded Potential. Propagation: Plane Wave in Free Space. Perfect
Dielectric. Lossy Dielectrics. Good Conductors. Loss Tangent and Skin Effect. Poynting
Theorem. Power Density. Polarization of Plane Wave. Reflection: Reflection from perfect
conductors. Refection from perfect dielectrics.
ICE 321: Communication Engineering Principles II (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain fixed line telephony systems, including access, multiplexing and signalling;
2. elucidate mobile telephony systems, mobility management and network dimensioning;
3. discuss wide area packet data networks, including Internet Protocol and ATM;
4. demonstrate satellite voice communications and 3G mobile systems;
5. expatiate contemporary and emerging research areas in ICE and wide area data
technologies; and
6. illustrate the interactions of commercial interests and technology standards.
Course Contents
Plain old telephone system. Cellular systems: including GSM and IS-95 CDMA. Principles of
IP - datagram networks and routing. Principles of ATM;.QoS on IP; Voice over IP; GPRS and
ADSL - hybrid voice/data network principles. Third generation mobile systems: WCDMA
concepts, multi-user detection, antenna array techniques, MIMO, high speed packet access,
long term evolution, radio resource management, packet scheduling, core network
evolution. Multimedia: image and video representation and transmission. Competing
technologies: WiFi, WiMAX, FttX. Emerging techniques: may include MANET, cognitive radio.
508
ICE 322: Electric Circuit Theory (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. calculate the complex power in single-phase sinusoidal and steady-state systems;
1. design a reactive load that improves a system’s power factor;
2. convert wye-connected reactive loads to delta-connected reactive loads and vice versa;
3. solve for line currents and voltages, phase currents and voltages in arbitrarily
interconnected balanced, three-phase circuits;
4. convert a given electrical circuit into its s-domain equivalent representation; and
5. model RLC circuits with transfer functions and solve for currents and voltages in generic
RLC circuits.
Course Contents
Electric fields. Fundamental concepts. Energy storage. Magnetic fields: Fundamental laws,
field calculations, and energy storage. Magnetic circuits: simple calculation of magnetic
circuits, B-H curves and core losses. Inductance: Self and mutual inductance, coupled
circuits. Transient and steady state response of circuits: RL, RC, RLC circuits, free and forced
oscillation. Network analysis: network theorems; mesh and node analysis. Delta-Wye
transformation, Superposition theorem; Reciprocity; Thevenin’s and Norton’s theorems;
Maximum power transfer theorem. One and two-port network: driving point functions,
circuit parameters, interconnection and termination, transformation. Foster-Cauer synthesis.
1 -port network-synthesis. Active filters. Approximation to nonlinear characteristics of
nonlinear resistive circuits. Harmonic analysis techniques. Sensitivity analysis. Use of
computer simulation packages is strongly recommended. Introduction to CAD.
ICE 324: Electronics II: Digital (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. discuss the introductory digital concepts;
2. differentiate number systems, operations and codes;
3. classify logic gates and compute logic operations with them;
4. execute logic simplification; and
5. identify and utilise logic elements of varying complexity in realisation of digital circuits.
Course Contents
Number Systems and Code. Analysis and design of logic gates of various families: Diodes
logic, RTL, TTL, ECL, MOS and MOS of digital integrated circuits. Concepts of small, medium,
large, and very large-scale integration and their consequences. Introduction to analysis and
design of digital systems. Boolean algebra and mapping methods: Karnaugh and variable
entered Maps, combinational logic realization with gates, multiplexers, read only memories
(ROMs) and programmable logic arrays (PLAs). State machine analysis and design: state
diagram, state flip-flops, input and output forming Logic, State assignments, redundant
states, sequential counters, and mainly synchronous systems. State machine realisation with
multiplexers, ROMs and PLAs. Asynchronous systems approach to digital systems design,
top-down design, trial-and-error methods. Introduction to computer structures: register,
transfers, hardware programming methods, Von Neumann machines, and memory systems
standard logic functions with MSI circuits: seven segment display drivers, parity
generator/checker, encoders, comparators, adders.
509
400 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
ICE 411: ICE Laboratory Practical I (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. At the end of this course, the students should be able to give practical expression to
the topics learned in the various ICE courses offered during the semester/session.
Course Contents
The Laboratory Practical covers topics in some 400 level courses.
ICE 412: Design and Installation of Electrical and ICT Services

(2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate the knowledge of health and safety at work requirement vis-à-vis
installation of electrical and communication infrastructure;
2. explain the regulations relating to electricity supply;
3. design electrical installation for various environmental scenarios including domestic,
commercial and industry;
4. recognise the purpose of earthing, Faraday cage, alarm emergency system;
510
5. illustrate NCC and FCC codes and standards; and
6. prepare Bill of Engineering Measurement.
Course Contents
Electrical Installation: Induction to Health and safety at work act in Nigeria. Electrical safety.
First aid. Electricity supply regulations. Lighting and Illumination: Luminous intensity and
flux. Maintenance factor. Coefficient of utilisation. Types of light sources. Calculation of
lighting requirements. Glare. Stroboscopic effect. Installation materials (cables, junction box,
terminations, joints). Conduits and conduiting. Truck and trucking. Electrical installation
design in domestic, commercial and industrial environment. Alarm and emergency systems.
Earthing and Protection. Purposes of earthing. Faraday cage. Rod electrodes. Earth
electrode resistance. Earthing system. Earth fault loop impedance. ICT services: NCC and
FCC codes of practice and standards. Telecommunication design and installation: Satellite,
VSAT, etc. Telephone design and installation. Computer networking design and installation.
Wireless LAN design and installation. Preparation of Bill of Engineering Measurement
Evaluation. Contract bidding. Consultancy.
ICE 413: Antennas and Wave Propagation. (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe the fundamental principles of antenna radiation;
2. identify the different types of antennas used in communication;
3. define the basic parameters of an antenna;
4. illustrate the application areas of antenna in communication engineering;
5. give examples of propagation models; and
6. calculate the Link Budget and Path loss of a communication system.
Course Contents
Antenna Systems: Review of Maxwell’s equations. Polarisation, polar diagrams, antenna
gain, directivity, radiation resistance, impedance matching, effective length and capture
area. Radiation by dynamic currents and charges, retarded potentials, the isotropic. Hertzian
dipole, short and loop antenna, folded dipole antenna. Vertical and horizontal antennas,
rhombic antenna, log-periodic antenna. Centre-fed linear antenna, linear arrays, radiation
from diffraction gratings, Yagi-Uda arrays, integrated antennas. Microwave antenna, horn,
parabolic reflectors, slot, and lenses. Field analysis of antennas. Transmitting-receiving
system, reciprocity relations. Equivalent circuit of receiving antenna. Radar Systems:
Principles of pulse radar and Doppler radar. Radar equation and system parameters.
Components of radar systems. Study of a practical radar system. Radar signal detection.
Synthetic aperture radar, tracking and scanning radar, HF (OTR) radar. Radio Wave
Propagation: Electromagnetic waves, wave front, characteristic impedance of free space,
reflection, refraction and diffraction. Ground waves and sky waves. The ionospheric layers,
refractive index, virtual height, critical frequency and angle, maximum usable frequency,
skip zone, skip distance, fading. VHF line of sight transmission. Tropospheric scattering
communications. Relationship between transmitter power, antenna gains and received signal
to noise in a free space radio link. VHF and microwave point-to-point link.
ICE 416: Data Communication Systems and Networks (2 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
511
1. outline the basic concepts of data communications and networking;
2. describe the purpose of network layered models, OSI and the Internet Model using
TCP/IP protocols;
3. illustrate noise, attenuation, and distortion and state their impact on data digital
transmission;
4. demonstrate Flow and Congestion control; and
5. describe the use of network components like Bridges, Switches, and Routers.
Course Contents
Interfaces for simple computer system and terminal to terminal. MODEM, terminal
interfaces, CCITT V.24/RS-232, CCITT V.28, V.35, GPIB, EIA, RS-232C standard, speed and
distance limitations for V.24, RS-232C, RS-449/422/423 interfaces and standards. Channel
Coding and Error Control. Digitalization: Sampling theorem, Shannon theorem, PCM and
Quantization Error; Multiplexing, FDM, TDM; Higher order multiplexing. Digital Modulation
Techniques. Different Modulation Schemes. Spread Spectrum Communications. Telephony.
Central office switching system. Digital Switching. ISDN interfaces and functions. Frame
Relay. ATM. AAL services. Traffic and congestion control. Latency/speed effect, cell delay
variation. Network resource management, connection admission control, usage parameter
control and priority control. Cellular Mobile Network: Cellular network architectures;
Frequency management; Channel types and assignment; types of hand-off and hand-off
management; Switching and transport; Wireline and microwave facilities and link design
considerations. Call Processing and Signaling: Roaming and mobility management. Traffic
engineering.
ICE 417: Electromagnetic Fields & Waves (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe the fundamentals of electrostatics and magneto-static;
2. identify the characteristics of materials and relate them to electric and magnetic fields;
3. demonstrate the theoretical background of Maxwell’s equations; and
4. explain propagation characteristics, polarisation, reflection and other electromagnetic
concepts.
Course Contents
Review of Vector Algebra and Calculus: Scalar product and vector product, coordinate
systems, gradient, curl, divergence operations. Static electric field: Coulomb’s law and
Electric Field. Gauss’ law and Divergence of Electric Flux Density. Work, Potential, Potential
Gradient and Energy in Electrostatic Field. Current and Current Density, Conductor,
Dielectrics, Boundary Conditions, Capacitance. Laplace’s and Poisson’s Equations. Steady-
state magnetic field: Steady Magnetic Field. Biot-Savart Law. Ampere’s Law. Curl of H,
Stoke’s Theorem. Magnetic Boundary Conditions. Magnetic Material and Boundary
Conditions. Magnetic Flux Density. Vector Magnetic Potential. Inductance. Time varying
fields: Faraday’s Law. Displacement Current Density. Maxwell’s Equations in Differential and
Integral Form. Retarded Potential. Propagation: Plane Wave in Free Space. Perfect
Dielectric. Lossy Dielectrics. Good Conductors. Loss Tangent and Skin Effect. Poynting
Theorem. Power Density. Polarization of Plane Wave. Reflection: Reflection from perfect
conductors. Refection from perfect dielectrics.
512
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
513
Course Contents
ICE 512: Research Methodology (1 Unit C: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes

1. define Research and state its characteristics, types and process;
2. formulate research problem and objectives;
3. construct research Questionnaire and other research tools;
4. process, by analysis, data gotten from research to extract useful information for
knowledge generation;
5. distinguish between proposal in Engineering and other research proposals; and
6. cost Engineering research proposals.
Course Contents
Definition of Research. Characteristics of Research. Types of Research. The Research
Process. Formulating the Research Problem. Considerations in selecting a research
Problem. Reviewing Literature. Procedure for r literature review. Formulation of objectives.
Preparing research design. Consideration for the Research Design. Guidelines for the
construction of a research tool. Constructing a Questionnaire.Piloting the Questionnaire.
Collecting Data. Ethical Issues concerning research participants. Ethical Issues relating to
the researcher. Processing and analyzsng Data. Data Processing operations. Methods of
data analysis. Generalisation and interpretation of results. Reporting Findings. Written
research project. Report format. General attributes of research proposals. Distinguishing
features of research proposal in Engineering. Components of a research proposal. Costing
an Engineering research proposal.
ICE 513: Digital Signal Processing (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. illustrate the basic concepts of DSP theory such as sampling theory and discrete
frequency;
2. differentiate DTFT, DFT, and FFT;
3. define the concept of filtering, time-frequency methods and identify the relations
between them;
4. differentiate FIR and IIR filters, stating their frequency response and characteristics;
5. design and implement FIR and IIR filters using different methods; and
6. demonstrate successfully the design and implementation of DSP filter using MATLAB.
514
Course Contents
Digital Fourier transform; Fast Fourier transform; approximation problem in network
theory; synthesis of low-pass filter; special transforms and their application in synthesis of
high-pass and band-pass filters; digital filtering transfer function analysis; one-dimensional
recursive and non-recursive filters; computer techniques in filter analysis; realization of
filters in hardware and software; basic image processing concepts.
ICE 515 : Satellite Communications (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. determine the location of a satellite in space;
2. explain Kepler’s laws vis-à-vis their application to the location of satellite in orbit;
3. differentiate between Earth segment and Space segment of a satellite communication
system;
4. design a satellite uplink and downlink; and
5. identify the different techniques and trade-offs employed in communicating signals
through a satellite.
Course Contents
Orbital equations for satellites in space. Kepler’s laws of planetary motion. Space segment-
based satellite subsystems including: Attitude and Orbit Control System (AOCS), Telemetry,
Tracking, and Command (TTC) system, Power Subsystem, Communication Subsystem,
Antenna Subsystem. System noise temperature, G/T ratio, Downlink design, Uplink design,
Design for specified C/N. Design examples. Analogue and Digital modulation techniques
employed in satellite communications including: FM transmission by satellite, SCPC FM links,
Digital transmission, Digital Modulation/Demodulation, Digital transmission of analogue
signals. Various multiple access schemes relevant to satellite communications: Frequency
Division MA, Time Division MA, Code Division MA, Spread Spectrum Transmission and
Reception. Very Small Aperture Terminal (VSAT) systems. Their network architectures,
Access control protocols, Basic techniques, and VSAT Earth Station engineering.
ICE 516: Communications Engineering Practical (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. give practical expressions to the topics learned in the various ICE courses offered during
the semester.
Course Content
The Laboratory Practical covers topics in some 500 level courses.
ICE 519: Final Year Project I (2 Units C: PH 90)

Course Content
The project work is to commence in this first phase. The preliminary sections of the
project report as well as literature review are to be submitted and graded at this stage.
ICE 529: Final Year Project II (3 Units C: PH 135)

Course Contents
The project work is to be completed in this second phase. Each student is to submit a
proper written report (banded three printed copies, and a CD-ROM of electronic copy).
515
The project is presented and defended at a seminar. Students may choose to work on
individual design projects or team design projects. These projects consist of largely
industry-sponsored projects as part programming, CAD/CAM application (turning problem,
surface milling, machining of curved surfaces).
Equipment
Recommended List of Minimum Equipment
s|n Description of Equipment Remarks

Networking Laboratory
1 D3000: Virtual Instrument Platform
2 D3000 9.0: Experimental Master PCB
3 D3000 21.1: AM Communications PCB
4 D3000 21.2: Superhet Receiver PCB
5 D3000 21.4: Digital Communications PCB
Or Equivalent
6 D3000 21.5: PAM PCB
7 D3000 21.5: PCM PCB
NTX-1 42.000: Global, Local, Wired, Wireless Networking Training
8
Stand
9 D-Link Switch
10 Cisco 1 900 Router
11 D-Link Router
Transmission Line Laboratory
1 CT1 Modicom 1: Signal sampling and reconstruction module
2 CT2 Modicom 2: Time Division Multiplexer PAM module
3 CT3.1: PCM Transmitter System
4 CT3.2: PCM Reciever System
5 CT4 Modicom 4: Delta Modulation module
CT5.1 and CT5.2 Modicom 5: Data conditioning and carrier
6
modulation system
Or Equivalent
7 CT7: Audio Input Module

8 CT8: Audio Output Module
9 CT20 Anacom1.1;1.2; 2: Industry Analogue Communication Module
10 CT30: Transmission Line Trainer
11 PS20: Power Supply
12 FG2: Function Generator
13 OSC1: Oscilloscope
Fiber Optics Laboratory
1 Modicom 6: Fiber-optic Transceiver System
2 NTC-1 03.000: Fiber-optic Communication Training Stand
Or Equivalent
3 Pulse Semiconductor Laser

4 Photodiode Current Meter
5 Continuous Semiconductor Laser
6 Current Generator
7 Fast Photo Detector
8 Stand-to-study Photo Detector Operation
9 Optical Fiber Splicing Kit
Microwave Laboratory
516
1 CT60: Microwave Communication Trainer – Transceiver Probe
E
q
v
r
.
2 Spectrum Analyzer: 9kHz – 3GHz
3 Indoor TV Antenna
4 NTC-1 04: Radio Engineering and Telecommunication with MPMS
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.



maintained.

and
Library
517
2. Open access sources (Agora, Science direct, OARE, HINARI amongst others).
3. Professional Bodies’ E-learning platforms.
4. Relevant international organisations.
The library must also have adequate facilities for reading, lending services and reservation
of specialized materials.
The ICE programme shall adopt NUC recommendations for physical space requirement as
presented below:
Academic Size (m2)

Non-Academic
Office Facilities
Room
1. HOD/Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
2. Reader/ 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Associate Professor computer unit.
3. Senior Lecturer 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
4. Lecturer I 2 computer unit.
5. Lecturer II 3
518
B. Eng Industrial and Production
Engineering
Overview
This curriculum is for the Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng.) degree programme in Industrial
and Production Engineering.
Industrial and production engineering is the application of the principles of mathematics,
physical and social/management sciences to the design, analysis, operation, and control of
man-machine work systems with maximum productivity as the primary goal. Man-machine
work system includes manufacturing, mineral exploration, and exploitation, agro-allied,
construction, defense as well as service industries. Thus, the programme seeks to combine
knowledge of the physical laws that govern the behaviour of materials, machines, and the
environment with the behaviour of people as they interact with materials, machines, and the
environment in dynamic organizational operations. The programme has taken due
cognisance of the emerging area of Manufacturing Systems Engineering which combines the
principles of mechanical engineering, electronics, control systems, manufacturing
technology, production management, and software to formulate and improve manufacturing
processes. Of importance is the use of computers to control various manufacturing
processes, including factory automation, design and manufacture, and awareness of the
planning, control, and management methods that are relevant to modern manufacturing
systems.
Primary Areas of Specialisation are:

1. ergonomics/Human Factors Engineering (designing the workplace to better
accommodate, human factors - human abilities and behaviors, thereby yielding more
efficient operations and fewer accidents or injuries);
2. facility Design (aimed at operational efficiency);
3. management Decision Making / Operations Research (using statistics and other forms of
data analysis to aid in making management decisions);
4. manufacturing Engineering (concerned with all aspects of manufacturing operations –
materials, parts, equipment, facilities, labor, finished products, delivery);
5. quality Control (using sampling, statistical analysis, and other techniques to assess and
maintain the quality of products or services provided by a business or other
organization);
6. work Design (defining jobs that individual workers do in performing the overall work of
the organization, with the typical focus being on optimizing manufacturing operations);
7. worker Productivity (conducting time and motion studies, setting work performance
standards, and proposing new/improved work methods);
8. reliability and Maintenance Engineering;
9. logistics and Supply Chain Management; and
10. operations Research.
Philosophy
The philosophy of Industrial and Production Engineering is the training of young men and
women for intellectual, moral, and professional excellence as a prerequisite to living a fully
human and fulfilled life in a contemporary pluralistic world in general and to the promotion
of national goals of industrialisation, enterprise and self-reliance. These are needed to nudge
the Nigerian economy towards a decent future especially in the face of globalisation. The
philosophy, by implication, is towards producing graduates with high academic standards
519
and adequate practical background for self-employment and for making them valuable to
industries and their communities in general.
Objectives
The objectives of Industrial and Production Engineering are in line with the nation’s needs
for industrial development, product design and development and technological
emancipation. The undergraduate training will produce graduates with sufficient academic
background to meet these needs.
The objectives of the undergraduate Degree Programme are as follows:
1. to collaborate and maintain a centre of Industrial and Production engineering Studies
that will be a reservoir for the state-of-the-art teaching and research facilities and at the
same time to inculcate ethical standards that can meet effectively, the requirements for
economic and social development responsive to, and in consonance with national goals
and aspirations;
2. to produce highly innovative and resourceful industrial and production engineers who
will be relevant in the industrial production as well as service sectors of the Nigerian
economy;
3. to collaborate with industries to find solutions to manufacturing and operational
problems;
4. to produce industrial and production engineers with strong scientific, technological,
social and economic elements; and
5. to effectively and efficiently manage people, material and equipment with available fund.
Industrial and Production Engineering is a very broad-based programme that covers a wide
areas of employable skills. Such a spectrum includes educational institutions, research
institutes, civil service, the health sector, NGOs, process industries, and any other area
where manufacturing takes place or services are being provided. Other areas include:
1. systems engineering;
2. safety engineering;
3. sost and value engineering;
4. reliability and maintenance;
5. aerospace industry;
6. computer industry;
7. garment Industry;
8. pharmaceutical Industry.; and
9. petroleum Industry.
It is therefore reassuring that at the end of the programme/career, Industrial and

Production Engineering graduates will have requisite professional skills that are of great
values to employers.
21st Century Skills

The 21st century presents an opportunity for the Industrial and production engineer to
develop breadth and depth of skills. This programme provides the skills to recogniSe the
necessity and importance of the knowledge acquired and engage in:
3. Lifelong learning;
4. Communication;
5. Collaboration (teamwoirk);
520
6. Information literacy; and
7. Citizenship (local and global).

It is an interdisciplinary programme, which encompasses manufacturing technology,
management science, optimisation of simple and complex processes, systems, or
organisations. It gives a clear understanding and application of engineering procedures in
manufacturing processes and production methods. IPE employs mathematical, physical, and
social science, computer science, materials science, and methods of engineering design to
specify, predict and evaluate the result to be obtained.


Direct Entry
respectively.
521
Level GST ENT Basic Discipline Programme SIWES Total

Sciences (GET) (IPE) Courses Units
100 4 - 14 3 2 - 23
200 2 2 - 23 - 3 30
300 2 2 - 17 7 4 26
400 - - - - 14 8 13
500 - - - - 13 - 13
Total 8 4 14 43 36 15* 105
* All 15 Units of SIWES credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

100 Level
Course Code ourse Title Units Status LH PH

Modelling
IPE 102 Introduction to Industrial and 2 C 30 -
Production Engineering
Total 23
200 Level
Existence
GET 201 Applied Electricity 3 C 45 -
522
Engineering
GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 Weeks
Total 30
300 Level
Communication
Analytics
Technologies
GET 307 Artificial Intelligence and Machine 3 C 45 -
Learning
IPE 301 Manufacturing Technology 2 E 30 -
IPE 311 Design of Machine Elements 2 E 15 45
IPE 317 Systems Engineering 2 E 30 -
Total 26
400 Level
IPE 411 Mathematical Methods in Industrial 3 C 45

and Production Engineering
IPE 421 Production and Inventory Systems 3 E 45 -
Design
IPE 431 Automation and Control 3 E 30
IPE 461 Industrial Engineering Techniques 3 E 45 -
IPE 471 Principles of Operations Research 2 C 30 -
for Industrial and Production
Processes
GET 499 SIWES III 8 C 24
Weeks
Total 13
SWEP & Student Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES)
Course Code Course Title Units Status PH

Total 15
523
500 Level
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45
IPE 522 Design and Analysis of Industrial 2 C 15 45
and Production Experiments
IPE 531 Production Management I 3 C 45 -
IPE 532 Production Management II 3 C 45 -
Total 13
Course Contents and Learning Outcommes
100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
524
Course Contents
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline (WAI), Mass Mobilization for Self-
Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National Orientation Agency
(NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
525
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
526
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
527
continuity;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
528
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
529
IPE 102: Introduction to Industrial and Production Engineering
(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the classification of industrial and production engineering into its vital thematic
components.
2. specify, predict and evaluate the results obtained from a system or processes that are
in place or being developed, by interpreting designs;
3. articulate the principles of industrial and production engineering; and
4. relate the essence or target of industrial and production engineering to completing a
production process.
Course Contents
Classification of modern industry. Industrial and production activities. Productivity and its
effects on economic development and the standard of living of the citizens of a nation.
Work design and Measurement: control, operation and design of manned industrial and
service systems. Methods and techniques of measuring work performance. Safety
engineering. Principles and procedures of systems design and operation systems that
involve people for maximal safety. Job satisfaction and efficiency. Principles of motion
economy and Plant location. Material handling principles. Selective treatment of other
basic techniques actually used by industrial and production engineers.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
530
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course content
Learning Outcomes
531
solutions;
polymers;
natural);
Course Contents
532
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
principles.
Learning Outcomes
flow in pipes;
Course Contents
533
Learning Outcomes
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
independence and dependence of vectors rank;
534
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:\

numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
535
simulations;
relevant to engineering software and the digitalisation of services;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents

536
300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
537
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
538
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
539
technology);
Course Contents
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy System and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30 PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents
540


Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
541
careers;,
empirical models;
Course Contents

design project.

IPE 301: Manufacturing Technology (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
542
1. identify the types and organisation of engineering Workshops;
2. list the types of manufacturing processes and state their uses;
3. describe the common machines and tools used in manufacturing process;
4. explain the operations and capabilities of machines used in manufacturing;
5. recognise engineering materials, their types, uses and properties;
6. recognise safety rules and regulations in the workshop and state their obligations in
ensuring safety;
7. explain parts of Lathe accessories and attachments, drilling machines, drill bits and their
uses;
8. identify and describe simple metal cutting applied to hand tool and single point tool
geometry; amd
9. identify cutting fluid and state the general principles of working metal cutting machine
tools.
Course Contents
Elementary introduction to types and organization of engineering workshops covering
jobbing, batch, mass production. Engineering materials: Their uses and properties.
Safety in workshops and general principles of working. Bench work and fitting: Hand
tools, instruments. Carpentry: Hand tools. Materials. types of joint. processing of timber.
Blacksmithing, and tools and working principles. Joints and fastenings: threaded
fasteners. riveting, welding, brazing, and soldering. Measurement and marking out for
uniformity. circularity, concentricity, etc. Standard measuring tools used in the workshop.
Simple metal cutting applied to hand tools. Single point tool geometry. Cutting fluid
General principles of working of standard metal cutting machine tools. Work and tool
movement, speed and feed range. Centre lathe operations: Straight/taper turning. Thread
cutting. Parts of lathes accessories and attachments used on centre lathe. Drilling
machine, drill bits and uses.
IPE 311: Design of Machine Elements (2 Units E: LH 15 PH 45)
Learning Outcome
1. state the fundamentals of machine design;
2. identify machine parts/elements, state their functions and describe their failure modes;
3. recognise the strategies of safety and its significance and application in design;
4. state the environment in which machine parts are required to function.
5. design machine elements using industrial codes and standard from handbooks and other
sources;
6. identify the material constituents of machine parts, their engineering properties and
make appropriate selection based on design requirement(s); and
7. design some machine parts based on the knowledge gained.
Course Contents
Principles and methods of design. Strength calculations. Standards. Preferred numbers
and fits. Materials, standard sections and dimensions. Failure and factors of safety.
Machine Elements: Design of the following: Riveted joints. Welded joints. Threaded joints.
Springs. Friction drives. Belt and rope drives. Chain drives. Power screws. Brakes.
Couplings and clutches. Machine Frame. Keys. Cotters and spine joints. Design and
reduction of gears, Use of handbooks and standards, Choice of Manufacturing Processes on
design of machine elements, assembly and performance.
543
IPE 317: Systems Engineering (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify and describe the fundamental concepts of systems engineering, best practices
and emerging trends;
2. implement the process or stages of system engineering from problem identification to
implementation and follow-up;
3. synthesise a system and analyse it;
4. Articulate the structure of a system and its design; and
5. recognise the input and output requirements of a system, the knowledge of the
technology involved, the performance requirement, the cost implications during
implementation and follow-up.
Course Contents
Systems engineering – definition. The process: problem identification. problem definition.
Modeling. Solution testing. Implementation. Follow-up. Systems synthesis and analysis:
System structure. System design. System requirement: Input / Output requirement.
Technology requirement. Cost requirement. Performance requirement.
400 Level
Learning Outcomes
and
Course Contents
544
IPE 411 Some Mathematical Methods in Industrial and Production Engineering

(3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end, the student should be able to:
1. solve higher order linear and non-linear differential equations and apply them to
modelling and design of systems.
2. state Lagragian functions and discuss its importance and application in engineering
optimisation problem solving.
3. apply Laplace and Fourier transforms techniques to solve differential equations in
industrial and production systems.
4. apply statistical methods like correlation, regression analysis in analysing, interpreting
experimental data and probability theory in testing and quality control.
Course Contents
Integral Transforms: Laplace and Fourier transforms. Application to boundary value
problems in Engineering Calculus of Variations: Langrange’s equation and applications to
Industrial and Production Engineering Scenarios Probability: Probability laws, Conditional
Probability and dependence of events. Discrete and continuous Probability distribution.
Probability functions: Density function and Distribution Function. Expected Values, Moments.
Standard Distributions involving Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distributions. Statistics:
Regression and Correlation: Method of least squares, Linear and Introductory Non- Linear
regressions, Total and Partial Correlation. Sampling theory: Sampling distribution of mean.
Confidence Interval for mean and Proportion. Test of Hypotheses: Development of Null and
Alternate Hypotheses. Decision making with Hypothesis. Types I and II errors. Industrial
Application of statistics and probability theories.
IPE 421: Production and Inventory Design (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcome
1. recognise the strategic role of the supply chain and the key parameters of performance
by identifying Facilities, Inventory, Transportation, Sourcing, Information and Pricing;
2. identify analytical decision support tools (both models and applications) as well as the
organizational models that successfully allow companies to develop;
3. analyse and develop simple inventory management policies under deterministic
environments;
4. develop aggregate production plans and detailed schedules through simple policies; and
5. recognise the dynamic interactions among different elements of a supply chain system.
Course Contents
Simple Inventory control Methods with deterministic and stochastic demand. The EOQ
Model. lot sizing. supply chain management. Scheduling. Materials Requirement Planning
(MRP). Just-in-Time models. Pull Control Systems and Aggregate Planning.
IPE 431: Automation and Control (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the fundamental definition and concepts of automation and Control
545
engineering;
2. explain control system in production engineering systems such as CNC machine tools,
Production-Inventory systems;
3. identify signal flow graphs and interpret them;
4. explain and classify transfer functions into various types and interpret them;
5. state the uses of block diagrams and the mathematical basis for the design of control
systems; and
6. discuss the importance and application of good instrumentation for the efficient design
of process control loops for production systems.
Course Contents
Basic definitions and concepts. Control systems in Production Engineering, e.g. CNC machine
tools, Production–Inventory Control, etc. Block diagrams and their reduction. Signal flow
graphs. Transfer functions. State–space representations. Some common transfer functions.
System Stability: Routh, Hurwitz, etc. stability criteria. System Classification. Error constants
and sensitivity. Types of system inputs. Second – Order Systems. Transient and Steady–
State Responses. Performance Indices. Root–Locus Analysis. Root–Locus Design. Bode
Analysis. Bode Design. Nyquist Analysis. Nyquist Design. Nicholas Chart Analysis. Nicholas
Chart Design.
IPE 461: Industrial and Production Engineering Techniques (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. state the meaning and essence of break-even analysis and its application in choice
decision making in the presence of alternatives;
2. identify and explain the types of production system.
3. enumerate the different manufacturing techniques that are available;
4. state the meaning of facility Layouts and classify them;
5. state the uses of algorithms for designing process and layout designs;
6. comment on transportation problems as optimisation problems and their essence in the
industry;
7. explain how to identify transportations problems, develop strategies to solve them and
to utilise available techniques to solve them;
8. state the principles of time and motion studies and describe their essence in workplace
design;
9. discuss the applications of the learning curve principles in real-life; and
10. explain the essence of plant location analysis in decision making.
Course Contents
Break- Even Analysis and its application in decision making. Types of production systems
and manufacturing techniques. Facility Layout types. Process layout and Product Layout
design. Transportation Techniques Work System Design. Learning Curve. Plant Location
Analysis. Other Industrial and Production engineering techniques.
IPE 471: Principles of Operations Research for Industrial and Production

Processes (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the fundamental principles of OR and how to develop OR techniques and tools;
2. develop linear programming and simplex models for industrial and Production systems;
546
3. apply these techniques and algorithms to solve them;
4. interprete and apply results of an OR model; and
5. disseminate the results of OR project through a written report and oral presentation.
Course Contents
Development of O.R. techniques and tools. Deterministic models and their place in industrial
operations. Scope, theory and application of linear programming models. Simplex method.
Resource allocation, assignment and transportation problems. Duality. Review of computer
programming with special reference to Industrial and production problems. Application of
software such as Solver, TORA etc to solve O.R. problems. OR project with written report
and an oral presentation
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
547
and legal jurisdictions.;
design and management services and their professional liability implications and
Course Contents
IPE 522: Design and Analysis of Industrial and Production Experiments

(2 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain how to design experiments, carry them out, and analyse the data yielded;
2. state process involved in designing an experiment including factorial and fractional
factorial designs;
3. State how a factorial design allows cost reduction, increases efficiency of
experimentation and reveals the essential nature of a process;
4. evaluate the logic of hypothesis testing, including analysis of variance and the detailed
analysis of experimental data;
5. formulate understanding of the subject using real examples, including experimentation in
industrial and production engineering;
6. introduce Taguchi methods and compare and contrast them with more traditional
techniques; and
7. discuss the roles of response surface methodology and its basic concepts.
8. describe how the analysis of experimental design data is carried out using the most
common software packages.
Course Contents
Examples of experimental design problems in production planning and manufacturing. Basic
principles of experimentation. Randomization. Replication and local control. Blocks and Latin
square designs. Two level factorial design. Analysis of experimental data. Special problems
of current interest. Applications in industrial and Production engineering. Confounding in a 2k
experiment. Introduction to fractional replication. Introduction to response surface
methodology. Introduction of Taguchi Method and its comparison other techniques
548
IPE 531: Production Management I (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning outcomes
1. state the types and principles of production processes;
2. apply basic materials management concepts;
3. develop group technology and cellular;
4. Explain the concepts of purchasing and implementation;
5. select appropriate interest rates and describe the methods of analysis;
6. discuss manufacturing methods in a range of industries;
7. visit manufacturing industries;
8. write a comprehensive report and communicate engineering knowledge gained during
the visits; and
9. state the fundamentals of small-scale businesses and their industrial engineering roles.
Course Contents
Principles of production. Types of production processes. Development of Group
technology and cellular systems. Materials management. Purchasing methods.
Engineering Economy. Economic analysis of engineering projects. Selection of
appropriate interest rates and methods of analysis, depreciation and tax considerations.
Survey of manufacturing methods in a range of industries, textiles, timber, food,
agriculture, etc. Plant visits. Overview of Some manufacturing industries such as cement,
electronics, etc. Industrial computers and their applications. Small–scale businesses in
Industrial and Production Engineering.
IPE 532 : Production Management II (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the fundamental principles of production planning and control and indicate how
the knowledge of budgeting and cost control influences their outcome;
2. explain the meaning of forecasting, identify its types and show its importance;
3. determine forecast accuracy and interpret the result;
4. explain the principles of quality control and identify problems in quality improvement
process;
5. explain and apply statistics and probability to quality control and management;
6. describe the basic concept of Total Quality management, the steps involved and its
implementation;
7. perform process capability and specification studies;
8. explain the basic principles of reliability;
9. apply the principles of statistics and probability in characterising the reliability of an item
or system;
10. explain the bathtub curve and its application;
11. determine the reliability of series and parallel systems;
12. explain basic concepts such as preventive ; and
13. corrective maintenance, maintainability and availability.
Course Contents
Production Planning and Control. Principles of control, Budgetary and cost control.
Information Processing and Control. Forecasts. Principles of forecasting. Simple forecasting
models and forecast accuracy. Schedulling Techniques. Sequencing n-jobs through n-
machines. Quality Control. Quality Control Principles, Total Quality Concepts, economics of
549
quality. process capability. Control Charts. Sampling systems. Inspection Systems. Quality
Motivation and Training. Basic concepts of Reliability Engineering. Principles of reliability
engineering, The Bathtub Curve. Failure rate analysis. Reliability of systems – Series and
Parallel Systems, Maintenance – Preventive and Corrective. Maintainability and Availability.
Equipment
The required equipment and tools required for the Industrial and {Production engineering
programme in accordance with the requirements of major laboratories are listed below. Note
that accessories and consumables needed for effective use of these equipment are not listed
but will be requested by the department that runs this curriculum when purchasing the
equipment.
Industrial and Production Engineering Laboratory Equipment
1. Induction Furnaces.
2. CNC machines
3.Lathe Machines.
4.Drilling Machines.
5.Hacksaw, Stolling, Cutting Machine.
6.Universal Gear Hobing Machine.
7.Sheet streaming, Bending, Rolling Machine.
8.Work Press Machines such as Eccentric press, punch press, Arbor press, Double Piller
Type.
9.Screw presses.
10.Hammer mills.
11.Modern callipers and gauges.
12.Computer Workstations and Software.
13.Ergonomic Lab Workstations.
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.

550

maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
library well equipped with specialised and modern books and journals in both physical and
1. Institutions (national and international);
2. Open access sources;
3. Professional Bodies’ E-learning platforms; and
4. Relevant international organizations;
The library must also have adequate facilities for reading, lending services and reservation
for specialised materials. It must have a dequate seating capacity for users up to 2,700.
Other requirements include shelves (Main/Engineering Branch Library) , trolleys, reading

chairs/tables. Computers, Printers, Scanners, Labelling machine, Catalogue cabinets, Kirk
stand, cataloguing and classification tools, giant size staplers, cutter tables, library of
congress subject heading, delivery decimal classification scheme, Universal decimal
classification scheme.
551
Classrooms, Laboratory, Workshops, Clinics and Offices
The ICE programme shall adopt NUC recommendations for physical space requirement as
presented below:
Academic Size (m2)
Non-Academic
Room
1. HOD/Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
2. Reader/ 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Associate Professor computer unit.
3. Senior Lecturer 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
4. Lecturer I 2 computer unit.
5. Lecturer II 3
552
B. Eng Marine Engineering
Overview
Marine Engineering is the art of applying scientific principles to the design, analysis,
modelling, simulation, production, monitoring, operation, diagnosis, maintenance and
management of engineering systems and equipment, which work in marine environment,
such as ships, and the variety of offshore structures. It introduces them to the techniques
and tools of research; develops in them the spirit of enquiry and generally prepares them to
face challenges and solve problems in the field of Marine Engineering and related disciplines.
The three (3) main specialisations under the programme are:

Marine Power plants Option
Marine Power Plants Option deals with design, running and maintenance of all onboard
machineries, generators, propulsion engines, electrical systems, electronics, navigational and
control mechanisms. The graduates of this option, generally called the Marine Engineers,
take complete charge of the engine room of a ship and the functioning of various devices
like electric motors, steam engines, propulsive engines, etc. They also develop newer
designs for the engines of sailing vessels and check the efficiency of existing equipment like
gas or steam turbines, diesel or nuclear propulsion plants. New technologies like
superconductivity, fuel cells and hydrodynamics are being explored in this field to make the
vessels more efficient: thus, providing this field with even more interesting job propositions.
Naval Architecture and Ship Building Option

Naval Architecture presents abundant possibilities of combining suitable ship theory with
sound technical skills in the design, construction, optimisation and commissioning of marine
vessels and structures. The naval architects are responsible for the management, inspection,
analysis and repair of all floating and fixed marine structures. Note: Naval architects apply
advanced knowledge and skills of mathematics, ship hydromechanics, properties of
materials, structures and ship concepts to design/ develop novel marine vehicles having
good socioeconomic and environmental impacts.
Offshore/ Subsea Engineering

Offshore engineering is a multidisciplinary specialization that involves the design,
installation, operation, maintenance and decommissioning of all fixed and floating offshore
structures. Whereas, Subsea Engineering deals with the analysis, design, development and
maintenance of subsea field, flowlines and risers and related systems. This specialization is
very important for the development of offshore oil/gas, harnessing of renewable offshore
energy and safe marine operations/ service in deep sea.
Philosophy
The undergraduate programmes in Marine Engineering are designed to apply the basic
principles of the physical sciences, fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, corrosion, electrical
technology, oceanography, robotics, geotechnics, structures, marine hydrodynamics as well
as sound computational techniques for the safe and efficient design, construction,
maintenance and expert management of marine systems.
Objectives
The aim of the programmes is to impart state-of-the-art theoretical knowledge and practical
skills to students for cutting-edge research, innovative design, and the development of safe,
553
efficient and reliable maritime systems, processes, equipment and structures. The objectives
of the programmes in the Department of Marine Engineering are to:
1. impart students with the principles of Marine Engineering, Naval Architecture, Offshore
and Subsea Engineering that would reflect the requirements of ship and boat building
firms; oil/ gas industries, security operatives and governmental agencies;
2. train students to prepare and read technical drawing of engineering designs,
manufacturing and assembling of engineering structures and systems;
3. train students to run, maintain, and repair ship power plants, instrumentation and
onboard equipment necessary for the propulsion and safety of the ship’s hull, and for
the care, comfort and safety of passengers and crew;
4. equip them with tools and skills required to design reliable, efficient, and economically
viable marine power plants and their control systems;
5. help students with skills solve complex engineering problems related to shipbuilding,
offshore and subsea systems using Computer-Aided Engineering software (such as CAE,
CAD, CAM), mathematical analysis and empirical procedures;
6. develop students in critical reasoning, good professional judgment, and the ability to
take responsibility when undertaking important tasks.
7. make them to be proficient in maritime operations so as to carry out ship’s hull and
equipment, offshore and subsea systems survey for classification societies and
consultancy work;
8. furnish students with the state-of-the-art technologies for the optimal implementation of
soft and hardware;
9. teach entrepreneurial skills that can facilitate human capacity building, for sustainable
socioeconomic development; and
10. make professionals to be adequately trained to improve on indigenous technology with a
view to enhancing local problem solving and resource optimization.
Marine Power plants Option

In addition, this option develops knowledge, skills and tools to aid the:
1. design, optimisation and analysis of ships and offshore energy systems;
2. modelling, simulation and successful implementation of onboard integrated systems;
3. selection of appropriate power generators, auxiliary systems and mechatronics;
4. monitoring, faults diagnosis and repair of all onboard ship equipment; and
5. design, running and maintenance of diesel engines/ gas turbine systems and auxiliaries
Naval Architecture and Ship Building

In addition to the general features, Naval Architecture presents abundant possibilities to
combine suitable ship theory with technical skills in performing detailed:
1. design, construction and commissioning of marine vessels and structures;
2. management, inspection, analysis and repair of floating and fixed marine structures;
3. design analysis for vessels conversion, rebuilding, modernisation or repair; and
4. research and development of advanced, non-conventional marine vehicles/ structures
Offshore/ Subsea Engineering

Supplemental to the general characteristics, Offshore/ Subsea Engineering equips students
with relevant theoretical knowledge and practical skills to enable them:
1. understand the basic principles underlying the operation of offshore and subsea systems
and operations;
2. design, model, simulate and optimise offshore systems under varied environmental
conditions;
554
3. understand safety measures, perform risk analysis, and pollution control in the
environment of the operating system;
4. perform structural integrity analysis of fixed and floating offshore platforms, subsea
pipelines, flow lines, risers and other underwater equipment;
5. characterise metocean data in relation to structural dynamics; and
6. calculate the stability and draught of offshore vessels for safe marine operations.
Employability Skills Emphasized

At the end of their training, graduates of the programmes in Marine Engineering may find
employment opportunities in the following areas:
1. Oil and Gas producing/Marine Service Companies.

2. Engineering design, System modelling and Manufacturing establishments.
3. Government Ministries, Departments, Agencies, and Parastatals.
4. Research and Development (R&D) firms.
5. Educational Institutions.
6. Ship and boat building yards.
7. Entrepreneurship.
8. Shipping and Fishing industries.
9. Marine survey and Certification firms.
10. The Navy.
11. Engineering consultancy.
12. Environmental consultancy.
In tandem with global best academic and professional practices, the programmes are
structured to equip the graduate engineers with competences and employability skills to
demonstrate:
Sound Engineering knowledge: Ability to apply principles of Mathematics, physical
sciences and engineering to the investigation, analysis and interpretation of complex
engineering problems as to arrive at substantiated expert solutions,
Good Analytical Skill: Ability to identify, formulate, research and analyse developmental
and extant complex engineering problems to reach cost-effective conclusions by applying
sound engineering principles and mathematics
Good Experimentation Skill: Ability to carry out detailed investigation into difficult
problems using design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of
information to provide valid conclusions;
Expert Usage of Modern R&D Tools: Being able to use modern software to investigate,
analyse, synthesize, simulate and characterise engineering systems and processes in both
design and off-design conditions. A great engineer needs to be able to comprehend complex
systems, how they work, how problems arise and how to fix them.
Usage of Modern Tools: Expertise to evolve and implement appropriate software for
computer-aided design, analysis, modelling, manufacturing, simulation, and optimisation of
novel engineering equipment, and improved performance of existing systems and processes.
Creativity and Innovativeness: Ability to think outside of the box and device ways and
means to improve existing systems and invent new ones, using both manual and software
techniques. It is knack to evolve solutions to difficult engineering problems, and design
systems or processes that provide utility.
Technical Communication Skills: Communicate effectively in written and oral English,
and do effective presentation with explicit engineering drawings of complex engineering
systems/ activities to colleagues, management and clients; in addition to giving and
receiving clear instructions.
555
Good Entrepreneurial/ Managerial Skills: Ability to exercise business ingenuity and
managerial acumen imbued with excellent financial prudence and engineering precision in
decision making and projects execution in both private firm andin a multidisciplinary
environment.
Good Team Player: Ability to function effectively as an individual, and as a member or a
leader of a team of multifaceted and /or multidisciplinary setting. A great engineer needs to
work harmoniously, encourage, empower, complement and improve team members.
21st Century Skills

A study reports that about 30% of the activities in 60% of all occupations could be
automated. This means that many workers will find themselves working alongside rapidly
evolving robotics, pushing human counterparts to keep pace. Hence in addition to the sound
theoretical concept, the knowledge of artificial intelligence, allocation of more time for
Practical and the use of modern training software and simulators in core courses are
emphasized in the course contents.
Learning Skills: The five Cs of curiosity, critical thinking/problem solving/decision making,
creativity and innovation, collaboration (teamwork) and communication skills. These prepare
the student’s mind to easily adapt to and maximize usage of resources within contemporary
work environment.
Investigative Skills: Information gathering; Objective analysis; Attention to details;
Contrast between abstract and concrete facts; Sensitivity to uncertainties; Good validation
procedures; and Technology literacy to enable the students to confidently decipher fact in
the sea of information with minimal fear, errors and doubts (FED), as well as guarantee the
credibility of the source of information.
Life Skills: Self-discipline; moral rectitude; honesty & trustworthiness; proactiveness; self-
motivation; leadership charisma; managerial acumen; being dynamic & resilient; productivity
and good interpersonal skills are intangible but very crucial in preparing the student for a
successful personal as well as professional life after graduation.
Unique Features of The Programmes

In addition to the sound theoretical concept, the knowledge of artificial intelligence and
allocation of more time for laboratory, the following changes make the CCMAS different from
the old BMAS:
The inclusion of the three basic options in Marine Engineering: (a) Power Plants Option; (b)
Naval Architecture and Ship Building; and (c) Offshore/ Subsea Engineering. This
categorisation is necessary to prepare them for specialised fields in the industry and at PG
level. The old curriculum was broad but lacked depth.
1. At 200-Level, a new course, “Marine Business and Environment,” is introduced to give
students an overview of the maritime industry, businesses, career prospects, HSE
requirements and their regulators. Also, Naval Architecture 1, and Navigation and
Meteorology are moved down to 200-Level as common courses for all options.
Computing and Software Engineering, and SIWES 1 are considered as university-based
Electives.
2. At 300-Level, a new course, “Cargo Handling and Marine Operation,” is introduced to
equip students with the various techniques of cargo loading, unloading and preservation;
in addition to the different marine operations and their regulations. Three courses: (a)
Marine Diesel Engines 1; (b) Ship Engines and Powerplants 1; and (c) Marine Steam and
Gas Turbines are now introduced as common courses for all options at 300-Level.
However, Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics, SIWES II are considered as
university-based optional courses.
3. At 400-Level for Power Plants Option, Mechanical Design II is replaced with Marine
Engineering Design in order to reflect the design of marine systems. Ship Propulsion is
556
expanded to include ship resistance. Therefore, it is now “Ship Resistance and
Propulsion.” A new course, “Computer Aided Design (CAD) in Marine Engineering and
Naval Architecture,” is introduced for hands-on computer-based design, analysis and
simulation of marine structures and systems. Welding and Fabrication is optional.
4. At 500-Level, two new courses: “Ship Vibration and Rotor-dynamics; and Risk and
Reliability Engineering,” are introduced to enable students measure, interpret and
attenuate undesirable vibrations, and to ensure system reliability and low-risk
operations. Optional courses suggested are: (a) Marine Boilers and Burners; (b) Ship
Energy Management Systems; and (c) Marine Surveying and HSE.
5. Software for CAD and marine structural analysis and simulation are included, and time
allocated on the course structure to teach them alongside practice sessions.
6. Inclusion of virtual laboratory where students can perform virtual experiment of real and
conceptual systems to predict their behaviours in design and off-design conditions.
Stimulated parametric study can be carried out and animation videos (on different
powerplants, dynamics of offshore structures, hydrodynamics of ships, cavitation of
propeller.) can be used for academic demonstrations.


Direct Entry
respectively.
557
Pre - requisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higherlevel.

Level General Basic Discipline Programme SIWES Total
Studies Sciences (GET) (MAR) Courses Units
(GST/ENT)
100 4 16 3 2 - 25
200 4 - 23 3 3 33
300 4 - 7 10 4 25
400 - - - 0 8 8
500 - - 5 09 - 14
Total 12 16 39 38 15 * 105
*All 15 units of SIWES credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level
100 Level

II
PHY 107 General Practical Physics 1& 2 C - 90
II
Solid Modelling I
MAR 124 Introduction to Marine 2 C 30
Engineering
Total 25
558
200 Level
Innovation
GST 212 Philosophy, logic, and 2 C 30 -
Human Existamce
Mechanics
Thermodynamics
Engineering
MAR 201 Navigation and Meteorology 2 C 30 -
MAR 203 Introduction to Naval 3 E 30 -
Architecture ans Offshore
Engineering
Experience Scheme
Total 33
300 Level

Presentation
Analytics.
MAR 311 Marine Diesel Engines I 3 C 30 45
MAR 314 Marine Steam and Gas 3 C 45 -

Turbines
MAR 323 Naval Architecture I 2 E 30 -
MAR 352 Marine Electrical Tech & 3 E 30 45

Instrumentation
Experience Scheme
Total 25
559
SIWES Courses
GET 499 SIWES III: Student Industrial 8 C 24 weeks
Work Experience Scheme
Total 15*
*All SIWES Experiential Courses of 15 units credited for 2nd Semester of 400-Level.
Marine Power Plants Option

400 Level
MAR 421 Ship Resistance and 3 E 45 -

Propulsion
MAR 431 Marine Auxiliary Machinery 2 E 45 -
MAR 433 Ship Engines and Power 2 E 30 -

Plants II
Experience Scheme
Total 8
500 Level

Management
MAR 516 Refrigeration and Air- 3 C 45 -

conditioning
MAR 521 Ship Design and Construction 3 C 45 -
MAR 531 Marine Diesel Engines II 3 C 45 -
MAR 532 Running and Maintenance of 2 E 30

Ship Power Plants
Total 14
Naval Architecture and Ship Building Optio

400 Level
MAR 417 Computer Aided Design 2 E 15 45

(CAD) in Marine Engineering
and Naval Architecture
MAR 421 Ship Resistance and 3 E 45 -
Propulsion
560
MAR 423 Ship Structures and Strength 3 E 45 -
Total 8
500 Level

Management
MAR 515 Ship Vibration and Rotor 3 C 45 -

Dynamics
MAR 521 Ship Design and Construction 3 C 45 -
MAR 523 Naval Architecture II 3 C 45 -
MAR 525 Shipyard Technology 2 C 15 45
Total 16
Offshore and Subsea Engineering

400 Level
MAR 423 Ship Structures and Strength 3 C 45
MAR 431 Offshore Systems Design and 2 C 30

Analysis
MAR 465 Offshore and Coastal 3 C 45
Engineering
Total 8
500 Level

Management
MAR 561 Basic Drilling Engineering 2 E 30
MAR 563 Subsea and Pipeline 3 - 45 -

Engineering
MAR 564 Ship and Offshore 3 - 45 -
Hydrodynamics
MAR 565 Mooring, Risers and Drilling 3 - 45 -
Systems
Total 16
561
100 level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Writing activities (pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining). Writing (paragraphing,
Learning Outcomes
analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
Course Contents
562
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models,
and put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
563
Course Contents
terms. Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3d
Learning Outcomes
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
564
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
565
(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
Course Contents
(including approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule)
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
566
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
567
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
MAR 124: Introduction to Marine Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. appreciate the duties and career prospects of a marine engineer;
2. identify the various types of ship powerplants, auxiliaries and their functions;
3. explain marine engineering terms and engine room layout; and
4. classify and state the uses of harbour facilities and operations.
Course Contents
The basic fields and career prospects in Marine Technology. Introduction to marine vessels,
equipment and facilities for transportation, offshore and harbour operations. Definition of
terminologies. Marine engineering systems and machinery onboard ships. Types of ship
power plants, prime movers and auxiliary machinery onboard. Machinery arrangements and
their functionalities. Field trip to Marine industry/production facilities.
200 level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
568
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
values, philosophy and character molding, others.
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
Course Contents
569
Learning Outcomes
Course contents
Learning Outcomes
solutions;
polymers;
natural);
Course Contents
570
GET 204: Students workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
principles.
571
Learning Outcomes
flow in pipes;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first,
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
572
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

numbers;
573
Course Contents
GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering ( 3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
574
Course Contents

MAR 201: Navigation and Meteorology (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate good seamanship skills, ropework and boat rigging;
2. identify and describe Marine Communications Systems and Global Maritime Distress and
Safety Systems (GMDSS).;
3. perform First-Aid Treatment, rescue operation and personal survival;
4. describe the procedure for launching and retrieving lifeboats;
5. describe bridge equipment, navigational aids, and onboard machineries; and
6. perform weather prediction and describe basic meteorological equipment.
Course Contents
Introduction to seamanship skills. Ship nomenclature. Ship Equipment: deck gear and
machinery. Cargo plans, stowage methods, ventilation and handling. Marine
Communications Systems and Global Maritime Distress and Safety Systems (GMDSS). Hatch
work and bulk heading. Rope work and boat rigging. Cargo protection. Anchor
arrangements. Mooring and towing arrangements. Small boat handling with oars or engine.
Mooring, anchoring, lowering mand lifting of life boats. Use of life saving equipment. First
Aid, Personal survival. Merchant ship departmental organisation and station bills. Bridge
equipment. Navigational Aids. Signalling and communications. International convention.
Weather: types, impact and prediction. Climatology. Meteorological equipment and
application in Navigation. Marine ecology. Practicals: Seamanship practice.
MAR 203: Introduction to Naval Architecture, and (3 Units E: LH 45)

Offshore Engineering
Learning Outcomes
1. identify and classify various marine vessels and offshore structures;
2. calculate different ship hull form coefficient and hydrostatic parameters;
3. explain the design sequence and procedures on ship design spiral;
4. perform basic stability calculation and analysis; and
5. implement numerical approximations for ship design and analysis.
575
Course Contents
Introduction to Naval Architecture: naval architectural terms and concepts; Ship building and
the design spiral. Marine vessels: types of ships, boats, barges and floating structures. SHIP
stability: The concepts of static, dynamic, intact and damage stability. Introduction to
Offshore Engineering: types, design, installation, and operations. Fixed offshore and floating
offshore platforms, Subsea systems, Introduction to offshore renewable energy systems.
300 level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
576
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
577
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
technology);
578
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
careers;,
empirical models;
Course Contents
Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, lathe machine

579
design project.
1. Design of machine components;

2. Product design and innovation;
3. Part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
4. Technical report writing.
MAR 311: Marine Diesel Engines 1 (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
1. evaluate the thermal efficiencies of different theoretical and actual cycles;
2. distinguish between spark-ignition engines and compression-ignition engines;
3. determine the performance characteristics of internal combustion engines; and
4. explain diesel engine design considerations and features.
Course Contents
Theoretical and actual cycles. Fundamentals of internal combustion engines. Types of
engines. Cylinder arrangements. Fuels and combustion. Performance characteristics. Engine
ratings. Efficiency. Design and Construction. Fuel oil injection pumps and injectors. Ship
propulsion engine types: direct and geared drive.
MAR 314: Marine Steam and Gas Turbines (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
1. evaluate the operating principles and efficiencies of thermodynamic cycles;
2. describe steam and gas turbines and combined power plants, their theory, design
configurations and optimisation;
3. evaluate turbomachinery: theory, designs, performance and design limitations; and
4. explain the use of governors, safety devices, glands, couplings, seals.
Course Contents
Principles of operation and classification. Rankine cycle, reheat cycle, regenerative cycle,
reheat/regenerative cycle and cycle efficiencies. Theory of steam expansion in cascade. Gas
turbine. Principles of operation and classification. Brayton cycle, heat exchange cycle, reheat
cycle, intercooled cycle, intercooler/reheat/heat exchange cycle, cycle efficiencies, combined
steam and gas turbine cycles. Turbomachinery theory: Expansion of fluids in nozzles.
Expansion process in turbine stator blades, work done in turbine rotors, velocity distribution
across compressor and turbine, pressure, velocity and pressure-velocity compounding.
580
Steam turbine construction: Governors, safety devices, glands, couplings, Astern turbine,
blades, rotors, blade fixing, seals, casings and condensers. Gas turbine construction. Rotors,
compressor blades, intakes, combustors, turbines and exhausts.
MAR 323: Naval Architecture I (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. employ numerical techniques to estimate ship geometry and size;
2. determine and draw hydrodynamic curves;
3. calculate stability parameters of marine vessels;
4. perform inclining experiment of any floating marine vessel; and
5. analyse free-surface effect and the effect of loading on stability.
Course Contents
Ship’s principal terms, geometry and hydrostatic calculation: ships lines, coefficients of form,
wetted surface area, volumes, moments, displacement, tonnes per cm immersion and
Bonjean curves. Simpson’s rules, application to area, moments and volume calculations.
Trapezoidal rule, mean and mid-ordinate rule, Tchebycheff’s rule and their applications.
Transverse stability of ships: Statical stability at small and large angles of heel, angle of loll;
stability of a wall sided ship. Inclining experiment. Calculation of GM, BM, GZ and KM.
Curves of statical stability and dynamical stability Determination of: Free surface effect.
Centers of Buoyancy, and floatation. Centre of gravity: Effects of shifting, addition and
removal of masses and of suspended masses. Trim: change in trim and draughts. Statutory
Regulations; classification societies requirements; IMO Regulations.
MAR 352: Marine Electrical Tech and Instrumentation

Learning Outcomes
1. perform basic installation, operation and maintenance of electrical systems;
2. explain onboard electrical system: their circuit diagram, calculations and safety;
3. describe the working principles of Motors and Starters; Traducers and indicators; and
4. perform circuit and insulation testing and over-current protection.
Course Contents
Ships’ Electrical System: DC and AC systems: their circuit diagram, calculations and safety.
Circuit and insulation testing and over-current protection. Main and standby generators.
Main switchboard, circuit breakers and automatic voltage control. Motors and starters:
types, ratings, operation, control equipment and maintenance. Auxiliary Electrical Services:
Refrigeration and air conditioning; Galley and laundry; Cathodic protection and Battery
Supplies. Special electrical practice for oil, gas and chemical tankers. Classification society’s
requirements for electrical equipment for: Bridge controls, Steering gears, and Navigation
lights, basic electronics, operations and maintenance: alarm system, engine room telegraph,
Radar and counter, Remote helm indicator, Echo sounder, Salinity indicators, smoke
detectors, carbon dioxide recorder, Watertight door control, traducers for velocity, force,
temperature, flow, pressure, displacement and position measurements. Output devices and
feedback control systems. Electric propulsion –systems, engines, generators, motors,
excitation system and control. Electrical faults detection, prevention and repair. Class
requirements for spares on board. Simple electronics measuring devices, such as VTVM,
CRO, IC tester, signal generator.
581
400 level
Learning Outcomes
placements after graduation; and
Course Contents
MAR 417: Computer Aided Design (CAD) in Marine Engineering and Naval
Architecture (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. evolve appropriate design philosophy, geometric/functional requirements, material
selection criteria and manufacturing processes specifications;
2. draw, dimension, section and produce in diverse views the 2-D and 3-D drafting of
engineering components in AutoCAD;
3. independently design, analyse, stimulate and render solid models of marine structures,
mechanical systems and electrical devices; and
4. effectively utilise either autodesk inventor, SOLIDWORKS, Catia or Abaqus for parametric
and feature-based design of engineering systems.
Course Contents
Review of marine/offshore engineering systems, structures, machines and components;
their working principles, forces, stresses and deformations (calculations are not necessary,
except for illustrations/comparisons). Engineering drawing concepts. Introduction to CAD
582
environment. AutoCAD 2-D and 3-D drafting of mechanical and electrical
components/systems. Projection views. Identification and uses of features and commands.
Design Drawings: parametric and feature-based design. Geometric and dimensioning
constraints. Design philosophy, geometric/functional requirements, material selection
criteria, and processes requirements. Introduction to autodesk inventor/SOLIDWORKS/Catia,
Abaqus. Generation of sketches, solid models, animation and analysis of system. Creation of
multiple views, and orientations. Production of assembly drawings, section drawings and
rendering. Limits, fits, tolerances and surface quality. Assembled drawings of pistons, thrust
blocks, liners, connecting rods, crossheads, injection valves, hydraulic steering gear,
turboshaft flexible coupling, safety vale starting valves, fuel pumps, stern tube and tail shaft,
rudder carrier bearing and all accessories of main machinery. Libraries of standard machine
elements and symbols.
MAR 421: Ship Resistance and Propulsion (3 Units E: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
1. analyse the various components of ship resistance and propulsion;
2. explain the hydrodynamics of ship in restricted water and in rough sea;
3. perform propeller design, matching to hull, performance evaluation, optimisation and
cavitation prevention; and
4. describe ship maneuverability, sea-worthiness, form effects and powering.
Course Contents
Resistance of ship. Components of resistance. Laws of comparison. Model tests. Resistance
in restricted water and resistance of small and fast ships. Methods of ship resistance
calculations. Determination of engine power. Steering of ships. Types of rudders.
Maneuverability. Seaworthiness of a ship. Fundamentals of ship; propulsion. Effects of hull
forms, sea state and route constraints. Propulsion devices. Geometry of screw propeller.
Momentum theory of the screw. Axial and tangential losses. The propulsion coefficients. The
influence of after body on wake distribution. Model tests and laws of comparison. Systematic
screw-series. Hydrodynamic characteristics. Matching of propeller to the hull. Cavitation.
Design of screw propellers. Performance curves. The screw propellers performance in
different load conditions. Controllable pitch propellers. Calculations, design and drawing of
screw propeller.
MAR 423: Ship Structures And Strength (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. evaluate the loads, stresses and the strengths of structural members in ships and
offshore facilities;
2. design and analyse the type of framing, shell plating, pillars and stiffeners for the
different parts of a ship/offshore structure;
3. determine longitudinal bending moment and shear forces in still water, waves and on
suspension; and
4. classify and calculate transverse strength, thermal stress and fatigue due to hull
vibrations.
583
Course Contents
Loads acting on ship structure. Stresses in ship’s structure: hogging, sagging, racking,
pounding, panting, etc., and strength members to counteract the same. Types of ship
structures. Framing systems. Classification rules. Function of ship structural components.
Double bottom. Single bottom. Shell plating. Frames. Decks. Bulkheads. Pillars. Girders.
Hatch coamings. Machinery casings. Superstructures. Bossing and struts. Bilge Keels and
fenders. Determination of longitudinal bending moment and shear forces in still water. Wave
bending moment. Total bending moment. Hogging and sagging. Dynamic forces. Local
stresses. Torsion. Function of ship structure. Girder section moduli and stress. Deflection of
ships. Transversal strength. Thermal effects. Strength of structure components. Local
strength. Fatigue. Local vibrations. Reducing of hull vibration.
MAR 431: Marine Auxiliary Machinery (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. classify and evaluate marine boilers, heat exchangers & water distilling plants;
2. identify ship service systems and equipment (pumps & compressor systems, air-
conditioning and refrigeration systems, heating and cooling systems, etc.); and
3. explain the application and theory of deck equipment, engine room equipment, steering
gears, bow thrusters, stabilizers and fire-fighting systems.
Course Contents
Marine boilers and heat exchangers: Types, components, efficiency, sealing and cleaning.
Steam condensers and water distilling plants. Ship service systems and equipment.
Centrifugal separators. Fuel, lubrication, water and sewage treatment systems. Valves and
pipelines: pipes, fittings, valves, etc. Pumps and pumping systems. Reciprocating centrifugal
and rotary types. Principles of operation, pump head, efficiency performance curves and
cavitation. Pump construction and installation. Corrosion and oxidation of metal, pipes,
boilers, structural work; cracking of brass; minimising methods. Steam ejectors.
Compressors and blowers: reciprocating, rotary and centrifugal, and performance. Deck
equipment such as incinerators, engine room crane and accessories. Auxiliary power plants.
Propeller shaft and shafting. Steering gears. Bow thrusters, stabilizers and stabilizing
systems. Refrigeration. Heating, ventilation and air conditioning. Deck machinery and cargo
equipment. Fire protection. Safety and safety equipment. Ship control and instrumentation.
MAR 433: Ship Engines and Power Plants II (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. identify and analyse ship main engines (types and configurations such as CODAG,
CODOG, COGAS and electric drives);
2. describe the general machinery layout and do proper heat balance analysis of power
plants;
3. design power plant systems, propeller shaft, boilers and ship service systems; and
4. recommend power plants for special vessels (fishing vessels, tugs.).
Course Contents
Types of ship power plants and factors affecting the choice of power plant type. Ship main
engines: Types and configurations, combined propulsion systems such as CODAG, CODOG,
COGAS etc., and electric drives. General machinery layout. Heat balance analysis, overall
efficiency determination and comparison across different power plant types. Design of
584
power plant systems: Fuel oil systems, sea water cooling systems, lubricating oil systems,
compressed air systems, steam systems, exhaust gas system, fresh water systems,
automatic control and alarm systems. Propulsion shaft line arrangement, gear boxes,
bearings and seals. Marine steam boilers: classifications, components, materials selection,
principles of operation, instrumentation and automatic control. Boiler survey, corrosion
mitigation and maintenance. Waste heat recovery systems. General purposes systems: bilge,
ballast, water; firefighting. Rules and Regulations guiding design of ship power plants such
as Lloyds register, American bureau of shipping, etc., and environmental protection
requirements. Powerplants for special ship: fishing vessels, tugs/pushers tankers and
passenger ships.
MAR 461: Offshore Systems Design and Analysis (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain field development, concept selection and class requirements;
2. undertake preliminary design of fixed and floating offshore structures, their design
features, considerations and issues; and
3. correlate offshore facility design and the environmental forces for different return
periods.
Course Contents
Overview of basic design concepts; environmental design considerations - wind, current and
wave conditions for different return periods; field development and concept selection;
design features, considerations and issues of fixed offshore structures; jacket structures,
jack-up structures and compliant tower structures; design features, considerations and
issues of floating offshore structures; FPSO systems, semi-submersibles, TLPs, Spars and
design project.
MAR 465: Offshore and Coastal Engineering (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe offshore systems, design considerations and applications;
2. evaluate subsea field development, pipelines, Christmas trees;
3. explain most canonical underwater operations with the aid of AUVs, ROVs, and
autonomous & semi-autonomous sub-marine robotics; and
4. give an overview of coastal facilities, piping system, underwater inspections,
maintenance and repair operations.
Course Contents
Offshore systems & design; platforms, subsea development and pipelines; underwater
operation & design; sub-marines, robotics and remotely vehicles design and applications,
corrosion and cathodic protection; underwater inspections, maintenance and repair
operations. Coastal engineering: Dredging and sand-filling mechanism and piping system;
maintenance; design of breakwaters and jetties. Application of Bayesian, fuzzy and ANN
software.
GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience (8 Units C: 24 Weeks)

Learning Outcomes
585
1. have industry familiarisation with machinery, processes, personnel, HSE procedures,
ethics and local and International regulations;
2. undertake troubleshooting, overhauling and running of marine engines, gen set, motors,
gears, injector, pumps, compressors, deck equipment, etc;
3. conduct inspection, maintenance and operation of freshwater generators, boilers,
electrical system, safety gadgets, pipes and valves; and
4. perform workshop practices such as welding, turning, forming and heat treatment of
machine components.
Course Contents
Supplement: During the SIWES periods, students are attached to marine industries or
shipping companies to gain experience in research, design, operation, production, industrial
processes, social and environmental services and the maintenance of ship’s hull, Ship’s???,
power plants and machinery. Trouble shooting, maintenance and running of engines,
generators, electrical equipment, instrumentation and machinery. Identification and
inspection of components of machines. Dismantling, overhauling, inspection and assembling
of pumps: centrifugal, hydraulic, gear, screw, reciprocating, variable displacement, sludge,
etc. Maintenance, inspection and testing of fuel injector, air compressor, purifier and oily
water separator, air bottle and mountings, plate type cooler, shell and tube type heat
exchanger. Servicing, repair and operation of freshwater generator and reverse osmosis
system; boiler safety valve; feed check valves; and gauze glass. General pipe and piping.
Welding and fabrication of pipes, flanges, bolts, screws, etc. Practice of welding, brazing and
soldering. Tracing, detection and repair of leaks on pipelines. Shaping, turning, cutting and
machining operations by lathe machine.
500 level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
586
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
MAR 513: Running and Maintenance of Ship Power Plants (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to describe the procedures for:
1. engine starting, running, stopping and logging;
2. troubleshooting, fault-diagnostics, maintenance of main and auxiliaries;
3. identification of wear, cracks and repair of damaged components; and
4. checking and adjustment of clearances, alignments, fittings and bolts.
Course Contents
Procedures for starting, running and stopping marine engines. Watch keeping, logging, fault
diagnosis and maintenance of main and auxiliary engines. Overhauling, dismantling and
checking of components for wear cracks and damage. Inspecting and overhauling of
turbochargers, transmission systems, bearings, seals and filters. Testing of injectors, fuel
pumps and valves. Repair/replacement of parts and assembly. Different maintenance
methods and their significance. Checking and adjustment of clearances, alignments, fittings
and bolts. General safety guidelines and machinery grinding-in procedure.
587
MAR 515: Ship Vibration and Rotor-dynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the phenomena of ship and shaft vibrations, modes, causes, effects, and
attenuation procedures;
2. distinguish between torsional and lateral vibrations, free and forced vibration of single-
degree and multi-degree of freedom systems;
3. calculate vibration parameters such as inertia, damping and stiffness coefficients; natural
frequency, magnification, log decrement, etc;
4. apply both numerical and analytical methods for analysing multi-degree of freedom
shafts; and
5. utilise vibration measuring instruments for measuring vibration modes, amplitude,
frequency, phase angle and critical speed.
Course Contents
The phenomenon of vibration. Various modes of vibration onboard (free, forced, transverse,
axial torsional – Their sources and effects), Free and forced vibration of single degree of
freedom systems, natural frequency, damping, damping ratio and log decrement, base
excitation, free and forced vibration of multi-degree of freedom systems, and vibration
absorber. Numerical methods for multi-degree of freedom systems of shafts. Ship vibration
and effects. Introduction to transient vibration theory, analysis and computer simulation.
Vibration measuring instruments. Noise and vibrations: Elements of aerodynamic and
hydrodynamic sources, noise and vibration suppression techniques, noise level
measurement. Resonance and critical speed. Anti-vibration mountings of machines.
Dampers with reference to torsional and lateral vibrations.
MAR 516: Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
1. discuss various refrigeration cycles and the working principles of their sub-systems such
as compressors, evaporators, condensers, etc.;
2. explain the working principles of Brine system, refrigerated cargo holds, thermal
insulators and their instrumentation;
3. state the design requirements for onboard systems such as heating, humidification,
ventilation and air-conditioning systems; and
4. design, analyse and optimise the performance of ship borne air-conditioning system.
Course Contents
Refrigeration cycles and media. Systems, compressors, evaporators, condensers, receivers
and expansion valves. Brine system. Cold stores, refrigerated cargo holds and freezers.
Design methods. Thermal insulation. Instrumentation. Heating systems. Humidification.
Ventilation of crew accommodation, cargo holds, engine and boiler rooms. Distribution and
circulation of air and air-conditioning systems. Types: Analysis using psychometric chart. Air
distribution layouts. Air-conditioning design. Maintenance procedure.
MAR 521: Ship Design and Construction (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. interpret the ship design spiral in-line with class rules and owner’s requirements;
588
2. classify ships and other marine vessels according to their geometry, characteristics and
functions;
3. determine ship principal dimensions & coefficients, loading & strength, intact & damaged
stability, deadweight, freeboard & floodable length;
4. explain the fundamentals of ship construction and material selection for ship hull plating,
framing, machinery mounting, superstructures, bilge Keels, fenders, etc; and
5. develop material joining procedure: welding procedures, riveting.
Course Contents
Basic concepts in ship design: Rules based on design principles, class societies rules and
regulations, and ship design spiral. Classification of ships, their characteristics and functions.
Modelling and analysis of ships, machinery, strength and performance. Determination of
intact and damaged stability; statical and dynamical stability; and floodable length. Ship
geometry and hydrostatic curves. Ship structures: Structural arrangement of ships.
Fundamentals of hull vibration. Calculation of displacement; form coefficients; principal
dimensions; deadweight and light-ship. Power vs speed calculation. Loadlines and freeboard
parameters. Fundamentals of ship construction. Structural arrangements, framing systems,
functions of ship, double bottom, single bottom, shell plating, etc. Decks, bulkheads, pillars,
girders, hatch coamings, machinery mounting; superstructures deck houses, foundation laws
and stern structures, bossings and struts, bilge keels and fenders. Ship sections and
materials selection: materials joining processes. Testing of welds. Bottom and side framing.
Deep tank and corrugated bulk heads. Fore-end and after-end-arrangements. Stem
construction. Forepeak-collision bulk heads. Bulbous bows.
MAR 523: Naval Architecture II (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. calculate and plot the hydrostatic parameters, form coefficients and stability curves;
2. explain the provisions of SOLAS convention in ship design and kitting;
3. calculate change of trim, draught due to loading, density change and flooding;
4. determine the factors of compartmentalization and loss of stability due to grounding;
5. calculate ship strength, deflections, ships and loading; and
6. analyse ship lines drawings, damaged stability and plotting of floodable length curves.
Course Contents
Ship body line design and calculation: ship’s body plan drawing, Bonjean diagram and
hydrostatic curves calculations and plotting. Ship stability: calculation and plotting of cross
curves of stability by conventional and computer methods. Ship subdivision and damaged
stability: calculation and plotting of floodable length curves. SOLAS convention. Longitudinal
stability and trim: longitudinal BM, moment to change trim by one cm. Change of L.C.B. with
change of trim. Change of trim due to addition, removal or shift of weights. Change of
draught due to density and flooding. Flooding calculations and floodable length curves.
Factors of compartmentalisation. Loss of stability due to grounding. Docking stability.
Pressure on chocks. Strength of ships: loading diagram (buoyancy and gravity loads);
shearing force and bending moment diagrams. Determination of B.M., longitudinal strength,
moment of inertia, section modulus and deflection of ship. Balancing ship on wave.
MAR 525: Shipyard Technology (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to describe the procedure for:
589
1. hull assembly, outfitting, retrofitting, and machinery mounting;
2. slipway operation, dry docking, corrosion prevention and launching;
3. materials cutting, surface preparation, welding and riveting;
4. propeller-shaft assembling, engine room and deck machines installation; and
5. basic marine surveying of marine structures, systems and equipment.
Course Contents
Hull assembly on slipway. Slipway types and launching methods. Deflection of hull. Cutting,
welding and riveting. Shipway arrangements. Machinery installation. Shaft Line and screw
assembly. Boilers and auxiliary machines installation. Deck equipment. Masts, booms and
cranes. Steering gears. Hatch covers. Mooring arrangements. Lifesaving equipment.
Container fitting. Surface preparation and painting. Corrosion prevention. Superstructure
outfitting. Fire-fighting arrangements. Inspection, tests and trials. Classification society
requirements and certificates. Dry-docking. Hull cracks and crack arresting methods. HSE
regulations and accidents prevention in ports and harbours.
MAR 531: Marine Diesel Engines II (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the procedures for engine performance determination and improvement;
2. describe low-speed diesel engines with respect to operations, starting air system,
maneuvering, running in service, etc.;
3. recommend safety checks and devices as to preclude mishaps such as crankcase
explosion and scavenge fire;
4. explain the dynamics of engine components, their vibrations and attenuation; and
5. highlight the fundamentals of tribology, i.e., bearings, seals and lubrication.
Course Contents
Engine performance: indicator, scavenging and supercharging turbocharging and
turbochargers. Operation of low-speed engines starting air system and reversing
mechanism. Controls and instrumentation. Starting (normal and stopping) operations.
Overload operation. Maneuvering. Minimum speed operation in specific conditions. Typical
operating troubles. Running in service safety devices. Dynamics of crank gear. Vibration:
simple system, torsional, multi-cylinder crankshaft system: imbalance correction. Energy
balance and engine efficiency calculations. Various cooling systems in I.C. engines; their
merits and demerits. Safety and prevention of mishaps in I.C. Engines: causes and
prevention of crank-case explosion and Scavenge fires. Detection of hazard and safety
fittings provided to prevent damage. Fuel combustion in I.C. engines and air-fuel ratio.
Grades of suitable fuels, preparation of fuels for efficient combustion. Fuel atomization and
requirements of fuel injectors. Design aspects of combustion chamber. Fundamentals of
tribology. Lubrication: theories, classification and characteristics. Types of lubricants: fluid
and solid; their properties, applications, additives and limitations. Bearings and seals;
theories, types and applications.
MAR 561: Basic Drilling Engineering (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain basic engineering principles of offshore hydrocarbon drilling and drilling systems;
2. describe basic geo-technics, oil well drilling: the drilling rig, hoisting, straight hole drilling
and directional drilling (including slant and horizontal drilling); and
590
3. discuss casing design, cementing, blow out control, offshore drilling and recent
advances.
Course Contents
To introduce the basic engineering principles of drilling for hydrocarbons on and offshore
locations. To provide knowledge of drilling systems. To develop skills in order to design a
drill string and to practise the power requirements for hoisting systems and the circulation of
drilling fluid. The module provides a thorough grounding in the engineering principles of
drilling for hydrocarbons on and offshore and an awareness of drilling systems. Topics
include: geology and hydrocarbons, history of oil well drilling, the drilling rig, hoisting, drill
string design, drill bits, rig hydraulics, straight hole drilling, directional drilling (including
slant and horizontal drilling), fracture gradient, casing design, cementing, blow out control,
offshore drilling and recent developments.
MAR 563: Subsea and Pipeline Engineering (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
1. explain the requirements and challenges of deep-water oil exploration and field
development;
2. perform basic design of subsea pipelines, risers, cathodic protection, etc.;
3. describe and state the significance of wellheads and Xmas trees, manifolds and well
clusters, flowlines and pipelines, risers and umbilicals, etc.; and
4. discuss the procedure for the installation of SPS items, operation of ROVs, AUVs and
pigging.
Course Contents
Deepwater field development and subsea engineering. Wellheads and Xmas trees; manifolds
and well clusters; flowlines and pipelines. Subsea operation and control system. Installation
of SPS items; divers/ROVs/AUVs. Subsea systems inspection, maintenance and repair.
Deepwater risers and umbilicals. Flow assurance and system design. Introduction to design
of subsea pipelines and risers. Pipelaying methods. Mechanical design considerations.
Corrosion; wall thickness and material grade selection, seabed pipeline stability analysis,
inspection and maintenance.
MAR 564: Ship and Offshore Hydrodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. estimate the environmental loads on fixed and floating offshore platforms;
2. model the dynamics of floating and fixed offshore structures under different metocean
conditions;
3. perform statistical description of random seas and the induced structural responses; and
4. explain fluid flow phenomena such as flow separation, vortex shedding, vortex induced
vibration (VIV).
Course Contents
Prediction of environmental loads on fixed and floating offshore platforms. Shallow- and
deep-water wave theories. Dynamic responses analysis and experimental techniques.
Dynamic modelling of offshore floating structures in waves. Fluid loading on slender offshore
structures. Froude Krylov forces. Simplified diffraction forces. Introduction to the Morison
equation – fluid phenomenon and force coefficients, variations on the basic formula and
591
fluid loading calculations. Statistical description of random seas. Two-dimensional and three-
dimensional wave spectra. Statistical description of response to environmental loading.
Downtime analysis. Fluid load on slender bodies such as structural elements of fixed
platforms and pipelines. Modelling of ships and offshore structures in incompressible
viscid/inviscid flow. Fluid flow phenomena such as flow separation, vortex shedding, vortex
induced vibration (VIV), etc. The concepts of added mass and wave diffraction by large
volume structures- McCamy and Fuchs solution.
MAR 565: Mooring, Risers and Drilling Systems (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify and analyse mooring systems, the different configurations and components;
2. evaluate mooring design criteria, constraints, equations and failure modes;
3. describe the different types of risers, their applications, design criteria and failures;
4. analyse soil interaction with risers and mooring systems; and
5. discuss the different mooring systems and their comparative advantages.
Course Contents
Mooring configurations: single-leg mooring, spread mooring, turret mooring; mooring
components: wire ropes, synthetic fibre ropes, chains, clump weights, drag and suction
anchors, piles; winches and windlass; single component and multi-component catenary
equations; soil-mooring interaction; mooring failure modes; static, quasi-static, and dynamic
mooring analyses; mooring design criteria and considerations. Drilling risers, production
risers: flexible, steel catenary; flexible riser configurations: steep/lazy S and wave, free
hanging; flexible riser components: bend stiffeners/ bell-mouths, unbonded/bonded flexible
risers, bend restrictors; rigid riser components: tieback connectors, stress joints, riser joints
and connectors, buoyancy modules, tensioners; riser casing; soil-riser interaction; riser
failure modes; structural riser analysis; static and dynamic riser analyses; interference
analysis; riser design criteria and considerations.
Equipment
Minimum Standards for Laboratories/ Workshops
departments in the faculty and University in general, the laboratories and facilities listed in
the table below should be provided and equipped specifically for every Marine Engineering
degree programme. Each laboratory or workshop should have sufficient working spaces with
safety equipment and relevant manuals.
Marine Engineering Workshop Equipment
Metalworks and Fabrication Section

1. Work benches with vices for metal work
2. Tool boxes containing hand tools such as screw drivers, wrenches, hammers, hacksaws,
files, centre punch, chisel, scrapers, etc.
3. Lathe machines
4. CNC lathe machine
5. Milling machines
6. CNC milling machine
7. Drilling machines
592
9. Folding machines
10. Power hacksaw
11. Shaping machines
12. Tennoning machine
13. Vertical mortising machine
14. Dovetailing machine
15. Vernier Callipers and Micrometer Screw Gauges
16. Sheet metal folding machine
17. Furnaces (heat treatment facility)
18. Casting facilities
19. Arc welding machines and accessories
20. Gas welding facilities
21. Safety gadgets and first-aid equipment (for fire, electric shocks, impact, etc.)
22. Personal protective equipment (for eye, skin, ear, etc.)
23. Pop riveting machine
24. Guillotine cutting Machine
25. Rolling machine, etc.
Carpentry & Woodwork Section

1. Band saw, radial arm saw and circular saw
2. Surfacing machine
3. Mortise machine
4. Thicknessing/Planing machine
5. Wood Lathe machine
6. Portable sander machine
7. Jig saw, rip saw, cross-cut saw, panel saw, tenon saw, compass saw
8. Drilling machine
9. Chest drill
10. Spraying machine
11. Oil stone
12. Wood workbenches with vices
13. G clamp, F clamp, Sash clamp
14. Jack planes, smooth planes
15. Other hand tools such as tri square, claw hammer, pincer, marking gauge, mortise
gauge, spirit level, flat chisel, wood rasp, round chisel, wood mallet, spoke shave, screw
drivers, tape rule, scraper, etc.
Marine Electrical Section

1. Water distillers
2. Hydrometers
3. Multi-meters, voltmeters, ammeters and clamp meters
4. Soldering irons
5. Battery chargers
6. Standard tool boxes for electrical and electronics works
7. Electrical/electronics data books
8. Oscilloscopes
9. Tachometers and phase sequence meters
10. Logic probes
11. Etching machines complete with accessories
12. Coil winding machine, etc.
593
Drafting and Design Studio
1. Drawing tables and chairs
2. Drawing boards, T-squares and instruments
3. Automatic drafting machine
4. Drafting gadgets, stencils, etc
5. Automatic stencil cutter
6. Computer studio or workstation with at least 50 computers
7. Computer graphics and design hall with necessary design software (e.g. AutoCAD,
Maxsurf, SACS, Orcaflex, Flexcom, SolidWorks, Inventor, etc.)
8. 3-D printer
List of Marine Laboratories

S/NO LABORATORY/FACILITY EQUIPMENT/MACHINERY
Engine test bed (4- or 6-cylinder turbocharged
diesel engine on an engine test bed with
Marine Engines and dynamometer and computer interface).
1 Auxiliary Machinery Steam turbine and boiler model
Gas turbine model
Internal combustion engine model
Two-stage compressor
Injector testing machine
Ship navigation simulator

2 Simulation Laboratory Dynamic positioning simulator
Engine room simulator
Wave simulator
Rigid-rotor balancing machine
Bentley Navada rotor Kit
Vibrometer
3 Rotordynamics and Proximeters and displacement sensors
Vibration Piezoelectric accelerometers
Voltage-regulator inverter
Fast-fourier transform (FFT) analyzer +
frontend
Offshore structure models
Ship models
Fluid bench
4 Marine Structures/ Wind tunnel
Hydrodynamics Offshore basin and/or Towing tank
Carriage for model
Wave makers
Underwater Camera (HD)
U-tube oscillating water tunnels
Cavitation tunnels.
594
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.



maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
Supplementary to the university and faculty libraries, the programme must have
adepartmental library well equipped with specialized books, journals, periodicals and
bulletines in both physical collections and E-collections from credible academic and
professional sources. A compendium of field and research reports of the programme must
595
also be available in the library for staff, students and researchers. In addition, the library
must subscribe to the intellectual property/ repositories of:
1. Renowned academic institutions (national and international);

2. Open access sources and E-learning platforms; and
3. Relevant local and international professional Bodies.
The library must also have adequate facilities for:
1. Internet services;
2. Reading and e-learning; and
3. Lending and reservation of specialized materials.
Classrooms, laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

Academic m2
Non-Academic
Office Facilities
Room
computer unit.
596
B. Eng Materials and Metallurgical
Engineering
Overview
This curriculum is designed for Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng.) degree programme in

Materials and Metallurgical Engineering. Materials and Metallurgical Engineering is an
exceptionally broad field that includes inter-related engineering disciplines: Mineral
Processing, Extractive Metallurgy, Physical Metallurgy, Materials Engineering and Materials
Processing. Adequate courses have been developed in the areas of Mineral Processing (the
initial step in Extractive Metallurgy); Extractive or Process Metallurgy (recovering and
refining of metals and other valuable products from mineral concentrates, scrap, and other
materials); Physical Metallurgy (processing of metals into products by alloying, forging,
welding, and casting to control chemical, physical and mechanical properties); Materials
Engineering and materials Processing (development of best materials for applications
involving ceramics, glasses, polymers and composites in addition to metals). The
programme strives to keep pace with industrial and societal needs by offering a relevant
selection of elective courses in each discipline. The overall fifteen (15) credit units attached
to the industrial training throughout the duration of this programme guarantees a robust
training of students.
Philosophy
The programme strives to consistently provide excellence in learning, research and service
through globally relevant curricula that guarantee materials and metallurgical graduates with
strong scientific and engineering problem-solving knowledge appropriate for understanding
the link between the underlying structure and the processing, properties and performance of
materials development and applications.
Objectives
The objectives of the Materials and Metallurgical Engineering programmes are to:
1. train the students through integrated learning in classroom, laboratories and field trips to
the industry;
2. provide sound academic foundation as basis for the pursuit of higher degrees (M.Sc.,
M.Phil. and Ph.D);
3. provide the learners with a fundamental knowledge-based associated with Materials
Processing, properties, performance, selection and application in relation to the
underlying structure;
4. produce graduates that will be competently involved in the practice of Metallurgical and
Materials Engineering or perform successfully as members of professional teams or
capable of pursuing graduate studies;
5. develop in the learners adequate and appropriate experimental design and
implementation, and technical report writing skills for the purpose of disseminating
information on Metallurgical and Materials Engineering;
6. enable the graduates to apply the core concepts of Metallurgical and Materials
Engineering to solving engineering problems; and
7. ensure sustainable research and development culture in consonance with trends in the
metallurgical and materials industry, public service and the global community; and
8. produce graduates that understand professional and ethical responsibilities of a
metallurgical and materials engineering field.
597
The graduates of this programme will acquire a well-balanced engineering education with
emphasis on Materials and Metallurgical Engineering in order to meet the needs of industry,
academia, government and the society. The graduates will be engineered to innovate in
materials, energy, electronics, medicine, communications, transportation, recreation,
structural and domestic fields. The graduates are expected to display outstanding skills
ranging from synthesis, processing, design and development to manufacturing,
performance, reclamation and recycling of materials.
Materials and Metallurgical engineers produced should be competent and technically
equipped to develop materials suitable for the needs of the various sectors of human life
while eliminating/minimising environmental pollution and degradation through development
of technologies for safe and healthy recycling of wastes. They should also be able to provide
technical services needed to run and maintain industries and establishments such as,
iron/steel based industries, aluminium based industries, materials, materials testing
laboratories, power metallurgy firm, ceramic industries, polymer production firm, automobile
industries, aviation industries, maritime firm for repair, maintenance, construction of ships
and boats, oil and gas industries, defence industry, electronics (semi-conductors), energy,
communication, rehabilitative medicine (biomedical), consulting, research and development,
and entrepreneurship.
21st Century Skills

The Materials and Metallurgical Engineering programme involves the development of 21st
century skills as listed below:
2. collaboration (teamwork);
3. communication;
7. citizenship (local and global);
8. Ability to handle high professional and ethical responsibilities; and
9. Ability to work effectively and efficiently with interdisciplinary teams.

The current Materials and Metallurgical Engineering programme compares very well in
content to similar programmes in other universities around the world, some of which have
been running Materials and Metallurgical Engineering programme for more than a century
and are top ranking among institutions for higher learning worldwide. The entrepreneurship
and innovation training injected into this programme will give the graduates of this
programme the needed entrepreneurial skills which is a new innovation. The strengthening
of Industrial Training (IT) is another innovation and uniqueness of this new curriculum.


598
Direct Entry
respectively.
Level GST/EN Basic Faculty/ Departmenta SIWES Total
T Sciences (GET) l courses Units
(MME)
100 4 16 3 2 - 25
200 4 - 22 - 3 29
300 4 - 15 8 4 27
400 - - - 8 8 8
500 - - 5 14 - 16
599
Total 12 16 45 32 15* 105
*All 15 SIWES units to be credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level
100 Level
GST 111 Communication in English, 2 C 15 45
Solid Modelling I
MME 102 Introduction to Materials and 2 C 30 -
Metallurgical Engineering
Total 25
200 Level
Existence
Innovation
Solid Modeling II
GET 204 Student Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 205 Fundamental of Fluid 3 C 45
Mechanic
Engineering
Experience Scheme
Total 29
600
300 Level
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 R 45 -
Presentation
Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy System and 3 C 30 45
Technology
MME 301 Thermodynamics of Materials 2 E 30 -
MME 304 Chemistry of Materials 2 E 30 -
MME 305 Engineering Materials: Structure 2 C 30 -
and properties
MME 312 Physical Metallurgy I 2 C 30 -
Experience Scheme
Total 27
400 Level
MME 401 Synthesis, Processing and 2 E 30 -
Manufacturing of Materials
MME 405 Corrosion Science and 2 E 30 -
Engineering
MME 407 Mechanical Behaviour of 2 E 30 -
Materials
MME 413 Chemical Metallurgy 2 E 30 -

Experience Scheme
Total 8
SIWES Courses
601
Total 15*
*All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level
500 Level
MME 501 Analytical Methods for Materials 2 E 30 -
MME 504 Solidification and Foundry Technology 2 E 30 -
MME 505 Nanoscience and Nanotechnology 2 C 30 -
MME 507 Composite Materials 3 C 45 -
MME 510 Project 6 C - 270

Total 19

100 Level
Learning Outcomes

Course Contents
Writing activities (pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing [paragraphing,
punctuation and expression], post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing
602
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
Course Contents
603
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mixtures;
temperature.
604
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
605
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
606
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
607
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
MME 102: Introduction to Materials and Metallurgical Engineering

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. solve materials and metallurgical engineering problems using mathematics, science and
technology;
608
2. design components, systems, and processes for materials and metallurgical engineering
based on engineering, economy, energy, environment and sustainability;
3. formulate decisions based on data analysis, information, experiments, and practical
experience;
4. identify, analyze and formulate alternative solutions for materials and metallurgical
engineering;
5. apply modern tools for engineering design and analysis;
6. plan, complete and evaluate tasks within existing constraints as required;
7. work in inter-disciplinary and inter-cultural teams nationally and internationally;
8. be responsible to society and comply with professional ethics in solving problems in
materials and metallurgical engineering; and
9. communicate effectively, both orally and writing.
Course Contents
Historical development of Materials and Metallurgical Engineering. Differentiation between
materials and metallurgical engineering. Role of materials and metal products in human
civilization: Stone age, copper age, iron age, nuclear age, ICT age; imagine the world
without materials and metals. Study Periodic Table; classification of metals; Materials and
Metallurgical Engineering: definition and classification: Process (Extractive) metallurgical
engineering. Get acquainted with terms like roasting calcination, agglomeration, smelting,
smelters contract, refining and furnaces. Physical metallurgical engineering: structure -
property -application relationship. Mechanical metallurgical engineering: Stress - strain
relationship and application. Study of properties and applications of materials of construction
or manufacture: ceramics, metals, polymers, and composites. Materials and Metallurgical
engineering: ferrous, non-ferrous and other materials industries as basis for industrialisation
and national economic development. Nigerian materials and metallurgical industry;
professional bodies such as Nigerian Society of Engineers, Nigerian Metallurgical Society
(NMS), Materials Science and Technology Society (MSN).
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
609
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units: C, LH 30)
Learning Outcomes

business planning;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
610
Learning Outcomes
Course contents
Learning Outcomes
solutions;
611
polymers;
natural);
Course Contents
GET 203: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modeling II (3 Units: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Students should:
and designs;
minimization;
and
612
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
principles.
613
Learning Outcomes
flow in pipes;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
614

numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
Course Contents
615
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents

300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
616
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
617
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
618
technology);
Course Contents
.
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents
619
Practical Contents
renewable energy.

Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
620
careers;,
empirical models;
Course Contents

design project.

MME 301: Thermodynamics of Materials (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
621
1. explain the laws of thermodynamics and their applications to equilibrium and the
properties of materials;
2. discuss how thermodynamics affects materials microstructure, defect concentration,
atomic ordering etc;
3. analyse equilibrium conditions between solid-liquid, gas-liquid and gas-solid phases
in one-component systems;
4. calculate equilibrium conditions between solid-liquid, gas-condensed phases via the
Clapeyron equation;
5. explain how the properties of materials are affected by thermo processes;
6. discuss how to develop graphical constructions that are essential for the interpretation of
phase diagrams;
7. explain how to apply thermodynamic data to predict stable phases in high temperature
systems;
8. explain the construction and use of partial pressure diagram, Eh-pH diagrams, T-C
diagrams in metallurgical systems; and
9. discuss slag formation equation and desulphurization process metallurgical system.
Course Contents
Thermochemistry applied to typical metallurgical reactions, graphical representations of
equilibria, binary and ternary phase diagrams, heterogeneous equilibrium, behaviour of
solutions, standard states, and electrochemical thermodynamics. Application of
thermodynamic data to predict stable phases in aqueous and high-temperature systems.
Construction and use of partial pressure diagrams, Eh-pH diagrams, temperature-
composition diagrams in related mineral and metallurgical systems. Activities and equilibria
in slag-metal and gas-metal systems.
MME 304: Chemistry of Materials (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. explain the chemistry behind the following materials: metals, ceramics, and polymers;
2. describe historic and economic impacts of materials manufacture and use;
3. discuss the application of chemistry principles to Materials Engineering using flowsheet;
4. explain the use of chemistry in reactor design; and
5. discuss the applications of advanced materials in fields such as electronics, aviation, or
art.
Course Contents
Basic Inorganic Chemistry of Materials. Topics will include chemical properties, structure and
bonding of solids, energy, enthalpy, entropy, thermochemistry, kinetics and rate processes.
Application of chemistry principles to Materials Engineering through flowsheeting, reactor
design, materials/metals processing and the environment.
MME 305: Engineering Materials: Structure and Properties (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify the following engineering materials: metals, ceramics, polymers, and composites
-- their structures and properties;
2. explain the structure-property relationships for engineering materials;
3. discuss the manufacture, processing and applications of engineering materials.
622
Course Contents
Basic structure of ceramics, alloys, composites, metals, and polymers. Relationships between
the structure of materials and their mechanical, electrical, magnetic, thermal, and chemical
properties.
MME 312: Physical Metallurgy I (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify and explain various metallurgical reactions e.g. eutectic, peritectic, monotectic,
eutectoid etc;
2. draw iron–carbon/carbide and iron-graphite equilibrium phase diagrams;
3. describe the Fe-C/CO3 in order to classify steel and cast irons according to composition
and structures;
4. identify room temperature solidification structures of steel and cast irons;
5. describe the cast structures of steels and cast irons;
6. describe the effect of cooling on structure of steels;
7. discuss the applications of steels and cast irons;
8. explain the heat treatment processes/structures of as-cast and worked steels and cast
irons;
9. explain the alloying of metals – ferrous and non-ferrous metals;
10. explain the hardening and tempering processes for steels, cast irons and non-ferrous
metals; and
11. explain the different types of high alloy steels, heat treatment and applications.
Course Contents
Introduction to metals and metal alloy systems. The metallic bond and structure of metals.
Solidification of pure metals, effect of variables on structure solidification as a nucleation and
growth process. Solidification of non-crystalline materials. Preparation of materials to
reveal structure, use of microscope, annealing of metals, grain growth, surface energy and
shapes of crystals. Deformation, slip, twinning, effect of microstructure, viscous flow.
Annealing of deformed metals. Effect of variables. Binary equilibria - alloying, solid
solutions. Equilibrium of phase diagrams, complete solubility, Cu/Ni type, Lever rule. Effect
of cooling changes in solid, heterogeneous equilibria, Claudius - Chaperon on vapour
pressure, phase rule, definitions and proof. Introducing activity and potential P-T diagrams,
condensed systems. Peritectics, more complex equilibrium diagrams with maxima, minima
compounds, etc. Iron - iron carbide diagram, hysteresis, allotropy.
Applications-- cast steel, wrought steels, effect of cooling on structure of steels. Martensite.
Quenching, T.T.T. curves, hardenability. Bainite, alloying. Tempering properties and
structure. Surface hardening. High alloy steels, cast irons, stability Fe3C, Iron-graphite
equilibrium. Copper, copper -- zinc alloys as an example of different strengthening
processes.
400 Level
Learning Outcomes
623
and
Course Contents
MME 401: Synthesis, Processing, and Manufacturing of Materials

(2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the synthesis of materials such as principal alloys, ceramics and polymers;
2. differentiate between synthesis and processing;
3. discuss the processing of engineering materials – metals, ceramics and polymers;
4. explain how changes in materials properties enhance the performance of the material;
5. discuss the common manufacturing and processing methods for metals, ceramics, and
polymers;
6. describe five casting techniques; and
7. explain the addition and condensation polymerisation mechanisms.
Course Contents
Detailed study of principal alloy, ceramic, and polymer systems. Evaluation of the effects or
processing on selected physical and mechanical material properties. Overview of design
fundamentals and examination of selected material/design case studies for manufacturing.
MME 405: Corrosion Science and Engineering (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the basic concept of corrosion and socio-economic implication;
2. describe the fundamental causes of corrosion problem and failures;
624
3. explain the thermodynamics and kinetics of electrochemical reactions in corrosion of
metals and alloys;
4. describe the various forms of corrosion (from uniform to localised to stress corrosion
phenomena);
5. use Pourbaix and Evans diagrams as tools to predict corrosion;
6. discuss corrosion rate measurements using weight loss method and other methods; and
7. discuss the protection systems used to combat corrosion, including inhibitors, coatings
and cathodic protection.
Course Contents
The course is aimed at investigating the underlying fundamental causes of corrosion
problems and failures. Emphasis is placed on the electrochemical reactions occurring and
the tools and knowledge necessary for predicting corrosion, measuring corrosion rates, and
combining these with prevention and materials selection.
MME 407: Mechanical Behaviour of Materials (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the mechanisms for mechanical behaviour of materials;
2. explain the similarities and differences in mechanical response within and between the
material classes; and
3. discuss stress, strain, tensors, elasticity, dislocations, strengthening mechanisms, high
temperature deformation, fracture, and fatigue.
Course Contents
Flow and fracture of solids; uniaxial stress-strain as a reference behaviour; theories of
terminal stability under impact; monotonic, sustained (creep), and repeated (fatigue)
loadings of solids under various states of stress.
MME 413: Chemical Metallurgy (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the quantitative thermodynamics, fluid flow, heat and mass transfer and its
application to process metallurgy;
2. explain the fundamental chemical principles and demonstrates the application of these
principles to process metallurgy;
4. explain the fundamental chemical principles involved in metallurgical reactions; and
5. discuss the applications of the chemical principles to the extraction and refining of
metals, metal melting and recycling, and metallic corrosion.
Course Contents
Application of thermodynamics, fluid flow, and heat and mass transfer to the design and
operation of chemical metallurgical processes; roasting, agglomerating, oxidation and
reduction reactions, smelting, converting, and refining.
625
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
626
Course Contents
MME 501: Analytical Methods for Materials (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe the external morphology of crystals and law of constant angle;
2. explain representation by directions of ace normal;
3. discuss Crystal Chemistry - ionic, covalent, metallic and Van der Wall's bonded crystals;
4. explain the physics behind X rays, it’s production, properties and applications in
radiology;
6. explain the principles of diffraction, atomic Scattering, Bragg's equation and missing
reflections;
7. explain the principle of electron and neutron diffraction method; and
8. discuss how spectroscopy and spectrometric analysis can be used to study materials.
Course Contents
Crystallography, physics of X-rays, diffraction by crystalline materials, applications of X-ray,
electron and neutron diffraction, and spectrometric analysis of materials.
MME 504: Solidification and Foundry Technology (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. select appropriate casting method for particular component;
2. explain the production of various engineering components;
3. identify properties of cast products; and
4. discuss areas of application of cast component.
Course Contents
Processes of freezing: nucleation and growth of solid phase; Plannar and dendritic growth
freezing of alloys; constitutional super-cooling. Solidification of two-phase alloy; structure of
cast alloy; effect of cast structure on properties; segregation in ingots. Casting techniques
and finishing operations; defects in casting.
MME 505: Nanoscience and Nanotechnology (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify and control individual atoms and molecules;
2. make materials at the nanoscale deliberately;
627
3. explain enhanced properties of nanomaterials such as higher strength, lighter weight,
increased control of light spectrum, and greater chemical reactivity than their larger-
scale counterparts; and
4. apply nanoscale materials particles to create changes in the composition of the
materials.
Course Contents
Fundamental concepts in nanoscience and nanotechnology. Review of quantum mechanics.
Nanosystems. Molecular dynamics. Scanning probe microscopy. Nanomaterials. Production
and characterization of nanoparticles. Design of nanostructured systems. Nanomechanics of
materials, Applications of nanosystems in the industry. Carbon nanofibres, Nanocomposites.
Fabrication methods. Computational nanotechnology.
MME 507: Composite Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. produce advanced engineering materials;
2. describe the production, characteristic and applications of hybrid composites;
3. discuss the mode of failure in composites; and
2. discuss the application of composites in various engineering fields and other areas.
Course Contents
Fundamental aspects of modern composite materials; types of composite materials viz:
fibre, reinforced, particulate dispersion strengthened and laminar types, Metal matrix
composites, Ceramic matrix composites, polymer matrix composites, and hybrid composites.
Methods of fabricating composites; solid state and liquid state fabricating techniques;
characteristics and properties of composites; measurement and testing of properties of
composites; application of composites in engineering design; failure modes of composites.
MME 509: Final Year Project (6 Units C: LH270)
Learning Outcomes
materials and metallurgical engineering problem and design, and if possible/practicable,
build/produce/ manufacture some relevant new naterials/device(s) representing the
solution using the skills acquired in the programme.
Course Contents
University awarding the engineering degree.
MME 514: Engineering Materials Laboratory (1 Unit C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
1. discuss the various laboratory procedure and methods for engineering materials;
2. discuss principles and different methods of hardness measurement;
628
3. discuss the correlations among different types of hardness measurement and
correlations of hardness with tensile strength;
4. use various types of hardness testers;
5. use a computer-controlled universal testing machine (UTM) to perform standard tensile
test and test procedure;
6. observe the tensile behaviour of metal and polymer materials,
7. explain material properties from stress-strain curves obtained from tensile tests and
methods for toughness measurement with impact tests;
8. discuss the procedre for specimen preparation for macro and microscopic examination,
compound optical microscopes and metallography.
9. describe the heat treatment principles and methods; and
10. examine surface characteristics of engineering materials.
Course Contents
Materials testing and evaluation, laboratory procedures and techniques, metallography, heat
treatment, phase diagrams, hardenability, and mechanical testing.

Equipment
List of Laboratories/Workshops/Equipment/Instruments/Tools
Foundry Laboratory
1. Melting furnaces (Crucible, Electric arc, Rotary)
2. Oil fired crucible furnace
3. Sand moulding equipment
4. Sand testing equipment
5. Crucibles of various sizes
6. Moulding sands
7. Sand blasting machines
8. Pattern making machine
9. other foundry accessories
10. Scale balance
11. Digital weighing balance
12. Scraps yard
Heat Treatment Laboratory

1. Heat treatment furnaces (1000oC, 1200oC, 1800oC, 2000oC)
2. vens (200, 300, 600oC)
3. Salt bath furnace and accessories
4. Thermocouples of various temperatures
5. Pyrometer
6. Quenching bath (Oil & water)
7. Jominy end quench apparatus
Machining Workshop
1. Lathe machine (Standard)
2. Drilling machine
3. Boring machine
4. Power cutting machine
5. Bench vices
6. Files of different sizes
629
7. Cooling lubricants
Metallography Laboratory
1. Thin sectioning machine and the discs
2. Hot/Cold mounting machines and accessories
3. Automatic grinding/polishing machines and accessories
4. Hot/cold sample mounting materials
5. Optical microscopes (x1000) with inbuild camera
6. Image analyser
7. Scanning Electron microscope (SEM) with EDS
8. X-ray Differential machines, AAS
9. Etchants
10. Desiccators
11. Air drier
12. Metal Analyser
13. Fume cupboard
Minimum of 10 Desktop Computers

Minimum of 15 Laptop Computers (1TB HDD,500GB Memory, Webcam, Internet ready)
Materials Testing Laboratory

1. Universal tensile test machine
2. Hardness tester machine (BHN, Vickers & Rockwell)
3. Impact energy testing machine
4. Fatigue/creep testing machine
Corrosion Testing Laboratory

1. Potentiometer equipment and the kits
2. Digital weighing balance scale
Welding and Fabrication Workshop

1. Arc welding machine
2. Gas welding machine
3. Oxygen gas and accessories
4. Acetylene gas and accessories
5. Electrodes of different types
6. Electrode holders
7. Other welding accessories (hand gloves, eye goggles, boots)
Staffing
Academic Staff
630
candidates.



maintained.

1. There should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time
2. Each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right
and
3. There should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber
for the office of the Head of Department to run.
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
Subject to the general standards specified by NUC, the central and/or faculty/departmental
libraries should have:
1. Physical holdings of current books in the relevant fundamental science and engineering
subject areas;
2. Physical holdings of current books in the core mechanical engineering subject areas;
3. Physical holdings of current journals in the core materials and Metallurgical engineering
subject areas;
4. E-subscription of current books in the relevant fundamental science and engineering
subject areas;
5. E-subscription of current books in the core mechanical engineering subject areas; and
6. E-subscription of current journals in the core mechanical engineering subject areas.
631
Classrooms, Laboratory, Workshops, Clinics and Offices
Academic m2
Non-Academic
Office Facilities
Room
computer unit.
632
B. Eng Mechanical Engineering
Overview
Mechanical engineering is the application of the principles of engineering physics (namely of
motion, energy, and force), mathematics, materials science and engineering problem-solving
techniques to the design, analysis, manufacture, operation and maintenance of mechanical
systems while ensuring competitive costing, safety, reliability and efficiency of such systems.
The mechanical engineering discipline employs such contemporary design tools such as
computer-aided design (CAD), computer-aided manufacturing (CAM), and product lifecycle
management tools to design and analyse a wide variety of systems.
This curriculum is designed in line with contemporary global trends in Mechanical

Engineering education; emphasising to making mathematical models of materials, maass,
momentum and energy balances leading to the geometric description of conservation laws
of nature. These lead to several important constitutive models and multiphysics including to
cover such special fields that include:
1. Linear and nonlinear mechanics Applied (solid) Mechanics (involving the analysis of the
behaviour of solid bodies subjected to external loads, stresses and/or vibrations and
using the information in the design and manufacture/construction of such bodies)
2. Fluid Mechanics (involving the analysis of the behaviour of liquids and gases and
employing the knowledge in the design and development of machinery and systems that
can and/or do influence that behaviour – pumps, fans, turbines, piping systems, et
cetera)
3. Thermal Engineering [including Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer] (involving the
analysis of the conversion of thermal energy into work and/or other forms of energy and
thermal energy transport and employing this knowledge in the design and development
of energy conversion devices and systems, e.g., power plants, engines, heating,
ventilation & air conditioning (HVAC) systems, etc.)
4. Mechanical Design and Manufacturing Engineering (covering the full range of
mechanical-based products and systems); arising from the above engineering sciences
synthesized together into modern software solutions of the resulting complex equations
that, added to 3D Solid models, simulation analysis and optimization produce useful
design tools
5. Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
Philosophy
The philosophy of the programme is to produce self-reliant and confident graduates who
can bring their academic and practical backgrounds to bear on the problems of industry and
the larger Nigerian society. The academic programme has been planned to challenge and
encourage students towards developing ingenuity and originality in problem solving. The
cornerstone of this is an early grounding in the basic engineering sciences and a strong
emphasis on applied design in later years.
Objectives
The objectives of the undergraduate Mechanical Engineering programme are to prepare its
graduates to:
1. actively engage in engineering practice or in other fields, such as education, science,
business, public policy, politics or governance for sustainable development;
633
2. retain intellectual curiosity that will motivate them to pursue meaningful lifelong
learning via graduate education in engineering or related fields, participation in
professional development and/or industrial training courses, and/or obtain engineering
certification;
3. develop successful careers as mechanical engineers and apply their mechanical
engineering education to address the full range of technical and societal problems with
professional engineering competence, creativity, imagination, confidence and
responsibility;
4. occupy positions of increasing responsibility and/or assignments and aspire to positions
of leadership within their profession for enhanced community participation and
qualitative service delivery; and
5. exhibit the highest ethical and professional standards, and, as agents of positive
change, communicate the importance and excitement of Mechanical Engineering.

Some unique features of the programme include:
1. stimulating intellect and encouraging students towards developing ingenuity and

originality in problem solving;
2. encouraging students to maintain intellectual curiosity that will motivate them to
pursue meaningful lifelong learning; and
3. equiping students with the relevant intellectual capacity, contemporary software
proficiency, communication, entrepreneurial and
4. other relevant soft skills like teamwork, flexibility, adaptability and interpersonal knack
to engage effectively in engineering practice, business and in leadership roles.
Graduates of this programme may find jobs in diverse sectors as:
1. in the automobile, aerospace, biomedical, building and construction, food and
beverages, manufacturing, oil and gas, power, petrochemical and process, railway and
telecommunication industries, and
2. industrial systems engineers, product designers, managers, researchers, applied
mathematicians, and, of course, performing a multitude of other traditional Mechanical
Engineering duties.
The curriculum is designed to:

1. equip graduates of the Mechanical Engineering programme with the intellectual capacity
(to apply the principles of engineering physics, mathematics, materials science and
engineering problem-solving techniques) and relevant contemporary skills;
2. offer students skills that are highly sought after and highly remunerated in industry;
3. prepare graduates to undertake the challenge of working on a wide range of projects,
with the prospect of working with a broad spectrum of other professionals; and
4. develop successful careers as mechanical engineers and apply their mechanical
engineering education to address the full range of technical and societal problems with
professional engineering competence, creativity, imagination, confidence and
responsibility.
21st Century Skills

The programme emphasises such contemporary skills as:
1. developing ingenuity and originality in critical thinking/ problem solving/decision making;
634
4. intellectual curiosity that will motivate them to pursue meaningful lifelong learning;
5. contemporary software proficiency;
6. effective communication skills;
7. entrepreneurial capability;
8. collaboration (teamwork and work ethic);
9. Flexibility and adaptability; and
10. Learning to learn/metacognition.


Direct Entry
respectively.
635
Level GST/ENT Basic Discipline Programme SIWES Total
Science GET (MEE) Units
100 4 18 3 1 - 26
200 4 - 26 - 3 33
300 4 - 15 0 4 23
400 - - - 2 8 10
500 - - 5 8 - 13
Total 12 18 52 23 15* 105
*All 15 SIWES units credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level
100 Level

Modelling I
MEE 101 Introduction to Mechanical Engineering 1 C 15 -
Total 26
200 Level
Code
636
GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 wks
Total 33
300 Level

Code
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 E 45 -
(including Seminar Presentation Skills)
Analytics.
Technology
Technologies
MEE 306 Computer-Aided Design and 1 E - 45
Manufacture
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 -
wks
Total 23
400 Level
Code
MEE 401 Mechanical (Machine) Engineering Design 2 C 30 -
II
MEE 402 Theory (Mechanics) of Machines I 2 E 30 -
MEE 403 Applied (Engineering) Thermodynamics I 2 E 30 -
MEE 404 Applied Fluid Mechanics 2 E 30 -
MEE 405 Heat and Mass Transfer 3 E 45 -
MEE 407 Advanced Mechanics of Materials 2 E 30 -
GET 499 SIWES 8 C 24 -
wks
Total 10
637
SIWES Courses

Code
Total
15*
* All credited in the 2nd Semestter of 400-level
500 Level
Code
GET 501 Engineering (Project) Management 3 C 45 -
MEE 501 Applied Design 2 C 15 45
MEE 590 B.Eng. Project 6 C - 270
Total 13

100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
638
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
Course Contents
639
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mixtures;
temperature.
640
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
641
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
642
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
643
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
644
Course Contents
deduction.
MEE 101: Introduction to Mechanical Engineering (1 Units C: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes:
innovation;
2. identify the various branches of mechanical engineering discipline and their applications
to the solution of societal problems;
3. demonstrate appreciation of the problem of climate change; and
4. demonstrate appreciation of the role of energy systems to environmental sustainability.
Course Contents
Historical development of the mechanical engineering discipline. Philosophy and scope of
contemporary mechanical engineering course programme. Overview of mechanical
engineering special fields: applied (solid) mechanics, fluid and thermal engineering
(thermodynamics and heat transfer). Industrial/production engineering and engineering
management sciences. The linkage between mechanical engineering and other engineering
disciplines and the sciences. The concept of innovation. Illustrations of a wide variety
applications of mechanical engineering. The role of mechanical engineers in the society and
human development. Professional ethical responsibility. Climate change, renewable energy
and environmental sustainability.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
645
logic.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
646
Course contents
Learning Outcomes
solutions;
polymers;
natural);
Course Contents
647
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
principles.
Learning Outcomes
648
flow in pipes;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
and third laws;
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
649
Learning Outcomes
law;
changes;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
650
Learning Outcomes

numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
Course Contents
651
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents

300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
652
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
Course Contents
653
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Tensor algebra and analysis, Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses
of Matrices, bases representation of tensors. The Euclidean point space and vector spaces.
Theory of Linear Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Basic
transformations: identity, spherical, Projection and Coordinate Transformation as tensors,
Traces, Determinants and other scalar invariants. Equivalent stresses and strains as
examples of scalar invariant. Applications to design, analyses and optimization. Elgenvalues,
Elgeanvectors of tensors. Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates.
Elements of functions of several variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation
of Double Integrals, Triple Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and
Integrals of Vectors. The gradient of scalar and fiels. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector
field, Gauss, Greens and Stoke’s theorems and applications: Determinations and applications
to field equations in linear abd nonlinear mechanics. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued
Functions. Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes.
Contour Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear
transformation.
GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
654
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
technology);
655
Course Contents

Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
656
Learning Outcomes
careers;
empirical models;
Course Contents

design project.

657
MEE 301: Computer-Aided Design and Manufacture (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. visualise and apply basic drafting fundamentals;
2. prepare and edit engineering drawings;
3. explain the concepts and underlying theory of modelling and the usage of models in
different engineering applications;
4. compare the different types of modelling techniques and explain the central role solid
models play in the successful completion of CAD/CAM-based product development;
5. produce CAD drawings (create accurate and precise geometry of complex engineering
systems and use the geometric models in different engineering applications);
6. use and assess commercial CAD/CAM tools efficiently, effectively and intelligently in
selected engineering applications;
7. take active role in product design and development process as well as protptyping;
8. model 3D part and assemblies using SolidWorks program (or alternative CAD software);
9. analyse the part design using one of the computational methods (e.g. stress analysis) -
calculate part features using math skills;
10. demonstrate proficiency in the concepts of computer-aided manufacturing and a number
of applied associated processes; and
11. explain the basic concepts of CNC programming and machining.
Course Contents
Introduction to computer aided design (CAD). Basic data structuring technique. Computer
graphics. Geometric transformation techniques. Mathematical bases for surface modeling:
curves, surfaces and solids. Principles of solid modeling and application. CAD software.
Introduction to CAM: Relation between production volume and flexibility. Various
manufacturing systems – batch, mass, group, cellular and flexible manufacturing systems.
Type of automation and benefits of soft or flexible automation. Automation in material
handling and assembly. CNC machines: Introduction, classification, design and control
features including interpolations. Numerical control and NC part-programming. Introduction
to Robotics: Definitions, motivation, historical development. Basic structure, classification,
workspace, drives, controls, sensors, grippers, specifications. Manual CNC programming
(milling and turning). Basic and advanced CAD/CAM for CNC (milling and turning). Group
project assignment.
400 Level
Learning Outcomes
658
and
Course Contents
MEE 401: Mechanical (Machine) Engineering Design II (3 Units C: LH 45)
Leaning Outcomes
1. demonstrate proficiency in the principles of design;
2. demonstrate proficiency in the selection of materials for design;
3. carry out simple stress analysis; and
4. demonstrate proficiency in principles of coupling, clutches and brakes.
Course Contents
Journal bearings. Application of Hertz stress theory. Fluid couplings. Lubrication mechanics:
hydrodynamic theory applied to tapered wedge and journal bearings and hydrostatic
lubrication applied to journal bearings. Gears and power transmission systems. Elements of
fluid power system design. Design of cylinders, pipes and pipe joints, tubes, plates and
flywheel. Seals, packaging, gaskets and shields. Failure analysis; various types of joints,
design of machine elements; system design, design of gear systems; material selection in
design; design; design and production matching; optimisation in design D
MEE 402 Theory (Mechanics) of Machines II (2 Units E: LH 30)
Leaning Outcomes
1. identify the forces acting on a mechanism and the resolution of the forces;
2. demonstrate understanding of the performance of various mechanisms and principal
machine elements as regards their kinematics and dynamics;
3. identify the types of motion and their applications;
4. identify forces on shaft and bearing due to single revolving mass;
5. demonstrate procedure for balancing several masses in different transverse planes;
6. prepare professional quality solutions and presentations to effectively communicate the
results of analysis and design;
7. translate ideas and imaginations into conceptual designs using the tools of
conventional engineering drawings and computer aided designs; and
659
8. use the knowledge of the course to solve real life problems related to production
processes and to develop machines.
Course Contents
Force analysis of mechanisms, fluctuation of kinetic energy and inertial effects. Complete
static and dynamic analysis. Flexible shaft couplings: belt, rope and chain drives. The
flywheel and mechanical governors. Brakes and dynamometers. Balancing of multi-cylinder
engines. Balancing of machinery. Vibration of machinery; free and forced vibration,
damping, natural frequencies and critical speeds. Transverse vibrations of beams, whirling of
shafts and torsional vibrations.
MEE 403: Applied Engineering Thermodynamics (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. apply the knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals to model
the energy conversion phenomenon;
2. identify fuel types, availability, utilisation and its conversion to energy, understand fuel
chemistry, combustion analysis, develop combustion equations and conduct exhaust and
flue gas analysis in the laboratory;
3. identify enthalpy changes, determine heating values of fuels, steam generators;
4. identify type of boilers, fuels and combustion controls in boilers and power plant
efficiency;
5. perform air standard cycle analysis, refrigeration and heat pump cycles and demonstrate
their various application in internal combustion engines/refrigeration systems;
6. demonstrate proficiency in energy analysis, fuel combustion and thermal systems
design; and
7. provide solution to thermodynamic problems in HVAC systems, power plant, engines or
renewable energy technology.
Course Contents
Multistage reciprocating compressors. Rotary compressors – centrifugal and axial-flow;
stagnation properties. Simple gas turbine plant. The steam power plant. Combustion of
fuels; chemistry of common hydrocarbon fuels, combustion with deficiency or excess air.
Thermo-chemistry: Hess’ Law of Heat Summation; heats of combustion and reaction; ideal
adiabatic flame temperature. Reciprocating internal combustion engines. General
thermodynamics relations. Kinetic theory of gas. Mixture of gases, psychometry, air-
conditioning and cooling towers. Introduction to heat transfer.
MEE 404: Applied Fluid Mechanics (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify the various types of fluids and flows;
2. carry out simple calculations on floating and submerged surfaces;
3. explain the concept of fluid machinery for prototype development;
4. explain concepts of boundary layer;
5. explain and derive the Navier–Stokes for conservation of momentum and conservation of
mass for Newtonian fluids;
6. describe machines that transfer energy between a rotors and a fluids;
7. identify pump types performed by simple pump selection, including both turbines and
compressors; and
660
8. perform simple CDD grid processing, calculations and result processing.
Course Contents
Unsteady flow; oscillation in U-tube; surge tank; water hammer. Open-channel flows.
Introductory concepts of boundary layer and re-circulating flows, mathematical derivation of
Navier-stokes equations and its application. Dimensional analysis and similitude.
Introduction to turbo machinery; characteristic curve for axial-flow and centrifugal pumps,
fans, blowers, impulse and reaction turbines. Pump selection and application. Pipeline
systems (Series and Parallel). Open channel flow. Overview of computational fluid dynamics
(CFD)
MEE 405: Heat and Mass Transfer II (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the principle of heat by diffusion under steady or unsteady conditions;
2. explain continuity and momentum equations and their roles in convection heat transfer
analysis;
3. recognise convection heat transfer in laminar and turbulent flows;
4. determine heat transfer coefficients in internal and external flows;
5. identify dimensionless groups in convection heat transfer;
6. identify combined modes of heat transfer;
7. perform simple heat exchanger analysis and design;
8. demonstrate an understanding of heat and mass transfer modes and models;
9. demonstrate understanding of the different types of interface reactions;
10. explain comparison of Fick’s and Fourier’s laws and similarities between conduction and
mass transfer in stationary systems; and
11. apply principles of heat and mass transfer phenomena to selected processes.
Course Contents
Convection heat transfer: Newton’s law of cooling. Energy equation of convection.
Continuity and momentum equations and their roles in convection heat transfer analysis.
Convection heat transfer in laminar and turbulent flows. Internal and external flows. Heat
transfer coefficients. Dimensional analysis and dimensionless groups in convection heat
transfer. Convection heat transfer correlations. Heat exchanger analysis and design.
Combined modes of heat transfer.
Mass transfer: Mechanisms of mass transfer. Fick’s law of mass diffusion. General diffusion
law. Rate equations. Comparison of Fick’s and Fourier’s laws. Equations of mass transfer in
stationary systems. Similarities between conduction and mass transfer in stationary systems.
Mass transfer coefficient. Electrical analogy of mass transfer. Equimolal counter diffusion.
Drying and humidification of solids and gases. Types of dryers. Evaporation. Mass transfer
correlations in convective systems.
MEE 406: Advanced Mechanics of Materials (2 Units C:LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the theory, concepts, principles and governing equations of solid mechanics;
2. demonstrate the ability to deconstruct complex problems to produce effective outcomes;
3. perform simple analysis on thick cylinders; compound cylinders, rotating disks and
bending of flat plates;
4. perform simple analysis on beams on an elastic foundation;
661
5. explain two-dimensional theory of elasticity and apply to elastoplastic problems;
6. use analytical, experimental and computational tools needed to solve the idealised
problem;
7. Use these solutions to guide a corresponding design, manufacture, or failure analysis;
8. explain the selection, design and stress analysis of composite materials;
9. analyse the stresses in simple structures as used in industry, and
10. use interpersonal understanding, teamwork and communication skills working on group
assignments.
Course Contents
Thick cylinders; compound cylinders. Rotating disks. Bending of flat plates. Beams on an
elastic foundation. Membrane stresses in shells of revolution. Two-dimensional theory of
elasticity. Elastoplastic problems and limit theory.
500 level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
662
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
MEE 503: Applied Design (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate proficiency in systematic scientific design methodology;
2. demonstrate creative application of the design process to engineering problems;
3. demonstrate proficiency in design for the manufacture of complete mechanical systems
and devices;
4. undertake a group design project;
5. submit reports showing all calculations, justification for choice of design and instructions
on detail design, manufacture, testing and use; and
6. demonstrate use and evaluation of a CAD/CAM software package in the actual
manufacturing design project.
Course Contents
Scientific Design Methodology: creative application of the design process to engineering
problems with emphasis on the manufacture of complete systems to accomplish overall
objectives of minimum weight, high efficiency while satisfying the design constraints. An
appreciation of the process of engineering design, and of systematic procedures and tools
usable in the design process, with particular reference to mechanical systems and devices.
Topics include systematic problem definition, search for possible solutions, statistical
analysis of stress/strength interference, experiment planning techniques, optimum design
for minimum weight and cost, and management of the design process. Design Project:
Students will be required to conduct a design project under supervision, using the presented
techniques, and taking at least to a workable layout drawing of a device. The design should
involve simple mechanical systems (e.g. testing and assembling devices, heat drive, etc.) for
663
a specified duty, analyse its operating conditions and after considering the design criteria,
choose between potential solutions. Reports submitted by students should contain all
calculations, a comparison of potential solutions, justification for the design finally chosen,
and instructions on detail design, manufacture, testing and use. Use and evaluation of
several CAD/CAM software packages. Students will gain experience with CAD/CAM software
while carrying out an actual manufacturing design project.
MEE 509: Project (6 Units C:L H/PH 270)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify an engineering research problem;
2. demonstrate proficiency in PowerPoint presentation in a seminar;
3. demonstrate a methodology for actualising aims and objectives of a research project;
4. partake in a group research project efficiently; and
5. submit report comprising a topic, abstract, problem statement, aims and objectives,
methodology, experimentation and/or analysis, results and analysis, conclusion and
recommendation.
Course Contents
Final-year projects are assigned at the beginning of each academic year. Each final year
student chooses a project supervisor in consultation with the final-year project coordinator.
The process is entirely interactive, but the coordinator ensures that there is an even
distribution of students amongst the lecturers. The final topic is decided by the student and
his supervisor, selected from the fields of mechanics of solids and fluids, materials science,
machine design, heat power, heat transfer, production technology, industrial engineering
and management. Each student presents at least two seminars as part of their final year
project, usually at the beginning and ending of the second semester. Each student is
required to submit a report of their findings and undergo an oral examination. All seminars
are scored by a panel of lecturers.

Equipment
Common Facilities
1. University Libraries
2. Lecture Theatres and Lecture Rooms
3. Laboratories/ Central Workshops
4. Drawing Studio
5. Computer-Aided Graphics Laboratory
6. Faculty Computer Laboratory
7. Industrial Training Coordinator’s Office.
8. Laboratories for Some General Engineering Courses
Laboratories/Workshops
General Workshop
Drawing and Design Studio
Mechanics of Machines
Strength of Materials
Thermodynamics
Fluid Mechanics
Metallurgy
664
General Workshop Equipment
Fitting & Machining Section

1. Work benches with vices for metal work
2. Tool boxes containing hand tools such as screw drivers, wrenches, hammers, hacksaws,
files, centre punch, chisel, scrapers, etc.
3. Lathe machines
4. CNC lathe machine
5. Milling machines
6. CNC milling machine
7. Drilling machines
9. Folding machines
10. Power hacksaw
11. Shaping machines
12. Tennoning machine
13. Vertical mortising machine
14. Dovetailing machine
15. Vernier Callipers and Micrometer Screw Gauges
16. Sheet metal folding machine
Foundry Section
1. Furnaces (heat treatment facility)
2. Casting facilities
Welding & Fabrication Section

1. Arc welding machines and accessories
2. Gas welding facilities
3. Safety goggles, eye and ear protectors
4. Pop riveting machine
5. Guillotine cutting Machine
6. Rolling machine, etc.
Carpentry & Woodwork Section (Wood processing machines and equipment)

1. Band saw, radial arm saw and circular saw
2. Surfacing machine
3. Mortise machine
4. Thicknessing/Planing machine
5. Wood Lathe machine
6. Portable sander machine
7. Jig saw, rip saw, cross-cut saw, panel saw, tenon saw, compass saw
8. Drilling machine
9. Chest drill
10. Spraying machine
11. Oil stone
12. Wood workbenches with vices
13. G clamp, F clamp, Sash clamp
14. Jack planes, smooth planes
drivers, tape rule, scraper.
665
Electrical/Electronic Section
1. Water distillers
2. Hydrometers
3. Multimeters, voltmeters, ammeters and clamp meters
4. Soldering irons
5. Battery chargers
6. Standard tool boxes for electrical and electronics works
7. Electrical/electronics data books
8. Oscilloscopes
9. Tachometers and phase sequence meters
10. Logic probes
11. Etching machines complete with accessories
12. Coil winding machine, etc.
Drawing and Design Studio

1. Drawing tables and chairs
2. Drawing boards, T-squares and instruments
3. Automatic drafting machine
4. Drafting gadgets, stencils, etc
5. Automatic stencil cutter
6. Computer graphics and design hall with necessary design software (e.g. Fusion 360
(AutoCAD) software, SolidWorks, Solid Edge or equivalent
7. 3-D printer
Mechanics of Machines Laboratory

1. Free oscillation of point and distributed masses (Simple and Compound Pendulum)
2. Quick return mechanisms (Whitworth), Scotted line slider-crank, scoth yoke Geneva stop
3. Power transmission systems (belts, gears, shafts and clutches).
4. Coefficient of friction apparatus (belt, drive, slipping friction)
5. Free and force vibration of single degree of freedom systems with and without damping
6. Static and dynamic balancing systems
7. Power regulation (by Flywheel and Governors)
8. Demonstration of coriolis and centrifugal forces
9. Gyroscopic motion
10. Journal bearings
11. Vibration and Noise test set up.
Strength of Materials Laboratory

1. Apparatus for tensile, compression and torsion tests
2. Simple bending apparatus
3. Unsymmetrical bending apparatus
4. Impact tests apparatus
5. Elastic behaviour of thin- and thick-walled pressure vessels
6. Creep and fatigue
7. Theories of failure
8. Helical springs
9. Deflection of curved beams
10. Columns and struts
11. Strain gauging and photo-elastic behaviour.
666
Thermodynamics Laboratory
1. Temperature measurement apparatus
2. Power measurement apparatus (compressor, dynamometer etc)
3. Pressure measurement apparatus
4. Steam boiler
5. Equilibrium of mixtures of air and steam, quality of wet steam
6. IC engine apparatus
7. Calorific values of fuels
8. Analysis of products of combustion
9. Gas and bomb calorimeters
10. Gas and steam turbine apparatus
11. Heat-exchange apparatus
12. Free and forced convection heat and mass transfer systems
13. Thermal conductivity apparatus
14. Apparatus for the determination of radiative properties of materials
15. Jet propulsion systems
16. Vapour power cycles
17. Positive displacement engines and compressors
18. Refrigeration and Air-conditioning cycles
Fluid Mechanics Laboratory

1. Manometry
2. Hydrostatic forces on plane and curved surfaces
3. Forced vortex apparatus
4. Stability of floating bodies
5. Meter calibration and flow test set up
6. Hydraulic test benches
7. Nozzle and orifice flow apparatus
8. Laminar and turbulent flow in pipes
9. Friction loss in pipes
10. Heat losses in pipe fittings
11. Flow visualisation apparatus
12. Flow of fluid round bodies
13. Hydraulic power circuitry and measurement units
14. Reciprocating pump system
15. Centrifugal pump system
16. Pelton wheel
17. Resistance to motion of air through banks of finned and unfinned tubes
18. Calibration and performance of flow measurement devices
19. Subsonic wind tunnel and accessories
20. Supersonic flow apparatus
Metallurgy Laboratory
1. Apparatus for visualisation of atomic and crystal structures
2. Cooling curve apparatus
3. Simple metallography
4. Simple heat treatment apparatus
5. Apparatus for creep, hardness and fracture tests
6. X-ray crystallography equipment
7. Electric microscope
8. High power metallurgical microscope with camera unit
667
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.



maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
library
Subject to the general standards specified by NUC, the central and/or faculty/departmental
668
1. physical holdings of current books in the relevant fundamental science and engineering
subject areas;
2. physical holdings of current books in the core mechanical engineering subject areas;
3. physical holdings of current journals in the core mechanical engineering subject areas;
4. e-subscription of current books in the relevant fundamental science and engineering
subject areas;
5. e-subscription of current books in the core mechanical engineering subject areas; and
6. e-subscription of current journals in the core mechanical engineering subject areas.
classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices
Academic m2
Non-Academic
Office Facilities
Room
computer unit.
669
B. Eng Mechatronic Engineering
Overview
Mechatronics Engineering is a branch of engineering that deals with developing products,
systems and processes that involve a synergistic integration of aspects of mechanical (such
as hydraulics and pneumatics), electronic (as in sensors and communication) and electrical
engineering (control), computing, robotics, and information technology. Application areas of
mechatronics include such diverse fields as in medical and agricultural equipment, military
hardware, oil and gas, automobile, home and industrial automation, etc. The
multidisciplinary nature of mechatronics entails design principles, processes, models,
toolsets and philosophy that are unique to mechatronics engineers. This enables the design
and development of simpler, more economical and reliable systemsMechatronics ensures the
production of high-quality systems and equipment with high precision and accuracy and
improved production processes through automation. Due to their multidisciplinary skills,
mechatronics engineers are on high demand worldwide. Topics covered include mechanism
design, motor and sensor integration and theory, microcontroller programming using
numerous sensors and actuators, mechanics prototyping, and design. Students will work in
teams to complete a hardware-based final project.
The programme has a unique balance of critical analytical subjects and professional skills,
which enables students to graduate with the confidence to face challenging engineering
situations in the industry. The management skills necessary to operate successfully as a
multidisciplinary engineer in modern industry are promoted and developed at all the stages
of the course.
Philosophy
The general philosophy of the Mechatronics Engineering programme is to produce graduates
with high academic and soft skills competence, which can adequately participate, transform,
impact on the engineering and allied industries in accordance with National and Global
community values, including National Policy on Industrialisation and Self-Reliance. Hence,
the programme aims to produce graduates with sufficient academic background and
adequate practical experience to solve engineering problems.
Objectives
The prgramme's overall objective is to provide students with relevant skills in designing and
prototyping of mechatronic or robotic system to accomplish specific tasks or challenge. On
completion of the programme, successful students should be able to:
1. demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of essential facts, concepts,

theories and principles of mechatronics engineering and of the broader multidisciplinary
engineering context and its underpinning science and mathematics;
fundamentals to the Mechatronics Engineering-related problems;
3. demonstrate practical engineering skills in the design and development of mechatronics
products;
4. demonstrate the ability to apply appropriate quantitative science and engineering tools
to analysing problems;
5. demonstrate creative/innovative ability in the synthesis of solutions and in formulating
designs;
670
6. demonstrate an understanding of different roles within a team and to exercise
leadership;
7. display well-developed critical thinking capabilities, including analysing, evaluating and
critically reflecting on information, decisions and behaviour to enable strategic thinking
and adaptability in a constantly changing global environment;
IT tools, including prediction and modelling, to complex engineering activities, to
understand their limitations;
9. apply independent learning skills that encourage the regular accessing of new
knowledge and information;
10. use effective written communication and well-developed interpersonal skills;
11. design, specify, plan, organise, and implement a mechatronics system;
12. compare, contrast and evaluate alternative approaches to mechatronics system designs.
13. plan the extension and upgrading of the existing mechatronics system effectively.
14. demonstrate a critical awareness and evaluation of current research within engineering;
15. develop entrepreneurial skills and adequate training in human and organisational skills
with a spirit of self-reliance to set up their businesses; and
16. possess the appropriate skills and knowledge to pursue further study and professional
development opportunities.

Some unique features of the programme include:
1. stimulating intellect and encouraging students towards developing ingenuity and
originality in problem solving;
2. encouraging students to maintain intellectual curiosity that will motivate them to pursue
meaningful lifelong learning; and
3. equiping students with the relevant intellectual capacity, contemporary software
proficiency, communication, entrepreneurial and
4. other relevant soft skills like teamwork, flexibility, adaptability and interpersonal knack to
engage effectively in engineering practice, business and in leadership roles
Mechatronics engineers work in companies and firms that require hi-tech input into what
they are developing. They may work in a laboratory, a processing plant or an engineering
office and research opportunities in emerging fields like bioengineering, nanotechnology,
and robotics. Typical job responsibilities of mechatronic engineers are:
1. developing new solutions to industrial problems using mechanical and electronic

processes and computer technology;
2. design and building entirely new products by integrating various technologies, for
example, developing robotic vehicles for underwater exploration;
3. building and testing factory production lines by introducing automation to improve
existing processes;
4. maintaining and improving on previous industrial and manufacturing processes and
designs, for example, robotic lawnmowers and robot floor cleaners;
5. designing, developing, maintaining and managing high technology engineering systems
for the automation of industrial tasks;
6. applying mechatronics or automated solutions to the transfer of material, components or
finished goods;
7. applying advanced control systems, which are usually computer-driven;
8. apply electronics and mechanical processes and computers to tasks where the use of
human labour may be dangerous (like underwater exploration, mining or forestry);
671
9. studying the feasibility, cost implications and performance benefits of new mechatronics
equipment; and
10. carrying out the modelling, simulation, and analysis of complex mechanical, electronic or
other engineering systems using computers.
21st Century Skills

The programme has emphasised 21st-century skills -- problem-solving, collaboration
(teamwork), digital literacy, communication, learning to learn/metacognition, creativity and
innovation, information literacy, critical thinking/decision making, artificial intelligence (AI)
through collaborative research projects and group assignments.


Direct Entry
respectively.
672
Level GST/ENT Basic Discipline/ Programme SIWES* Total
Science GET (MCE) Units
100 4 16 3 2 - 25
200 4 - 29 - 3 33
300 4 - 18 2 4 28
400 - - - 10 8 08
500 - - 5 8 - 11
Total 12 16 55 22 (15) 105
*All 15 SIWES units credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-level
100 Level
GET 102 Engineering Graphics & Solid Modelling 2 C 15 45
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30
MTH102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PYH 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
MCE 101 Introduction to Mechatronic 2 C 30 -
Engineering
Total 25 C
200 Level
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 E 45 -
673
GET 203 Engineering Graphics & Solid Modelling 3 C 15 45
II
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 45 -
MEE 207 Applied Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 299 SIWES 3 C 9 Weeks
Total 33
300 Level
Course Code Course Titb Units Status LH PH
(including Seminar Presentation Skills)
Analytics
Technology
Technologies
MCE 321 Design of Mechatronic Engineering and 2 C 30 -
Robotics Systems I
Total 28
400 Level
MCE 401 Computer Vision and Image 2 E 30 -

Processing
MCE 403 Microcontroller and Embedded 2 E 30 -
Systems
MCE 405 Control Engineering 2 E 15 45
MCE 407 Industrial Automation & Control 2 E 30 -
MCE 409 Sensors and Actuators for 2 E 30 -
Embedded Systems
GET 499 SIWES III 8 C 24 wks
Total 8
SIWES courses
674
Total 15*
* All credited at the 2nd Semester of 400-Level
500 Level
MCE 501 Design of Mechatronic Engineering 2 E - 90
and Robotics Systems
MCE 590 BEng Project 6 C - 270
Total 11

100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
675
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
Course Contents
676
Learning Outcomes
analytical nature of the courses they take;and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
677
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
678
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
679
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
680
Course Contents
deduction.
MCE 101: Introduction to Mechatronics Engineering & Robotics

(2 Units C: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the characteristics and components of mechatronics systems;
2. discuss recent trends in Mechatronics;
3. describe the techniques used in designing a mechatronics process;
4. identify, select, and integrate mechatronics components to meet product requirements;
and
5. develop kinematic, dynamic and control models for robots.
Course Contents
Introduction to mechatronics systems -- Measurement Systems, Control Systems,
Microprocessor-based Controllers. Sensors and Transducers – Performance Terminology –
Sensors for Displacement, Position and Proximity; Velocity, Motion, Force, Fluid Pressure,
Liquid Level. Temperature, Light Sensors – Selection of Sensors. Pneumatic and Hydraulic
Systems – Directional Control Valves – Rotary Actuators. Mechanical Actuation Systems –
Cams – Gear Trains – Ratchet and Pawl – Belt and Chain Drives – Bearings. Electrical
Actuation Systems – Mechanical Switches – Solid State Switches – Solenoids – DC Motors –
AC Motors – Stepper Motors. Introduction to Robot and Robotics, Three laws of robotics,
History, Issues of industrial robot usage, Robot Types, limitations, Architecture and
Configuration of Robots, Applications of Robots, Robots Classification, Robot Repeatability
and Accuracy, Robot component, Degree of freedom, Drive Technologies, Coordinate
Systems, three related frames, Rotational about fixed frames (x,y,z). Transformation of
Coordinate Frame, Forward Kinematics, Orientations, Translation of rigid body. Introduction
to robotics, mobile robots, swamp robot and industrial robots, Robot Mechanisms, Actuators
and Drive Systems, Differential Motion, Statics and dynamics, Force and Compliance
Controls, Realistic and Safe Use of Robots.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
681
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

business planning;
and
Course Contents
682
Learning Outcomes
Course contents
GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
solutions;
polymers;
natural);
Course Contents
683
Learning Outcomes
and designs;
minimization;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
684
Course Contents
principles.
Learning Outcomes
flow in pipes;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
685
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, i.e quantitative relations of Zeroth, first,
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
analysis, friction, kinematics and momentum.
engineering, science, mathematics and applied mechanics.
joints) of a given structure with a load.
686
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
equation, heat conduction equation, etc. as well as fourier series, initial conditions and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

numbers;
687
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
688
Course Contents

300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
able to:
689
location;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
690
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
691
Learning Outcomes
technology);
Course Contents
.
Learning Outcomes
change;
692
Course Contents
Practical Contents
renewable energy.

Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
693
MCE 321: Design of Mechatronic Engineering& Robotics Systems I

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to developed the following skills:
1. ability to utilise a systems approach to complex problems and to design an operational
performance;
2. proficiency in engineering design;
3. capacity for creativity and innovation;
4. ability to function effectively as an individual and in multidisciplinary and multicultural
teams, as a team leader or manager as well as an effective team member; and
5. ability to apply systems engineering perspective in designing mechatronics systems.
Course Contents
Integrated design process of mechatronics systems; components of mechatronics systems,
sensors and actuators, fundamental principal of operation for components, strengths and
weaknesses, and operational characteristics. The design process; integrated iterative design,
sub-systems, component selection and sizing, design considerations, state-of-the-arts and
challenges. Design exercises with increasing degrees of complexity. Others are mechatronics
design concepts: integrative design, concepts analogies between electrical and mechanical
systems, appreciation of components of mechatronics systems, formulation of design
requirements, design exercise and justifications, optimal division into sub systems
component, selection and sizing prototype development, appraisal of benefit and cost
evolution of mechatronics design and challenges. case studies.
Learning Outcomes
careers;
empirical models;
Course Contents
694

design project.

400 Level
MCE 401: Computer Vision and Image Processing (2 Units E: PH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the basic algorithms, tools and systems for the management, processing and
analysis of digital images;
2. identify basic concepts, terminology, theories, models and methods in the field of
computer vision;
3. describe basic methods of computer vision related to multi-scale representation, edge
detection and detection of other primitives, stereo, motion and object recognition;
4. assess which methods to use for solving a given problem, and analyse the accuracy of
the methods;
5. develop and apply computer vision techniques for solving practical problems;
6. choose appropriate image processing methods for image filtering, image restoration,
image reconstruction, segmentation, classification and representation;l
7. acquire good and practical skills in computer vision; and
8. design and develop simple systems oriented to real-world computer vision applications
such as those requiring segmentation and classification of objects in digital images.
695
Course Contents
Computer vision and image processing are important and fast evolving areas of
Mechatronics and Robotics. Student will get familiar with both established and emergent
methods, algorithms and architectures. The course will enable students to apply computer
vision and image processing techniques to solving various real-world mechatronics and
robotics problems, and develop skills for research in the fields. Image formation, image
filtering, edge detection and segmentation, morphological processing, registration, object
recognition, object detection and tracking 3D vision.
The topics may include but are not limited to:
1. Image formation and perception, image representation.

2. Image filtering: space- and frequency- domain filtering, linear and non-linear filters.
3. Morphological image processing.
4. Image geometric transformations, image registration.
5. Edge detection, image segmentation, active contours, and level set methods.
6. Object recognition, template matching, and classification.
7. Object detection and tracking: background modeling, kernel-based tracking, particle
filters.
8. Camera models, stereo vision.
MCE 403: Microcontroller and Embedded Systems (2 Units E: PH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. provide examples of existing embedded systems-based products and describe the
special requirements placed in developing such systems;
2. use modern integrated development environments for microcontroller/processor
programming and their features for testing and debugging;
3. develop microcontroller programs for mechatronic applications, including the usage of
I/O and communication peripherals;
4. describe, explain, and apply some of the basic concepts of communication protocols,
particularly the Controller Area Network (CAN);
5. explain basic real-time resource management theory;
6. discuss and communicate intelligently about OS primitives for concurrency, timeouts,
scheduling, communication, and synchronisation; and
7. discuss I/O and device driver interfaces to embedded processors with networks,
multimedia cards, and disk drives.
Course Contents
Introduction to embedded systems, history, design challenges, optimizing design metrics,
time to market, applications of embedded systems and recent trends in embedded systems,
embedded design concepts and definitions, memory management, hardware and software
design and testing, communication protocols like SPI, I2C, CAN etc. RISC Design Philosophy,
comparison between CISC and RISC; PIC/AVR/ARM Design Philosophy; Embedded System
hardware, Embedded System software. PIC/AVR/ARM Processor fundamentals –
PIC/AVR/ARM core architecture, data flow model, Register, Current Program Status Register,
Pipeline, Exceptions, Interrupts and Vector Table, Core Extensions, PIC/AVR/ARM Processor
families. PIC16F18877/ATmega328P/ATSAM3X8E Cortex-M3 processors Block diagram and
pin diagram, operating modes: Study of on-chip peripherals like I/O ports, timers, counters,
interrupts, on-chip ADC, DAC, RTC modules, WDT, PLL, PWM and USB. Hardware interfacing
696
of PIC16F18877/ATmega328P/ATSAM3X8E Cortex-M3 using CCS C
Compiler/Flowcode/Embedded C language: LED, Switches, LCD Display & stepper motor.
On-chip programming: UART, Timer, Real-Time Clock & ADC. Others include Architecture of
kernel, task and task scheduler, ISR, Mutex, Semaphores, mailbox, message queues, pipes,
events, timers, Priority inversion problem, priority Inheritance, RTOS services in contrast
with traditional OS. Introduction to μcos II RTOS and its features, study of kernel structure
of μcos II. Case study of digital camera and automatic chocolate vending machine (without
codes).
MCE 405: Control Engineering (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. develop the mathematical model of the physical systems;
2. analyse the response of the closed and open loop systems;
3. analyse the stability of the closed and open loop systems;
4. design the various kinds of compensator;
5. explain alternate representations of dynamic systems (time domain, frequency domain,
state space);
6. define and explain feedback and feed-forward control architecture and discuss the
importance of performance, robustness and stability in control design;
7. interpret and apply block diagram representations of control systems and design PID
controllers based on empirical tuning rules;
8. compute stability of linear systems using the Routh array test and use this to generate
control design constraints;
9. employ Evans root locus techniques in control design for real world systems;
10. compute gain and phase margins from Bode diagrams and Nyquist plots and
understand their implications in terms of robust stability;
11. design Lead-Lag compensators based on frequency data for an open-loop linear
system;
12. analyse the stability of systems by root locus and frequency response methods;
13. draw Bode diagrams, root locus graphs and Nyquist plots for the analysis of control
systems solve numerical problems on control systems; and
14. utilise MATLAB/Simulink to analyse open and closed loop performance and design linear
feedback controllers.
Course Contents
Introduction to control system: Concept of feedback and Automatic control, Effects of
feedback, Objectives of control system, Definition of linear and nonlinear systems,
Elementary concepts of sensitivity and robustness. Types of control systems,
Servomechanisms and regulators, examples of feedback control systems. Transfer function
concept. Pole and Zeroes of a transfer function. Properties of Transfer function.
Mathematical modelling of dynamic systems: Translational systems, Rotational systems,
Mechanical coupling, Liquid level systems, Electrical analogy of Spring– MassDashpot
system. Block diagram representation of control systems. Block diagram algebra. Signal flow
graph. Mason’s gain formula. Control system components: Potentiometer, Synchros,
Resolvers, Position encoders. DC and AC tachogenerators. Actuators. Block diagram level
description of feedback control systems for position control, speed control of DC motors,
temperature control, liquid level control, voltage control of an Alternator.
Time domain analysis: Time domain analysis of a standard second order closed loop
system. Concept of undamped natural frequency, damping, overshoot, rise time and settling
time. Dependence of time domain performance parameters on natural frequency and
697
damping ratio. Step and Impulse response of first and second order systems. Effects of Pole
and Zeros on transient response. Stability by pole location. Routh Hurwitz criteria and
applications. Error Analysis: Steady state errors in control systems due to step, ramp and
parabolic inputs. Concepts of system types and error constants. Stability Analysis: Root
locus techniques, construction of Root Loci for simple systems. Effects of gain on the
movement of Pole and Zeros. Frequency domain analysis of linear system: Bode plots, Polar
plots, Nichol’s chart, Concept of resonance frequency of peak magnification. Nyquist criteria,
measure of relative stability, phase and gain margin. Determination of margins in Bode plot.
Nichol’s chart. circle and Contours in Nichols chart. Control System performance
measures: Improvement of system performance through compensation. Lead, Lag and Lea
lag compensation, PI, PD and PID control.
MCE 407: Industrial Automation and Control (2 Units E: PH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe working of various blocks of basic industrial automation systems;
2. demonstrate proficiency in automation programming/troubleshooting related to
programmable logic controllers;
3. connect the peripherals with the PLC.
4. utilise various PLC functions and develop small PLC programs;
5. Summarize distributed control system and SCADA system;
6. demonstrate an understanding of the core hardware and theory related to
programmable automation controllers;
7. employ various industrial motor drives for the Industrial Automation; and
8. design, install and maintain automation and control systems.
Course Contents
This course will provide an overall exposure to the Technology of Industrial Automation and
Control as widely seen in factories of all types both for discrete and continuous
manufacturing. The course covers a wide range of related topics from the advantage and
architecture of automation systems, measurement systems including sensors and signal
conditioning, discrete and continuous variable control systems, hydraulic, pneumatic and
electric actuators, industrial communication and embedded computing and CNC machines.
More specifically, the course covers:
Introduction to Industrial Automation and Control, Architecture of Industrial Automation

Systems Measurement Systems: Pressure and Force Measurement, Temperature
measurement, Displacement and Speed Measurement, Flow Measurement, Measurement of
Level, Humidity and pH, Signal Conditioning Circuits, Errors and Calibrations. Process
Control: Introduction to Process Control, PID, PID Controller Tuning, PID Controller
Implementation Programmable Logic Control: The Software Environment and
Programming of PLC, Sequence Control and Structured RLL Programming, Programming of
PLCs Sequential Function Chart. CNC Machines: Introduction to CNC Machines, CNC
Machines Interpolation, Control and Drive. Actuators: Control Valves, Directional Control
Valves, Switches and Gauges, Industrial Hydraulic Circuits, Pneumatic Control Components,
Pneumatic Control Systems,
Electric Machines Drive: Energy Savings with Variable Speed Drives, Step Motors -
Principles, Construction and Drives, DC Motors Drives, Induction Motor Drives, BLDC Motor
Drives. Industrial Embedded and Communication System: Introduction to Real-time
698
Embedded Systems, Real-Time Operating Systems, Networking of Field Devices via Fieldbus,
Higher Levels of Industrial Automation.
MCE 409: Sensor and Actuators for Embedded Systems (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. itemise and discuss the characteristics and the components of mechatronic systems;
2. discuss recent trends in Mechatronics;
3. describe active & passive electrical circuits;
4. describe the techniques used to design a mechatronics process; and
5. suggest possible design solutions.
Course Contents
This course provides an introduction to sensors and actuators in mechatronics systems. The
topics include sensing principles for measuring motion, force, torque, pressure, flow, and
temperature using analogue and digital transducers; actuating principles for continuous
drive actuators and stepper motors; power transmission systems; and methods for signal
collection, conditioning and analysis. Various components will be experimentally tested and
analysed. Others are basics of Energy Transformation: Transducers, Sensors and Actuators.
Understanding of Sensor Interfacing with Microprocessor to build electronic system Week
Static and Dynamic Characteristic Parameters for Sensors and Actuators, Calibration of
Sensor-based electronics systems. Sensor performance criteria and selection, including: (a)
Thermocouples (b) Resistive sensors (c) Inductive sensors (d) Capacitive sensors (e)
Piezoelectric sensors (f) Encoders and tachometers. Actuator performance criteria and
selection, including: (a) Fluidic actuators (b) Solenoids and voice coil motors (c) Stepper
motors (d) DC motors (e) Piezoelectric actuators (f) Shape memory alloy actuators (g)
MEMS sensors and actuators. Merits of Fluid power & its utility for increasing productivity
through Low-Cost Automation, Transmission of Fluid Power through various types of
Cylinders), Symbolic representation of Pneumatic elements (CETOP), Compressors and Air
supply system including airline installations, Signalling & control system. Introduction to
Industrial Hydraulics, Hydraulics Power System elements and standard symbolic
Representation (CETOP symbols). Pneumatic & hydraulic control elements (control valves &
hydraulic pumps, accessories), Basic circuits for controlling single & double-acting cylinder,
Basic circuits, Advantages of Hydro-Pneumatics and its applications, Hydraulics system and
their Classification. Hydraulics circuits Hydraulic Motors, Hydraulic Fluids and effective
contamination control. Advanced pneumatic circuits for controlling multi-cylinders (operable
& inoperable circuits), Electro pneumatics with relay logic, Pneumatics system with PID
controls, Application of fluidics a non-moving part logic.
Learning Outcomes
699
and
Course Contents
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
700
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
MCE 501: Design of Mechatronic Engineering & Robotics Systems II
(2 Units C: PH 90)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to develop the following skills:
1. ability to practicalise the systems approach to complex problems learned MCE 321;
2. practicalise the design of an assigned device for operational performance;
3. dexterity in engineering design and implementation;
4. evaluation of designed mechantronic systems; and
5. ability to partake in design and innovation competitions.
Course Contents
This is essentially the practical implementation of the content of MCE 321, with students
working independently and in focus groups. See content of MCE 321 for more details.
MCE 599: Final Year Project (6 Units C: LH 270)
Learning Outcomes
1. prepare for real-life postgraduation experience in project implementation and report
writing skills. The course lasts for one academic session.
701
Course Contents
Each student must undertake a project under the supervision of a lecturer, submit a
comprehensive project report and present a seminar at the end of the year. A project status
report is to be presented at the end of the first semester. Each student must attend
Engineering Seminars. This course lasts for one academic session.
Equipment
List of Laboratories
1. Control and Instrumentation Laboratory
2. Electronics Laboratory
3. Microcontroller/Microprocessor and Digital System Laboratory
4. Computer Engineering Laboratory (Hardware and Software)
5. Communication Laboratory
6. Energy Laboratory
7. Electric Power/Machine Laboratory
List of laboratory Equipment

1. Assorted Microcontroller/Microprocessor developments Kit
2. Assorted sensors and Actuators Units
3. Didactic Electro Hydraulic Trainer
4. XK-CF2 Mechatronic Training Equipment Material Sorting Model
5. PLC Training Kit XK-PLCS1
6. Automatic Storage and Retrieval System
7. DLDS-1508 Robot Training System
8. Mechatronics Training Assessment Equipment
9. Position Control Trainer Mechatronics
10. Optical and Electromechanical Technology Trainer
11. Micro Mechatronic System Training Equipment
12. Mechatronics Automation Production Line Training Equipment
13. Process Control Training Equipment
14. Robot Teaching Equipment
15. Assorted Sensors, Actuators and Controllers
16. Design Software Packages (Matlab, SolidWorks, LabView, Ansys, PRoE
17. CAD/CAM Machines (CNC mill, drill, lathe, 3D printer, laser cutter)
18. Digital Logic Aanalyser
19. Smart Logic Design Experimental Kit
20. Digital Logic Circuit Design Experiment Kit Microcomputer Trainer
21. AM/FM Transmitters and Receivers System Trainer
22. Fibre-optic Transmission Training System
23. GSM/GPS Experimental Trainer
24. Programmable Logic Controller System Trainer
25. Digital 3 Phase Power Analyzer with SD Card Real Time Data Recorder
26. Digital Storage Colour Display 2/4-Channel Oscilloscope
27. Arbitrary Waveform and Digital Synthesized Function Generator
28. Digital Spectrum Analyzer (9kHz -3GHz)
29. Instrumentation Trainer Using Transducers Complete Set
30. Digital Communication System Trainer
31. Analog Communication System Trainer
32. Solar Power System Training Kit
702
33. Electrical and Electronic System Trainer
34. Single Phase Transformer System Trainer
35. 3- Phase Transformer System Trainer
36. Power Electronic Training System
37. Colour TV Trainer
38. Programmable Dual Output DC Power Supply Units (different ranges)
39. Variable Transformer
40. PA (Public Address) System Trainer
41. Portable Wind Power Generator Training Kit Universal EPROM Programmable (48 Pins)
42. Bench Digital Multi-meter Digit (various digit ranges)
43. High Voltage Insulation Tester Variable Digital Type up l0kV Power Factor Meter
44. Frequency Meter
45. Digital Energy Meter
46. Digital Wattmeter, Single Phase
47. Digital Wattmeter, 3-Phase
48. Semiconductor Curve Tracer
49. Advanced Frequency Modulation and Demodulation Train
50. Digital Transistor Tester
51. Decade Resistance Box
52. Decade Capacitance Box
53. Decade Inductance Box
54. 3-Phase Variable Inductance Load
55. 3-Phase Variable Capacitance Load
56. 3-Phase Variable Resistance Load
57. Digital Multifunction Documenting Calibrators
58. Digital Function generator (different frequency ranges)
59. Electrical Tools Box
60. Digital Stroboscope
61. Digital DC A Ammeters Multi-range
62. Digital AC Voltmeters Multi Range
63. Digital DC Volt Meters Multi Range
64. Digital DC Volt Meters Multi Range
65. Digital Damp Meter
66. Standard Digital Earth Loop/PSC/Tester
67. Photo/contact Tachometer
68. LCD Display 3-Phase Rotation Tester
69. Rheostat (different ranges)
70. Wheatstone Bridge
71. Portable DC Potentiometer
72. Analogue Dual-trace Oscilloscopes (different frequency ranges)
73. Signal Trace/Injector
74. Digital RF Signal Generators
75. Klystron Microwave Trainer Complete Set
76. Antenna Lab Trainer complete Set
77. PCB Fabrication Equipment Complete Set
78. Standard Analogue Multimeters
79. AVO Meters
80. Electric Power Transmission Training Kit
703
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.



maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
library
subject to the general standards specified by NUC, the central and/or faculty/departmental
1. physical holdings of current books in the relevant fundamental science and engineering
subject areas.
704
2. physical holdings of current books in the core mechanical engineering subject areas.
3. physical holdings of current journals in the core mechanical engineering subject areas.
a. e-subscription of current books in the relevant fundamental science and engineering

subject areas.
b. e-subscription of current books in the core mechanical engineering subject areas.
c. e-subscription of current journals in the core mechatronics engineering subject areas.

Academic m2
Non-Academic
Office Facilities
Room
computer unit.
705
B. Eng Metallurgical Engineering
Overview
“Only the resource of man can bring the resource of the earth to life.”- Paul Baily.
When considering the Techno-economic Importance of Metals, Globally, one can

assert boldly that “Without metals, there will be no civilisation”. The wellbeing and
standard of living of any nation can be accurately gauged by reference to the level of
production and/or consumption of its metal and metal products. Techno-economic
development of any nation depends considerably on the level of its industrial development.
Also, “We can only chart our future clearly and wisely only when we know the path which
has led to the present”- Adlai Stevenson. The Nigeria metals industry can be logically divided
into two subsections: the Nigerian Public Metals Industry and the Nigerian Private Metals
Industry and the industry can also be classified into two: ferrous (Iron and steel) metal
industry and non-ferrous (such as gold, aluminium, tin, lead and zinc) metals industry. The
non-ferrous metals industry started before the iron and steel industry in Nigeria.
The development of the metallurgical sector in Nigeria was a major thrust for the
establishment of departments of metallurgical and materials engineering at some Nigerian
universities, starting with the University of Ife (now Obafemi Awolowo University), Ile-Ife, in
1977. The goal was to produce world-class, well trained and adequately equipped
metallurgical, minerals and materials engineers for the Nigerian metallurgical industry,
especially in the Iron and Steel sector of the economy.
Metallurgical engineering is concerned with the extraction, refining and recycling of metals
and/or alloys, and preparing them for use. It is broader than metallurgy which is the art and
science of producing metal and alloys in forms and with properties suitable for practical use
in that equipment/plant design, energy transfer, materials processing and selection, and
mathematical analysis such as simulation and modelling of metallurgical systems are
encapsulated by metallurgical engineering. It focuses on the engineering aspect of metals
such as reductions to prevention of corrosion in application, increasing the strength of alloys
and developing alloys with improved properties for use by the household, transportation -
road, railway, aerospace and shipping-industry, medical industry, production and defence
industries. The main branches of metallurgical industries are process (extractive), physical
and production (mechanical) metallurgical engineering. The need to revive industries and
set factories working in Nigeria presents an exciting challenge to the Nigerian metallurgical
engineers.
In Nigeria the main mining leases are classified in accordance to the type and nature of
occurrence as follows:
Class A: Metalliferrous minerals and precious metals lode leases
Class B: Metalliferrous minerals and precious metals alluvial leases
Class C: Precious stone (gemstone) leases
Class D: Combustible (carbonaceous) mineral leases
Class E: Non-metallic (industrial) mineral leases
All the five (5) categories of mineral leases are available in Nigeria, so the nation is a
mineralised nation. In spite of this, the Nigerian metallurgical industry has neither been able
to produce on sustainable basis ferrous (iron and steel) nor non-ferrous metals (such as
gold, aluminium, lead, copper, zinc) whose ores are available in the nation. This scenario
has to be reversed through qualitative metallurgical engineering education, linkages and
collaboration with ministries, agencies and departments on one hand and mineral and
metallurgical industries on the other hand.
706
Philosophy
The philosophy for Metallurgical Engineering programme therefore, is geared to be
sufficiently robust to engender and employ a curriculum that is adequate in concept, content
and context for training and equipping Nigerian engineering students in the 21st Century
who upon graduation will be self-reliant, nationally relevant and globally competitive in
industry, academia, government and society at large.
Objectives
Stemming from the philosophy, the main objective of the Metallurgical Engineering
programme is to engender value driven synergy for techno-economic, safe, environmentally
friendly extraction and refining of metals and/or alloys from their ores and preparing them
for use. The specific objectives of Metallurgical Engineering degree programme include the
following:
1. Bring about revival and sustenance of Nigerian Metallurgical Industry (ferrous and non-
ferrous) particularly Ajaokuta Steel Complex and associated steel companies, and
Aluminium Smelting Company for rapid national industrialisation in line with the local
content development policy.
2. Second, to engender sustainable development and value addition chain to the Nigerian
minerals, ferrous and non-ferrous, for national technological and socio-economic
development.
3. Third, to produce technically competent, self-reliant and entrepreneurial graduates who
in a collegiate spirit are capable of being employers of labour in various aspects of
metallurgical industry such as welding, foundry, industrial finishing, corrosion
prevention/electroplating, alloying, heat treatment and metal working processes such as
rolling, forging, extrusion, wire/rod drawing and deep drawing, and forensic engineering
services.
4. Fourth, to produce technically competent and academically sound graduates who are
employable in the local and global metallurgical and allied industries.
5. Fifth, the graduates of the metallurgical engineering degree programmes are expected
to be well-rounded for post-graduate training as scholars and professionals in the
academia, (including metallurgical research institutions) for national technological
development.
6. Sixth, the graduates are expected to be sound technocrat in government who are
capable of engendering good and enforceable policies for metallurgical engineering
innovation towards job generation, wealth creation, industrial and economic
development.
Employability skills
The employers of labour require more than certificates. Apart from knowledge, they require
some requisite skills and attitudes. These skills include: leadership skills, organisational skills,
interpersonal skills and ICT skills. These skills among others coupled with ontological value
system will be inculcated in the students of the Department of Metallurgical Engineering so
that they will not only be employable but also be potential employers of labour.
Apart from those itemized in Section 3 (Objectives), metallurgical engineering students are
specially equipped for employment in public iron and steel industries like the soon-to-be
revived comatose Ajaokuta Steel Complex, Delta Steel Company, the three Inland Rolling
Mills at Jos, Osogbo and Katsina. Iron and steel are the basis for national industrialisation.
There are a lot of private industries producing iron and steel products through recycling of
metallic wastes. Recycling of waste electrical electronics to extract by secondary process
707
precious metals such as gold, silver and platinum group of metals presents a lot of career
opportunities. Also, they are able to work in the government established aluminium smelting
company (Ikot Abasi). In addition, metallurgical engineering graduates can work in the
academia and research institutes as lecturers, researchers and be involved in community
service. Furthermore, they can work with government as technocrats for policy formulation,
implementation and appraisal. There are job opportunities in the Nigerian Standard
Organisation, ship building yard, sea ports, customs and as forensic engineers. Graduates of
metallurgical engineering programme are expected to be capable of applying knowledge,
skills and correct attitude to solve theoretical and practical problems starting with the
Nigerian mineral, metallurgical and allied industries in order to meet national and
international societal needs.
21st Century Skills
For the 21st century and beyond, it is imperative to produce engineers who can think
critically/problem solving/decision making and bring this to bare and through deep seated
imagination, innovation, design infrastructures, facilities and systems for productive,
profitable and sustainable economic activities. Analytical skills, collaboration (teamwork),
communication skills and digital skills and entrepreneurship among others are the desiderata
for 21st Century engineering graduates and these are addressed in metallurgical engineering
programme.

Direct Entry
respectively.
708
Level GST/ENT Basic Disciplin Programme SIWES Total
Sciences e (GET) (IPE) Courses Units
100 4 16 3 2 - 25
200 4 - 23 - 3 30
300 4 - 14 9 4 27
400 - - - 13 8 10
500 - - - 13 - 13
Total 12 16 40 37 15* 105
* All 15 SIWES units credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

100 Level
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 30 -
Modelling I
MTE 101 Introduction to Metallurgical 2 C 30 -
709
Engineering
Total 25
200 Level
Existence
GET 201 Applied Electricity 1 3 C 45 -
Engineering
Scheme
Total 30
300 Level
Communication
Analytics
Technology
Technology
MTE 302 Metallurgical Thermodynamics and 2 C 30 -
Kinetics
MTE 303 Mineral Processing Technology 2 C 30 -
MTE 305 Physical Metallurgy I 2 E 30 -
MTE 307 Mechanical Working of Metals 2 E 30 -
GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work 4 C 12 Wks
Experience Scheme
Total 27
400 Level

MTE 401 Seminars in Metallurgical 2 C 30 -
Engineering
MTE 403 Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy 2 E 30 -
710
MTE 405 Non-Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy 2 E 30 -
MTE 407 Joining and Welding Technology 2 E 30 -
MTE 409 Foundry Technology 2 E 30 -
MTE 411 Corrosion Engineering 2 E 30 -
MTE 415 Metallurgical Engineering Lab. II 1 E - 45
Experience Scheme
Total 10
SIWES Courses
GET 299* SIWES I 2 C 9 weeks
GET 399* SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499* SIWES III 6 C 24 weeks
Total 15
500 Level

MTE 501 Research Project 6 C 1 &2
st nd
semesters
MTE 507 Production Metallurgy 2 C 30 -
Total 13

100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
711
Writing activities (pre-writing, brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing,
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

innovation;
and
712
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
713
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
714
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
715
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
716
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
MTE 101: Introduction to Metallurgical Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. Differentiate between matallurgy and metallurgical engineering;
2. Explain the role of metals in human civilization;
3. Classify metals using the periodic table;
4. Explain basic terms in extractive metallurgical engineering;
5. Differentitae between physical and mechanical metallurgy;
6. Explain place of ferrous and non-ferous metals in industrialization and national economic
development; and
7. Discuss the Nigerian metallurgical industry.
Course Contents
Historical development of Metallurgical Engineering: From arts to science and from science
to engineering. Differentiation between metallurgy and metallurgical engineering.
Importance of metals and metal products in human civilization: Stone age, copper age, iron
age, nuclear age, ICT age; imagine the world without metals! A perusal at the Periodic
Table; classification of metals; Metallurgical Engineering: definition and classification:
Process (Extractive) metallurgical engineering. Get acquainted with terms like roasting
calcination, agglomeration, smelting, smelters contract, refining and furnaces. Physical
metallurgical engineering: structure - property -application relationship. Mechanical
metallurgical engineering: Stress - strain relationship and application. Metallurgical
engineering: ferrous & non-ferrous industries as basis for industrialisation and national
economic development. Nigerian metallurgical industry; professional bodies such as Nigerian
Society of Engineers, Nigerian Metallurgical Society (NMS), etc.
717
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
Course Contents
718
Learning Outcomes
Course contents
Learning Outcomes
solutions;
polymers;
natural);
719
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
720
principles.
Learning Outcomes
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters and weirs;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
law;
changes;
Course Contents
721
GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C; LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

numbers;
Course Contents
722
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents
723

300-Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
able to:

location;
724
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
725
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
726
Learning Outcomes
technology);
Course Contents
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents
727
Practical Contents
renewable energy.

Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
728
Learning Outcomes
careers;
empirical models;
Course Contents

design project.

729
MTE 303: Mineral Processing Technology (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. grasp the importance of mineral processing technology as a value-addition chain in
mineral resource development;
2. carry out mineralogical characterization of ferrous, base and precious/noble metals;
3. explain the basic principle involved in physical and physico-chemical processing of
minerals; and
4. design process flow sheet for ores of ferrous, base and precious metals.
Course Contents
Mineral processing technology as physical and physico-chemical value addition process to
mineral resource. Classification of mining title deeds into classes A-E in Nigeria. Application
of mineralogy to mineral processing in an existing mill and/or process design for a new
mineral processing plant. Application of scientific principles to mineral processing
technology. Sampling and sampling methods. Comminution (to effect liberation) and
comminution theories. Particle size analysis using vibrating set of screen. Concentration
methods: physical separation methods such as sorting, gravity separation, magnetic
separation and electrostatics separation. Physico-chemical separation methods such as froth
floatation and coal gold agglomeration.
MTE 304: Chemical Metallurgy (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. appreciate chemical metallurgy as an important value addition process to mineral
resources and the gateway to metallurgical engineering;
2. explain the principles and applications of pyrometallurgy, hydrometallurgy,
electrometallurgy and refining processes;
3. describe the principle, the drawing and applications of Ellingham, Pourbaix and McCabe
Thiele Diagrams; and
4. highlight recent advances in chemical metallurgy.
Course Contents
Appetizer: Sustainable mineral resources development: A relay race among geologist,
miners, mineral processor and extractive (chemical) metallurgist, the concept of world
without metals! The importance of chemical metallurgy as the gateway to metallurgical
engineering and the fact that there is no distinct boundary between mineral processing
technology and extractive metallurgical engineering. Roasting, calcination, agglomeration
and leaching are at the intercession of both disciplines.
Introduction to Chemical Metallurgy: Review of metallurgical thermodynamics, kinetics and
smelters contract; definition, nature and classification of chemical metallurgy.
Pyrometallurgy: Definition, roasting, agglomeration principle, methods, equipment, tools for
pyro-metallurgy (Ellingham Diagram). Introduction to iron and steel making: tin smelting
and coal gold agglomeration.
Hydrometallurgy: Definition, nature and scope; hydrometallurgical processes, McCabe Thiele
Diagram for solvent extraction, leaching kinetics, advantages and disadvantages of
hydrometallurgy: Introduction of extraction of aluminium
730
Electrometallurgy: Principle and application of McCabe Thiele Diagram; definition and scope;
electrometallurgical methods, electrochemical series, principle and application of Pourbaix
diagram in electrometallurgy; advantages and limitations of electrometallurgy.
Refining of Metals: Definition, nature and scope; vacuum refining, zone refining, re-melting,
liquation, electro-beam metal, electron beam and electro-slag.
Recent advances in Chemical Metallurgy
MTE 305: Physical Metallurgy I (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. review relevant topics in Physics;
2. situate physical metallurgy within metallurgical engineering family;
3. explain physical metallurgy as application of scientific laws of physics to metallurgical
engineering; and
4. describe the structure-property-application relationship as pertains to various category of
metals (ferrous and their alloys, non-ferrous, base metals and precious metals).
Course Contents
Review of fundamentals of relevant topics in physics including the following: wave theory of
atom, Schrödinger wave equation and calculations using the equation; wave-particle light
duality; uncertainty principle; electron diffraction, theory and application. Bragg’s law and
application in mineral/metals characterisation as in X-ray diffractometry; classification of
crystal systems, structure of crystals and introductory stereographic projection. Diffusion
processes in metals and alloys. Nucleation and growth in metal casting. Dislocation and slip
phenomenon. Mechanical properties of materials.
MTE 306: Physical Metallurgy II (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
This is an important core course to be mastered before students go on six months industrial
training. At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate being conversant with structure-property-application relationship of metals
and alloys;
2. manipulate structure metals and alloys to modify their properties for specific application
using appropriate scientific principles and phase diagrams;
3. draw and explain the Iron-Carbon and TTT diagrams; and
4. explain the concept of recrystallisation.
Course Contents
Binary and ternary equilibrium diagrams and applications in metallurgy; theory of alloy,
solidification of metals and alloys; introduction to heat treatment of metals including
normalising, tempering, quenching, annealing and case hardening of metals; phase
transformation, iron-carbon diagram and TTT diagram; theory of recrystallisation,
nucleation and growth of crystal.
MTE 307: Mechanical Working of Metals (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain mechanical behaviour of metals;
731
2. demonstrate using diagram stress-strain relationship;
3. explain the concepts of deformation and strengthening; and
4. discuss on the effects of cold-working, hot-working and annealing.
Course Contents
Mechanical behaviour of materials, stress-strain diagrams for ductile and brittle metals,
stress-strain relations, principal stresses, strains and directions, the Monrcircle, elastic and
plastic deformations, elastic constants, plastic yield criteria. Basic concepts of dislocations,
dislocation, density and dislocation motion; conservative and non-conservative motion,
dislocation motion and plastic deformation. Mechanism of deformation: slip, twining, grain
boundary sliding, directional diffusion. Creep, theories of creep and stress rupture. Concepts
of cyclic loading and fatigue. Strengthening mechanism in metals and alloys, solid solutions,
precipitation and dispersion hardening, grain size strengthening, strain hardening,
martensite hardening, etc. Composite materials and fibre strengthening, hardness and
strength considerations in deformation processing, effects of cold-working, hot-working and
annealing.
MTE 308: Metallurgical Engineering Laboratory I (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify and be able to use basic equipment and devices in materials and metal
processing and utilisation;
2. discuss practical engineering principles in materials and metallurgical processing and
selection; and
3. undertake basic experiments in materials identification, classification and processing.
400 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
732
MTE 401: Seminar in Metallurgical Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. discuss critical issues in metallurgical engineering as outlined in the course content;
2. make presentations on critical metallurgical topics;
3. interact freely with senior engineers in metallurgical positions and indeed the general
public on cognate issues; and
4. explain the primary concepts in metallurgical engineering.
Course Contents
Restricted special topics to be covered include the following:
Heat Treatment of Metals: Emphasis on iron and steel. Definition of heat treatment, various
types of heat treatments and applications of the various heat treatment in the Metallurgical
Industry. Sustainable Mineral Resources Development: Seeing the big picture: Mineral
exploration, mining engineering, mineral processing technology, and extractive metallurgical
engineering as a relay race. The ‘what’, the ‘why’, the ‘how’, the ‘who’, the ‘when’, the
‘where’, and the ‘which’ of the four programmes and allied fields. Leadership Skills: Vision,
mission, and strategy in leadership. Definition of Leadership: The fact that leadership can be
caught (natural attributes) and taught (leadership training). What it means to be
transformational leaders; forms of leadership. Academic leadership, entrepreneurial
leadership, professional leadership and political leadership. Visionary and strategic
leadership. Machine Design and Fabrication Mineral Processing Equipment: List of equipment
used for gravity separation, flotation of minerals such as shaking table, air float, magnetic
separator, electrostatic separator, flotation cell, and design principle of selected machines.
Machine/Equipment Design and Fabrication (based on need-driveness): Equipment used
design and fabrication of equipment used in ferrous and non-ferrous extractive
metallurgy. Different type of furnaces: Furnace Design and fabrication. Geometallurgy:
Interface between geosciences and metallurgy, emerging, need-driven and multidisciplinary
scientific field. Geostatistic: Critical tool for mine design among other purposes towards
sustainable mineral resources development. Rare Earth Elements: Definition, extraction
process route for this rare and expensive metals for specialised industrial applications.
MTE 403: Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. appreciate the critical importance of iron and steel making in national economic
development;
2. describe iron and steel making via the two major routes (blast furnace and direct
reduction);
3. highlight the basic design principles of the blast furnace and direct reduction method of
iron and steel production, their operations and their thermochemistry; and
4. explain the secondary steel making processes and manufacturing of alloy steel such as
ferro alloy and super alloys.
733
Course Contents
Critical importance of iron and steel in national economic development and global steel
production. The upstream, the mainstream and the downstream of iron and steel making
processes. Linkage industries. Classification of iron ores and other raw materials (fuels and
fluxes) for iron and steel making. Agglomeration methods: sintering, nodulising,
briquetting, pelletising. Iron production route. Blast furnace and direct reduction method
(the advantages and limitations of both). The blast furnace: The design, production,
operations and physical chemistry of iron making and refining of liquid iron. Steel making
processes, their technology and advantage, raw materials requirements and steel making
practices. Thermodynamics and kinetics of steel making practices; secondary steel making
processes and manufacturing of alloy steels. Argon purging and ladle alloying,
desulphurisation. Principles and technology of slab and ingot casting.
MTE 405: Non-Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Remove the misconception that metallurgical and materials engineering centres around iron
and steel. The most important industrial metal/alloy and underscore the importance of non-
ferrous metals like gold, silver, aluminium, copper, lead, nickel, chromium and lithium.
1. use the periodic table to study the behaviour of metals;
2. demonstrate knowledge of the three fields of extractive metallurgy: pyrometallurgy,
hydrometallurgy and electrometallurgy;
3. properly grasp the theory and application of Ellingham diagram in pyrometallurgy,
McCabe Thiele Diagram in hydrometallurgy and Pourbaix diagram in electrometallurgy;
4. develop process flow sheets for extraction of common metals like aluminium, tin, copper,
nickel, lead and zinc from their ores; and
5. identify techno-economic and environmental challenges in non-ferrous metal extraction
industry with a view to proffering appropriate solutions.
Course Contents
Review of the Periodic Table; classification and sub-classification of extractive metallurgy.
Pyro-metallurgy: Theory and application. Flow sheet development for lead, zinc, tin, gold
and nickel. Hydrometallurgy Review: Theory and application flow sheet development for
aluminium, copper, gold, silver and platinum group of metal (PGM). Electrometallurgy:
Theory and application. Flow sheet development for gold and silver. Application of
Ellingham diagram, McCabe Thiele diagram and Pourbaix diagram in pyro-metallurgy.
Hydrometallurgy and electrometallurgy processing of minerals/metals respectively.
Refining of metals with particular reference to gold, silver, copper and tin. Techno-
economic and environmental issue in the design and operation of metal extraction and
refining plants.
MTE 407: Joining and Welding Technology (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. provide the definition, scope and classification of the three main metallurgical
engineering joining processes: welding, brazing and soldering;
2. discuss how the concept of heat affected zone (HAZ) is to be understood by the
students;
3. exemplify theoretical knowledge and practical skills involved in welding, brazing and
soldering; and
734
4. explain the scope and limitations of both welding and brazing.
Course Contents
Introduction: Role of welding, brazing and soldering in manufacturing processes. Welding:
Definition, principle, classification and scope. Types of welding processes – gas, arc,
resistance, flash, friction and electro-welding, among others. Brief treatment of new
processes such as explosive welding, plasma welding and electro-beam welding. Weld rods
and fluxes protective atmosphere, weld defect and weldability of metals and alloys. The
effect of welding processes and mechanical properties of weldments. Heat Affected Zone
(HAZ). Heat treatment of welds, design of welded joint; brazing: scope and limitations,
types, processes, brazing of commercially important ferrous and non-ferrous metals and
alloys; soldering: processes, soldering alloys and application of soldering techniques.
MTE 409: Foundry Technology (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. appreciate the importance and uniqueness of foundry technology as a manufacturing
process;
2. distinguish between foundry and casting;
3. describe departments in typical foundry shop and their functions;
4. highlight the application of scientific principles in design of gating and rising system.
5. demonstrate skilfulness in charge calculations;
6. identify design and operational casting defects, their causes and preventive remedies;
and
7. derive a typical process flowchart of foundry production.
Course Contents
Historical development of foundry technology. Situating casting as an important
manufacturing process. Distinguishing foundry as an establishment and casting as both as
process and product. Bases for classification of foundries: ferrous and non-ferrous, captive
and jobbing. Application of scientific principles such as law of continuity, Bernoulli equation,
and Torricelli equation in the design of gating and rise-ring system in a casting. Directional
solidification. Casting methods: sand, investment, pressure, vacuum and permanent mould
casting. Various departments in foundry and their functions, process selection, design and
specification. Determination of casting techniques, mould and core making, pattern making,
furnace charge, casting and finishing; charge calculation, casting defects: design and
operation defects, definitions, preventive and curative measure to casting defects.
MTE 411: Corrosion Engineering (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain in details what corrosion is;
2. discuss the socio-economic implications of corrosion and the need to prevent same in
manufacturing processes, materials selection and surface finish;
3. describe the Pourbaix diagram and its application to corrosion prevention and control;
and
4. develop the necessary skill on methods of corrosion control and prevention by inhibitors,
surface coating and electroplating.
735
Course Contents
Two view points on corrosion: extractive metallurgy in reverse and electrochemical
degradation of materials which is within the purview of physical metallurgy and
electrochemistry; socio-economic implications of corrosion and need to prevent it;
emphasis on the thermodynamics and kinetics of electrochemical corrosion of metals and
alloys; description of metallurgical factors, effect of applied stress corrosion, cracking
corrosion fatigue and passivity; methods of corrosion control and prevention including
alloy selection, inhibitors, anodic and cathodic protection, coating and electroplating.
MTE 413: Metallurgical Process Design (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. appreciate the fact that they are first engineers before being a metallurgical engineer;
2. be acquainted with engineering design principles, engineering materials processing and
selection;
3. explain energy utilization and conservation; and
4. undertake specific design projects.
Course Contents
Design of metallurgical processing systems: whether it is extractive, physical or production
system; method of estimating process costs and profitability; performance selection and
design of process equipment; integration of process units into a working plant: its
construction and operation; design of metallurgical equipment: furnace, ball mills, flotation
cells, mixers, sinters and metals forming mills; personnel management
MTE 415: Metallurgical Engineering Laboratory II (1 Units E: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. be acquainted with practical engineering principles in materials and metallurgical
processing and selection;
2. explain basic engineering issues in utilization and conservation; and
3. undertake specific prracticals relating to handling of materials and metals.
Laboratory manuals are prepared by the Department and are kept in the laboratory and also
given to the students.
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
736
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
MTE 501: Research Project (6 units C: 270)
The students carry out research into selected researchable and need-driven topics
pertaining to mineral & metallurgical industries. They will be expected to carry out literature
review on chosen topics, perform experiments and produce reports. Students will be
subjected to both seminars and oral examinations (by both internal and external examiners)
on their research projects.
737
MTE 502: Materials Selection and Economics (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcome
1. choose suitable materials – metals, ceramics, polymers and composites for specific
application;
2. make the right choice from techno-economic, environmental and safety viewpoints;
3. demonstrate knowledge of the properties of materials that make them the practical
choice in various applications; and
4. explain fabrication, heat treatment and surface treatment in the production of
satisfactory components.
Course Contents
Metallurgical engineers and techno-economic consideration; selection of engineering
materials by the metallurgical engineer for specific applications such as in oil and gas, saline
environment, construction, high temperature environment, nuclear, electronics, aerospace
industries based on techno-economic considerations. Physical, mechanical, chemical,
electrical, magnetic and thermal properties of engineering materials: metals, ceramics,
polymers, composite and their production. Structure-properties-application relationship of
materials and their selection based on cost-benefit analysis, environmental friendliness and
safety. Factors governing the selection of materials for specific applications needs.
MTE 503: Transport Phenomena in Metallurgy (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. exhibit the scientific understanding that metallurgical processes are provided by
transport phenomena;
2. explain the interplay of fluid, mass and momentum transfer in metallurgical systems;
3. appreciate metallurgical engineering within engineering-technology family, differentiate
between the three types of fluid flow; and
4. apply the principles covered in the design of specific metallurgical systems.
Course Contents
Viscosity: definition, kinetic viscosity, dynamic viscosity and Reynolds constant. fluid Flow:
laminar, transitional and turbulent flow. Mechanical flow: Bernoulli equation, flow jet kinetic
and kinematics; thermal conductivity, steady and transient conduction problems, forced and
natural convection, heat transfer and radiative heat transfer. Definition of binary diffusivity,
convection mass transfer and mass transfer coefficient. The application of the principles
covered in the design of specific metallurgical systems.
MTE 504: Fuels Refractories and Furnaces (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. appreciate the centrality of the core course to the different specialties of metallurgical
engineering;
2. identify and select suitable refractories for the building of specific furnaces;
3. design and build functional furnaces (blast furnace, reverberation furnace, electric
furnace, open heath furnace converter and fluidized bed reactors); and
4. carry out tests on coals to ascertain the cokeability and cakeability of such coal as
metallurgical fuel and thus make the right choice of fuels for the blast furnace.
738
Course Contents
Survey of main engineering fuel: solid, liquid and gaseous fuels; classification and testing of
fuels; fuels and energy utilisation in the metallurgical industry with reference to coking coals
for iron and steel production via blast furnace; introduction to coal and coke technology
refractories; technology of production and services of main metallurgical refractories: silicon,
magnesite, chrome-magnesite, alumina-silicate and other refractories; special refractories,
their evaluation and applications in furnace construction; classification of metallurgical
furnaces and reactors, their design and construction.
MTE 505: Powder Metallurgy (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. appreciate the fact that this is an important manufacturing process that stands between
the traditional manufacturing processes such as casting, machining, metal joining
processes, metal working processes, and the emerging manufacturing processes such as
additive manufacturing and nanotechnology;
2. explain the concept, the content and the context of powder metallurgy principles;
3. explain how this knowledge can be applied in industries; and
4. possess background knowledge to envision future trends in powder metallurgy.
Course Contents
Introduction to powder metallurgy; applications of powder metallurgy techniques in
industries; methods of production of metal powders, grinding and blending of powder;
compaction by pressing, extrusion, rolling and explosive techniques; sintering, sizing and
impregnating; sintered products; advantages and disadvantages of powder metallurgy
techniques; safety engineering in powder metallurgy industries; future trends in powder
metallurgy.
MTE 506: Engineering Failure Analysis of Metallic Materials (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. situate engineering failure analysis under the broader field of forensic engineering;
2. explain the principles of manufacturing and mechanical metallurgy and how they can be
applied to engineering failure analysis;
3. give appropriate tests that can be done to analyse the cause; and
4. explain what steps can be taken to prevent a particular failure in future.
Course Contents
Application of the principles of manufacturing and mechanical metallurgy to the analysis of
failed components; destructive tests (hardness test, compressive test, tensile test, fatigue
test, impact test, creep test) and non-destructive test (such as magnetic, resonance, eddy
current effect) of metallic materials; analytical techniques such as optical microscopy,
scanning electron microscopy (SEM), transmission electron microscopy (TEM) and scanning
transmission electron microscopy (STEM), and high-resolution photography for
characterisation of microstructure and fractographic failures; appropriate methods to gather
data, analyse the data and draw valid conclusions therefrom.
739
MTE 507: Production Metallurgy (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the principle of metal forming processes that will lead to acquisition of practical
skills;
2. highlight the concepts of rolling and drawing;
3. discuss forging and extrusion processes and their applications; and
4. develop entrepreneurial spirit.
Course Contents
Mechanical working of metals: principles of hot and cold working of metals. Structural and
properties changes during hot and cold working. Nature of stresses, strains and metal flows
in various metal working operations; heating of stock: soaking pits and re-heating furnaces,
de-scaling steel, precautions to be taken during reheating of ferrous and non-ferrous metals.
Rolling: theory of rolling, rolling mills and accessories, elements of roll pass design, rolling
defects, lubrication in rolling, manufacture of rolled product. Application of rolling and its
limitation. Rod/wire drawing: Theory of rod/wire drawing, rod/wire drawing accessories,
rod/wire drawing defects, manufacture of rod/wire drawing products, application of rod/wire
drawing and their limitations. Tube drawing: Theory of tube drawing, tube drawing
accessories, tube drawing defects, manufacture of tube drawing products, application of
tube drawing and limitations of tube drawing, seamless tubes; deep drawing: theory of deep
drawing, deep drawing accessories, deep drawing defects, manufacture of deep drawing
products, application of deep drawing and its limitations. Forging, types of forging
processes, forging equipment and forging defects. Roll forging and rotary swagging;
extrusion: theory of extrusion, application and limitations, types of and variables in
extrusion, extrusion equipment and lubrication in extrusion.
MTE 508: Recycling of Metallllic Waste and Environmental Protection
(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. appreciate that in all mineral and metal value addition chain, safety of lives comes
before economic gain;
2. internalise that environmental protection of both flora and fauna should be taken before,
during and after metallurgical operations;
3. explain some safety procedures and environmental protection guidelines; and
4. ensure qualitative secondary production of iron and steel through recycling of metallic
waste.
Course Contents
Safety precautions, environmental protection and regulations for mineral processing, metal
extraction, melting, casting, forming and finishing operations. Environmental risk analysis;
environmental ethics and environmental control technology. Introduction to urban mining:
recycling of iron and steel scraps, recycling of metallic waste especially waste electrical
electronics (WEE) to recover precious metals.
740
Equipment
List of Required New Laboratories and Equipment
The laboratories in the metallurgical engineering programmes should be upgraded to the
following seven laboratories. The required laboratories for the metallurgical engineering
programme are as follows:
1. Mineralogical Analysis and Mineral Processing Laboratory
2. Facilities for Metallographic Studies and Microscopy
3. Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy Research Laboratory

4. Non- Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy Research Laboratory
5. Engineering Failure Analysis Workshop and Laboratory (For metallic materials)
6. Foundry Laboratory Facilities and Testing/Measuring Equipment

7. General Metallurgical Laboratory Facilities
Mineralogical Analysis and Mineral Processing Laboratory

The required equipment for characterisation and preliminary process design of minerals
include but are not limited to the following:
1. Set of sieves
2. Vibrating shakers
3. Ore microscope for petrographic investigation
4. Atomic absorption spectrophotometer (AAS) with Au, Ag, Pb, Cu, Zn, Pt lamps for
chemical analysis of precision metals.
5. X-ray diffractometer (with box file) for mineralogical assemblage of an ore.
6. X-ray florescence for chemical analysis of base metals.
7. Scanning electron microscope.
8. PH meter
9. PH electrodes
10. Laboratory sample divider
The required equipment in this laboratory and their accessories include but are not only
limited to the following: Top loading balance Comminution and particle size analysis
equipment and accessories:
1. Crushers of various categories
2. Grinders of various categories
3. Set of sieves of all sizes with sieving machine for particle size analysis
4. Vibrating shakers
5. Particle size analyser
6. Physical concentration equipment and accessories
7. Gravity separation equipment which include
a. Shaking Table
b. Air float
c. Jig
d. Dense media separation
e. Spiral
f. Gravity concentrator
g. Viscometer
h. Magnetic separator
i. Electrostatic separator
j. Physico-chemical concentration equipment and accessories
741
i. Froth flotation cell
ii. Coal gold agglomeration apparatus
Facilities for Metallographic Studies and Microscopy

1. Olympus Microscope, BHT 312 with PM 10 photomicrographic outfit, Ref. No. N-MKH-
340-E with facilities for dark field and bright field.
2. Photomicrographic outfit, Olympus PM6, No. N-NMX-450-030F
3. Adapter for use of PM6 with stereoscopic microscope No. N-NMX-4520-502B
4. Illuminator, Olympus Model LSG-2 NO N-NMC0-200-010T
5. Illuminator, Olympus Model LSG-2 NO N-NMC0-215-010F
6. Achromatic objectives magnifications X4, X10, X20, X40, X100, X250, X500
7. Nikon Photomicrographic Attachments, microflex FX-Series (Complete with 35mm
camera, mechanical shutter mechanism-photocell and direct reading exposuremeter)
8. Extra lenses for Nikon system: CF objectives Lenses, M.PLAN 50X, 100X and 200X
9. Standard Buehler Metallograph (or Versmet – 2 Metallograph, Unitron Instruments)
10. Belt grinder for rough grinding of metallographic specimens
11. Buehler metallographic rotary polishing wheels (ECOMET I and ECOMET II)
12. Wet grinding deck (to take 4 trips of emery paper)
13. Buehler polishing cloth (Selvyt and Nylon types)
14. Buehler moulding compound (specimen mounting compound); plastic kit (plastic liquid
and powder type) required
15. Alumina polishing powder (1.0μm and 0.6 μm)
16. Buehler emery paper rolls or strips for use on a 4-deck land polisher (sequence of 240,
320, 400 and 600 grits)
17. Scanning electron microscope (SEM) complete with accessories
18. Ion beam thinning equipment (for etching/thinning of TEM specimens)
19. Chemical thinning equipment (for etching/thinning of TEM specimens)
20. Films, plates and related auxiliary facilities for optical microscopy, SEM and TEM
21. Transmission scanning microscope (TEM) complete with accessories
22. Metallurgical microscopes
23. Enlarger
24. Metal enlargement easel mask
25. Dryer cabinet
26. Darkroom timer
27. Darkroom lamp
Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy Research Laboratory

Pyrometallurgical Laboratory
1. This laboratory should have equipment and accessories for roasting, calcination and
agglomeration (nodulising, sintering, pelletising and briquetting).
2. Functional induction furnace for melting of iron and steel
3. Laboratory pelletising drum
4. ISO drum tester
5. Pellet hardness apparatus
6. Permeability testing equipment
7. Gas analysers for CO, H2, CO2, among others
8. Reducing furnace with accompanying chemical balance
9. Softening testing apparatus
10. Sinter grate machine
742
11. Digital temperature indicators reading - 250°C to 1600°C (or other appropriate
temperature range)
12. Induction furnaces
Coal and Coke-Making Laboratory

This laboratory is meant for assessment of coals for metallurgical coke-making and relevant
equipment and their accessories will be needed to carry out the following functions:
1. The following qualities of coals will be determined: petrography, coking and caking.
2. For petrography, equipment will be needed for reflectogram, macenal analysis and rank
determination.
3. For coking, relevant equipment will be required for gray-king coke type, Geeseller,
plastometer and dilatometer
4. For caking, equipment will be required for Roga index(RI) and free-swelling index (Psi)
5. Bomb calorimeter (for measuring ash contents of coal and coke)
Non-Ferrous Extractive Metallurgical Research Laboratory
Equipment for the following speciality of non-ferrous extractive metallurgy:

1. Pyrometallurgy equipment and accessories including furnaces and crucibles
2. Analysis of gold by fire-assay gravimetric method equipment and accessories
3. Hydrometallurgy equipment and accessories
4. Electrometallurgy equipment and accessories
This laboratory will be dedicated to process design for:

1. Precious metals like gold, silver, and Platinum group of metals
2. Base metal like Cu, Pb, Zn, Ni, Sn
3. Most important non-ferrous industrial metal: Al,
4. Radioactive metals like uranium, plutonium and monazite
5. Rare earth elements like lithium and cerium
Engineering Failure Analysis Workshop & Laboratory (For Metallic Materials)

In this workshop, engineering materials (especially metals) integrity assessment will be
carried out. The following equipment among others will be required:
Destructive testing of metallic materials

1. Universal testing machine for tensile, compressive and hardness tests
2. Impact testing machine
3. Fatigue testing machine
4. Green testing machine
Non-Destructive Test (NDT)

The equipment and accessories required include the following:
1. Magnetic
2. Resonance
3. Eddy current effect
4. Dye penetrant
Metallography: Equipment and accessories

The equipment and accessories required include the following:
1. Bakelight
743
2. Polishing machine
3. Etchant
4. Metallurgical microscope
Fractography Equipment and accessories

Microscopy: Equipment and accessories
1. Optical Microscope
2. Scanning electron microscope (SEM)
3. Transmission electron microscope (TEM)
4. Stemming electron microscope
5. Scanning Transmission electron microscope (STEM)
Foundry Laboratory Facilities and Testing/Measuring Equipment

Equipment and tools for a foundry workshop:
1. The design shop
2. Pattern shop
3. Mould and core preparation section
4. Melting section
5. Finishing section
So that students have necessary skills so as to be able to produce the following items while
still in school:
a. Grinding disk for local grinders

b. Aluminium pots, spoons and stove heads
c. Break drum for automobiles
d. Local axe heads
e. Hand bills
f. Wheel balancing weights
g. Retort stand
h. Railway brake block
i. Damaged/failed part
j. Test specimen weight scale; weighing range 0-210 gms, sensitivity 0.2 gms
Design Office
1. Drawing board with stand
2. Tee-square
3. Drawing set (rotring)
4. Set-square (adjustable)
5. Tracing paper
6. Vernier calliper
7. Consumables, pencils, erasers and drawing sheets
8. Foundry analyser
Pattern making shop

1. Hammer
2. Mallet
3. Punches
4. Stanley E-clamp
5. Stanley G-clamp
6. Vernier calliper
744
7. Tape rule
8. Wood drill machine
9. Stanley planer (smooth)
10. Stanley planer (Dutch)
11. Shrinkage allowance scale
12. Jig saw
13. Dovetarl saw
14. Chisel (turning)
15. Chisel (flat)
16. Oil stone
17. Files
18. Consumables include pencils, nails, adhesives, emery cloth.
Mould and core making sections

1. Mould boxes or flasks
2. Sieve or mesh
3. Shovel
4. Rammer
5. Wheel barrow
6. Head pan
7. Gloves
8. Oven (core making)
9. Facing board
10. Soft brush
11. Bellows
12. Knife
13. Sprue pins (cut pipes)
14. Hand towel
15. Muller
16. Consumables in this section include bentonite resin.
17. Drying cabinet for foundry sand
18. Sand rammer
19. Electric permeability meter
20. Foundry moisture teller (for foundry sand)
21. Universal sand strength machine (motor driven)
22. Sand flowability meter for testing flowability of moulding sand
23. Impact penetration tester for testing compaction, plasticity and hardness of moulds
24. Laboratory sifter (for determination of grain size fractions of dry moulding sand)
25. Permeability metre (manually operated) for testing sand mould
26. Core drying oven for drying core sand test specimens
27. Continuous clay washer for removing all particles smaller than 0.02 mm simultaneously
from two clay bonded foundry samples
28. Moulding machine for foundry
29. Moulding sand mixer, capacity 0-20 kg, 1-50 kg
30. Metal moulding boxes
31. Foundry moulding tool kit
32. Bench mounted sieve shaker
Melting and casting section

Furnace construction
Laddle
Carrier
745
Tade
Long bar
Skimming bar
Burner
Drum for oil
Gloves
Fireproof coat
Hose
Muffle furnace for heat treatment
Blower
Morgan crucible tilting furnace for melting of cast iron and non-ferrous metals
Lift-out crucible furnace for non-ferrous metals
High frequency induction melting furnace
Degasser for all non-ferrous alloys to be used in tilting furnaces and bale-out furnaces
Foundry bellows
Finishing section
Metallurgical microscope with camera attachment
Grinding machine (3 phases) GSW 30
Hand drilling machine
Hacksaw
Raw materials requirement: bentonite, moulding sand, diesel
General Laboratory Facilities

1. Instron universal testing machine complete with accessories (floor and table types) with
load cells and jaws for polymers and fibres
2. Automated X-ray powder diffraction system with all accessories
3. X-ray quantometer with all accessories
4. Chemical analysis equipment: Emission spectrometer equipped with all accessories
5. Metascope: Fluorescent analyser for quick composition analysis
6. Electron microprobe analyser
7. Charpy impact test equipment with all accessories
8. High temperature and room temperature creep testing machines complete with
accessories
9. Fatigue testing machine complete with accessories
10. Pneumatic mounting press
11. Controlled atmosphere sintering furnace (Tem. up to 1450°C)
12. Single crystal growing furnace complete with accessories (Tem. up to 1550°C)
13. Vacuum equipment for vapour deposition plating
14. Potentiostat/galvanostat complete with all accessories
The Department should see to it that the laboratory experiment manuals are updated and
upgraded using the format below:
MTE 308: Metallurgical Engineering Laboratory I
1. Mineralogical Analysis and Mineral Processing Laboratory
2. Ferrous and Non-Ferrous Metal Extraction Laboratory
3. Metallography Laboratory and Microscopy Laboratory
MTE 415: Metallurgical Engineering Laboratory II

1. General Metallurgical Laboratory
746
2. (For Physical and Mechanical Metallurgy) Heat treatment and propertive??? testing
Destructive Testing and Non-Destructive Testing
3. Foundry Workshop
MTE 509: Metallurgical Engineering Laboratory III

1. Welding Workshop
2. Corrosion Control and Electroplating Laboratory
3. Engineering Failure Analysis Laboratory
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.



maintained.

and
747
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
Academic m2
Professor’s office 18.50
Tutorial teaching staff space 13.50
Other teaching staff space 7.00
Technical staff space 7.00
Science staff research laboratory 16.50
Engineering staff research laboratory 14.50
Seminar space per student 1.85
Drawing office space (A.O. board) (Per student) 4.60
Drawing office space (A.I. board) (Per student) 3.70
Laboratory space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial space 7.00
Office Facilities
2. Professor Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
748
B. Eng Mining Engineering
Overview
The content of this curriculum is for Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng) degree programme in
Mining Engineering. Mining engineering deals with exploration, extraction and use of mineral
resources and development mining and mineral policy. The mining engineer is concerned
with all phases of mineral recovery, including exploration, evaluation, development,
extraction, reclamation, processing and marketing of mineral commodities. Appropriate
courses have been developed in the key areas of mineral exploration; mine and processing
plant design, planning and development of surface and underground mines; mining of
metallic and non-metallic minerals; rock mechanics, aggregates and industrial minerals
production; excavation techniques and explosives engineering; mineral beneficiation for
value addition; health and safety in mines and processing plants, mineral economics and
law, environment effects of mining / processing and remediation and management of
mineral projects (mines and beneficiation plant).
The overall focus of the programme therefore is exploring, extracting, and processing of
metallic ores (copper, nickel, zinc, gold and others), precious stones (gems, diamonds), fuel
minerals (coal, bitumen/oil sand, petroleum and gas, uranium and others) and industrial
minerals (clays, stones, aggregates and many others).
Philosophy
The philosophy of the programme is to train engineers and equip them with appropriate
knowledge and skills required for the operation of a vibrant mineral industry which can serve
as a vehicle for rapid transformation of the economy.
Objectives
The main objectives of the programme are to:
1. train mining engineers for the solid minerals and oil industry;
2. provide a broad-based training in minerals engineering such that the products of the
programme can perform effectively in prospecting, exploration of minerals (solid and
oil), mining, processing and marketing of mineral commodities;
3. produce graduates that can easily be upgraded through postgraduate training to
undertake teaching and research in institutions of higher learning and undertake
consulting services in all aspects of the minerals industry; and
4. generate knowledge into new technological possibilities through research and
development to improve technical services to the minerals industry.
A product of this programme will provide technical services in all aspects of mining and
minerals engineering. The category of engineers trained in this programme will function as
mining engineers in the public and private sectors including federal ministries and agencies,
state and private mining companies, oil and gas industry, mineral processing establishments,
mining and mineral processing equipment and machinery manufacturing organisations,
mineral commodities and equipment marketing and distribution companies, consulting
services as well as the academia in both local and international environments. The products
of this programme will also be sufficiently competent and technically equipped to establish
and operate mining, processing, mineral commodities market, minerals analyses and
environmental evaluation and remediation as professional services for companies,
government agencies, artisanal operators and the public.
749
21st Century Skills
Mining in the 21st century involves the development of skills which are essential in today’s
global economy. In addition to the basic scientific, engineering and professional skills
acquired, the mining engineer trained under this programme must have and be able to
apply 21st century skills such as:
1. critical thinking/problem-solving/decision making;
3. collaboration (teamwork);
4. communication;
6. lifelong learning;
7. high professional and ethical standards;
8. ability to work effectively in interdisciplinary teams; and
9. development and use of software packages for acquisition, interpreting and presenting
exploration data, creating 3-D model of orebody, design of 3-D profiles of
surface/underground mines and their facilities; design and plan excavation sequences
and other unit operations.

This programme compares very well in content to similar programmes in other universities
around the world, some of which have been running mining engineering programme for
over a century and are top-ranking among institutions for higher learning worldwide.
However, unlike the programmes of some of those institutions which present partial
knowledge in favour of narrower specialisation of the profession, this curriculum presents a
complete body of knowledge of the profession (the extractive industry) and yet allows for
focus toward specialisation and development of 21st century skills. This will enable products
of this bachelor programme to fit competently into any area of the mining engineering
profession upon graduation.

Direct Entry
750
respectively.
Level General Studies Basic Faculty Dept. SWEP* Total
Sciences
(GST) (ENT) (GET) (MNE)
100 4 - 16 0 5 - 25
200 2 2 - 23 - 3 30
300 2 2 - 15 5 4 28
400 - - - - 0 8 8
500 - - - 5 9 - 14
Total 8 4 16 45 19 15* 105
* All 15 SIWES units credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

100 Level
751
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I & II 2 C - 90
Modelling I
MNE 102 Introduction to Mining Engineering 2 C 30 -
MNE 104 Physical Geology and Earth History 3 E 45 -
Total 28
200 Level
Existence
Engineering
GET 299 SIWES I (SWEP): Student’s Work 3 C 9 weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 30
300 Level
Communication
Analytics
Technology
GET 307 Introduction toArtificial Intelligence 3 C 45 -
& Machine Learning and
Convergent Technologies
MNE 301 Mineral Exploration 1 – Geological & 3 C 45 -
Geochemical
MNE 302 Drilling, Explosives and Excavation 2 C 15 45
Engineering
MNE 304 Mineral Processing Technology 3 E 45 45
GET 399 SIWES II / MNE 320 4 C 12 Weeks
Total 28
752
400 Level
MNE 401 Rock Mechanics 3 E 30 45

MNE 403 Mining Methods I – Surface 3 E 45 -
Techniques
Experience Scheme
Total 8
SIWES Courses
GET 499 SIWES III: Student Industrial Work 8 C 24 weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 15*
* All SIWES units credited in the 2nd Semester of 400 level

500 Level
MNE 501 Mine Design I - Design of Surface 3 C 30 45
Mines/Facilities
MNE 502 Mine Surveying 3 C 30 45
MNE 503 Mine Ventilation 2 E 15 45
MNE 504 Mine Design II: Design of 3 C 30 45
Underground Mines/Facilities
MNE 505 Mining Methods II – Underground 3 E 45 -
Techniques
Total 14
NOTES:
1. Some of the programme (i.e., MNE) courses listed may be taught by departments like
Mechanical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Applied Geology, Applied Geophysics and
Metallurgical and Materials Engineering.
2. Mineral Exploration I & II will specifically be mounted for Mining Engineering since they
are usually fragmented in Geology and Geophysics.

100 Level
Learning Outcomes
753
Course Contents
writing. Information and Communication Technology in modern language learning,
Learning Outcomes
6. analyse the role of the udiciary in upholding fundamental human rights;
Course Contents
754
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
755
Learning Outcomes
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
756
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
757
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
758
PHY 102: General Physics II (Behaviour Of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
759
Course Contents
deduction.
MNE 102: Introduction to Mining Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. recognize the types of rocks that exist;
2. differentiate between rocks and minerals;
3. differentiate between surface and underground mining methods;
4. identify the roles of mining engineering in national development;
5. explain how to operate a safe mine environment;
6. relate the links between mining engineering and its allied professions;
7. determine whether a mineral deposit is economically viable or not;
8. identify when to apply a particular mining method;
9. become acquainted with applications of GIS and remote sensing in mining;
10. explain how to process different types of minerals; and
11. recall how to process and acquire different licenses, leases and mineral rights.
Course Contents
Rocks and minerals: origin, distribution, diagnostic features and classification. Energy,
minerals and water resources. Minerals in national development. Introduction to mineral
prospecting and exploration by geological and geophysical methods. Development of mining
technology – surface mining, underground mining and other novel mining techniques
(gasification, liquification, in-situ leaching enhanced recovery, etc.) Mine surveying and the
Geographic Information System (GIS). Stages in the life of a mine. Unit operations in
mining. Mining and its environmental consequences. Processing and uses of minerals.
Introduction to mining allied programmes - Metallurgical and materials engineering, Civil
Engineering, Geology, Geophysics and Meteorology. The mineral resources of Nigeria.
Introduction to licenses, leases and rights acquisition.
MNE 104: Physical Geology and Earth History (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. identify the different landforms and the processes that produced them;
2. explain the phenomenon of weather and other surface processes of the earth and their
significance in mineral deposition;
3. describe geologic structures, their classification and their deformation processes;
4. identify earth mineral and energy resources and their classification;
760
5. identify the importance of energy sources – water current, wind, gravity, glacial and
their roles in mineral deposition; and
6. carry out practical identification of common mineral forming rocks.
Course Contents
Planet Earth - its composition from core to crust. Weathering and other surface processes-
principles, agents: - physical, biotic, chemical processes. Landforms and major earth
structures: principles and processes of erosion, transportation, sedimentation and evolution
of landforms. Water current, wind, gravity and glacial ice as agents of erosion and their
deposition landforms. Ocean processes- turbidity currents and turbidites. Deformation
processes and structures- joints, faults and folds; classification of faults and folds. Igneous
intrusions: -discordant and concordant intrusion. Concordant and discordant intrusion – sills,
laccoliths, lopoliths, dykes, cone sheet, batholiths, plugs, stocks, bosses, veins, etc. Earth
resources – waters, energy and minerals. Minerals and rocks -origin, distribution,
identification and general classification. Practical identification of common rock – forming
minerals and rocks.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
community leaders). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
761
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course contents
762
Learning Outcomes
solutions;
polymers;
natural);
Course Contents
763
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
principles.
Learning Outcomes
flow in pipes;
764
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, i.e quantitative relations of Zeroth, first,
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
765
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
766
simulations;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents
767
300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
Course Contents
768
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
769
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
technology);
Course Contents
770
.
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents


Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
771
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
careers;
empirical models;
Course Contents
772
design project. Examples of projects should include the following:
a. design of machine components

b. product design and innovation
c. part modelling and drafting in solidworks
d. technical report writing
MNE 301: Mineral Exploration I - Geological and Geochemical
(3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. determining the mode of occurrence and factors controlling ore deposition;
2. explain the sequence of mineral or ore search by reconnaissance, prospecting and
detailed exploration;
3. identify and select geological methods of mineral and ore exploration;
4. identify applicable geological sampling techniques;
5. state geological data type, their processing, analysis and presentation;
6. apply the concept of geochemistry as indicators of mineral presence;
7. determine applicable geochemical surveying, principles and methods of exploration;
8. apply elements mobility and dispersion patterns for mineral search in geochemical
environment;
9. state geochemical data type, acquisition techniques, processing and presentation; and
10. select appropriate procedures for geological and geochemical exploration.
Course Contents
Relative abundance, classification and distribution of elements in the cosmic system
(lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere). Mode of occurrence and factors controlling ore
deposition. Concepts of ore search: reconnaissance, prospecting and detailed exploration by
geological, geochemical and geophysical techniques. Geological exploration - zoning, pitting,
trenching, drilling and remote sensing. Drill-hole section and plan interpretation methods of
core logs. Geological data representation, presentation and interpretation. The concept of
geochemistry. Geochemical environments and distribution of major and trace elements in
primary and secondary geochemical environments. Geochemistry of different rock types and
mineral deposits. Geochronology, weathering of major rock and geochemical implications.
Dispersion patterns and mobility of elements. Geochemical cycles of some major elements.
Geochemical surveying, principles and methods of exploration. Geochemical sampling media,
773
field operations, sample collection, preparation and analytical procedures. Data processing,
presentation and interpretation (map preparation). False anomaly: description, causes and
remedy. Principles of major and trace elements analysis. Introduction to the use of relevant
computer packages for data analyses and graphical presentation.
MNE 302: Drilling, Explosives and Excavation Engineering

Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of drilling techniques;
2. design suitable drilling pattern for blasting;
3. evaluate explosives properties and select appropriate explosive for rock blasting;
4. identify applicable blasting parameters and firing pattern;
5. differentiate blasting methods in surface, underground, tunneling and road ways;
6. design stationary and mobile magazines for safe handling of explosives and blasting
accessories; and
7. control disturbances associated with drilling and blasting.
Course Contents
Rock characteristics affecting drilling - engineering properties of rock material, rock
drillability and blastability. Classification of drilling and penetration methods. Theories of rock
penetration. Rotary, percussive, rotary-percussive and thermal drilling. Drill bits and their
applications. Diamond drilling and core recovery. Basic parameters affecting bench drilling
(bench height, burden, spacing and drilling pattern). Choice of drilling equipment. Drilling
components manufacturing process (drilling rods, bids, coupling, pistons, etc.). Handling
and maintenance of drilling equipment. Definition of explosives. Brief history of explosives.
Terminology and definition – velocity of detonation, density, detonation pressure, sensitivity,
strength, water resistance and fume characteristics. Properties and classification of
explosives – dynamites, ammonium nitrate and fuel oil (ANFO) cracking agents. Explosive
accessories. Magazine construction. Blasting methods and practices in surface and
underground workings. Blasting patterns; special blasting techniques – smooth, presplitting,
secondary blasting procedure. Disturbances created by blasting. Applications in dimension,
aggregates, water well, water works, hydropower, road works, railways, pipelines, built-up
areas, etc., underwater blasting, underground blasting (tunneling, shafts, chambers).
MNE 304: Mineral Processing Technology (3 Units E: LH 45; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
1. explain the structures and textures of minerals and their significance in mineral genesis
and treatment;
2. explain ore compositional analyses by chemical and mineralogical techniques;
3. explain the basic comminution and liberation theories and particle size presentation by
various methods;
4. apply the principles of mineral separation by heavy medium, magnetic, gravity, flotation,
leaching, biological recovery processes and other separation techniques including the
physical and mechanical processes of amalgamation and agglomeration;
5. prepare metallurgical mass balance – recovery, grade and loss;
6. identify mineral components of an ore under different light conditions in the petrographic
microscope;
774
7. carry out basic laboratory experiments in ore comminution, particle liberation and
present particle sizing data technically;
8. skillfully carry out bench-scale recovery tests using appropriate separation process; and
9. develop process flowsheet for a mineral processing plant and determine recovery, losses
and grades.
Course Contents
Ores, minerals and rocks. Structures and textures of minerals and their significance in
mineral genesis and treatment. Ore analysis: qualitative and quantitative assaying and
mineralogical analysis. Basic comminution theory, comminution and liberation. Particle
sizing: sizing by screening and sizing by classification. Particle size analysis. Mineral
concentration techniques - heavy medium separation, magnetic, gravity, flotation and other
separation techniques including the physical and mechanical processes of agglomeration.
Hydrometallurgical and biological recovery processes. Preparation of metallurgical mass
balance: recovery and metallurgical losses. Introduction to essential laboratory experiments
in minerals engineering.
MNE 320/GET 399: Field Work and Camping (4 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the fieldwork programme, students would have been well grounded in:
1. skills for preparation of different types of maps and the methods of acquiring data for
the processes;
2. application of some software packages for map making, mine design, processing,
analysis and presentation of field data in various required formats (Surfer, ArcMap,
Surpac, USIM PAC or MetSMART);
3. use of some hardware for map and field data interpretation and presentation;
4. calibration, setting and use of various survey and mineral exploration equipment for data
acquisition;
5. selection of appropriate methods of sample collection and preservation;
6. integration of all the various areas of mining engineering and related professions for a
vivid understanding of the entire extractive industry;
7. preparation of the entire fieldwork programme in a single stringed technical report; and
8. presentation of the fieldwork report orally.
Course Contents
This is a 9-week intensive field work programme designed to expose the students to most of
the rudiments of the mining engineering profession. It is a practical exposure covering mine
survey, geometrical mapping of mineral deposits, mining methods (drilling, blasting,
excavation), geotechnical investigation, mineral processing and practical exploration. The
field work is carried out in such relevant places as existing mining operations (surface and
underground), processing and smelting plants, unexploited mineral deposit, petroleum and
gas facilities and other relevant places. The field work is designed for a minimum of two
months commencing simultaneously with the long break of the second semester of 300
level. The students are required to prepare a technical report of the entire field work and
present a seminar on the field programme.
Week 1: Introduction to Maps and their Features

Introduction to camping and camp safety. Maps: topographic and geologic maps. Elements
of topographic maps: orientation, parallels, meridians, scale, direction (azimuth and
bearing), base directions and (true, magnetic and grid north) contour lines. Topographic
775
profile – construction and geological interpretation. Features of mineral and geological
maps: formation, outcrops, and altitude. Representations and structural symbols. Geometry
of outcrops: attitude. Methods of determination of dip and strike from geological maps:
strike-line method, determination from partial outcrops and subsurface data. Geological
cross-section – mode of construction and interpretation. Reconstruction of geological events
from geo-cross-sections. Determination of thickness of rock bed using mathematical and
graphical methods. Completion of rock outcrop from its partial outcrop on maps using
surface and subsurface data. Solving three-point problems using borehole data. Recognition
of different types of geological structure (folds, faults and unconformities) on maps.
Determination of throw of faults from simple geological maps. Igneous intrusions and their
recognitions on maps. Fieldwork for map preparation and interpretation.
Week 2 to 4: Introduction to Map-making tools and Software Packages
1. Use of map-making tools – compass, GPS receivers, theodolites, levelling instrument
total station, planimeter, maps and plan printers and computer set;
2. Use of surfer and ArcMap, Surpac, USIM PAC/ MetSMART or any other package; and
3. Practice sessions.
Note: If all necessary provisions are made for the fieldwork programme, these weeks and
the rest of the programme duration may be spent in the camp.
Weeks 5 to 9: Field Data Acquisition and Reporting
1. Data on surveying and mineral sampling;
2. Data from practical drilling and blasting exercises;
3. Geotechnical investigation and sampling;
4. Practical exploration and reserve estimation exercises;
5. Collation and organization of data for report writing;
6. Data plots and maps drawing using relevant software packages;
7. Preparation of report; and
8. Oral presentation of field work report.
NOTE
1. While items (a) – (e) may take place during the field programme, items (f) – (h) will be
done at school after the fieldwork.
2. Most of the activities are effective when done in groups.
400 Level
Learning Outcomes
776
and
Course Contents
MNE 401: Rock Mechanics (3 Units E: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. determine physical properties of rock (density, porosity, permeability, and hardness.);
2. determine mechanical properties of rock (uniaxial compressive strength, triaxial
compressive strength, point load strength and slake durability.);
3. explain and measure the elastic behaviour of rocks;
4. carry out stability analysis of various natural and artificial rock slopes;
5. apply RocScience software to:
a. produce the Mohr envelope;
b. analyse various slopes; and
c. determine factor of safety;
6. use the point load tester;
7. use the uniaxial compressive test machine;
8. prepare rock samples using Masonry saw and rock-grinding machine;
9. prepare rock sample slide for petrographic analysis; and
10. prepare good core samples using coring machine for qualitative and quantitative
analyses.
Course Contents
Introduction to Rock Mechanics – Definition of terms and importance of rock mechanics.
Field applications in mining, civil and petroleum engineering. Classification and Index
properties of rocks – geological classification of rocks (crystalline rocks and organic rocks);
porosity density; permeability; strength: Slaking and Durability; sonic velocity as an index to
degree of fissuring; classification of rock masses for engineering purposes. Rock strength
and failure; criteria modes of failure of rocks common laboratory strength tests (uniaxial,
triaxial, Brazilian, flexural tests); stress-strain behaviour in compression; effect of confining
pressure; the meaning of rock strength; application of the complete stress-strain curve. The
Mohr Coulomb failure criterion. The effect of water. The influence of the principal stress
ration on failure; empirical criteria of failure; Coulom-Navier criterion of failure of rocks;
Griffith brittle failure criterion. Elastic properties. Applications of rock mechanics in
engineering or underground openings. Rock slope stability. Support systems design and
777
selection – caving and subsidence. Observation of mass deformations – extensometers and
strain transducers. Case studies.
MNE 403: Mining Methods I – Surface Techniques (3 Units E: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of surface mining technologies (open pit), open cast
quarrying and their design as well as the unit operations;
2. design granite quarries for production of aggregates and dimension stones;
3. explain stripping ratio for determining suitable method for exploitation of ore deposit;
4. design layouts for strip mining of coal and include important economic and
environmental considerations;
5. describe the technology for marine mining and include important economic and
environmental considerations; and
6. determine economic pit limit.
Course Contents
Analysis of elements of surface mine operation. Design of surface mining systems with
emphasis on minimisation of adverse environmental impact and maximisation of efficient
use of mineral resources. Surface excavation. The uses, handling and maintenance of
surface equipment and plants. Ore reserve estimates, grade control (blending and dilution),
short- and long-range planning, unit operations, equipment selection, cost estimation, slope
stability and placer mining operation. Aggregates quarrying and dimension stones
production. Ore handling equipment. Case studies of typical surface mines: coal, metallic
and non-metallic mines. Bitumen oil sand mining. Scheduled field trips to operating mines.
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
778
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
MNE 501: Mine Design I - Design of Surface Mines and Facilities

Pre-requisites MNE 403 Mining Methods I
Learning Outcomes
1. explain what is involved in designing any type of surface mine;
2. identify the various parameters used in surface mine design and how to acquire them;
3. apply the techniques learned in designing a surface mine where required;
4. select an appropriate mining method and machineries for a given mineral deposit;
5. employ applicable software packages for design of surface mines;
6. generate mineral model from cut-off grade; and
779
7. design the optimum slope for safe operation and optimum recovery.
Course Contents
Design of surface mine excavation methods. Determination of bench parameters. Calculation
of the width of working platform of the bench. Determination of the optimum depth of a
surface mine. Selection of mine equipment and machinery. This includes draglines, loaders,
power shovels, drilling rigs, jack hammer, compressor, conveyor belt, etc. Feasibility study
of a proposed quarry. Design of a surface mine using an existing data. Software applications
to surface mine design in planning and organisation using various software packages in the
laboratory. Slope design in surface mines to ensure safe operation. Practical exercise.
MNE 502: Mine Surveying (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. differentiate between surface survey and underground survey;
2. explain the application surveying in various surface and underground mining operations;
3. explain how to operate and use basic surveying equipment in gathering data for various
mine operations;
4. discuss the concept of remote sensing in mine surveying;
5. carry out practical surveying using necessary tools and equipment;
6. process field (survey) data using relevant mathematical concepts;
7. process and present information for application in cartography principles; and
8. apply surveying results in mine planning and design of three-dimensional mining layout.
Course Contents
Mining theodolite. Unique difference between mining theodolite and land surveying
theodolite. Surveying in open cast mines – building and construction of an open cast
deposit. Calculations for drilling, blasting, excavation, transport operations and drainage.
Mine survey control in supports and stability of slopes in quarry/open pit mines. Factors
affecting stability and deformation of slopes in quarry or open pit mines. Methods of
calculation of angle of slope in quarry or open pit mines. Surveying in underground mine
systems – control on industrial layout of underground deposits. Construction of shaft and
shaft lift; mine survey work on contact with mineral surface (lava). Geometrical projections
of mine rocks and other mine features. Geometrical classification of industrial and non-
industrial mineral deposit. Parameters of mineral reserve estimation and methods of
quantifying mineral reserve. Concept of displacement in underground mining zone. Process
of displacement of mine rocks/earth surface. Basic understanding and parameters that
characterise the process of rock/earth/displacement. Factors affecting rock displacement in
mineral deposit. Mine survey control on displaced mine rock/earth surface. Application of
photogrammetry and remote sensing in mining. Geographic Information System (GIS) and
its application in the mineral industry. Computer application in surveying, mine planning and
fieldwork.
MNE 504: Mine Design II (Design of Underground Mines and Facilities)

(3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain what is involved in designing any type of underground mine and gallery;
780
2. select appropriate underground mining method and machineries for a given mineral
deposit;
3. identify the various data required for the design of any underground mine and facility
and how to acquire them;
4. recall the rules of conduct for safe working in an underground mine;
5. apply the techniques learned in designing underground mine where required;
6. apply applicable software packages for design of underground mines;
7. generate mineral model from cut-off grade;
8. design the best stope for safe operation and optimum recovery; and
9. undertake a practical design project in underground mining.
Course Contents
Design and construction of shafts, winze and raise. Phases of shaft construction. Different
methods of shaft sinking such as bench method and Jora lift method. Detailed shaft site
investigation for construction cost optimisation and safety. Detailed application of hoisting
machines, tunnel, drifts and adrift design and constructions. Various methods of tunneling in
underground mines using tunneling machines and explosives. Drilling and blasting
parameters in shaft sinking and tunneling. Design of powered supports arch and nut and
bolt supports. Design of ventilation systems in underground mines. Selection of the best
methods of mining during the design of underground mines. Application of software
packages to underground mine design.
MNE 505: Mining Methods II (Underground Mining) (3 Units E: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
1. identify and describe the various developmental methods of underground mineral
deposits,
2. select applicable underground method based on ore and host rock properties;
3. apply appropriate technology for the design and construction of underground mine
openings and galleries,
4. apply the methods of roof and ground control in prevention of mine accidents and
ground displacement;
5. acquire the needed technology of underground mining; and
6. relate cost and operational effectiveness in the various facets of underground mining
operations.
Course Contents
Selection and development of most suitable underground mining methods based on the
physical and geological properties of ore deposits. Unsupported and supported underground
mining methods. Tunneling engineering; construction and maintenance. Underground
mining systems. Mining of averagely thick and thick deposits. Application of novel
techniques for some deposits: gasification, liquification and in-situ leaching. Equipment,
conveyors, cable ropeways and rope haulage, tract and trackless mining systems, hydraulic
transport and pipeline systems. Calculations of ore reserve estimates, development planning
and preparations for development and extraction, and construction of development
openings. Conservation and environmental systems. Case studies of typical underground
mines: coal, metallic and non-metallic scheduled. Field trip(s) to operating mines and
tunnels.
781
Equipment
Equipment and tools that are required for the Mining Engineering programmes are listed
below according to the requirements of the major laboratories. The accessories and
consumables needed for effective use of these equipment are not listed but will be
requested by the department that operates this curriculum when purchasing the equipment.
Rock Mechanics Laboratory

1. Rock coring machine (Table type)
2. Rock coring machine (Pillar type)
3. Uniaxial triaxial compression machine (e.g. MECATEST)
4. Triaxial compression machine
5. Digital compression machine
6. Rock grinding machine
7. Masonry saw
8. Point portable load tester
9. Slake durability apparatus
10. Laboratory oven
11. Pocket penetrometer
12. Rock cradle
13. Schmidt hammer
14. Compass clinometer
15. Digital multimeter
16. Digital clamp meter
17. Digital noise meter (Desk and pocket types)
18. Digital compass clinometer
19. Rock core trimmer
Analytical/ Material Characterisation Laboratory

• AAS, XRF, XRD, SEM
• Provisions for wet chemical processes
• Equipment and tools for other characterization test
Survey and Photogrammetry Laboratory

1. Underground mining theodolite
2. Levelling instruments (analogue, digital and automatic)
3. Land theodolite (analogue and digital)
4. Mining compasses (analogue and digital)
5. Compass with tripods
6. Global Positioning System (GPS) – handheld and base
7. Total station (analogue and digital)
8. Printing machine for maps and plan (large formats A3 …)
9. Plane table with tripod
10. Digital planimeter with Laptop PC
11. Laser scanner for slope monitoring
Mine Ventilation Laboratory

1. Mine air flow (Centrifugal fan rig)
2. Cross flow heat exchanger
3. Digital noise meter
782
4. Digital desk pH meter
5. Digital pocket pH meter
6. Manometers (analogue and digital)
7. Venturimeter (analogue and digital)
8. Photo-digital tachometer
9. Barometer (analogue and digital)
10. Differential pressure meters (analogue and digital)
11. Digital thermometers (analogue and digital)
12. Tachometer
Mine Design and Modelling Laboratory

1. Computer with table and accessories (1 T HDD, 16GB RAM, 21” monitor)
2. Padded stools
3. Mining design, planning, processing valuation software packages and others
4. Multimedia projectors
5. Interactive board
6. Mining models
Drilling and Explosives Tech. Laboratory

1. Laboratory table drill
2. Hand held drilling machine (pneumatic power)
3. Hand held drilling machine (electrical power)
4. Portable drilling rig
5. Models of different drilling rigs
6. Models of explosive magazine
Mineral Processing Laboratory

1. Laboratory crusher (Jaw type)
2. Laboratory crusher (Cone type)
3. Laboratory crusher (gyratory type)
4. Laboratory type impact crusher
5. Laboratory ball mill
6. Roll mill
7. Mineral jigs
8. Hydro classifier
9. Shaking table
10. Spiral separators
11. Magnetic separators
12. Sluices
13. Ore microscope
14. Laboratory oven
15. Furnaces
16. Sieve shaker
17. Agitator/conditioner
18. Filters
19. Flotation machines
20. pH meter (digital and analogue)
21. Vacuum pump
22. Weighing machines
783
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.



maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
784
e-collections (E-Resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the
1. institutions (national and international);
2. open access sources;
3. professional bodies’ e-learning platforms, and
4. relevant international organizations;
The library must also have adequate facilities.
a. for reading;
b. provisions for lending, and
c. Reservation unit for specialised materials.
Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops Clinics and Offices
departments in the faculty and university in general, the laboratories and facilities listed in
the table below should be provided and equipped specifically for every Mining Engineering
programme.
Laboratories & Workshop Required for the Programme
Laboratory/
S/N Requirements Required Size (m)
Workshop
tools for practical experiments,
tests (laboratory and field) and
research in Mine and
Mine Surveying
Engineering Surveying including 18.5 x 10 x HRM
and
1 remote sensing with the GIS. (with technologist’s
Photogrammetry
Computer systems, relevant office and a store).
Laboratory
software and hardware with
supply of consumables should
be provided for preparation of
maps and plans.
Should have physical models of
surface, underground and other
mining systems for research
and demonstration. Computer
systems and appropriate
software packages for mine
Mining System design and simulation. 18.5 x 10 x HRM
2 and Design Provisions should also be made (with technologist
Laboratory in this laboratory for other office’s and a store)
hardware, equipment and tools
for design of surface,
underground and other mining
techniques. There should also
be provisions for data
processing, analyses and
785
presentation.
This laboratory should have
equipment and tools such as
jack hammer (electric,
mechanical or fluid powered)
for drilling; physical models or
table-top drilling rig. Tools such
Drilling and 50 x 20 x HRM
as hand augers. Models of
3 Explosives (with technologist’s
explosives magazine and
Laboratory office and a store).
facilities for safe preparation of
ANFO. Samples of the various
initiation and detonation
devices and large posters of
various equipment for teaching
aid.
Serves as rock testing and
analysis, lapidary and gemology
laboratory. Provisions should
therefore be made for
Rock Mechanics
4 equipment and tools for rock
Laboratory
and stone cutting, polishing,
mounting and finishing for
teaching and research in all
areas of rock engineering.
Ventilation and air conditioning
equipment and facilities should
be provided in this laboratory.
Models of underground mine
galleries for flow
demonstrations are required.
Various environment parameter 18.5 x 10 x HRM
Mine Ventilation
5 measuring equipment such as (with technologist’s
Laboratory
gas and dust analysers, office and a store)
particulate counters, weather
trackers are required for
teaching and research. Large
posters of mine galleries and
equipment that will serve as
teaching aid must be provided
Should be adequately spacious
Mineral (if a single laboratory is
Processing and provided) to accommodate 50 x 20 x HRM
6 Extractive equipment and facilities for (with technologist’s
Metallurgy teaching and research in all office and a store).
Laboratory. sections of mineral processing
and extractive metallurgy.
tools for practical experiments, 18.5 x 10 x HRM
Geotechnics
7 tests (laboratory/field) and (with technologist’s
Laboratory
research on soil and other office and a store)
earthen materials.
8 Mine Machinery / Wire rope type, uses and 50 x 20 x HRM
786
Equipment preparation, pumps and (with technologist’s
Workshop pipeline models, models of office and a store)
mine machinery for
demonstration, equipment for
metal cutting and joining
including welding and
measuring tools.
This laboratory will provide
material analyses and
characterisation services for • 3 rooms of 10x6
other laboratories in the each with
Analytical/
programme. Should have an office
Material
9 analytical equipment such as • store
Characterisation
AAS, XRF, XRD, SEM and • maintenance
Laboratory
provision for wet chemical room
processes. Equipment and tools
for other characterisation tests
are also required.
Academic m2
Non-Academic
Office Facilities
Room
computer unit.
787
B. Eng Natural Gas Engineering
Overview
The Natural Gas Engineering curriculum is designed to provide the student with the strong
foundation in science and engineering needed by natural gas and other related industries
engaged in exploitation of natural gas resources from underground reservoirs. The
curriculum blends the natural sciences (mathematics, physics, chemistry and geology) and
the engineering (thermodynamics, mechanics, dynamics, hydraulics and strength of
materials). The programme covers the fundamentals of natural gas engineering science and
technology including the flow of fluids, drilling operations, separation processes, unit
processes, inorganic and organic chemical equilibrium and economics. The programme
prepares students for engineering duties in the gas industry as well as the chemical process
industry. The main focus is on the identification, extraction, storage and transportation of
natural gas. The primary areas of specialization are:
1. Classification of reservoirs and understanding fluid flow concepts and recovery processes
2. Estimation of natural gas reserves
3. Wel-drilling equipment and facilities
4. Surface and sub-surface production equipment and operations
5. Storage and transportation equipment/facilities and operations
Philosophy
The philosophy of the programme is to produce natural gas engineering graduates with high
academic and ethical standards and adequate practical exposure for self-actualisation as
well as being of immediate value to the oil and gas industry and the community in general.
Objectives
The goal and objectives of Natural Gas Engineering education and training should be in
consonance with the realisation of national needs and aspirations in relation to industrial
development and technological emancipation from foreign companies in our oil and gas
industry. The objectives of this programme are:
1. conduct investigations into complex natural gas engineering problems and produce
viable solutions that optimise the use of our local resources;
2. understand the dynamics of both the local and global oil and gas industry;
3. adapt and adopt exogenous technology in order to solve peculiar engineering problems
in Nigerian oil and gas industry;
4. design natural gas engineering projects and supervise their implementation;
5. exercise original thought, good professional judgment and responsibility for the
execution of oil and gas projects in a manner that guarantees sustainable
development;
6. be conversant with all the materials, codes, components, machines, equipment,
production techniques and systems in oil and gas industry;
7. manage people, funds, materials and equipment;
8. have good knowledge of the ethics of the engineering profession and application;
9. work alone or in a team, especially a multidisciplinary team, and also have good oral
and written communication skills; and
10. engage in lifelong learning for continuous self-improvement.

The unique features of the new Natural Gas Engineering programme are as follows:
788
1. there is emphasis on outcome-based education with clearly defined course content and
learning objectives;
2. student workload is reduced to give room for independent learning and creativity;
3. The core engineering programme is enhanced with the introduction of courses like
Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, Convergent Technologies, Data Analytic and
Renewable Energy Resources which are important in a modern-day society;
4. the computer programming course is now streamlined to be on modern programming
languages instead of the old FORTRAN;
5. introduction of a course on entrepreneurship in the oil and gas industry will be an eye
opener to the opportunities in the oil and gas industry. This complements the
entrepreneurship course taught as a General Studies course;
6. introduction of computer applications in many courses will help the students in this era
of software applications;
7. the refined SIWES programme will ensure that relevant practical experience is acquired
by the students before graduation;
8. there is more field exposure with the introduction of field trips in courses like
Introduction to Oil and Gas Industry and Petroleum Geology;
9. we expect better understanding of Nigerian fields with the introduction of case histories.
This will also bring the students closer to the industry;
10. the final-year project and Research Methods are lumped together and to be started in
the first semester. This makes it possible to choose research topics and get to research
methodology before the beginning of the second semester; and
11. the robust course content of our engineering communication course will help our
engineers write better report and make good presentations.
Graduates of this Natural Gas Engineering programme will have sufficient science,
engineering and programming knowledge that they can easily adapt to working in any
engineering outfit. Particularly, they should have good understanding of oil and gas
business to be employed as:
1. Reservoir Engineers
2. Production Engineers
3. Drilling Engineers
4. Oil and gas Economists.
5. Oil and gas research Engineers
The graduates should also be able to work in the following oil and gas service companies:
1. Reservoir management
2. Mud logging
3. Electric and slickline companies
4. Pipeline companies
5. Oil and gas facility management
6. PVT laboratory
21st Century Skills Emphasised

The modern skills emphasised in this programme are as follows:
1. software development and application skill;
3. artificial intelligence and data analytic skill;
4. critical thinking/ problem-solving/decision making skills;
789
5. entrepreneurship skill;
6. communication skill;
7. learning to learn/metacognition; and
8. collaboration skill (Needed for team projects).


Direct Entry
respectively.
790

Level General Basic Discipline/ Programme SIWES* Total
Studies Science GET Units
100 4 16 3 02 - 25
200 4 - 20 02 3 29
300 4 - 13 05 4 26
400 - - - 06 8 14
500 - - 5 6 - 11
Total 12 16 41 36 15 105
*All 15 SIWES experiential courses are credited in the 2nd Semester of 400 level.
100 Level
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C -
15
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and 2 C 30
Solid Modeling I 15
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C -
30
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C -
30
II
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C -
30
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C -
30
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C -
30
PHY 102 General Physics II 2 C -
30
GNG 113 Introduction to Natural Gas 2 C
Resources Technology 30 -
Total 25
200 Level
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and 2 C 30 -
Human Existence
791
Innovation
Mechanics
Thermodynamics
Engineering
GNG 203 Rock and Fluid Properties 2 C 15 45
Experience Scheme
Total 29
300 Level
Code
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 30 -
Communication
Technology
PNG 308 Drilling and Well Design I 3 C 45
PNG 310 Fundamentals of Reservoir 3 E 45 -
Engineering
PNG 312 Oil and Gas Production 3 E 45 -
Engineering I
GNG 316 Natural Gas Utilisation and 2 E 30 -
Monetisation Concepts
Experience Scheme
Total 26
400 Level
Code
GNG 405 Natural Gas Reservoir 3 C 45 -
Engineering
GNG 407 Gas to Power Generation and 2 E 30 -
Emission Management
GNG 409 Natural Gas Process Plant 3 E 45 -
Design
GNG 413 Natural Gas Engineering 3 C 45 -
792
Experience Scheme
Total 14
SIWES Courses
Course Code Course Units Status LH PH
Title
GET 499 SIWES III 8 C
24weeks
Total 15*
*All SIWES experiential courses are credited in the 2nd Semester of 400 level.
500 Level
Management
GNG 511 Natural Gas Technology 2 E 30 -
Process Control
GNG 504 Natural Gas Reservoir 3 C 45 -
Modelling and Simulation
GNG 513 Offshore Gas Production and 3 C 45 -
Flow Assurance (Production
III)
Total 11

100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
793
Writing activities (pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing [paragraphing,
punctuation and expression], post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
794
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
795
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
796
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
797
continuity;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
798
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
799
GNG 113: Introduction to Natural Gas Resources Technology (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. differentiate between the sectors of the Oil and Gas Industry and its value chain;
2. identify local and global historical perspective of the petroleum industry;
3. enumerate the processes involved from discovery to consumption;
4. identify the key drivers of technology and challenges in the petroleum industry and
5. identify the associated team players and opportunities available to the Petroleum and
Gas Engineers.
Course Contents
Origin of Petroleum, Crude oil and gas composition and types, Petroleum exploration
techniques, Global and local historical perspective of the petroleum industry, Overview of
the different sectors, Challenges in the oil and gas industry, renewal and non-renewal
energy drive and examples, overview of processes involved from discovery to consumption,
Petroleum industry value chain, Associated team players in petroleum and gas industry
operations Opportunities available to the petroleum and Gas Engineers.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
800
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
solutions;
801
polymers;
natural);
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
802
Course Contents
principles.
Learning Outcomes
flow in pipes;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
and third laws;
803
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
804
Learning Outcomes

numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
Course Contents
805
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents

GNG 203: Rock and Fluid Properties (2 Units C: LH 15 PH 45)
Learning Outcome
1. explain that reservoir rocks are porous and thus be able to make the connection as to
how Darcy’s law can then be used to discuss the concept of permeability and relative
permeability or reservoir rock;
2. describe the effect of surface tension and wettability on the phenomenon of capillarity
movement of fluid through the pores of reservoir rock; and
3. explain thermodynamic behaviour, phase equilibria and reservoir rock fluids.
Course Contents
Composition and porosity of reservoir rock. Darcy’s law and the concept of permeability and
relative permeability; capillary phenomena, surface tension forces, wettability,
compressibility and static distribution of fluids. Electric conductivity; chemical, physical and
thermodynamic properties of underground fluid. Gas laws, behavior of liquid, phase
equilibrium, Viscosities of hydrocarbons, uses of fluid properties in reservoir engineering,
rock and fluid property correlation.
806
Laboratory
The laboratory section is based on materials covered in this course, including coring and
core analysis, determination of petrophysical properties, such as porosity, permeability,
water saturation and gas formation volume factor.
300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
807
Course Contents
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
808
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents
809

Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
careers;,
810
empirical models;
Course Contents

design project.

1. design of machine components;
2. product design and innovation;
3. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
4. technical report writing.
PNG 308: Drilling and Well Design I (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain bit selection and its evaluation of the bits ability to drill through reservoir rock by
considering bit tooth wear on bit bearings and how to terminate the bit run;
2. demonstrate understanding of the fundamentals of oil well drilling, especially the
techniques employed for oil well completion; and
811
3. plan a drilling operation to include cost estimation, assemblage of a drilling team, rigs
and rig power systems, hoisting.
Course Contents
Introduction to drilling engineering. Fundamental concepts in oil well drilling. Well planning
and cost estimation. Drilling team, drilling rigs, rig power system, hoisting system,
circulation system, the rotary system, the well control system, well-monitoring system,
special marine equipment, drilling cost analysis, and bit types available. Rock failure
mechanisms. Bit selection and evaluation. Factors affecting tooth wear, bearings wear and
terminating a bit run. Factors affecting penetration rate, bit operation, drilling fluids and
drilling hydraulics, and well head equipment.
Laboratory
The laboratory section includes determination of rheological properties of drilling fluids.
PNG 310: Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain how to undertake the characterisation of a petroleum reservoir;
2. perform an in-situ-evaluation of the hydrocarbon stock in the oil and gas before
gathering;
3. recommend ways to recover the hydrocarbons;
4. perform the material balance calculation required in water influx-models and be able to
apply fluid flow concepts to recover their hydrocarbons from the oil well; and
5. explain what a decline curve analysis is used for in the applications of Darcy’s law to well
formations and reservoir rocks.
Course Contents
Introduction: Functions of a reservoir engineer. Characteristics of petroleum reservoir;
geological concepts in reservoir engineering; recovery methods and definitions of reservoirs.
Determination of hydrocarbon in-place for oil and gas recovery: volumetric methods;
material balance and applications; water influx models and calculations; uncertainties in
reserve calculations. Fluid flow concepts; flow potential; Darcy’s Law. Decline curve analysis.
PNG 312: Oil and Gas Production Engineering I (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate an overview knowledge of subsurface and surface production operations;
2. explain how pressure differential is used to analyse the flow of fluid at various points
from the oil and gas reservoir to the surface;
3. relate how to apply Darcy’s law in solving reservoir to sand face flow problems, solve
problems of vertical pipe flow and flow through surface restrictions (chokes);
4. state how to diagnose well problems and proffer technical solutions;
5. describe the concept of workover;
6. explain the possible actions to be taken to optimise production and the principles of well
stimulation methods; and
7. state how the various pressure maintenance methods work.
812
Course Contents
Introduction to Petroleum Engineering: Subsurface and surface operations. Operational
functions and output of subsurface production engineer. Nodal analysis in flow and outflow
performances: governing equations, inflow performance relationship (IPR), productivity
index, formation damage, fines migration and skin effect, vertical lift well head equipment
performance and pressure losses, and choke performance. Problem wells analysis: sand,
water, hydrate, scale, unstable flow, surge, waxy crude production, etc. Well surveillance.
Well stimulation: fracturing and acidising. Introduction to artificial lift methods. Gas lift and
pumping system.
GNG 316: Natural Gas Utilisation and Monetisation Concepts (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. employ gas technology in acoustic and combustion engineering;
2. design furnace and burners for gas combustion;
3. explain the various processes involved in the conversion or use of gas either as a fuel or
as an ingredient (raw material) in the following industries:
o Petrochemical, cement, paper and pulp
o Fertilizer, power plants and air-conditioning
o Medical equipment/anesthetics
o Processes of gas utilisation in the industries above;
4. calculate waste heat and develop waste heat recovery programmes in plants;
5. explain domestic gas utilisation in the areas of cooking/heating/drying; and
6. highlight the effects and significance of gas prices on gas utilization/monetization.
Course Contents
Fundamental technologies and engineering aspects of industrial gas utilisation. Relevant
aspects of fluid dynamics, heat transfer, combustion and acoustics. Technology of industrial
gas utilisation, including refractory materials, burner and furnace design, safety,
measurement and control. Gas utilisation in the following industries: glass, aluminium, steel,
fertilizer, petrochemicals, cement, paper and pulp, power plants, drying and air conditioning.
Temperature control of furnaces; waste heat recovery; efficiency of furnaces. Domestic gas
utilisation. Effects of gas prices, characteristics and quality. Emphasis will be laid on safety
and control.
400 level
Learning Outcomes
placements after graduation; and
813
Course Contents
GNG 405: Natural Gas Reservoir Engineering (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe gas properties and reservoir systems;
2. apply gas recovery techniques;
3. explain how to analyse reservoirs for associate and non-associate gas; and
2. discuss the recovery of gas condensation through water influx theory.
Course Contents
Properties of gases. Gas reservoir system. Gas recovery. Associated and non-associated gas
reservoir analysis. A study of gas-condensate and under-saturated reservoir including
recovery methods and recovery factor. Water influx theory as applicable to gas recovery.
Material balance equation.
GNG 407: Gas to Power Generation and Emission Management

(2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the basic testing methods for determining the distribution of particulate matter in
air and gaseous emissions, combustion emissions for solid, liquid and gaseous fuel
wastes;
2. highlight the basic thermodynamics of the steam cycle, gas turbine cycle, the cycles of
Rankine and OHO engines; and
3. design cooling towers.
Course Contents
Basic thermodynamics, steam power cycles, gas turbine cycles and combined cycles, cooling
towers and condensers, ideal engines cycles, refrigeration and heat pumps. Industrial air
pollution monitoring particulate and gaseous emissions. Combustion and emission
calculations for solid, liquid and gaseous fuels or wastes
814
GNG 409: Natural Gas Process Plant Design (3 Units E: LH45)
Learning Outcomes
1. develop energy and material balance for the flow sheets;
2. simulate the design of gathering facilities in which contactors, separators, heat
exchangers and storage tanks may be needed; and
3. explain the need for determining the net pump suction head for pumps and the power
requirement of gas compressors as they relate to the gathering facility.
Course Contents
Process flow sheet. Material and energy balance. Design of valves. Gas gathering systems
simulation and design. Design of contactors, separators, heat exchangers and storage tanks.
Design of gas compressors and other allied equipment. Simple design projects. Software
application.
GNG 413: Natural Gas Engineering (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. discuss the compressive flow of gases in pipes as gases are transported through
pipelines;
2. describe the compression in the design of compressors;
3. evaluate well performance by being able to estimate gas reserves by conventional and
unconventional means;
4. handle the sour gas problem by suggesting various gas treating methods; and
5. design gas storage facility.
Course Contents
Production and transportation of gas: gas flow in pipes and compression. Well performance.
Estimation of gas reserves (conventional and unconventional). Field handling of natural Gas.
Sour gas problems. Gas condensate fields and storage of gas. Production from both
conventional and unconventional sources.
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
815
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
GNG 504: Natural Gas Reservoir Modelling and Simulation (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the basic principles of reservoir modelling;
2. perform basic modelling of hydrocarbon reservoirs from the knowledge of the basic
principles in 1 above;
3. comprehend and apply the numerical methods applied in reservoir modelling;
4. perform simulation studies leveraging reservoir rock and fluid and production data; and
816
5. conduct history matching and production forecast using real life data.
Course Contents
Basic principles of reservoir modelling. Modelling gas, oil and gas condensate reservoir.
Numerical techniques (finite difference method, finite element, method of weighted
residuals.). Setting up a simulation study, data collection, fluid properties. History matching,
performance prediction, case studies, specialised applications, water flooding, gas cycling,
infill drilling and miscible flooding.
GNG 511: Natural Gas Technology Process Control (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. acquire a working know-how of programmable logic controllers and distributed control
systems;
2. explain the basics of controller action on centrifugal and reciprocating compressor;
3. engage in control room management exercises and training programs;
4. institute a maintenance program and trouble-shooting exercise for handling controller
difficulties; and
5. develop mathematical models for process dynamic systems as lumped or distributed
parameter systems as they apply to feedback control systems.
GNG 513: Offshore Gas Production and Flow Assurance (Production III)
(3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe the working operation of a production platform;
2. discuss the challenges they face during production and how the problems are solved;
3. explain subsea well completion methods and carry out completion designs;
4. know the various offshore processing equipment and perform relevant equipment
design;
5. explain offshore loading and transportation systems;
6. discuss the principle of operations of multiphase pumping and metering systems relevant
to offshore gas production operations;
7. explain offshore logistics and contingencies in gas production operations;
8. discuss the effect of offshore gas operations on the environment and proffer insightful
remedy where necessary;
9. explain the various measures of corrosion control in offshore gas production operations;
and
10. comprehend the challenges facing flow of gas through pipes and apply necessary flow
assurance mechanisms.
Course Contents
Offshore production. Sub-sea well completion methods; offshore processing equipment and
design; loading systems and other transportation; multiphase pumping and metering.
Offshore operations; logistics and contingency planning; environmental considerations; oil
spill and oil removal; corrosion control. Flow assurance challenges, prediction and
management; hydrates formation; scale; erosion.
817
Equipment
List of Laboratory Equipment in Fluid and Cement Laboratory
1. Mixers and cups
2. Marsh funnels
3. Direct indication viscometers
4. Consistometer
5. Pressure filter press
6. Constant temperature water bath
7. Roller oven
8. Standard API sand sieve
9. Retort kit
10. Resistivity meter
11. Mud rheometers
12. pH meters
13. Mud balance
14. Chemical balance
15. Standard filter press
16. Filter papers
17. Bentonite, barytes and mud additives (chemicals)
18. Cement analyzer
List of PVT Laboratory Equipment

1. Visual PVT cell
2. Recombination cell
3. Oil molecular weight tester (Cryette Cryoscope)
4. Multi-stage flash separator
5. Gasometer
6. Digital density meter
7. High pressure high temperature density meter (Pycnometer)
8. Electromagnet viscometer or rolling ball viscometer
9. Gas cylinder
10. Oil cylinder
11. Gas chromatograph (with all support gases such as hydrogen, air and helium) for gas
analysis
12. Gas chromatograph (with all support gases such as hydrogen, air and helium) for liquid
analysis
13. Positive displacement pump
14. PVT surface sampling kits
15. Pressure generator system
16. Sample restoration apparatus
17. Weight balance
Other Accessories in the PVT Laboratory

1. Heating mantle
2. UPS
3. Digital pressure gauge
4. Piping materials for gas chromatograph installation
818
Core Analysis and Reservoir Engineering Laboratory
S/N Equipment Accessories
1 Resistivity meters tensiometer
2 Core slabbing crosscut and band saws
3 Core milling machine
4 Core preservation system Refrigerator, wax bath and
core trays
5 Dean stark equipment
6 Distillation assembly Compressor
7 Porosimeters Nitrogen cylinder/gas
8 Core cleaner (Soxhlet extractor) Heating mantle, oven
9 Centrifugal extractor
10 High pressure saturator
11 Capillary pressure test equipment
12 Refractometer
13 Liquid and gas permeameters Nitrogen cylinder/gas
14 Planimeter
Other Equipment
15 Core trimming/cutting machine
16 CT scanner
17 Gamma ray logging machine
18 Digital core photography camera
19 Humidity and conventional oven
20 Particle size analyzer
21 Retort oven
22 Miniature core flooding system Compressor
nitrogen cylinder/gas
23 Amott cell
Production Laboratory
1. Viscosimeters
2. Hydrometers
3. Corrosion test kits
4. Flow meter rig
5. Centrifuge
Computer Laboratory
The computer laboratory should have at least 40 PCs with at least one of the following
software installed.
No. Area Software Purpose
1 Reservoir MBAL Material balance calculation/Decline

engineering curve analysis
2 Reservoir ECLIPSE Dynamic simulation

engineering
3 Production PROSPER Nodal analysis, stimulation and gaslift

Design
819
4 Formation TECHLOG Petrophysical evaluation
evaluation
5 Geology PETREL Seismic and 3-D modeling
6 Economics CYSTAL BALL Economic evaluation
7 Field QUESTOR Cost estimation and development

Development concept selection
8 Plant Design Aspen hysys Process plant design for gas

dehydration etc.
Other Requirements for Training of Students

1. CD/DVD players
2. LCD screens
3. Projectors
4. Wireless speakers
5. Audio CDs, tapes, etc., on Petroleum Engineering courses
6. Some disused oil field equipment like stabilizers, centralisers, drilling bits, well head
assembly, gas lift mandrels, etc.
7. Demonstration rigs
8. Demonstration flow stations
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.


820
maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
practice, and standards and specifications in sufficient numbers.

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirements:
Academic m2
Drawing office space (A.I. board) (Per student) 3.70
Non-Academic
821

o
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves
and computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves
Lecturer and computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet and
bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet and bookshelves
822
B. Eng Petrochemical Engineering
Overview
Petrochemical Engineering applies basic principles in chemical and physical sciences to
the development, design, fabrication and construction, operation, control, and
management of plants for the processing of raw materials from petroleum and organic
sources to obtain useful products (chemicals, solvents, adhesives, detergents, plastics,
polymers and fibers, lubricants, fertilizers) for human consumption. Petrochemical
Engineering course includes subjects like Reaction Engineering, Heat Transfer, Mass
Transfer, Fluid Dynamics, Thermodynamics, Transport Phenomena are bridged with special
subjects like Petrochemical Processes, Refinery operations with due weight-age on
Numerical Computation, Process Control, Modeling & Simulation.
Philosophy
The curriculum is designed to prepare the graduates to launch their careers in Nigeria and
overseas. The program is therefore designed to impart sound knowledge in students in
both practical and theoretical senses so that the students can apply related principles
from the sciences in designing equipment and manufacturing of products in a
petrochemical plant, in manufacturing, and oil and gas companies.
Objectives
It is expected that on successful completion of the program, the graduates of the
Petrochemical Engineering program should be able to:
1. apply the basic principles underlying the operation of Petrochemic al Engineering
plants, and processes that occur in the system plants;
2. design, fabricate, model, simulate and optimise chemical technological processes
and further prepare and read engineering drawings and technological schemes;
3. set up and operate small-scale units of their own so that they can be self-
employed;
4. operate, maintain and service Petrochemical Engineering plants;and
5. work safely without hazards and control pollution in any environment.
Employability skills
The program is designed so that graduates from this program can have good
employment opportunities in the following areas:
1. petroleum industry
2. petroleum refineries
3. petrochemical plants
4. soap and detergent industries
5. plastic processing plants
6. pharmaceutical industries
7. research organizations
8. technical sales
9. engineering consultancy
10. environmental consultancy
It is also intended that graduates of this program will be ad equately skilled to be able
to:
1. analyse complex engineering problems, reaching substantiated conclusions by using first
principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences;
823
2. practise engineering design and apply knowledge to design solutions, systems,
components, and processes to meet specified requirements efficiently;
3. execute experimental work effectively, as an individual or in a team in multifaceted and
/or multidisciplinary settings;
4. communicate effectively, orally as well as in writing, on complex engineering activities
with the engineering community and the society at large, such as being able to
comprehend and write effective reports and do documentation, make effective
presentations, and give and receive clear instructions;
5. demonstrate management skills and apply engineering principles to their work, as a
member and/or leader in a team, and manage projects in a multidisciplinary
environment;
6. apply the fundamentals of petrochemical plant design manually and with software;
7. design and prepare an assessment of the economic performance of the proposed plant;
and
8. use modern software to analyse and design Petrochemical Engineering processes.
21st Century Skills

In addition to the sound theoretical concept, the curriculum for CCMAS in Petrochemical
Engineering seeks to emphasize the 21st Century skills in the use of:
2. artificial intelligence (AI);
4. collaboration (teamwork and ethic);
5. communication;
6. learning to learn/metacognition
8. computational thinking.

This programme was compared with the COREN BMAS 2017 and programmes of top global
universities in Petrochemical Engineering at the undergraduate level, noting however that
most universities only offer Petrochemical Engineering at the postgraduate level in the UK
and USA.
The following changes make the program unique:
1. Petroleum Economics & Engineering Management replaced with Engineering Economics
& Management to give room for more petrochemical courses;
2. Core Petrochemical Engineering courses were added to the new curriculum at 300-500-
levels because the old NUC BMAS reflected more Petroleum Engineering courses;
3. The software required by the students which are relevant to the petrochemical industry
were included, and time was allocated on the course structure to teach them alongside
the courses that require the use of software;
4. The final year project was divided into 1unit in the first semester (seminar: defence of
Chapter 1-3 and 6units in the second semester (completion of the project and final
defence);
5. inclusion of animation laboratory where students can watch animation videos (on
several petrochemical plants such as production of polymers, fuel blending,
pyrolysis of seeds to fuel oil. Ethylene glycol, ethylene acetate, production of
sulphuric, phosphoric fertilizers; production of gasoline, naphtha, kerosene, fuel, and
lubricating oils, paraffin wax, asphalt etc.), during their Year 3 SIWES II and write
reports on some of them and defend them;
824
6. inclusion of LabView software on the PCs (LABVIEW Stands for Laboratory Virtual
Instrumentation Engineering Workbench). It is mostly used for automating the usage of
processing and measuring equipment in all the laboratory setups. It is used in the field
of Industrial automation, Instrument control, data acquisition, among others);
7. It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by students to learn how to
use software such as Microsoft Excel, POLYMATH, MATLAB, ASPEN HYSYS, ASPEN
PLUS, CHEMCAD, Scilab etc. to do simple calculations based on the course content
of these courses in the program; and
8. Knowledge of Artificial Neural Network software and DATAFIT for process
optimisation was included.

Admission Requirement

Direct Entry
respectively.
825
Level GST/ENT Basic Faculty Department SIWES Total
Science (GET) (PCE)
100 4 16 3 02 25
200 4 14 02 3 23
300 4 10 10 4 28
400 - 04 8 12
500 5 12 17
Total CCMAS 12 16 32 30 15* 105
* All 15 units of SIWES to be credited in the 2nd Semester of the 400-Level
100 Level
GST 112 Nigerian people’s and 2 C 30 -
culture
I
II
GET 101 Engineering in Society 1 C 15
solid works I
PCE 112 Introduction to -
Petrochemical Engineering 2 C 30
Total 25
826
200 Level
Human Existence
innovation
GET 204 Students workshop 2 C 15 45
experience
thermodynamics
GET 209 Engineering mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and software 3 C 30 45
engineering
PCE 201 Introduction to petro- 2 C 30 30
chemical engineering
calculations
Total 23
300 Level
GST 312 Peace and conflict resolution 2 C 30 -

GET 304 Engineering Communication 3 C 45 -
and Technical Writing
and Technologies
Learning and Convergent
Technologies
GET 399 SIWES II: Supervised 4 C 12 weeks
Industrial Work Experience
PCE 301 Chemical Thermodynamics 2 C 30

PCE 302 Chemical Reaction Kinetics 2 C 30 -
and catalysis
PCE 303 Unit Operations of 2 C 30 -
Petrochemical Engineering
plant I
PCE 304 Unit Operations in 2 C 30 -
Petrochemical plant II
PCE 305 Fundamentals of Petroleum 2 E 30 -
Engineering
PCE 306 Petrochemical Engineering 1 E - 45
Laboratory I
Total 28
827
400 Level
Code
PCE 401 Petroleum Refining 2 C 30 -

PCE 403 Petrochemical Engineering Process 2 C 30 -
Analysis
PCE 405 Instrumentation and Process 2 E 30 -
Control in Petrochemical Plant
PCE 407 Chemical Reaction Engineering in 2 E 30 -
Petrochemical plant 1
PCE 409 Heat and Mass Transfer 2 E 30
PCE 411 Process Design of Petrochemical 2 E 30 -
Plant I
PCE 413 Petrochemical Engineering 1 E - 45
Laboratory III
(6 months in a Petrochemical
plant)
Total 12
Note:
It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by students to learn how to use
software such as CHEMCAD, HYSYS for simple calculations based on the contents of
these courses
SIWES Courses

Total 15
* All SIWES to be credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-level.
500 Level
Course Cod Course Title Units Status LH PH
Management
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 R 30 -
PCE 501 Petrochemical & Organic 2 C 15 45
Synthesis I
PCE 502 Process Design in 3 E 45 -
Petrochemical plant II
PCE 503 Chemical Reaction 2 C 30 -
828
Engineering in Petrochemical
plant II
PCE 504 Petrochemical and Organic 2 C 30 -
Synthesis II
PCE 505 Research Methods and 1 C - 45
Seminar
PCE 506 Final Year Project 3 C - 130
5
PCE 507 Process Dynamics and control 2 C 30 -
in Petrochemical plant
Total 17
Note:
software such as CHEMCAD, HYSYS for simple calculations based on the contents of
these courses
modelling software such as MATLAB, POLYMATH, microsoft excel etc, for simp le
calculations based on the contents of these courses.

100 Level
Learning Outcomes

Course Contents
829
Learning Outcomes
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
Course Contents
830
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mixtures;
831
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
832
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, venn diagrams. Real
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
833
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
834
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
835
PCE 112: Introduction to Petrochemical Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify a petrochemical plant and explain the functions of the petrochemical engineer
in the plant;
2. identify facilities in petrochemical plant, draw simple petrochemical process flow charts
and process symbols;
3. apply the concept of units and dimensions, measurement and apply them in different
systems;
4. analyses pressure, temperature, volume data; and
5. carry out simple calculations on ideal gas laws, real gas relationships, vapour
pressure, saturation, and humidity, chemical equations and stoichiometry,
andcombustion reactions.
Course Contents
Description of petrochemical plant and a petrochemical engineer. Raw materials for the
petrochemical industry and examples of petrochemicals; the importance of petrochemical to
the nation. Ancillary facilities in petrochemical plant; Petrochemical Engineering process flow
charts, and process symbols. The concept of units and dimensions: the concept and basis of
measurement and analysis of pressure, temperature, volume, and other parameters. Basic
definitions: chemical equations and stoichiometry. Combustion. Ideal gas laws. Real
gas relationships. Vapour pressure, saturation, and humidity.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
836
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
837
Course Contents
principles.
Learning Outcomes
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first,
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
838
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
numbers;
839
Course Contents
GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units: C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
Course Content
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
840
Course Contents

PCE 201: Introduction to Petrochemical Engineering Calculations

Learning Outcomes
1. formulate and solve closed steady-state material balances on multi-stage systems with
and without a recycle and purge;
2. formulate and solve closed steady-state material balances on multi-stage systems that
include single and multiple chemical reactions;
3. formulate and solve closed steady-state material balances on multi-stage systems that
include complete and incomplete conversions;
4. formulate and solve problems involving species and elements for reacting and non-
reacting systems;
5. formulate and solve Energy balances; and
6. formulate and solve combined material and energy balances for simple petrochemical
units.
software such as CHEMCAD, HYSYS for simple calculations based on the content of this
course.
Course contents
Analysis of material balances for multiple systems. Analysis of material balances problems
with direct solutions. Material balances using algebraic techniques control surface and stage
balances for open and closed systems. Problems involving species and elements for reacting
and non-reacting systems. Material balances in process flow sheets. Energy balances
procedures, energy balances for reactive and non-reactive processes, heat capacity.
Calculation and enthalpy changes, without change of phase and for phase transitions.
The heat of reaction combined mass and energy systems for steady-state and unsteady-
state processes. Computer-aided combined mass and energy balance calculations.
300 Level
Learning Outcomes
841
peace building.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
Course Contents
842
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
843
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents


Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
844
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
foundations of “ai”.; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition;
distributed systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent
deep learning. Introduction to python “ai” libraries.
Learning Outcomes
careers;,
empirical models;
Course Contents
845

design project.

3. part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
PCE 301: Chemical Thermodynamics (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning outcomes
1. apply first, second and third law to ideal and real gases;
2. calculate heat requirements for reacting and non-reacting systems;
3. apply the concept of fugacity and its application to processes; and
4. apply thermodynamic principles to chemical, phase equilibrium, and electrochemical
processes.
Course Contents
First law and the energetics of chemical reactions. Second law, calculation of entropy
changes. Definitions of thermodynamic potentials. Heat of mixing. Fugacity, free
energy and work function. Chemical potentials and affinity of reactions. Equilibrium in
chemical reaction systems. Equilibrium constant of a reaction. Third law. Thermal data.
thermodynamics of electrochemical cells. Work production from chemically reacting
systems. Phase relations and thermodynamics of solutions. Equilibrium in
heterogeneous reactions.
PCE 302: Chemical Reaction Kinetics and Catalysis (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. develop rate expressions for different chemical reactors;
2. determine reaction order and activation energy;
846
3. apply the theories of reaction rates and their application to petrochemical
processes; and
4. formulate the different catalytic reactions, their kinetics and applications in
petrochemical processes;
* It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by the students to learn how to
use software such as CHEMCAD, HYSYS for simple calculations based on the contents
of this course
Course Contents
Rate expressions for chemical reactions law of mass action. Constant volume
reversible, irreversible, parallel and consecutive reactions. Reaction order and its
determination. Variable volume reactions Arrhenius equation and activation energy.
The theories of reaction rates, especially the collision theory and theory of absolute
reaction rates. Homogeneous and heterogeneous catalytic reactions and their kinetics.
Kinetics of electrochemical processes. Equilibria in ionic solutions.
PCE 303: Unit Operations Petrochemical Plant I (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the principles of separation processes;
2. explain the characteristics, applications and rating problems relative to the unit
operations mentioned in the course content for steady and unsteady state, batch and
continuous, stage- continuous contact operations;
3. discuss the regimes for the flow in tubes and pipes, Bernoulli's equation, pressure drops,
pumps, elements of external flow (Stokes' and Newton's law); and
4. apply the different methods of solid-liquid separation using the units’ operations listed in
the course content;
* It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by students to learn how to use
software such as CHEMCAD, HYSYS for simple calculations based on the content of
this course.
Course Contents
The basic concept of unit operations in a petrochemical plant. Elementary
technological review of the importance of unit operations in the chemical industry.
Steady and unsteady state, batch and continuous, stage- continuous contact
operations. Size reduction. Types of crushers, their operation and theory of design.
Particle classification/drag forces on rigid bodies, drag coefficients, setting velocity and
Stoke’s law. Classification of solids. Centrifugal separation. Cyclones and centrifuges.
Electrical separation. Mixing of solids and fluids. Filtration. Packed and fluidised bed
systems; their applications. Drying and humidification.
PCE 304: Unit Operations in Petrochemical plant II (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain and analyse vapor-liquid equilibria;
2. construct vapor-liquid equilibrium curves;
3. explain and analyse distillation process; and
4. prepare material balance for single, flash and binary multistage distillation column;
5. calculate ideal equilibrium stage for binary mixtures using different methods;
847
6. carry out bubble and dew point calculations for multicomponent mixtures;
7. explain and analyse liquid-liquid equilibria;
8. solve problems involving single-stage liquid-liquid equilibrium extraction;
9. solve problems involving continuous multistage counter-current liquid-liquid extraction
and leaching; and
10. discuss and apply the theory of crystallization in mono-and multi-systems, crystal
growth, dialysis, and reverse osmosis.
* It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by the students to learn how to
use software such as CHEMCAD, HYSYS for simple calculations based on the content
of this course.
Course Contents
Vapour-liquid equilibrium and distillation. Distillation equipment. Multicomponent
distillation. Vacuum distillation and steam stripping. Azeotropic and extraction
distillation. Liquid-liquid extraction, leaching, theory of crystallization in mono-and
multi-systems. Crystal growth. Dialysis. Reverse osmosis.
PCE 305: Fundamentals of Petroleum Engineering (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be to:
1. discuss exploration methods, drilling rigs, bits, and fluids;
2. explain on-shore and off-shore drilling processes;
3. explicate well completion, logging and production.
4. test the quality of petroleum products; and
5. elucidate store and transport petroleum products.
Course Contents
Origin and occurrence of petroleum and gas. Oil exploration methods. Drilling rigs and
drilling bits. Blow out preventers and drilling fluids. Finishing techniques. On-shore and
Off-shore drillings. Well completion. Logging. Petroleum production. The secondary
method of petroleum recovery; surface operations in petroleum production.
Stabilisation of petroleum. Oil, gas and water separation. Basic tests on petroleum
quality. Petroleum transportation and storage.
PCE 306: Petrochemical Engineering Laboratory I (1 Units E: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. work safely in the laboratory and write reports on all the experiments the students
carried out in the lab; and
2. apply and explain the importance of all the experiments carried out in the lab listed in
the course content in the Petrochemical industry.
Course Contents
Safety precautions and experimental report writing. Analysis of Experimental Error in
Research and Data Presentation; particle distribution and sieve analysis; density, specific
gravity, pH measurement in different solutions. Sampling of solids; determination of flash
point of petroleum and fuel oil and related materials. Determination of viscosity of petroleum
and fuel oil using redwood viscometer. Determination of particle and bulk density.
Determination of pour points of petroleum products and related materials. Measurement of
848
molecular weight; refractive index using Abbey refractometer; ASTM Distillation; aniline
point determination; the Nitrogen content of soil, water and other materials. Softening point
of bitumen and petroleum products. Measurement of surface tension and Reid vapour
pressure. Evaporation and boiling point and simple distillation processes.
PCE 307: Petrochemical Engineering Laboratory II (1 Units C: PH 45)
Learning Outcome
1. work safely in the laboratory and write reports on all the experiments carried out in the
lab; and
2. demonstrate the importance and applications of all the experiments carried out in the
lab listed in the course content above to the petrochemical industry.
Course Contents
Pressure drops in pipes. Sedimentation and thickening. Filtration, crushing, grinding and
mixing. Batch heating of the liquid in tanks. Leaching, liquid-liquid extraction, drying,
desorption and adsorption, integral and differential methods of analysis of laboratory kinetic
data. Application of half-life method for determination of reaction order and rate constant.
Heterogeneous reaction: cation and anion exchange capacity
400 Level
Learning Outcomes
and
Course Contents
849
PCE 401: Petroleum Refining I (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate how a petroleum refinery works and sketch a flow diagram that integrates
all refining processes and the resulting refinery products;
2. examine how each refinery process works and how physical and chemical principles are
applied to achieve the objectives of each refinery process listed in the course content;
3. produce grease and bitumen; and
4. enumerate the safety rules and combat environmental issues in the refinery.
Course Contents
Catalytic cracking and hydrocracking. Lubricating oil properties. Manufacture of
lubricating oils. De-asphalting, phenol and furfural extraction, dewaxing, clay treatment
and hydro-finishing processes. Grease production. Refinery layout. Safety rules.
Environmental protection in the petroleum refinery. Manufacture of bitumen.
PCE 403: Petrochemical Engineering Process Analysis, and Optimization
(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. apply mathematical methods in solving problems involving Petrochemical
Engineering processes listed in the course content;
2. apply numerical methods in solving problems involving Petrochemical Engineering
processes listed in the course content;
3. describe optimization theory and its applications to petrochemical processes;
4. model material and energy flows around reacting and non-reacting systems using an
appropriate modelling software package;
5. define and solve engineering problems and formulate suitable strategies for problem
solutions; and
6. Apply knowledge of Artificial Neural Network software and DATAFIT in process
optimization.
* It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by the students to learn how to use
software such as Microsoft excel, POLYMATH, (MATLAB is a computing language and
interactive environment for data visualisation, algorithm development, data analysis, and
full of numeric computation) for simple calculations based on the content of this course.
Course Contents
Review of elementary theorems and operations on vectors and matrices. Application
to Petrochemical Engineering stage processes including rectification, multicomponent
distillation, staged absorbers, complex monomolecular kinetics, stirred tank s
reactions and stage dynamics. Review of solutions of the standard form of differential
equations including series solutions. Green’s functions. Formulation of simple and
complex chemical engineering problems and their solutions. Numerical methods for
solving linear and non-linear equations, ordinary and partial differential equations.
Iterative procedures. Optimization techniques.
850
PCE 405: Instrumentation and Process Control in Petrochemical plant
(2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning outcomes:
1. explain the basic principles and importance of process control in industrial process
plants;
2. specify the required instrumentation and final elements to ensure that well -tuned
control is achieved;
3. explain the use of block diagrams and the mathematical basis for the design of
control systems;
4. explain different control modes and their application in controlling various processes;
5. explain the working of electric, hydraulic and pneumatic controllers;
6. demonstrate the workings and application of the different types of actuators and
control valves;
7. explain the importance and application of good instrumentation for efficient design
of process control loops for process engineering plants; and
8. draw a PID (Process and Instrumentation Diagram) and devise simple but effective
plant wide control strategies using appropriate heuristics.
* The students should learn how to use instrumentation software, ( LABVIEW, PDMS)
Scilab (is a numerical computation package that is very important in instrumentation and
control engineering.) to solve problems exposed to them in the course content.
Course Contents
Process measurement. Pressure, force, level, flow, temperature, humidity density,
viscosity. Primary element calibration. Signals nozzles, baffle and relay principles,
balancing principles. Transmitters. Controller and valve actions and mechanism s.
Control responses: on-off, proportional, automatic, reset, pre-act, 3-ter, gap control.
Automatic controllers and inter-linked instruments. Concept of control loops. Ratio,
Cascade, spilt range, override, and point, time cycle and forward feed controlle rs.
Instrument error and recognition of faults.
PCE 407: Chemical Reaction Engineering in Petrochemical plant I

(2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes:
1. calculate conversion and extent values for different systems;
2. calculates extent and conversion values for constant volume systems;
3. develop performance equations for different types of reactors listed above using
mass balances;
4. develop chemical reaction kinetics equations for different reactors and apply it to
some Petrochemical plants;
5. develop design equations for reactors listed above; and
6. generate reaction constants.
* It is expected that 2hrs very week should be used by students to learn how to use
software such as CHEMCAD, ASPEN HYSYS for simple calculations based on the
content of this course.
851
Course Contents
Classification of reactors. Chemical kinetics as applied to batch and continuous
reactors a single ideal reactor. Steady-state mixed and plugs flow reactors. Holding
time for flow systems. Design equations for single conversion of the reactor. The
batch reactor, mixed versus plug flow reactors. Reactors in series and in parallel
Recycle reactors.
PCE 409: Heat and Mass transfer (Transport Phenomena) (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. enumerate the modes of heat transfer and their applications;
2. apply heat and mass transfer principles to steady-state and, unsteady-state processes;
3. determine overall transfer coefficient;
4. apply heat and mass transfer principles to heat exchangers, conductors and dryer; and
5. differentiate between heat, mass and momentum.
Course Contents
Basic laws of heat and mass transfer processes, and their relationships. Models of heat
transfer, general heat conduction equation, steady-state conduction, unsteady heat transfer
by convection, natural and forced, laminar and turbulent. Heat transfer by radiation,
fundamentals of black and Gray bodies, combined models of heat transfer, radiation
exchange between surfaces. Applications to heat exchangers, conductors and dryers.
Dimensional analysis and heat transfer by convection. Analogy between heat, mass
transfer. Reynold’s analogy. Chilton–Colburn analogy. Analogy between heat, mass
and momentum, measurement, calculation and production of heat and mass transfer
coefficients. Mass transfer fundamentals, diffusion and convection mass transfer. steady-
state and unsteady mass transfer
PCE 411: Process Design of Petrochemical plant I (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning outcomes
1. enumerate the fundamentals of process plant design;
2. carry out material and energy balance of a simple unit manually and using Computer
software packages;
3. apply the criteria and procedures for equipment selection and sizing in design of
distillation, absorber, adsorption column;
4. prepare a comprehensive basic engineering design report manually and use computer
software packages;
5. design and prepare an assessment of the economic performance of the Petrochemical
plant manually and use computer software packages; and
6. carry out the mechanical design of columns including foundation and supporting
structures.
software such as CHEMCAD, HYSYS to do simple Calculations based on the content of
this course.
852
Course Contents
The general scope of design. Factors influencing the cost of products. Process
evaluation. Block diagrams. Mass and energy balances. Process flowsheets. Flowsheet
symbols, engineering flowsheets symbols, engineering flowsheets, mechanical flow
diagram, utility flowsheets. Presentation and discussion of real design problems. Design
codes and standards, design information and databases. Computer software packages
(Aspen Hysys, PV Elite, Chem Cad). Selection between packed and plate towers and
column internals. Detailed design procedures for distillation, extraction and absorption
and costing. the applicability of these methods to vacuum and high-pressure operation.
Mechanical design of columns including foundation and supporting structures.
PCE 413: Petrochemical Engineering Laboratory III (1 Unit E: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate knowledge and skills regarding HSE in the chemical laboratory;
2. show the importance and applications of all the experiments carried out in the
laboratory as listed in the course content;
3. verify theoretical and experimental knowledge by planning and executing experiments in
the laboratory; and
4. work both independently and in a group in the laboratory and document the results
obtained through writing of laboratory reports.
Course Contents
HSE in the chemical laboratory gas analysis, Maleic Diene value of dry oil. Calibration of
instruments. Practical demonstration of a control loop for pneumatic and electronic
instrumentation. Vapour-Liquid equilibrium. Continuous (rectification) distillation
crystallization. Determination of saponification and unsaponification matter in fats. Solubility
of solids. Absorption using Packed column. Fluidization Engineering, film and drop
condensate. Heat exchangers.
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
853
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
PCE 501: Petrochemicals and Organic Synthesis I (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. apply fundamental skills in performing synthesis of organic compounds listed in the
course content above;
2. apply fundamental skills in the isolation and purification of products of organic synthesis
reactions listed in the course content above;
3. can prepare a flow diagram and identify critical/important points in an organic synthesis
procedure of the process listed above; and
4. can prepare reaction schemes using the appropriate software.
854
Course Contents
Raw materials and their processing techniques for ethylene, acetylene, synthesis gas,
and liquid hydrocarbons; properties of olefins, thermo-dynamic stability of
hydrocarbons, olefin production; use of polymerization reactions, raw materials from
aromatic hydrocarbon, chlorination, nitration, oxidation, hydrogenation aromatization,
isomerization reactions. Synthesis on basis of acetylene, carbon monoxide, and
synthesis gas.
PCE 502: Process Design of Petrochemical plants II (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. manually design and scale-up jacketed vessels and shell-and-tube heat exchangers;
2. use pinch analysis to targeting minimum energy requirement for a process;
3. design heat exchanger networks with minimum energy target;
4. use computer-aided process design;
5. scale-up pumps and pipe networks
6. design and carry out plant layouts using computer software; and
7. design in group simple petrochemical plant with manual and computer software;
software such as CHEMCAD, HYSYS for simple calculations based on the content of
this course.
Course Contents
Reasons for scale-up and basic principles. Heat exchanger system. Design and scale-up
of jacketed vessels and shell-and-tube heat exchangers. Fluid flow system: scale-up of
pumps and pipe networks for laminar and turbulent flow Liquid-mixing systems.
General principles of scale-up and the use of pilot plant data. Optimization of plant
dimensions, operating conditions, and the economics of alternatives. Plant layout of
petrochemical plant. Design codes and standards, design information, and databases for
heat exchanger designs. Plant Costing. Computer software packages required (ASPEN
HYSYS, ASPEN PLUS, PV ELITE).
PRE: PCE 413
PCE 503: Chemical Reaction Engineering II (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. calculate conversion for different systems listed above;
2. develop performance equations for different types of reactors above using mass
balances;
3. calculates different design parameters for parallel reactions and series reactions;
4. investigate the effect of temperature on reactor design and reaction parameters;
5. calculate enthalpy of reactions using given feed and product specifications;
6. calculate amounts of heat to be supplied or removed from a reactor;
7. develop design equations for reactors listed above;
software such as CHEMCAD, ASPEN, HYSYS, etc, for simple calculations based on the
content of this course.
855
Course Contents
Design for multiple reactions: reactions in parallel and series. Extensions and
applications of series-parallel reactions. Temperature and pressure effects. Design of
fluid-particle reactors. Chemical reaction control and gas film diffusion control
processes. Fluidized bed reactors. Slurry reaction Kinetics. Design of fluid – reactors.
Solid catalysed reactors. Design of staged adiabatic packed bed reactors, and fluidised
bed reactors. PREG. PCE 409.
PCE 504: Petrochemicals & Organic Synthesis II (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. apply fundamental skills in performing synthesis of organic compounds in the course
content;
2. apply the fundamental skills in the isolation and purification of products of organic
synthesis reactions listed in the course content;
3. prepare a flow diagram and identify critical/important points in an organic synthesis
procedure listed in the course content; and
4. prepare reaction schemes using the appropriate software.
Course Contents
Raw materials and their processing techniques for halogenation of paraffins, methane,
ethane, olefins, ethylene liquid and gaseous phase halogenation processes.
Chlorination products of olefins; methylchloride, synthetic fibers, glue and plastics,
vinyl chloride from acetylene, freezers, and antifreezes; hydrolysis, hydration,
dehydration esterification processes in the production of solvents, plastification
synthetic lubricants, complex organic ethers – monomer for polymerization reactions,
oxidation of paraffin and olefins; ethylene oxide and some higher oxides of
hydrocarbons synthesis of Amides; condensation of aldehydes with olefins: synthesis of
isoprene synthesis of rubber. PREQ PCE 501.
PCE 505: Research Method and Seminar (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At of the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define research;
2. enumerate its characteristics and types;
3. explain its process;
4. formulate research problem, objective;
5. construct research tool and questionnaire;
6. analysis data gotten from research for the extraction of useful information for
knowledge generation;
7. distinguish between engineering research proposal and other research proposals;
8. cost engineering research proposals;
9. learn how to write and differentiate a proposal and seminar from a research project;
10. write a written report as well as an oral PowerPoint presentation for the purpose of
seminar which should be held at the department and for which the students should be
graded;
11. write and present the chapter 1-3 of their project on PowerPoint in the first semester;
and
12. defend the written and presented chapters.
856
Course Contents
Definition of research, characteristics of research; types of research; the research process;
formulating the research problem; considerations in selecting a research problem; reviewing
the literature; procedure for reviewing the literature; formulation of objectives; preparing
the research design; consideration for the research design; guidelines to construct a
research tool; constructing a questionnaire; piloting the questionnaire; collecting data;
ethical issues concerning research participants; ethical issues relating to the researcher;
processing and analyzing data; the data processing operations; data analyzing methods;
generalization and interpretation of the results; reporting the findings; writing research
project report format; general attributes of a research proposal; what distinguishes an
engineering research proposal; components of a research proposal; costing an engineering
research proposal. The course is designed for final year students who will be required to
make seminar presentations. Emphasis here is on how to write an introduction, literature
review, methodology, results, and discussion as well as the derivation and/or development
of relevant mathematical models and procedures. APA referencing style will also be
discussed.
PCE 506: Final Year Project (3 Units C: PH 135)
Learning Outcomes
1. independently design and carry out experimental and correlational research that yields
valid results;
2. analyze complex engineering problems, reaching substantiated conclusions using first
principles of mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences;
3. practice engineering design cycle and apply knowledge to design solutions, systems,
components and processes in order to meet specified requirements efficiently;
4. carry out experimental work effectively, as an individual or in a team on multifaceted
and/or multidisciplinary settings;
5. communicate effectively, orally as well as in writing, on complex engineering activities
with the engineering community and with society at large, such as being able to
comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective
presentations using PowerPoint;
6. demonstrate management skills and apply engineering principles to one’s work, as a
member and/or leader in a team;
7. to manage projects in a multidisciplinary environment; and
8. write and present the chapters 1-5 of their projects on PowerPoint in the second
semester and defend it before an external examiner.
Course Contents
Individual research project to be supervised by academic staff. The project should
focus on solving national and industrial problems. Topics should be given to the
students in the first semester but the project when completed should be finally graded
in the second semester to enable them to prepare their proposal (chapters 1-3) for
technical writing in the first semester.
PCE 507: Process Dynamics and Control of Petrochemical plants

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. evaluate models and do an appreciation of their use in chemical engineering;
857
2. create mathematical models for processes governed by equilibrium, conservation
(e.g., mass, momentum, and energy), transport, and kinetic;
3. develop models of representative chemical and/or physical processes from the first
principle;
4. discern the difference between steady-state and non-steady-state behavior;
5. demonstrate an appreciation of the importance of dynamics in pr ocess design and
operation;
6. analyse feed-forward, feed-back, and PID control of systems;
7. analyse the behaviour of linear dynamic systems;
8. show how block diagrams may be used and manipulated to represent relatively
complex systems; and
9. use appropriate software tools (e.g., MATLAB Control Toolbox & Simulink) for the
modeling of plant dynamics and the design of well-tuned control loops.
* It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by students to learn how to
use software for simple calculations based on the content of this course.
Course Contents
Introduction to process dynamics and control; review of mathematical tools needed for
modeling and simulation. Process dynamics: review of Laplace transforms. Transient
behavior of I5', 2nd, and higher-order systems. Components of a control system; operation
and design. Basic control actions, valves. Transfer functions. Use of block diagrams.
Systems response to the impulse. Step and sinusoidal inputs. Derivation of dynamics
equations for simple instruments-thermometers, liquid level, and manometer. Dynamic
equations for control of simple models-mixing vessels, single CSTR and CSTR in series,
PFR. Distillation and absorbers columns; Stability analysis/frequency response analysis;
design of feedback controllers based on transient response criteria; design of feedback
controllers-based on frequency response criteria. Design of model-based controllers such as
IMC, DMC etc. Applications of control to petrochemical plants PREG.
Equipment
List of Laboratories/Workshops and Some Equipment/ Instruments/ Tools
Expected in them
Unit Operation Laboratory

Batch Drying Unit, liquid-solid Rotary Filtration Unit; Spray Dryer, Wetted Disc Absorption
Column, Apex Drier, Vacuum Distillation Unit, Double Effect Evaporator, Drying Ovens, Tray
Drier Unit, Packed Tower Gas/Liquid Unit. Fluidized Bed Unit Distillation Unit Solid/Liquid
Extraction Unit, Batch Reactor Assembly, Starch Hydrolyzing and Distillation Unit
Process Development /Petroleum testing Laboratory

Analytical equipment: viscosimeters, hydrometers, colorimeter, moisture balance,
refractometer, pH meter, conductivity meter, flash and cloud point apparatus, fluid bed
dryer, autoclave, cutting mill, vacuum pump, weighing balance, bomb and colorimeter,
Soxhlet extractor, automated pressure, automated pH control process, automated
temperature.
Process rig, gas chromatograph, atomic absorption spectroscopy AAS, scanning electron
microscope.
858
Reaction, catalysis, and petrochemical analysis laboratory
Gyratory shaker, stuart with accessory, laboratory oven, water bath, rotary evaporator,
autoclave, centrifuge, liquid chemical reactor reaction vessel with pressure gauge, vacuum
pump, batch reactors, reaction distillation unit, electric heating mantle and electromagnetic
stirrer, burettes, pipette, beakers, laboratory chemicals.
Computer/Animation Laboratory
The computer laboratory should have at least 50 PCs and at least three petrochemical
engineering software (ASPEN HYSYS packages, CHEMCAD, POYMATH, MATLAB) plus
AutoCAD installed. Animation videos on several petrochemical plants such as the
production of polymers. Fuel blending, pyrolysis of seeds to fuel oil. Ethylene glycol,
ethylene acetate, production of sulphuric, phosphoric fertilizers . Production of gasoline,
naphtha, kerosene, fuel, and lubricating oils, paraffin wax, asphalt etc.
Inclusion of LabView software on the PCs. (LABVIEW Stands for Laboratory Virtual
Instrumentation Engineering Workbench). It is mostly used for automating the usage of
processing and measuring equipment in all the laboratory setup. It is used in the field of
industrial automation, instrument control, data acquisition and more).
Inclusion of SCILAB software (SCILAB is a numerical computation package that is very
important in instrumentation and control engineering. It is also used in data analysis, signal
processing, simulation of fluid dynamics and image enhancement).
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.



859
maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
The following are the NUC requirements for various physical spaces:
Academic m2
Drawing office space (A.O. Board) (per student) 4.60
Drawing office space (A.I. Board) (per student) 3.70
Non-academic
Office Facilities
Room
computer unit.
860
B. Eng Petroleum and Gas Engineering
Overview
The Petroleum and Gas (Oil and Gas) Engineering curriculum is designed to provide the
student with the strong foundation in science and engineering needed by petroleum and
other related industries engaged in exploitation of oil and natural gas resources from
underground reservoirs. The curriculum blends the natural sciences (mathematics, physics,
chemistry and geology), the engineering science (thermodynamics, mechanics, dynamics,
hydraulics and strength of materials), and information technology skill to create a
programme that is relevant in solving the diverse problems in the oil and gas industry.
The programme covers the fundamentals of petroleum engineering science and technology,
including the flow of fluids, drilling and production operations separation processes, unit
processes, inorganic and organic chemical equilibrium, and economics. The programme
prepares students for engineering duties in the petroleum industry as well as related
chemical process industry.
Philisophy
To achieve national goals and objectives of industrialisation and self-reliance in the energy
sector, producing competent graduates in petroleum and gas (oil and gas) engineering with
high academic standard and adequate practical background is needed to meet the
manpower requirement and the short and long-term uncertainties associated with the
energy industry.
The philosophy of the program is to train and produce competent graduates in petroleum
and gas (oil and gas) engineering with high academic standard and adequate practical
background needed to meet the manpower requirement and the short and long-term
uncertainties associated with the energy industry and achieve national goals and objectives
of industrialisation and self-reliance in the energy sector.
Objectives
The objectives of the programme in Petroleum and Gas (Oil and Gas) Engineering are to:
1. train professional candidates capable of applying engineering principles and practices for
the safe and efficient exploration, development, production, transportation and
management of petroleum resources;
2. train engineers who can design processes and machines, manufacture, utilise and
maintain oilfield equipment for exploitation of the earth’s petroleum resources in an
environmentally safe and efficient manner;
3. train professionals who will be able to integrate key science and engineering principles to
address the technological challenges of the petroleum and natural gas industry;
4. make graduates exercise original thought, have good professional judgment and be able
to take responsibility for the direction of important tasks;
5. enable graduates to manage people, funds, materials and equipment; and
6. improve on indigenous technology to enhance local problems-solving capability.

The unique features of the new Petroleum and Gas (Oil and Gas) Engineering programme
are as follows:
1. There is emphasis on outcome-based education with clearly defined course content and
learning objectives.
861
2. Workload is reduced to give room for independent learning and creativity.
3. The core engineering programme is enhanced with the introduction of courses like
Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, Convergent Technologies, Data Analytic and
Renewable Energy Resources which are important in a modern-day society.
4. The computer programming course is now streamlined to be on modern programming
languages instead of the old FORTRAN.
5. Introduction of a course on entrepreneurship in the oil and gas industry will be an eye
entrepreneurship course taught as a General Studies course.
6. The refined SIWES programme will ensure that relevant practical experience is acquired
by the students before graduation.
7. There is more field exposure with the introduction of field trips in courses like
Introduction to Oil and Gas Industry and Petroleum Geology.
8. The final-year project and Research Methods are lumped together and to be started in
methodology before the beginning of the second semester.
9. The robust course content of our communication course will help our engineers write
better report and make good presentations.
Graduates of this Petroleum and Gas (Oil and Gas) Engineering Program will have sufficient
science, engineering and programming knowledge that they can easily adapt to working in
any engineering outfit. Particularly, they should have good understanding of oil and gas
business to be employed as:
4. Petroleum Economists
5. Oil and gas research Engineers
1. Reservoir management
2. Mud logging
3. Electric and slickline companies
4. Pipeline companies
5. Oil and gas facility management
6. PVT laboratory
21st Century Skills

1. Software development and application skill;
2. Learning to learn/metacognition;
3. Creativity and innovation;
4. Artificial intelligence and data analytic skill;
5. Critical thinking/problem-solving/decision making skill;
6. Entrepreneurship skill;
7. Communication skill; and
8. Collaboration (teamwork).
862
Admission Requirement

Direct Entry
respectively.
admitted through UTME and 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students
863
Year GST/ENT Basic GET PGE SIWES Total

Science Units
100 4 18 3 2 - 27
200 4 - 23 - 3 30
300 4 - 15 10 4 33
400 - - - - 8 08
500 - - 5 5 - 10
12 18 46 29 (15)* 105
100 Level
Solid Mechanics I
PGE 101 Introduction to Petroleum 2 C
and Gas Industry with Field 15 45
Trip
Total 27
200 Level

Innovation
Existence

GET 204 Students’ Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
864
Mechanics
Thermodynamics

Engineering
Experience Scheme
Total 30
300 Level
Presentation
Data Analytics
and Technologies
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial 3 C 45
Learning and Conver-gent
Technologies
PGE 301 Rock and Fluid Properties 3 C 45 -
PGE 302 Petroleum Engineering Lab 1 2 C - 45
PGE 303 Drilling and Well Design I 3 C 45 -
PGE 304 Fundamentals of Reservoir 2 C 30 -
Engineering
PGE 305 Oil and Gas Production 2 E 30 -
Engineering I
PGE 306 Gas Instrumentation 3 E - 45
Laboratory
Experience Scheme
Total 33
400 Level
PGE 401 Entrepreneurship and 2 E 30 -
Startup/Oil and Gas Business
Project
865
PGE 403 Natural Gas Engineering 3 E 45
Experience Scheme
Total 8
SIWES Courses
GET 499 SIWES III: SIWES 8 C 24 weeks
Total 15*
* All credited in 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
GET 501 Project Management 3 C 45 -
PGE 501 Natural Gas Handling, 2 C 30 -
Processing and Safety
PGE 502 Transportation and Pipeline 3 C 30 -
Technology
PGE 504 Natural Gas Utilisation and 2 E 30 -
Monetisation Concepts
Total 10

100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
866
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
867
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
868
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
869
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, venn diagrams. Real
Learning Outcomes
870
continuity;
continuity;
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
871
under gravity.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
872
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
PGE 101: Introduction to Petroleum and Gas Industry (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. discuss the principles and operation of the three geophysical methods (magnetic,
gravimetric and seismic) employed for oil and gas exploration activities;
2. describe the origin, formation, migration and entrapment of petroleum, oil and gas
windows and conditions necessary for accumulation or entrapment.
3. describe oil and gas well drilling operations;
4. distinguish between oil and gas reservoirs by basic conditions, using the phase
diagram;
5. appreciate oil and gas production, processing and transportation systems;
6. explain unconventional sources of natural gas and be aware of the well logs
combination that could aid in the delineation of shale gas reservoirs.
Course Contents
Geophysical methods of petroleum exploration. Principles of petroleum geology. Drilling for
oil and gas: Oil and gas reservoir; oil and gas production; oil and gas processing; oil and gas
transportation. Unconventional Sources; shale gas, gas hydrates, coalbed methane, landfill
and biogas technology.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
873
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
Course Contents
874

Course contents
Learning Outcomes
solutions;
polymers;
natural);
Course Contents
875
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
principles.
876
Learning Outcomes
flow in pipes;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
and third laws;
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
877
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

numbers;
878
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
879
Course Contents

300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
880
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
881
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
technology);
882
Course Contents
.
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents

883

Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
deep learning. Introduction to python “AI” libraries.
Learning Outcomes
careers;,
empirical models;
884
Course Contents

design project.

PGE 301: Rock and Fluid Properties (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. recognise reservoir forming rock types (sandstone and carbonate), their textures and
pore structures;
2. handle and prepare cores according to standard core handling procedures;
3. define porosity, discuss the factors which affect porosity, and describe the methods of
determining the values of porosity;
4. explain the thermodynamic behaviour and phase equilibria of reservoir rock and fluids;
5. describe methods of determining fluid saturations in reservoir rock and show relationship
between fluid saturation and capillary pressure;
885
6. demonstrate the techniques of averaging porosity, permeability and reservoir pressure
data;
7. appreciate the chemical and physical properties of the different reservoir fluids;
8. use reservoir phase behaviour to analyse reservoir fluid characteristics; and
9. explain fundamental concepts in the determination and evaluation of fluid properties.
Course Contents
Composition and porosity of reservoir rock. Darcy’s law and the concept of permeability and
relative permeability; capillary phenomena, surface tension forces, wettability,
compressibility and static distribution of fluids. Electric conductivity; chemical, physical and
thermodynamic properties of underground fluid. Gas laws. Behavior of liquid. Phase
equilibrium. Viscosities of hydrocarbons. Uses of fluid properties in reservoir engineering.
Rock and fluid property correlations.
Laboratory
The laboratory section is based on materials covered in this course, including coring and
core analysis, determination of petrophysical properties such as porosity, permeability, water
saturation, gas formation volume factor, etc. (I Unit).
PGE 302: Petroleum Engineering Laboratory 1 (3 Units C: PH 135)
Learning Outcomes
1. analyze drill cuttings;
2. determine the lithology of a given formation;
3. determine rock properties (porosity, permeability, fluid saturations, capillary pressure
curves and others) and fluid properties (bubble point pressure, dew point pressure and
oil formation volume)
Course Contents
Analysis of drill cuttings. Determination of lithology. Determination of porosity. Fluid
saturations. Capillary Pressure. Permeability; electrical properties, effective permeability and
relative permeability. Physical properties of petroleum and its products. Gravity. Viscosity.
Surface tension. Thermodynamic behavior of naturally-occurring hydrocarbon mixtures.
Differential and flash vaporisation tests at elevated pressures and temperatures.
PGE 303: Drilling and Well Design I (3 Units C: 45 LH)

Learning Outcomes
1. Understand Bit selection and evaluation the bits ability a drill Bit. Not clear
2. demonstrate an understanding of the fundamentals of oil well drilling, especially the
techniques employed for oil well completion; and
3. plan a drilling operation to include cost estimation, assemblage of a drilling team, rigs
and rig power systems, hoisting.
Course Contents
Introduction to drilling engineering. Fundamental concepts in oil well drilling. Well planning
special marine equipment, drilling cost analysis, and bit types available. Rock failure
mechanisms. Bit selection and evaluation. Factors affecting tooth wear, bearings wear, and
886
terminating a bit run. Factors affecting penetration rate, bit operation, drilling fluids and
drilling hydraulics, and well head equipment.
PGE 304: Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. characterise a petroleum reservoir;
2. perform an in-situ-evaluation of the hydrocarbon stock in the oil and gas before
gathering;
3. carry out various calculations to ascertain recoverable hydrocarbons;
4. perform material balance calculations required in water influx-models;
5. apply fluid flow concepts to recover hydrocarbons from oil and gas wells; and
6. use decline curve analysis to estimate recoverable hydrocarbons.
Course Contents
Introduction: Functions of a reservoir engineer; characteristics of petroleum reservoir;
geological concepts in reservoir engineering; recovery methods and definitions of reservoirs.
Determination of hydrocarbon in-place for oil and gas recovery: volumetric methods;
material balance and applications; water influx models and calculations; uncertainties in
reserve calculations. Fluid flow concepts; flow potential; Darcy’s Law. Decline curve analysis.
PGE 305: Oil and Gas Production Engineering I (2 Unit E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain subsurface and surface operation in petroleum and gas engineering;
2. use nodal analysis to analyse inflow and outflow performance;
3. explain the workings of the equations IPR;
4. calculate productivity index and skin effects;
5. appreciate how well head equipment performs in production;
6. be introduced to flow assurance problems and how to proffer solutions; and
7. discuss the application of artificial lift methods in the production of oil and gas.
Course Contents
Introduction to petroleum engineering: Subsurface and surface operations. Operational
functions and output of subsurface production engineer. Nodal analysis in flow and outflow
performances: governing equations, inflow performance relationship (IPR), productivity
index, formation damage, fines migration and skin effect, vertical lift well head equipment
performance and pressure losses, and choke performance. Problem wells analysis: sand,
water, hydrate, scale, unstable flow, surge, waxy crude production, etc. Well surveillance.
Well stimulation: fracturing and acidising. Introduction to artificial lift methods. Gas lift and
pumping system.
PGE 306: Gas Instrumentation Laboratory (3 Units E: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the basic principles of measuring pressure, temperature and volume;
2. describe how flow parameters are controlled; and
3. apply and analyse results obtained from the following laboratory equipment:
thermometer, pressure gauge, thermocouple, flow meter, manometer, gas
chromatography and mass spectrometer.
887
Course Contents
Applications for thermometers, pressure gauges, thermocouples, flow meters, and
manometers in gas systems. Construction and operation of simple pipelines using steel and
plastic pipes. Determination of rate of heat flow and thermal efficiency of burners and
furnaces and boilers. Chemical composition and flue gas analysis. Gas chromatograhpy,
mass spectrometer and sampling system.
400 Level
GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (8 Units: C, 24 weeks)
Learning Outcomes
and
Course Contents
PGE 401: Oil and Gas Entrepreneurship Project (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. explain the basics of entrepreneurship and how to start one’s business;
2. describe the opportunities in the oil and gas industry;
3. leverage on the Nigerian Content Act;
4. develop a team project to exploit opportunities in the oil and gas industry; and
5. analyse the challenges in the oil and gas from case histories.
888
Course Contents
Understanding the Nigerian and global business environment. Doing business in Africa,
engineering and AfCFTA. Overview of Entrepreneurship: origins, definitions,
entrepreneurship and technopreneurship. Steps for successful entrepreneurship start-up;
Nigerian content opportunities; business registrations. Sources of funding. Gains and pains
of business growth. Joint ventures and special purpose vehicles in PPPs. Business
development – business information, promotion, marketing tools and strategies, basic
personnel management, client recruitment and management. Business proposals and
plans. Profiles of business ventures in the oil and gas industry. Business/enterprise
commercialisation and digitisation, FINTECHs, TECH hubs, etc. Financial management and
business sustainability. Entrepreneurship team projects (well testing, reservoir
management, mud-logging, core analysis, PVT analysis, environmental laboratory,
pipeline.). Guest presentations.
PGE 403: Natural Gas Engineering (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
1. differentiate between different types of natural gas and calculate physical properties of
natural gas and associated gas;
2. differentiate between all types of gas reservoirs and identify the characteristics and
conditions for each type as well as calculate gas reserve in each type;
3. design gas well testing and analyse recorded data of pressure-flow rate for interpreting
initial reservoir pressure and expected skin factor as well as reservoir permeability;
4. analyse different types of gas reservoir deliverability tests and predict current and
future reservoir performance;
5. analyse decline rate data for predicting future gas reservoir deliverability using
different techniques of decline rate analysis (DCA);
6. identify different types of gas flow meters and apply mathematical models to calculate
gas flow rates;
7. design pipeline networks and gathering stations and apply mathematical models for
the optimum operating conditions at surface facilities;
8. handle the sour gas problem by suggesting various gas treating methods; and
9. describe the design of gas storage facility.
Course Contents
Properties of natural gases, hydrate formation. Estimation of gas and gas condensate
reserves. Gas well testing. Estimation of gas reserves (conventional and unconventional).
Gas flow measurement. Natural gas deliverability. Natural gas transmission. Design of
gathering systems. Field handling of natural gas. Sour gas problems. Gas condensate fields
and storage of gas. Compressor horsepower requirement.
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
889
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
890
PGE 501: Natural Gas Handling, Processing and Safety (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain some of the basic thermodynamic concepts used in gas processing;
2. discuss the concept of fractional distillation and other distillation processing;
3. describe the mechanism and technology of absorption and adsorption in the processing
of natural gas (industrial processes); and
4. discuss the concepts of gas purification and odourisation.
Course Contents
Application of the concepts of thermodynamics and phase behavior in the processing and
conditioning of natural and liquids. Absorption, adsorption and fractionation processing;
gasoline plant design; liquefied petroleum gas (LPG); liquefied natural gas (LNG). Other
sources of gas.
PGE 502: Transportation and Pipeline Technology (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. discuss the importance of transportation in the petroleum industry;
2. explain the concepts governing rheological models;
3. apply most common pipeline design equation for simple design problems;
4. use pipeline design specifications and standards appropriately;
5. analyse the impact of corrosion and corrosion-related problems in pipeline utilisation;
and
6. size and select pipeline associated equipment such as compressors, pumps and valves.
Course Contents
Transportation in the petroleum industry. Pipeline design specification and standards.
Rheology, concepts and models. Pipeline design models. Conventional models and energy
cost optimization models. Gas pipeline handing facilities, compressors/pumps, sizing,
selection and operations. Corrosion control. Pipeline surveillance. Virtual pipeline
technologies.
PGE 504: Natural Gas Utilisation and Monetisation Concepts (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. use gas technology in acoustic and combustion engineering;
2. design furnace and burners for gas combustion;
3. describe the various processes involved in the conversion or use of gas either as a fuel
or as an ingredient (raw material) in the following industries:
a. Petrochemical, cement, paper and pulp
b. Fertilizer, power plants andair-conditioning
c. Medical equipment/anesthetics
d. Processes of gas utilisation in the industries above;
4. Calculate waste heat and develop waste heat recovery programs in plants;
5. explain domestic gas utilisation in the areas of cooking/heating/drying; and
6. discuss the effects and significance of gas prices on gas utilisation/monetisation.
891
Course Contents
Review of thermodynamic concepts. One dimensional gas dynamics. Continuity equation,
energy and euler’s equations and reservoir conditions. The momentum equation, isentropic
condition andBernoulli equation. Dynamic pressure and flow at constant area. Supersonic
flow in ducts. Frictionless flow effects of viscosity and conductivity. Fundamental
technologies and engineering aspects of industrial gas utilisation. Relevant aspects of fluid
dynamics, heat transfer, combustion, and acoustics. Technology of industrial gas utilisation,
including refractory materials, burner and furnace design, safety, measurement and control.
Gas utilisation in the following industries: glass, aluminium, steel, fertilizer, petrochemicals,
cement, paper and pulp, power plants, drying and air conditioning. Temperature control of
furnaces; waste heat recovery; efficiency of furnaces. Domestic gas utilisation. Effects of gas
prices, characteristics and quality. Emphasis will be laid on safety and control.
PGE 510: Research Methods and Project (6 Units C: LH 15; PH 90)
Learning Outcomes
1. undertake and complete successfully an independent or team project;

2. source for information for engineering work; and
3. communicate engineering information.
Course Contents
The students will be taught methods on how to carry out research. The research method
must be a first semester course and the evaluation of the course will primarily depend on
the ability of the student to develop a good proposal on the topic he or she was assigned or
chosen. (1 Credit)
An individual or team project selected from a list of projects at the beginning of the final
year. Work on the project continues throughout the final year under the supervision of a
lecturer. Students may also suggest their own projects. The project report must be typed,
bound and defended before the Departmental Academic Board and an external examiner
before graduation. (5 Credits)

Equipment
Drilling Fluid and Cement Laboratory
Mixers and cups
Marsh funnels
Direct indication viscometers
Consistometer
Pressure filter press
Constant temperature water bath
Roller oven
Standard API sand sieve
Retort kit
Resistivity meter
Mud rheometers
pH meters
Mud balance
Chemical balance
Standard filter press
892
Filter papers
Bentonite, barytes and mud additives (chemicals)
Cement analyser
List oF PVT Laboratory Equipment

Visual PVT cell
Recombination cell
Oil molecular weight tester (Cryette Cryoscope)
Multi-stage flash separator
Gasometer
Digital density meter
High pressure high temperature density meter (Pycnometer)
Electromagnet viscometer or rolling ball viscometer
Gas cylinder
Oil cylinder
Gas chromatograph (with all support gases such as hydrogen, air and helium) for gas
analysis
Gas chromatograph (with all support gases such as hydrogen, air and helium) for liquid
analysis
Positive displacement pump
PVT surface sampling kits
Pressure generator system
Sample restoration apparatus
Weigh balance

Heating mantle
UPS
Digital pressure gauge
Piping materials for gas chromatograph installation

S/N Equipment Accessories
1 Resistivity meters tensiometer
2 Core slabbing crosscut and band saws
3 Core milling machine
4 Core preservation system Refrigerator, wax bath and core
trays
5 Dean stark equipment
6 Distillation assembly Compressor
7 Porosimeters Nitrogen cylinder/gas
8 Core cleaner (Soxhlet extractor) Heating mantle and oven
9 Centrifugal extractor
10 High pressure saturator
11 Capillary pressure test equipment
12 Refractometer
13 Liquid and gas permeameters Nitrogen cylinder/gas
14 Planimeter
Other Equipment
893
15 Core trimming/cutting machine
16 CT scanner
17 Gamma ray logging machine
18 Digital core photography camera
19 Humidity and conventional oven
20 Particle size analyzer
21 Retort oven
22 Miniature core flooding system Compressor
23 Amott cell
Viscosimeters
Hydrometers
Corrosion test kits
Flow meter rig
Centrifuge
Computer Laboratory
The computer laboratory should have at least 40 PCs, with at least one of the following
softwares installed.
No. Area Software Purpose

1 Reservoir MBAL Material balance calculation/Decline
engineering curve analysis
2 Reservoir ECLIPSE Dynamic simulation
engineering
3 Production PROSPER Nodal analysis, stimulation, gaslift
design
4 Formation TECHLOG Petrophysical evaluation
evaluation
5 Geology PETREL Seismic and 3-D modeling
6 Economics CYRISTAL BALL Economic evaluation
7 Field QUESTOR Cost estimation and development/
development Concept selection
Other Requirements for Training of Students

CD/DVD players
LCD screens
Projectors
Wireless speakers
Audio CDs, tapes, etc. On petroleum engineering courses
Some disused oil field equipment like stabilizers, centralisers, drilling bits, well head
assembly, gas lift mandrels, etc.
Demonstration rigs
Demonstration flow stations
Staffing
Academic Staff
894
candidates.



maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
practice, and standards and specifications in sufficient numbers.
895
Academic m2
Drawing Office Space (A.I. board) (Per student) 3.70
Non-Academic

Room
computer unit.
896
B. Eng Petroleum Engineering
Overview
The Petroleum Engineering curriculum is designed to provide students with the strong
foundation in science and engineering needed by petroleum and other related industries
engaged in exploitation of oil and natural gas resources from underground reservoirs. The
curriculum blends the natural sciences (mathematics, physics, chemistry and geology), the
engineering science (thermodynamics, mechanics, dynamics, hydraulics and strength of
materials), and information technology skills to create a programme that is relevant in
solving the diverse problems in the oil and gas industry.
The programme covers the fundamentals of petroleum engineering science and technology,
including the flow of fluids, drilling and production operations separation processes, unit
processes, inorganic and organic chemical equilibrium and economics. The programme
prepares students for engineering duties in the petroleum industry as well as related
chemical process industries. The main focus is on the identification, extraction, storage and
transportation of crude oil and natural gas. The primary specialisation is on oil well drilling,
reservoir engineering and oil and gas production engineering. The main subjects covered
are as follows:
1. classification of Reservoirs and concepts of Fluid Flow Concepts and Recovery Processes;
2. estimation of Crude Oil and Natural Gas Reserves;
3. well Drilling Equipment and Facilities required for Operations on Land, Swamp and
Offshore;
4. surface and Sub-surface Production Equipment and Operations; and
5. storage and Transportation Equipment/Facilities and Operations.
Philosophy
To produce petroleum engineering graduates with high academic and ethical standards
and adequate practical exposure for self-actualisation as well as being of immediate value
to the oil and gas industry and the community in general.
Objectives
The goal and objectives of Petroleum Engineering education and training should be in
consonance with the realisation of national needs and aspirations in relation to industrial
development and technological emancipation from foreign companies in our oil and gas
industry. The graduates of Petroleum Engineering programme must therefore be
knowledgeable, creative, resourceful and able to perform the following functions:
1. conduct investigations into complex petroleum engineering problems and produce viable
solutions that optimise the use of our local resources;
2. outline the dynamics of both the local and global oil and gas industry;
3. adapt and adopt exogenous technology in order to solve peculiar engineering
problems in the Nigerian oil and gas industry;
4. design petroleum engineering projects and supervise their implementation;
5. exercise original thought, good professional judgment and responsibility for the
execution of oil and gas projects in a manner that guarantees sustainable
development;
6. show familiarity with all the materials, codes, components, machines, equipment,
production techniques and systems in the oil and gas industry;
7. manage people, fund, materials and equipment;
8. have good knowledge of the ethics of the engineering profession and application;
897
9. work alone or in a team, especially a multidisciplinary team, and also have good oral and
written communication skills; and
10. develop lifelong learning ability for continuous self-improvement.

The unique features of the new Petroleum Engineering programme are as follows:
1. there is emphasis on outcome-based education with clearly defined course content and
learning objectives;
2. workload is reduced to give room for independent learning and creativity;
3. the core engineering programme is enhanced with the introduction of courses like
Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, Convergent Technologies, Data Analytics and
Renewable Energy Resources which are important in a modern-day society;
4. the computer programming course is now streamlined to be on modern programming
languages instead of the old FORTRAN;
5. introduction of a course on entrepreneurship in the oil and gas industry will be an eye
entrepreneurship course taught as a General Studies course;
6. introduction of computer applications in many courses will help the students in this era
of software applications;
7. the refined SIWES programme will ensure that relevant practical experience is acquired
by the students before graduation;
8. there is more field exposure with the introduction of field trips in courses such as
Introduction to Oil and Gas Industry and Petroleum Geology;
9. we expect better appreciation of Nigerian fields with the introduction of case histories.
This will also bring the students closer to the industry;
10. the final-year project and Research Methods are lumped together and to be started in
methodology before the beginning of the second semester; and
11. the robust course content of our communication course will help our engineers write
better reports and make good presentations.
Graduates of this Petroleum Engineering programme will have sufficient science, engineering
and programming knowledge that they can easily adapt to working in any engineering outfit.
Particularly, they should have good knowledge of oil and gas business that enables them to
be employed as
4. Oil and Gas Economists.
5. Oil and Gas Research Engineers
1. reservoir management
2. mud logging
3. electric and slickline companies
4. pipeline companies
5. oil and gas facility management
6. PVT laboratory
898
21st Century Skills
1. software development and application skill;
5. artificial intelligence and data analytic skill;
6. critical thinking/problem-solving /decision making;l
7. entrepreneurship skill;
8. communication skill; and
9. collaboraytion (teamwork and ethic).


Direct Entry
respectively.
899
Year GST ENT Sciences GET PEE SIWES Total

Courses
1 4 - 18 3 2 - 27
2 2 2 - 26 0 3 33
3 2 2 - 10 8 4 26
4 - - - 0 8 08
5 - - 5 6 - 11
Total 8 4 18 44 31 15* 105
* All SIWES courses credited at the end of 2nd Semester of 400 Levl
100 Level
Solid Modelling I
II
PEE 101 Introductory to Petroleum 2 C
and Gas Industry 15 45
Total 27
900
200 Level
Human Existence
Innovation
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 =
Mechanics
Thermodynamics
Engineering
PEE 201 Petroleum Geology 3 C 30 45
Experience Scheme
Total 33
300 Level
GST 312 Peace and Conflict 2 C 30 -
Resolution
Presentation
Data Analytics.
and Technologies
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial 3 C 45
Technologies
PEE 304 Drilling Technology I 2 C 30 -
PEE 305 Drilling Fluid Technology 1 C - 45
Laboratory
PEE 306 Rock and Fluid Properties 2 C 30 -
PEE 307 Rock and Fluid Properties 1 C - 45
Laboratory
PEE 309 Petroleum Production 1 2 E 30 -
PEE 310 Fundamentals of Reservoir 2 E 30 -
Engineering
PEE 312 Production and Reservoir 2 E - 90
Laboratory
901
PEE 313 Applied Geophysics and 2 E 30 -
Petroleum Exploration
Experience Scheme
Total 26
400 Level
PEE 401 Entrepreneurship and 2 E 30 -
Startup/Oil and Gas Business
Project
PEE 405 Introduction to Well Logging 2 E 30 -
and Interpretation
Experience Scheme
Total 8
SIWES Courses
Total 15
500 Levels
GET 501 Project Management 3 C 45 -
PEE 508 Research Methods and 6 C 15 225
Project (Experiential)
Total 11

100 Level Courses
Learning Outcomes

902
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
6. analyse the role of the udiciary in upholding fundamental human rights;
Course Contents
903
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
terms. Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3d
904
Learning Outcomes
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
905
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
906
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
907
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
908
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
PEE 101: Introduction to Petroleum and Gas Industry (2 Units C: LH 15;PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, student should be able to:
1. understand of the principles of operation of the three geophysical methods (magnetic,
gravimetric and seismic) employed for oil and gas exploration activities;
2. understand the origin, formation, migration and entrapment of petroleum; oil and gas
windows and conditions necessary for accumulation or entrapment;
3. understand the basic knowledge of oil and gas well drilling operations;
4. distinguish between oil and gas reservoirs by basic conditions, using the phase diagram;
be aware of the well logs combination that could aid the delineation of shale gas
reservoirs;
5. have an appreciation of the oil and gas production, processing and transportation
systems;
6. have some understanding of unconventional sources of natural gas; and
909
7. be acquainted with Society of Petroleum Engineers.
Course contents
Historical background, sources, world supply and demand; Geophysical methods of
petroleum exploration; Principles of petroleum geology; Drilling for oil and gas: Oil and gas
reservoir; Oil and gas production methods; Oil and gas processing; Oil and gas
transportation; Unconventional Sources: Shale Gas, Gas hydrates, Coalbed Methane, Landfill
and Biogas technology. Career Development Resources including information on Society of
Petroleum Engineers and other professional groups.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
910
Course Contents
GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Course contents
Learning Outcomes
solutions;
911
polymers;
natural);
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
912
Course Contents
principles.
Learning Outcomes
flow in pipes;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
913
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
914
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
915
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents

PEE 201: Petroleum Geology with Field Trip (3 Units; C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should understand the following:
1. the fundamentals of Geology that need to be understood and integrated with
engineering data to effectively and optimally manage petroleum reservoirs;
2. conditions necessary for Petroleum formation and accumulation;
3. the various methods of evaluating source rock potential;
4. the differences and peculiarities of some Nigerian basins;
5. the variety of geologic data that are integrated together to carefully describe the three-
dimensional geometry of a reservoir; and
6. be able to prepare various subsurface maps and calculate reserves;
916
Course Contents
Earth Structure and Depositional Systems. Origin, Maturation, Migration and Accumulation of
Petroleum. Trapping Mechanisms. Abnormal pressure. Petroleum prospecting and tools.
Uses of geological data, reservoir rocks and fluids. Subsurface maps, Correlation principles.
Petroleum as a resource. Petroleum Geology of Nigerian Sedimentary Basins and Evaluation:
Niger Delta, Chad Basin, Anambra Basin, etc.
NOTE: Geologic field trip added for completeness
300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
917
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
918
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
technology);
919
Course Contents
.
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents
Practical Contents
920
renewable energy.
Learning Outcomes
careers;,
empirical models;
Course Contents
are to write a report at the end of the training. As much as possible, stude nts should

design project.

921
PEE 304: Drilling Technology I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate understanding of the fundamentals of oil well drilling especially the
techniques employed for oil well completion;
2. understand Bit selection and evaluation and bit’s ability to drill through reservoir rock by
considering bit tooth wear on bit bearings and how to terminate the bit run; and
3. be able to plan a drilling operation to include cost estimation, assemblage of a Drilling
team, rigs and rig power systems and hoisting.
Course contents
Introduction to Drilling Engineering. Fundamental concepts in oil well drilling. Well planning
special marine equipment, drilling cost analysis, Bit types. Rock failure mechanisms. Bit
selection and evaluation. Factors affecting tooth wear, bearings wear, terminating a bit run.
Drilling Performance: Factors affecting penetration rate, bit operation, drilling fluids and
drilling hydraulics. Well Head equipment.
PEE 305: Drilling Fluid Laboratory (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. appreciate the functions of drilling fluids and how their rheological properties are
affected by physical and chemical additives;
2. understand laboratory measurement of drilling fluid properties; and
3. understand why we have damaging and non-damaging drilling fluids.
Course Contents
Functions and composition of drilling fluids. Laboratory determination of rheological
properties of drilling fluids. Damaging and Non-Damaging drilling and Completion Fluids.
Drill cutting evaluation. Drilling mud calculation, control of mud properties. Drilling mud
performance evaluation. Well completion fluid.
PEE 306: Rock and Fluid Properties (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should:
1. comprehend the properties of reservoir rock: porosity, permeability, conductivity;
2. understand the reservoir fluid properties and how they vary with pressure and
temperature;
3. know the thermodynamic behaviour and phase equilibria of reservoir fluids;
4. understand the rock-fluid interaction and how they influence fluid distribution in the
reservoir;
5. undertake basic calculations using Darcy’s Law, capillary pressure data, Leverett J-
Function, etc;
6. have knowledge of the effect of surface tension and wettability on the phenomenon of
capillarity; and
7. understand PVT Experiments.
922
Course Contents
Composition and porosity of reservoir rock. Darcy’s Law and the concept of permeability and
relative permeability. capillary phenomena, surface tension forces, wettability,
compressibility and static distribution of fluids. Electric conductivity. chemical, physical and
thermodynamic properties of underground fluid. Gas laws. Behavior of liquid. Phase
equilibrium. Viscosities of hydrocarbons. Uses of fluid properties in Reservoir Engineering.
Rock and Fluid Property correlations. Description of PVT Experiments.
PEE 307: Rock and Fluid Properties Laboratory (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
This is the laboratory component of PEE 306. It therefore enhances understanding of PEE
306.
Course Contents
Laboratory section are based on materials covered in PEE 306 which includes coring and
core analysis, determination of petrophysical properties, such as porosity, permeability,
water saturation, Gas Formation Volume Factor etc.
PEE 309: Petroleum Production Engineering I (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
By the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the operations and equipment required for subsurface completion;
2. discuss pressure losses in subsurface completion equipment;
3. explicate inflow-outflow relationship and implications in the life of the well;
4. elucidate the basic concepts in artificial lifting (gaslift, pumping, et cetera) of oil;
5. discuss formation damage: sources, implications and remedies; and
6. determine the use of Nodal Analysis software.
Course Contents
Introduction to Petroleum Production Engineering: subsurface operations. Operational
functions and output of subsurface production engineer. Well completion: tubing, types,
tubing equipment, uses of tubing, calculations. use of wirelines. packers-types; uses.
Multiple zone completion. Well heads - casing and tubing hangers. Christmas tree. Nodal
analysis in flow and outflow performances: governing equations, inflow performance
relationship (IPR), productivity index, formation damage, fines migration and skin effect,
vertical lift well head equipment performance and pressure losses, choke performance.
Problem wells analysis: sand, water, hydrate, scale, unstable flow, surge, waxy crude
production, etc. Well surveillance. Well stimulation: Fracturing and acidizing. Introduction
to artificial lift methods. Gas lift and pumping system. Computer Application for Nodal
Analysis (Proper or alternative).
PEE 310: Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the characterisation of a petroleum reservoir based on PVT, drives;
2. perform an in-situ-evaluation of oil and gas reserve;
3. recommend ways of recovering hydrocarbons;
4. perform the material balance calculation and determine water influx;
5. apply fluid potential concept to determine flow in non-horizontal systems;
923
6. do Decline Curve Analysis;
7. apply Darcy’s law; and
8. determine the use of Material Balance Software.
Course Contents
Introduction: Functions of a reservoir engineer. Characteristics of petroleum reservoir.
Geological concepts in Reservoir Engineering. Recovery methods and definitions of
reservoirs. Determination of hydrocarbon in-Place for oil and gas recovery: volumetric
methods; material balance and applications. Water influx models and calculations.
Uncertainties in reserve calculations. Fluid flow concepts. Flow potential. Darcy’s Law.
Decline Curve Analysis. Computer application (MBAL or alternative).
PEE 312: Production and Reservoir Laboratory (2 Units E: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. apply theories described in Reservoir and Production Engineering; and
2. explain the fabrication of the needed equipment
Course Contents
This course is basically to expose the students to some of the topics learnt in Fundamental
of Reservoir Engineering, Production Engineering 1: Darcy’s Law, Emulsion Treatment, Sand
Consolidation. It is expected that all the main equipment in use would be fabricated.
PEE 313: Applied Geophysics and Petroleum Exploration (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. aply the fundamental principles of geophysics applied to oil and gas industry;
2. explain elastic theory and wave propagation in different formations; and
3. explain the synergy between the petroleum engineer, geologist and geophysicist in
petroleum exploration.
Course Contents
The scope of geophysics. Solid earth geophysics. The shape of the earth. Geomagnetism.
Marine geophysics; Isostacy. Geophysical instruments. Field data processing: electrical,
seismic, radiometric, etc. Elastic theory. Waves and Ray path. Wave propagation. Seismic
refraction principles and techniques including data acquisition. Seismic reflection principles
and techniques - 2D, 3D, 4D (Time Lapse). Geophysical logging of borehole. Geophysical
prospecting and exploration.
PEE 314: Petroleum Production Engineering II (Surface Production Operations)
(1 Units C: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes
1. apply the concept of fluid separation using different types of separators;
2. explain the problems with fluid separation: emulsion, foaming, dehydration and
treatment processes; and
3. undertake Separator and Compressor Design and explain the thermodynamics of
compressors and compressor efficiencies.
924
Course Contents
Surface Equipment: Gathering systems, Design and Testing of flow lines, service and
cleaning of systems. Phase separation: Separation process, separators and components
design and construction of separators, dehydration, emulsion problems and treatment. Dew-
point depression. Absorption and adsorption.

NOTE: GET 399 as earlier described under Common GET Courses:
Additional Content for Petroleum Engineering, Petroleum and Gas (Oil and Gas) Engineering
and Gas Engineering students:
Study of oil and gas industry, learning of software of oil and gas industry for applications in
Petroleum Engineering, Gas Engineering, oil, and gas Engineering. Software such as
PIPESIM, OLGA, PETREL, PROPER, ECLIPSE, ASPEN HYSYS PACKAGES, QUESTO, Oil field
Manager. Use of animation videos for oil and gas industry.
400 Level
GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (8 Unit C: 24 weeks)
Learning Outcomes
and
Course Contents
925
PEE 401 Oil and Gas Entrepreneurship and Start-up/Oil and Gas Business Project
(2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. discuss the basics of entrepreneurship and how to start one’s business;
2. discover opportunities in the oil and gas industry and also leverage the provisions of the
Nigerian Content Act;
3. develop a team project to exploit opportunities in the oil and gas industry to encourage
the students to nurse dreams early; and
4. identify the challenges in the oil and gas sector from case histories.
Course Contents
Understanding the Nigerian and global business environment. Doing business in Africa.
Engineering and AfCFTA. Overview of entrepreneurship: origins, definitions,
entrepreneurship and technopreneurship. Steps for successful entrepreneurship start-up.
Nigerian content opportunities. Business registrations. Sources of funding. Gains and pains
of business growth. Joint ventures and special purpose vehicles in PPPs. Business
development – business information, promotion, marketing tools and strategies, basic
personnel management, client recruitment and management. Business proposals and
plans, Profiles of business ventures in the oil and gas industry. Business/enterprise
commercialization and digitization, FINTECHs, TECH Hubs, etc. Financial management,
Business sustainability. Entrepreneurship team projects (well testing, reservoir
management, mud-Logging, core analysis, PVT analysis, environmental laboratory,
Pipeline, etc). Guest presentations.
PEE 405: Well Logging and Interpretation (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. explain the principles of open and cased hole logging tools;
2. read linear and logarithmic log curves;
3. identify the lithological sequence penetrated in the well;
4. calculate parameters needed for formation evaluation;
5. calculate movable and residual hydrocarbons in the well;
6. develop a computer processed well log;
7. Explicate the use of TECHLOG or PETREL in log analysis; and
8. evaluate recent advances in logging and log analysis
Course Contents
Principles and operation of gamma ray. Self-potential caliper. Resistivity (micro and
focused), density neutron, sonic, cement bond and variable density, dip-meter and
production well logging tools. Interpretation of well log and their cross-plotting techniques.
Determination of formation properties such as porosity, hydrocarbon saturation, lithology,
zone thickness, shaliness, etc. Guidelines for selecting proper logs in given field conditions.
Computer aided analysis (PETREL); Recent advances in logging and log analysis.
926
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
4. possessthe skills needed for project management; and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
legal principlesundertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and
Course Contents
927
Remedies. Termination/ancellation of ontract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses,
PEE 508: Research Methods and Research Project (6 Units C: LH 15; PH 225)
Learning Outcomes
1. undertake and successfully complete an independent or team project;
3. communicate engineering information diligently and with expertise
Course Contents
The students will be taught methods of carrying out research. The research methods must
be a first semester course and the evaluation of the course will primarily depend on the
ability of the student to develop a good proposal on the topic he/she chose or was assigned.
(1 Credit)
An individual or team project selected from a list of projects at the beginning of the final
year. Work on the project continues throughout the final year under the supervision of a
lecturer. The student may also suggest their own project. The project report must be typed,
bound and defended before the departmental academic board and an external examiner
before graduation. (5 Credit).
Equipment
List of Laboratory Equipment and Software
Drilling Fluid and Cement Laboratory

1. mixers and cups
2. marsh funnels
3. direct indication viscometers
4. consistometer
5. pressure filter press
6. constant temperature water bath
7. roller oven
8. standard API sand sieve
9. retort kit
10. resistivity meter
11. mud rheometers
12. pH meters
13. mud balance
14. chemical balance
15. standard filter press
16. filter papers
17. bentonite, barytes and mud additives(chemicals)
18. cement analyzer
928
List of PVT Laboratory Equipment
1. visual PVT cell
2. recombination cell
3. oil molecular eight tester (Cryette Cryoscope)
4. multi-stage flash separator
5. gasometer
6. digital density meter
7. high pressure high temperature density meter (pycnometer)
8. electromagnet viscometer or rolling ball viscometer
9. gas cylinder
10. oil cylinder
11. gas chromatograph (with all support gases such as hydrogen, air, and helium) for gas
analysis
12. gas chromatograph (with all support gases such as hydrogen, air, and helium) for liquid
analysis
13. positive displacement pump
14. PVT surface sampling kits
15. pressure generator system
16. sample restoration apparatus
17. weigh balance
1. heating mantle
2. UPS
3. digital pressure gauge
4. piping materials for gas chromatograph installation

S/n Equipment Accessories
1 resistivity meters tensiometer
2 core slabbing crosscut and band saws
3 core milling machine
4 core preservation system refrigerator, wax bath, core trays
5 dean stark equipment
6 distillation assembly Compressor
7 Porosimeters nitrogen cylinder/gas
8 core cleaner (soxhlet extractor) heating mantle, oven
9 centrifugal extractor
10 high pressure saturator
11 capillary pressure test equipment
12 Refractometer
13 liquid and gas permeameters nitrogen cylinder/gas
14 Planimeter
Other equipment
15 core trimming/cutting machine
16 CT scanner
17 gamma ray logging machine
929
18 digital core photography camera
19 humidity and conventional oven
20 particle size analyzer
21 retort oven
22 miniature core flooding system compressor
23 amott cell
a. Viscosimeters
b. Hydrometers
c. Corrosion test k
d. Flow meter rig
e. Centrifuge
Computer Laboratory
The computer laboratory should have at least 40 PCs with at least one of the following
software installed:
No Area Software Purpose

1 Reservoir Engineering MBAL material balance calculation / decline
curve analysis
2 Reservoir Engineering ECLIPSE dynamic simulation
3 Production PROSPER nodal analysis, stimulation, gaslift
design
4 Formation Evaluation TECHLOG petrophysical evaluation
5 Geology PETREL seismic and 3-D modeling
6 Economics CYRISTAL BALL economic evaluation
7 Field Development QUESTOR cost estimation and development
concept selection
Other requirements for training of students

1. CD/DVD players
2. LCD screens
3. projectors
4. wireless speakers
5. audio CDs, tapes on Petroleum Engineering courses
6. some disused oil field equipment like stabilizers, centralizers, drilling bits, Well head
assembly, gas lift mandrels
7. demonstration rigs
8. demonstration flow stations
Staffing
Academic Staff
930
candidates.



maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level
Library
The NUC recommends the following physical space requirements:
Academic m2
931
Non-Academic
1. HOD 1 table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,

computer unit, secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
5. Lecturer I 2 table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves
932
B. Eng Structural Engineering
Overview
Structural Engineering focuses on analysing and designing structures with the aim of making
sure they withstand the external forces that they experience including gravity loads,
earthquake, wind, snow, and hydrodynamic forces. Structural engineers design buildings,
bridges, dams, offshore oil platforms, jetties, industrial structures, power plants, and
communication towers, among others.
Philosophy
The philosophy and mission statement of the Structural Engineering programme are to
achieve the goals and objectives of the National Policy on Industrialisation, Self-Reliance
and Economic Transformation. The overriding Philosophy is “to train structural engineering
graduates that can operate at the highest level in solving the problems of our society in
particular and contribute to the technical development of the world.” In other word, “to
produce graduates with high academic and ethical standards and adequate practical
exposure for self-actualisation as well as being of immediate value to industry and the
community in general”.
Essentially, the Mission of the programme is to provide:
1. broad–based foundation and practical exposure in Engineering and Technology

applications as well as specialised knowledge and practice in Structural Engineering;
2. adequate training in human behaviour, organisational management, entrepreneurial
proclivity, sense of public responsibility and spirit of self-reliance;
3. basis for nurturing of partnerships between the academia and industry for effective
programme delivery;
4. an awareness and understanding of the moral, ethical, legal, and professional
5. an awareness and understanding of the need to develop leadership and team building
skills to maximize the benefits of Structural Engineering and its application in solving
societal problems.
Objectives
The general goal and objectives of Structural Engineering education and training should be
in consonance with the realisation of national needs and aspirations vis-à-vis industrial
development and technological emancipation. The graduates of Structural Engineering
must therefore be knowledgeable, creative, resourceful and able to perform the following
functions:
1. conducting investigations into structural engineering problems;
2. designing structural engineering projects, systems, machines, equipment and
supervising their implementation;
3. designing and developing new products and production techniques in industries;
4. installing and maintaining complex structural engineering systems for optimal
performance in our environment;
5. adapting and adopting exogenous technology in order to solve local structural
engineering problems;
6. exercising original thought, having good professional judgment and taking
responsibility for the execution of important tasks;
7. managing people, fund, materials and equipment;
933
8. familiarising with all the materials, components, machines, equipment, production
techniques and systems in Structural Engineering;
9. manning and maintaining specific production equipment in structural engineering;
10. acquiring proficiency in the useof standards, codes, and modern information and
communication technology tools in structural engineering practice;
11. possessing the ability to consider the human, social, environment and sustainability
dimensions in finding solutions to complex structural engineering problems;
12. possessing good knowledge of the ethics of the Structural Engineering profession and
applying the knowledge as appropriate;
13. working alone or in a team, especially a multidisciplinary team, and also displaying oral
and written communication skills; and
14. engaging in lifelong learning for continuous self-improvement.
The decision to revamp the curriculum of higher education in Nigeria could not have come
at a more opportune time. Employability rating of university graduates has been on a steady
decline for years. In a bid to stem this negative trend a fresh curriculum is hereby proposed,
that will allow universities to contribute a minimum of 30% innovative content to the core of
the minimum academic standard prescribed by the NUC. In tandem with this objective, the
Structural Engineering CCMAS places a high premium on the following twelve employability
skills as its desired programme outcomes in line with global best academic and professional
practices:
1. Engineering Knowledge: application of knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals and an engineering specialisation in solving developmental and complex
engineering problems;
2. Problem Analysis: identification, formulation, researching literature and analysing
developmental and complex engineering problems, reaching substantiated conclusions
through first principles of mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences;
3. Design/Development of solutions: proffering solutions for developmental or complex
engineering problems and designing systems, components or processes that meet
specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural,
societal and environmental considerations;
4. Investigation: conducting investigation into developmental or complex problems using
research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments,
analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of information to provide valid
conclusions;
5. Modern Tools Usage: creating, selecting and applying appropriate techniques, resources
and modern Engineering and Structural Engineering tools, including prediction,
modelling and optimisation to developmental and complex engineering activities, with
an understanding of the limitations;
6. The engineer and Society: applying reasoning informed by contextual knowledge
including humanities and Social sciences to assess societal, health, safety, legal and
cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to professional engineering
practice;
7. Environment and Sustainability: understanding the impact of professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts and demonstrating knowledge of and
need for sustainable development;
8. Ethics: applying ethical principles and committing to professional ethics and
responsibilities and norms of engineering practice, including adherence to the COREN
Engineers Code of Conducts;
9. Individual and Team Work: functioning effectively as an individual, and as a member or
leader in diverse teams and in multi-disciplinary settings;
934
10. Communication: communicating effectively on developmental or complex engineering
activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as being able
to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective
presentations, and give and receive clear instructions;
11. Project Management and Finance: demonstrating knowledge and understanding of
engineering, management and financial principles and applying these to one's own
work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multi-disciplinary
environments; and
12. Lifelong Learning: recognising the need for, and having the preparations and ability to
engage in independent and lifelong learning in the broadest context of technological
and social changes.
21st Century Skills

The Structural Engineering CCMAS seeks to emphasise the 21st century skills as
recommended by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD).
Technical Skills: Structural engineers need to have an in-depth knowledge of the concepts of
applied science. A greater understanding of Mathematics and Physics would help them
identify and solve complex engineering problems by applying crtical thinking/problem
solving/decision making.
Communication Skills: Structural engineers at all levels need to communicate clearly and
authoritatively via written reports and correspondence regarding technical specifications and
project updates. Engineers with excellent oral and written communication skills can
communicate information in a clear and concise way to both technical and non-technical
people they work and interact with at all levels.
Collaboration skills through teamwork and ethics/citizenship (local and global), information
literacy and learning to learn/metacognition.
Leadership Skills: Structural engineers must possess excellent leadership skills to be able to
successfully lead the team towards finishing the project on time and budget. They need to
be able to manage, plan and prioritise projects, delegate duties when needed, make
decisions with authority, and lead the team members towards steering project outcomes in
the right direction.
Analytical Skills: Analytical skills are indeed absolutely vital for structural engineers to
successfully handle situations with prompt action. Analytical skills will help them evaluate
options and implement cost-effective solutions to handle the complex issues that arise
during the planning and construction of projects. They should be able to determine how the
existing system should work and how the changes in project operations, working conditions,
and the external environment influence and affect the outcome and progress of a project.
They should have the ability to harness logical reasoning from situations at hand and
identify all possible solutions along with its strengths and weaknesses to keep the project on
track.
Project Management Skills: Structural engineers deal with all aspects of project
management, which include pre-planning, resource allocation, budgeting, contract
negotiation, supervising, and worker coordination. They need to have prowess in managing
work materials, tools, and methodology involved in construction and repairs. It is important
for structural engineers to be able to escalate any task and manage a diverse team of
workers and professionals while staying in compliance with all norms and regulations.
935
The field of Structural Engineering deals with principles and methods for the design of
buildings and civil engineering structures. The objective of design is to create structures with
adequate safety and serviceability under the influence of the relevant loads and actions
during the lifetime of the structure. The education in Structural Engineering covers
behaviour, load bearing capacity and methods for the design of structural elements and
joints in concrete, steel, timber and masonry. Principles of design and models for loads and
actions are also included as well as computer aided draughting and design. Design of
structural systems for houses, bridges, tunnels and other civil engineering structures is an
important part of the teaching activities. The uniqueness already established for the CCMAS
in the engineering and technology discipline totally applies to the Structural Engineering
Programme.

Direct Entry
respectively.
936

Level ENT/ Basic Faculty Departmental SIWES Total
GST Sciences (GET) (STE) Units
100 4 16 3 2 - 25
200 4 - 25 - 3 32
300 4 - 15 6 4 29
400 - - - 0 8 8
500 - - 5 6 - 11
Total 12 16 48 14 15 105
* All 15 units of SIWES credited in the 2nd Semester of400-Level
100 Level
GET 101 Engineers in Society 1 C 15 -
GET 102 Introduction to Engineering Graphics 2 C 15 45
and Solid Modelling I
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30
STE 102 Introduction to Structural 2 C 30 -
Engineering.
Total Units 25
200 Level
937

Existence

GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 E 45 -
Modelling II
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 3 C 45
GET 208 Strength of Materials 3 C 45
Total units 32
300 Level
Communication
Analytics.
Technologies
Technologies
STE 303 Structural Mechanics 3 C 45 -
STE 304 Construction Technology 3 C 45 -
STE 306 Principles of Soil Mechanics and 3 E 45 -
Engineering Geology
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 -
we
ek
s
Total 29
938
400 Level
STE 405 Structural Dynamics 3 E 30 45
STE 407 Finite Element Method 3 E 45 -
STE 409 Design of Reinforced Concrete 3 E 45 -
Structures
Experience Scheme
Total 8
SIWES courses
Second semester (Student industrial work experience)
GET 299 SIWES I 3 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 12 weeks
TOTAL 15
500 Level
GET 501 Engineering Project 3 C 45
Management
STE 501 Steel Structures 3 C 45 -
STE 502 Design and Construction of 3 C 45 -
Tall Buildings
Total 11

100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
939
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

innovation;
940
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
4. analyse such models for strength, cost;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
941
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
942
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
943
continuity;
continuity;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum; and
under gravity.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
944
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
945
deduction.
STE 102: Introduction to Structural Engineering. (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate that computational procedures are useful in analysing structures;
2. explain structural behaviour;
3. demonstrate an in-depth exposure to computer-based analysis methods;
4. show that computer-based methods can be used to determine, with minimal effort, how
structures respond to loads;
5. establish the extreme values of design variables required for design detailing; and
6. develop ability to validate computer-based predictions of structures.
Course Contents
Introduction to scope of Structural Engineering profession: earthquake, environmental,
geotechnical, transportation, and water resources engineering and their relationship to civil
engineering.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
946
business planning;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course contents
GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
947
solutions;
polymers;
natural);
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
and designs
948
specification of materials and systems to meet needs.
minimization.
recognize/understand the practical link to excite their creativity and ability to innovate.
and
Course Contents
GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
949
principles.
Learning Outcomes
and third laws;
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
law;
changes;
950
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

951
numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
952
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents
NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific activities for

their students.
300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
953
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
954
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
955
technology);
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents
956
Practical Contents
renewable energy.

Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
foundations of AI.; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition;
distributed systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent
deep learning. Introduction to python “AI” libraries.
Learning Outcomes
957
careers;
empirical models;
Course Contents

shooting, and wooden furniture making processes.
Introduction to Solid works: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with Solid Works, building 3D components, using extruded
design project.

c. part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
STE 303: Structural Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Course Contents
Analysis of stress and strain, phenomenological material behaviour, extension, bending, and
transverse shear stresses in beams with general cross-sections, shear centre, deflection of
beams, torsion of beams, warping, column instability and failure. Analysis of truss and frame
958
structures using matrix methods; matrix force methods; matrix displacement method;
analysis concepts based on theorem of virtual work; moment distribution.
Learning Outcomes
1. determine the design loading on structures using design codes and assessing the load
paths for common structural forms;
2. identify points of certainty regarding structures deformation/rotation to qualitatively
construct shear force and bending moment diagrams for both statically determinate and
indeterminate structures;
3. apply the principle of virtual work to calculate the deflections of truss, beam and frame
structures;
4. employ the principles of virtual work and compatibility to evaluate the internal forces and
deflections of truss, beam and frame structures; and
5. demonstrate the analysis of both sway and no-sway frame structures using the slope-
deflection equations.
STE 304 Construction Technology (3 Units: C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course. the students should be able to:
1. introduce and master construction safety precaution and awareness;
2. reinforce basic math skills by incorporation of practical application;
3. identify hand and power tools and describe their uses.
4. introduce the students to reading and interpreting construction blueprints;
5. identify construction materials and describe their uses; and
6. introduce the students to basic skills and knowledge in the fields of rigging, carpentry,
electrical wiring, masonry, and plumbing.
Course Contents
Principles of building strength and stability. Site mobilisation, setting out and building
process. Types and methods of construction of principal building elements. Basic structural
building frames. Elements of industrialised building systems.
STE 306. Principles of Soil Mechanics and Engineering Geology

(3 units C: LH 45)
Learning outcomes
1. evaluate and classify soils including soil and water weight-volume relationships;
2. evaluate the state of stress and shear strength of a soil mass;
3. estimate seepage volume and settlement through a compressible soil mass; and
4. find the bearing capacity of shallow and deep foundations.
Course Contents
Soil as a foundation for structures and as a material of construction. Soil formation,
classification, physical and mechanical properties, soil compaction, earth pressures,
consolidation, and shear strength.
400 Level
959
Learning Outcomes
and the environment seamlessly, and expose them to contacts for eventual job
and
Course Contents
STE 405: Structural Dynamics (2 Units E: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. analyse indeterminate structures and adopt an appropriate structural analysis technique;
and
2. determine the response of structures by classical, iterative and matrix methods.
CourseContent
Basic structural dynamics course for Civil Engineering students. Elastic free, forced vibration,
and earthquake response spectra analysis for single and multi-degree of freedom systems.
Axial, bending, and torsional vibration of beams. Calibration of instrumentation for dynamic
measurements. Determination of natural frequencies and damping factors from free
vibrations. Determination of natural frequencies, mode shapes, and damping factors from
forced vibrations. Dynamic similitude.
STE 407: Finite Element Methods. (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the numerical methods involved in finite element theory;
960
2. discuss the role and significance of shape functions in finite element formulations and
use linear, quadratic, and cubic shape functions for interpolation;
3. apply direct and formal (basic energy and weighted residual) methods for deriving finite
element equations;
4. explicate global, local, and natural coordinates;
5. explain the formulation of one-dimensional elements (truss and beam);
6. elucidate the formulation of two-dimensional elements (triangle and quadrilateral
continuum and shell elements);
7. discuss the formulation of three-dimensional elements (tetrahedral and brick elements);
8. select appropriate space (planar (plane stress or strain), axisymmetric, or spatial),
idealization (type of element), and modelling techniques; and
9. perform and verify finite element analysis (FEA) using commercial FEA software; and
10. recognise sources of errors in FEA.
CourseContents
Direct approach for truss analysis, strong form and weak form, approximation functions for
finite element methods, weighted residual methods, Ritz method, variational method,
convergence criteria and rate of convergence, natural coordinates and shape functions, iso-
parametric finite elements, finite element formulation of multidimensional heat flow and
elasticity, numerical integration and approximation properties, finite element formulation of
beam.
STE 409: Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures (3 Units E: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
1. generalise the guiding principles of the serviceability limit state and the ultimate limit
state concepts and how they relate to the design of structures;
2. summarise the fundamental mechanics of reinforced concrete and the empirical
assumptions made for analysis;
3. identify reinforced concrete failure modes from crack patterns;
4. apply fundamental mechanics to the design of reinforced concrete beams and slabs at
the serviceability limit state including determination of short- and long-term deflection
and crack widths;
5. apply fundamental mechanics to the design of reinforced concrete beams and slabs at
the ultimate limit state including determination of member strength (flexural and shear)
and ductility;
6. apply fundamental mechanics to the design of reinforced concrete columns at the
ultimate limit state including determination of strength under uniaxial and biaxial
bending; and
7. design basic structural elements (beams, columns and slabs) according to the design
approach of internationally acceptable standards.
Course Contents
Beams, columns and slabs in reinforced concrete structures. Properties of reinforced
concrete materials. Design of beams and slabs for flexure, shear, anchorage of
reinforcement, and deflection. Design of columns for axial force, bending and shear,
ultimate strength design methods.
961
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
management. Project planning, control and timeliness; decision making, forecasting,
Learning Outcomes
962
Course Contents
Remedies. Termination/Cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption
STE 501: Design and Construction of Steel Structures. (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. learn the basic elements of a steel structure;
2. learn the fundamentals of structural steel fasteners;
3. design basic elements of steel structure like tension members, compression members,
beams and beam-columns; and
4. design column splices and bases.
CourseContents
Introduction to building codes. Fundamentals of load and resistance factor design of steel
elements. Design of tension and compression members. Design of beams and beam
columns. Simple connection design. Introduction to computer modelling methods.
STE 502. Design and Construction of Tall Buildings (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. identify the various types of materials used in tall buildings together with their
characteristics;
2. explain wind and seismic effects on behaviour of tall structures;
3. discuss various structural systems of tall buildings constructed using concrete, steel and
steel/concrete composite material;
4. analyse the behaviour of various structural systems under gravity and lateral loading
along with their advantages and limitations;
5. explain the use of structural engineering software for analysis and design of high-rise
structures;
6. explicate the foundation system used for high rise buildings; and
7. elucidate the latest trend in tall buildings in Nigeria and abroad.
Course Contents
Introduction to total design process and professional participants. Systematic presentation of
advantages and limitations of different structural forms and systems. Identification of critical
design factors influenced by tallness. Foundation systems. Construction site visits, costing,
and scheduling.
963
Equipment
Structural Engineering Laboratory

1. Civil engineering materials equipment
2. Routine testing equipment
3. Equipment for models and prototype testing, for example, trusses, columns, beams and
frames.
4. Studio/design office.
Geotechnical Engineering Laboratory

1. Field soil survey and testing kits (including sub-soil investigation and drilling)
2. Laboratory soil/rock testing equipment.
Geodetic Engineering & Photogrammetry Laboratory

1. Laboratory equipment stores
2. Photogrammetric and remote sensing laboratory equipment.
Highway and Transportation Engineering Laboratory

1. Highway materials testing laboratory equipment
2. Pavement laboratory equipment
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.



964
maintained.

Student/Staff Ratio
Library
University Library
Library books, journals and other resource materials should be adequate in number and
currency
Electronic Library
The University library should subscribe to some on-line databases relevant to structural
engineering degree programme such as: ASTM standards, ASTM digital library, compendex,
Google Scholar, ICE virtual library – Ebooks, and computer-aided Civil and Infrastructure
Engineering. Journals subscription should include volumes such as: IEEE Transactions on
Intelligent Transportation Systems, Automation in Construction, Building and Environment,
Energy and Buildings, Transportation Research Part B, Methodological, Transportation
Research Part E, Logistics and Transportation Review, Structural Safety, Journal of
Hydrology, and Tunnelling and Underground Space Technology.
Faculty/Departmental Library
A faculty or departmental library should be available for the use of staff and students.
Current, local, national and international journals relevant to Structural Engineering should
be available e.g. Nigerian Society of Engineers technical transactions, relevant codes and
standards should also be available.
List of basic equipment/instruments/machines/tools expected in laboratories/
workshops common to all engineering disciplines
Central Workshop
Fitting and Machining Section
1. workbenches with vices for metal work
2. tool boxes containing hand tools such as screw drivers, wrenches, hammers, hacksaws,
files, centre punch chisel, scrapers, etc.
3. lathe machines
4. milling machines
5. power hacksaw
6. shaping machines
7. NC lathe machine
8. NC milling machine
9. drilling machines
10. vernier callipers and micrometer screw gauges
11. sheet metal folding machine
12. grinding machine.
965
Foundry Section
Furnaces and casting facilities
Welding and Fabrication Section

1. arc welding machines and accessories
2. gas welding facilities
3. safety goggles, eye and ear protectors
4. pop riveting machine
5. guillotine Cutting Machine
6. rolling machine, etc.
Carpentry and Woodwork Section

1. band saw, radial arm saw, circular saw
2. surfacing machine
3. mortise machine
4. thicknessing / Planing machine
5. wood lathe machine
6. portable sander machine
7. jig saw, rip saw, cross-cut saw, panel saw, tenon saw, compass saw
8. drilling machine
9. chest drill
10. spraying machine
11. oil stone
12. wood workbenches with vices
13. G clamp, F clamp, sash clamp
14. jack planes, smooth planes
drivers, tape rule and scraper.
Electrical/Electronic Section
water distillers
hydrometers
multimeters, voltmeters, ammeters and clamp meters
soldering irons
battery chargers
standard tool boxes for electrical and electronics works
electrical/electronics data books
oscilloscopes
tachometers and phase sequence meters
logic probes
etching machines complete with accessories
coil winding machine.
Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics Laboratory
manometers
hydrostatic forces on plane & curved surfaces apparatus
stability of floating bodies’ apparatus
laminar and turbulent flow apparatus
temperature measurement apparatus
pressure measurement apparatus
thermal conductivity apparatus
apparatus for flow through nozzle and orifice
966
Strength of Materials/Materials Laboratory
simple bending apparatus
apparatus for tensile, compression and torsion tests
strain gauges, wheatstone bridge.
Basic Electrical Engineering Laboratory

D. C. and A. C. power supplies
signal generators
function generators
oscilloscopes
voltmeters, ammeters, multimeters
frequency counters
circuit components such as resistors, capacitors, inductors, transistors.
potentiometers.
Teaching Facilities
Classrooms
There should be adequate lecture theatres and classrooms for the programme. At least
three adequate and dedicated classrooms should be available with lecture theatres.
Offices should be 18.5 m2 while research laboratory should be 14.5 m2
Safety, Sanitation and Environmental Sanitation of Teaching Facilities
Buildings should be safe and in compliance with Federal, State and Local Government Laws
relating to safety, fire hazards, etc. All buildings should have functional fire-extinguishers,
fire buckets with sand, and water source/reservoir and all staff and students should have
some knowledge on how to operate all the fire equipment.
Drawing Office and Equipment
There should be space and furniture in the graphics room for at least 20% of the students in
200 Level in the faculty to be able to carry out their drawings at the same time. All the
students are expected to own portable drawing boards, instruments and T-square. There
should be some provision for computer-aided graphics.
Teaching Aids
The programme should have adequate numbers of projectors installed in the classrooms.
There should be good white boards and public address systems for large lecture rooms.
Modern facilities such as interactive magic boards are expected in all the lecture rooms.
Each student is expected to own and use a computer/lLaptop.
Virtual Laboratory, Simulation Systems and Models
Virtual laboratory facilities, audio-visual recording studio, models, and simulation computer
software packages, should be available.
All other items as specified in the Discipline Section.
967
Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics, and Offices
Academic m2
Non-Academic
Office Facilities
Room
computer unit.
968
B. Eng Systems Engineering
Overview
The content of this curriculum is for Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng) degree programme in
Systems Engineering. Systems Engineering takes a synthetic systems approach to
engineering education, and is cognisant of the reality that the typical engineer faces in
industry and practice based on the fact that problems are not easily classified into neat
compartments that they are used to in the university.
Philosophy
The graduates of this programme will be able to take a multidisciplinary and multiphysical
approach to society’s challenges from the perspective of providing solutions that are efficient
and effective. It will draw on a wide range of physical and scientific knowledge base that
were previously seen as distinct – making them into a uniform continuum.
Objectives
The products of this programme will therefore be in a position to:
1. relate easily to the products of several other engineering disciplines such as Mechanical,
Civil, Chemical, Electronics and Electrical, Biomechanical and Industrial engineering since
they have covered similar scopes of work as these engineers in related fields.
2. function in place of several of these engineering experts because a substantial portion of
the essentials of these related fields is covered in a synthetic approach that is inherent in
the Systems Engineering approach.
3. bring multi-physical and multi-disciplinary rigour into engineering problem solving and
function in mechatronics roles, Software Engineering, AI, machine learning as well as
data analytics.
To achieve this end, the department’s courses are divided into four broad areas:
Multiphysical Design, Artificial Intelligence & Machine Learning, Industrial Systems,
Electronics & Controls Systems. The Multiphysical Design area covers the essence of
mechanical, thermal and electronics design and analysis in a number of courses by
leveraging the Continuum Mechanics approach with a heavy dose of simulation, analysis,
prototyping and optimisation relying on modern engineering design tools such as fusion 360
and computational fluid dynamics.
Employment opportunities for the products of this program covers the entire range of
several engineering disciplines including but not limited to: Mechanical, Electrical and
electronics Engineering, Information Technology and Software systems, Artificial Intelligence
and Machine Learning. They should also be able to play coordinating roles in multifaceted
industries where several engineering and science disciplines collaborate to bring solutions.
Their training should make them relate seamlessly with various other engineers.
They should therefore be able to pursue careers in traditional as well as non-traditional roles
of engineers. They should be able to bring the rigour of software and hardware experience
to the modernisation of other disciplines as they rely more on ICT to achieve their
objectives.
Small companies will be able to hire them for roles that should have required more than one
or two engineers trained in some of the related disciplines.
969
21st Century Skills
The 21st century skills are as follows:
4. communication;
7. growth mindset;
8. computational thinking; and
9. citinzenship (local and global).

This program follows the modern trend in unifying the technology approach to problem
solving. This has created a number of new fields such as Financial Engineering, and the use
of turbulence in areas such as fluid mechanics to model economic systems. This trend will
continue. Systems Engineering is a good preparation for our nation to retool and move into
the technological trends that makes many nations prosper.
It is our attempt to change the game from trying to catch up with mature technologies to an
innovative approach where we play at the point of development of new ways of doing
things.

Direct Entry
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic
semesters.
970
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for
minimum of 120 and maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4– year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic
semesters
respectively.
4. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including
all compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by
the university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point
Average (CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
Experience Scheme (SIWES), eight credit units of University General Study courses
and four credit units of Entrepreneurship courses.
Level GST/ENT Basic GET SSG SIWES courses Units
Science
100 4 18 3 25
200 4 24 2 3 33
300 4 18 4 4 26
400 9 8 8
500 5 10 13
Total 12 18 50 25 15* 105
* All 15 SIWES units to be credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

100 Level
GET 102 Introduction to Graphics and 2 C 15 45
Solid Modelling I
971
Total 25
200 Level
Existence
Thermodynamics
Engineering
SSG 203 Solid Modelling and Design 2 C 30 -
Experience Scheme
Total 33
300 Level
Communication (including
Seminar Presentation
Analytics.
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 45 -
Technology
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial 3 C 30 45
Intellegence, Machine Learning
SSG 321 Continuum Mechanics I 2 E 30 -
SSG 322 Control Theory I 2 E 30 -
972
Experience Scheme
Total 26
400 Level
SSG 415 Mechatronics & Robotics 2 E 30 -

SSG 431 Continuum Mechanics II 2 E 30 -
SSG 433 Introduction to 2 E 30 -
Microelectromechanical Systems
SSG 435 Control Systems 3 E 45 -
Experience Scheme
Total 8
SIWES Courses*
Total 15
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level
500 Level

SSG 518 Machine Learning & AI 2 C 15 45
SSG 531- Final Year Project 1 3 C 15 90
SSG 532 Design Simulation, Analysis and 2 E 15 45
Optimization
SSG 560 Final Year Project II 3 C - 135
Total 13

100 Level
Learning Outcomes
973
Course Contents
functions, usages, collocations). Major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional). Grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality).
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
974
Learning Outcomes

innovation;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals
(SDGs); and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
975
Learning Outcomes
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
976
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
977
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
978
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
979
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
.
Learning Outcomes
980
business planning;
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course contents

Learning Outcomes
981
solutions;
polymers;
natural);
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
982
flow in pipes;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
983
Learning Outcomes
law;
changes;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
984
Learning Outcomes

numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
Course Contents
985
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents
equipment, production of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation (8-10

SSG 203: Solid Modeling & Design (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. turn engineering artifacts, components, and designs int actionable 3D solid models;
2. animate systems;
3. simulate simple linear systems ; and
4. mix ideas from multiphysical environments into a solution of real life problems.
Course Contents
Solid, surface and shell modeling. Faces, bodies and surface intersections. Component-based
Production for 3-D printing, Laser cutting and CNC machinery.
Prerequisite: GET 102
986
300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
987
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 UnitsC: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
988
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
989
technology);
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents
990
Practical Contents
renewable energy.

Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
991
careers;,
empirical models;
Course Contents

design project.

SSG 321: Continuum Mechanics I (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. strengthen their background in the basic prerequisites to Continuum Mechanics;
992
2. master vector analyses, tensor theory and kinematics;
3. develop the ability to use general models and equations that apply to all materials in
solid, liquid, gaseous or any combination of forms; and
4. explain the differential and integral formulations of the governing equations.
Course Contents
Mathematical preliminaries for continuum mechanics. Linear Independence, basis vectors,
dimensionality. The Einstein summation convention. Scaling, scalar, vector and tensor
products. Cartesian and curvilinear orthogonal coordinate systems. Tensors as linear
transformations. Tensor invariants. Additive and multiplicative decompositions.
Differentiation of vectors and tensors. Gradient, divergence and curl. Integral theorems of
stokes and gauss. Use of symbolic algebra and computed graphical illustrations.
Thermodynamic laws.
Prerequisite: GET 301, GET 302

SSG 322: Control Theory I (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. Explain the differences in frequency and time domain modelling;
2. generate and analyse transfer functions for linear control systems; and
3. familiarise with various methods of analyses and their applications to practical problems.
Course Contents
Dynamic systems. Time domain and frequency domain modelling and response analysis of
linear control systems. State Space representations, the exponential matrix and transfer
functions. Detailed time response analysis of linear second order control systems. Routh’s
method for determination of BIBO stability of linear control systems. Steady State Error
Analysis and Design of Feedback Control Systems. Discrete time analysis for digital control
systems.
400 Level
SSG 415: Mechatronics and Robotics (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. visualise how robots are embodiments of the Artificial intelligence they have learned.
2. comprehend how this combination of programming with electronics and
3. mechanical systems enable them to see how in real life these all work together to
provide solutions to problems encountered in daily life as distinct from the analytical
approach of seeing these differently.
Course Contents
Introduction to mechatronics, robotics and measurement systems. Design and development
of simple mechatronics/robotics systems. Analysis and design of sensor and actuator
systems. Solenoids, relays, motors, pneumatics, and smart actuators. Class project.
SSG 431: Continuum Mechanics II (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
993
1. derive the integral as well as differential forms of the governing equations of continua
that arise from natural balances;
2. apply these equations to fixed control volumes and moving masses that convect with
systems; and
3. apply these equations to solid bodies, fluid bodies and combinations of these.
Course Contents
Referential and spatial descriptions of deformation and motion. Polar decomposition
theorem. The deformation gradient and other measures of shape changes. Material and
spatial time derivatives. Referential and spatial gradients. Leibniz-Reynold’s transport
theorem. Theory of stress and heat flow. Cauchy’s lemma. Cauchy stress law, balance laws
of mass, momentum and energy. The second law of thermodynamics. Introduction to
constitutive modelling.
Prerequisite: SSG 321
SSG 433: Introduction to Micro-electromechanical Systems (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. design electronics controls for mechanical systems;
2. model and simulate systems that combines mechanical, electrical and electronics
aspects; and
3. analyse, design and simulate multiphysical systems.
Course Contents
Overview of microelectromechanical systems (MEMS). Use of MEMS with radio frequency,
optical and biomedical devices. Basic MEMS building blocks; cantilever and clamped-clamped
beams. Actuation mechanisms of mechanical, thermal and electrostatic microdevices. The
thin film fabrication process, deposition, lithography, etching and release. MEMS in circuits,
switches, capacitors, and resonators.
Prerequisites: SSG 350, SSG 321. Corequisite SSG 438

SSG 435: Control Systems & Applications (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. design linear and non-linear filters and regulators
2. optimize autonomous systems, and
3. decide on optimal solution techniques
Course Contents
Introduction to optimum systems control problems in engineering. Calculus of extrema and
single-stage decision processes. State estimation techniques and design of linear filters.
Vibrational calculus and continuous optimal control. Design of Linear Quadratic Regulators;
the minimum time, minimum fuel, and minimum energy control policies. The maximum
principle and Hamilton Jacobi theory. Applied optimum systems control examples.
994
Learning Outcomes
and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
995
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Remedies. Termination/cancellation of ontract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses,
SSG 518: Machine Learning & AI (2 Units C: LH 15; PH45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the use of AI as an intelligence augmentation tool;
2. discuss deep learning, its scope, achievements, limitations, and failures; and
3. use AI and ML software to augment intelligence and solve practical problems.
Course Contents
Introduction to search methods in Artificial Intelligence problems. Self-organizing systems.
Information theory, rational decision making and pattern recognition. Parametric and
996
nonparametric training for pattern classifiers. Problem solving. Minimax and alpha-beta
algorithm. Heuristic approaches to state-space search problems.
SSG 531: Final Year Project 1 (3 Units C: LH 15; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
1. complete the proposal, evaluation, and design phase of a capstone project;
2. demonstrate the connection between the chosen problem and a number of theory
courses they have taken;
3. perform an evaluation of the needed supply and support for the capstone project; and
4. present their proposals to a committee of advisers.
Course Contents
The students, preferably working in groups, should select and do preliminary work on a
capstone project in one or more of the base teaching areas of Systems Engineering. The
students can also go beyond the department and engage in multidisciplinary undertakings
provided permission is obtained from the HoD through the assigned project advisor.
Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be achieved to a satisfactory extent
in the first semester.
SSG 532: Design Simulation, Analysis and Optimization

Learning Outcomes
1. analyse design alternatives using finite element tools to solve the differential equations
that arise from the combination of general balance laws and the specific constitutive
models;
2. perform linear analysis and simulation; and
3. optimise design for material reduction and strength maximization.
Course Contents
Computer graphics for modelling, design, and analysis. GUI based interaction with graphic
design software. API graphics programming using Python or C++. Introduction to design
applications in finite elements using computational fluid dynamics and multiphysical
simulation for linear and nonlinear constitutive models; simulation and analysis tools such as
fusion 360, NASTRAN, ANSYS, or solid works. Graphics for scenario analysis automation and
optimization. Design project.

SSG 560: Final Year Project II (3 Units C: PH 135)
Learning Outcomes
1. complete the design phase of the capstone project begun in SSG 530;
2. implement the design by analysis, optimisation and prototyping; and
3. demonstrate the connection between product-making and the theory courses they have
learned.
997
Course Contents
The design, execution phase of the capstone project. This could include analysis, simulation
and or prototyping. For students in a multidisciplinary project, deep dive into the way theory
interacts with design and prototyping decisions is essential.
Prerequisite: SSG 530.
Equipment
Laboratory Equipment Requirements

List of Laboratories/Workshop
Microprocessors Laboratory
controls laboratory
robotics laboratory
software development laboratory
List of Major Equipment
Testing Laboratory
1. Universal testing machine with accessories for tension, compression, transverse 180o
cold bend, double shear, punching and brunel hardness tests. Capacity – 10000KN,
Transverse Beam – 500KN.
2. Proto-type tests facilities for testing of proto-type in structural elements, i.e. beams,
frames, trusses, etc. accessories for the purpose include 1000KN, 250KN load rings,
electronic load cells, faculty workshop facilities, DEMEC high accuracy auges, hydraulic
jacks
3. Fatigue and microtesting machine.
Software Development Laboratory
high speed graphics capable computers and single board computers.
Controls Laboratory
Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning Laboratory
Manufacturing Laboratory
1. 5-axis CNC machine
2. 3-printers (1 to 20 students)
3. laser cutter
Staffing
Academic Staff
998
candidates.



maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
Library Facilities
services:
1. reading rooms
2. 24-hour reading rooms
3. Visually impaired resource centre
4. radio frequency identification (RFID) security gate for theft detection
7. over two hundred computers distributed at the various service points for database
search at the university library and faculty libraries
8. workstations at the faculty libraries for database search
999
9. projectors and creens for presentations
10. photocopying machines
11. scanners
12. visually impaired resource centre
13. information display screen

Academic m2
Non-Academic
Office Facilities
Room
computer unit.
1000
B. Eng Telecommunications Engineering
Overview
Telecommunication Engineering involves the design, construction, installation, operation and
maintenance of telecommunication systems, components or processes to meet desired
needs while considering economic, environmental, social, ethical and sustainability
constraints. The programme incorporates strong elements of electrical and electronics
engineering. It allows graduates to address a wide range of applications, which require in-
depth knowledge of electronics, modern computer technologies, and software and
information systems. Consequently, the programme is designed to expose students to
telecommunications systems encompassing both hardware and software needed by
professional engineers in telecommunications systems.
The early introduction to scientific and engineering foundation of Computing, Electronics,

Physics and Mathematics prepares the ground for introduction to the specialised
telecommunications engineering courses including telecommunications systems modelling,
computer networks, voice telecommunications and emerging technologies including 3G
video phones, high speed domestic broadband and network security. Relevant technologies
include: complex electronic switching systems, transmission systems from copper wires to
optical fibre, satellites, cellular networks, Internet Protocol networks and digital television;
digital representation of audio, video and other multimedia; and the control, design and
analysis of massive communications networks.
Philosophy
The philosophy of the Telecommunications Engineering programme is to develop
enterprising professionals who have an innovative disposition, the confidence and abilities to
assume leadership roles in technology, business and the community. The programme is
designed to give the skills essential for the graduate engineers to become immediately
employable in the global competitive environment. Emphasis is placed on underlying
principles and techniques so that graduates will be able to learn and apply new technologies
as they emerge in the future.
Objectives
The objectives of the programme include:
1. imparting a sound knowledge in Telecommunications Engineering and Technology,
including design and maintenance of telecommunications equipment and facilities,
Software Engineering, systems analysis and design, as well as the dissemination of
mathematical skills necessary for applying scientific solutions to problems;
2. producing graduates that will meet Nigeria's need for telecommunication systems
engineers with employment prospects in manufacturing and production industries,
research and educational establishments, government services;
3. producing graduates that can effectively set up on their own through the entrepreneurial
training facilities they have been exposed to;
4. being able to design solutions for complex engineering problems and design
telecommunication systems, components, or processes that meet specified needs with
appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations;
5. being capable of investigating telecommunication engineering problems in a methodical
way including literature survey, design and conduct of experiments, analysis and
1001
interpretation of experimental data, and synthesis of information to derive valid
conclusions;
6. creating, selecting and applying appropriate techniques, resources, and modern
engineering and IT tools, including prediction and modeling, to complex engineering
activities, with an understanding of the limitations;
7. being able to apply reasoning informed by contextual knowledge to assess societal,
health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to
professional engineering practice and solution to telecommunication engineering
problems;
8. working effectively, as an individual or in a team, on multifaceted and/or multidisciplinary
settings; and
9. recognising the importance of lifelong learning, and pursuing lifelong learning in the
broader context of innovation and technological developments.

1. The programme offers the opportunity to develop relevant skills necessary to be at the
forefront of the ever-expanding field of telecommunications. Its unique features include:
2. development of essential digital skills for the needs of the telecommunications industry;
3. exposure to both hardware, software and collaborative tools needed by professional
engineers;
4. equipping graduates for competitive entry into the engineering technology workforce
with practical knowledge of existing telecommunications systems;
5. student-centered learning process, infused with entrepreneurial mindset, that will lead to
start-ups in the telecommunication sector; and
6. engagement of 21st century skills to cope with emerging technologies in the
telecommunications sector.
The programme will inculcate the following employability skills in graduates:
1. ability to configure, apply test conditions, and evaluate outcomes of experimental
systems;
2. ability to design systems, components, or processes that conform to given specifications
and cost constraints;
3. in‐depth ability to use a combination of software, instrumentation, and experimental
techniques practised in circuits, physical electronics, communication, networks and
systems, hardware, programming, and computer science theory;
4. ability to work cooperatively, respectfully, creatively, and responsibly as a member of a
team;
5. ability to identify, formulate, and solve telecommunication engineering problems;
6. ability to communicate effectively by oral, written, and graphical means;
7. an awareness of global and societal concerns and their importance in developing
engineering solutions;
8. understanding the norms of expected behaviour in telecommunication engineering
practice and their underlying ethical foundations;
9. knowledge of contemporary issues; and
10. ability to independently acquire and apply required information, and an appreciation of
the associated process of life‐long learning.
1002
21st Century Skills
The 21st century skills includes:
7. leadership: lead diverse teams; integrate knowledge and content across sectors;
8. make ethical decisions: navigate ethically challenging professional situations;
9. communicate effectively: translate concepts across disciplines; and
10. work in cross-disciplinary teams: work in cross-disciplinary teams, understand and
promote diversity in the workplace through conscientious decisions and initiatives;


Direct Entry
respectively.
1003
Level GST Basic Faculty Programme SIWES Total
Science (GET) (TEE) Courses* units
100 4 18 3 2 - 27
200 4 - 23 - 3 30
300 4 - 17 3 4 28
400 - - 3 8 11
500 - 3 6 - 09
Total 12 18 46 14 15 105
* All 15 units of SIWES credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level
100 Level
CHM 107 General Chemistry Practical I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Chemistry Practical II 1 C - 45
Modelling I
TEE 102 Introduction to Telecommunications 2 C 30 -
Engineering
Total 27
1004
200 Level

Existence
GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work Experience 3 C 9 Wks
Scheme
Total 30
300 Level
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45
Analytics
Techniques
Technologies
TEE 301 Communication Principles 2 C 30 -
EEE 311 Electric Circuit Theory 2 E 30 -
EEE 321 Analogue Electronic Circuits I 2 E 30 -
EEE 322 Digital Electronic Circuits 2 E 30 -
GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work 4 C 12 Wks
Experience Scheme
Total 28
400 Level
TEE 401 Digital Systems Design with VHDL 3 C 30 45
TEE 403 Assembly Language Programming 3 E 30 45
EEE 403 Digital Signal processing 2 E 30 -
TEE 405 Digital Communication Systems 2 E 30 -
1005
GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work 8 C 24 Wks
Experience Scheme
Total 11
SWEP and Student Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES)

Total SIWES Units 15*
500 Level

TEE 501 Telecommunications Systems Planning 2 C 30 -
TEE 502 Optical Communication Systems 2 C 30 -
TEE 503 Mobile Communication System 2 E 30 -
Total 11
100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
1006
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
Course Contents
1007
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mixtures;
1008
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
1009
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
1010
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
1011
PHY 102 : General Physics II (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
1012
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
TEE 102: Introduction to Telecommunications Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the field of telecommunication and its relationship with other branches of
Electrical Engineering;
2. describe the various types of signals and waveforms;
3. explain the concept of time and frequency representation of signals;
4. compare various transmission media for telecommunication signals;
5. appreciate networking services and their impact on society; and
6. discuss the basic switching schemes.
Course Contents
Introduction to Telecommunication; relationship with other fields of Engineering.
Taxonomies of telecom systems; signal waveforms and information, audio, data, video;
conversion of sound to electrical signals; amplitude, frequency, phase, wave-shape, the
relationship between velocity (v), frequency (f) and wavelength (λ). Analog and digital
signals, time and frequency domain representations of signals; transmission of signals
through various media; copper pairs, coaxial, waveguides, radio, optical fibres and satellite.
Introduction to networks services and their impact on society, LANs, MANs, and WANs. Data
networks; the internet, global navigation. Electromagnetic spectrum and frequency
allocation for various services; basic principles of switching; space and time division
switching networks; store-and-forward switching; examples of switching systems.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
1013
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
Course Contents
1014
Learning Outcomes
Course content
Learning Outcomes
solutions;
polymers;
natural);
Course Contents
1015
GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
principles.
Learning Outcomes
1016
and third laws;
and heat pumps; and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Green’s theorem;
1017
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
1018
simulations;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents
NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific activities for

their students.
300 Level
Learning Outcomes
1019
peace building.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
Course Contents
1020
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
1021
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
technology);
1022
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents

1023

Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
careers;
empirical models;
1024
Course Contents

design project.

TEE 301: Electromagnetic Fields and Waves (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. state and explain the various electromagnetic laws;
2. derive and explain Maxwell’s equation in rectangular coordinates; and
3. explain wave propagation mechanism in conductors and unbounded dielectric media.
Course Contents
Review of electromagnetic laws in integral form, Gauss’s Law, Ampere’s and Faraday’s Laws;
Electrostatic fields due to distribution of charge, magnetic fields in and around current
carrying conductors, time-varying magnetic and electric fields; conduction and displacement
current; Maxwell’s equation (in rectangular co-ordinates and vector-calculus notation):
derivation of Maxwell’s equations; electromagnetic potential and waves; Poynting vector;
boundary conditions; wave propagation in good conductors, skin effect; plane waves in
unbounded dielectric media.
1025
EEE 311: Electric Circuit Theory (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. state, explain and apply circuit theorems to d.c. circuits;
2. obtain the network response to certain input signals using phasor notations and
diagrams;
3. state and apply Laplace transforms to solve passive circuits; and
4. plot Bode diagrams of a given transfer function
Course contents
Passive circuit elements: R, L, C, transformers; circuit theorems: Ohm’s, KVL, KCL, loop
current, node potential, superposition. Network response to step, ramp and impulses.
Network functions: response to exponential, sinusoidal sources. Laplace transform and
transfer functions: pole-zero configuration and application in solving circuits, resonance;
two-port analysis and parameters.
EEE 321: Analogue Electronic Circuits (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
BJT;
2. calculate amplifier parameters; and
3. design simple amplifiers using BJT and FET with given specifications.
Course Contents
Review of single-stage transistor amplifiers using BJT and FET equivalent circuits and
calculation of current gain, voltage gain, power gain, input and output impedance.
Operational amplifiers: description, parameters and applications. Feedback, broadband and
narrowband amplifies. Power amplifiers. Voltage and current stabilizing circuits. Voltage
amplifiers, multi storage amplifiers using BJTs and FETs.

Learning Outcomes
2. apply logic simplification schemes in digital circuits; and
Course Contents
Number systems and codes. Logic gate simplification of logic expressions using Boolean
algebra. Simplification of logic expressions using Karnaugh method. Design of combinational
circuit. Flip-flops. application of flip-flops in the design of counters, registers and timers.
Introduction to ADC and DAC. Design of logic gates (Diode, DTL, TTL, ECL etc). Sequential
400 Level
1026
Learning Outcomes
and
Course Contents
TEE 401: Digital System Design with VHDL (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe finite state machine and its applications in designing digital circuits;
2. build advanced digital logic circuits by applying various reduction techniques and
schemes;
3. operate, debug, simulate and analyse complex digital designs in modern VHDL software;
4. analyse and synthesise digital circuits using commercially available VHDL software;
5. create FPGA designs and implement state-of-the-art ASIC/FPGA design
methodologies for computer-aided design of logic circuits; and
6. demonstrate practical skills in designing, synthesising and simulating digital systems.
Course Contents
Finite state machine: definition, Mealy and Moore models, state diagram, state table,
transition table. Sequential circuits design using flip-flops; asynchronous, and synchronous
circuit design. Algorithm State Machine. Design examples and exercises. Structured design:
design constructs, design levels, geometry-based interchange formats, computer aided
electronic system design tools, Sshematic circuit capture, hardware description languages,
design process (simulation, synthesis), structural design decomposition. Introduction to
1027
VHDL: VHDL language abstractions, design hierarchies, VHDL component, lexical
description, VHDL source file, data types, data objects, language statements, concurrent
VHDL, sequential VHDL, advanced features of VHDL (library, package and subprograms).
Structural level modelling, register-transfer level modelling, FSM with data path level
modelling, algorithmic level modelling. Introduction of ASIC, types of ASIC, ASIC design
process, standard cell ASIC synthesis, FPGA design paradigm, FPGA synthesis, FPGA/CPLD
architectures. VHDL design: top-down design flow, verification, simulation alternatives,
simulation speed, formal verification, recommendations for verification, writing RTL VHDL
code for synthesis, top-down design with FPGA. VHDL synthesis, optimization and mapping,
constraints, technology library, delay calculation, synthesis tool, synthesis directives.
Computer-aided design of logic circuits.
TEE 403: Assembly Language Programming (3 Units E: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe the underlying principle in machine-level data representations, computing, and
programming;
2. gain proficiency in assembly programming for the x86 architecture, including register
operations, control structures, bitwise operations, and subprograms;
3. perform tasks like compiling, linking, loading, and debugging;
4. build a program on a microprocessor using arithmetic and logical instruction set of 8086;
5. analyse abstract problems and apply a combination of hardware and software to address
the problem; and
6. review design issues when generating complex digital systems (including
microprocessors) and resolve them.
Course Contents
Introduction: language level of abstraction and effect on machine, characteristics of machine
code, advantages, justifications of machine code programming, instruction set and
dependency on underlying processor. Intel 8086 microprocessor assembly language
programming: programming model as resources available to programmer, addressing
modes, instruction format, instruction set- arithmetic, logical, string, branching, program
control, machine control, input/output , etc; assembler directives, hand-assembling,
additional 80x86/Pentium instructions. Modular programming. Interrupt and service routine.
Interfacing of assembly language to C. Intel 80x87 floating point programming. Introduction
to MMX and SSE programming. Motorola 680x0 assembly language programming. Extensive
practical engineering problems solving in assembly language using MASM for Intel, and
cross-assembler for Motorola.
EEE 403: Digital Signal Processing (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the Fourier transform and its application in networks;
2. synthesize analogue and digital filters from network function; and
3. explain basic image processing concepts.
Course Contents
Discrete signals and Z-transform, digital Fourier transform, fast Fourier transform. The
approximation problem in network theory. Synthesis of low-pass filters. Spectral transforms
and their application in synthesis of high-pass and band-pass filters. Digital filtering, digital
1028
transfer function aliasing, one-dimensional recursive and non-recursive filters; computer
techniques in filter synthesis, realisation of filters in hardware and software. Basic image
processing concepts.
TEE 405: Digital Communication Systems (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the concept of random processes and their parameters;
2. discuss the Hilbert transform and Markov processes and their application in digital
systems; and
3. discuss the different types of digital modulation techniques and their characteristic
features, including spread spectrum schemes;
Course Contents
Review of probability: basic concepts. Conditional and total probability. Distribution and
density functions. Random variables: single and multiple variables. Mean variance and
moments. Basic concepts, definition, and classification of random processes. Stationary
process and independence property. Autocorrelation and correlation functions. Ergodicity.
Power density spectrum. Linear systems. Hilbert Transforms. Noise modelling. Linear system
response to random signal. Narrowband, bandlimited and bandpass processes. Optimal
linear systems: matched filter for white noise and coloured noise, Wiener filters, minimum
mean-squared error. Optimisation by parameter selection. Poisson points and renewals.
Markov processes. Applications of random signal theory in communications. Digital
modulation techniques: ASK, FSK, PSK, DPSK, M-ary modulation, continuous phase FSK,
MSK, QAM, DSL Schemes. Line coding, intersymbol interference (ISI), Nyquist wave
shaping, eye pattern, adaptive equalisation. Transmission over bandpass channel. Spread
spectrum communications: pseudo noise sequences, direct sequence spread spectrum,
frequency hopping spread spectrum, CDMA, application examples.
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
1029
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
TEE 501: Telecommunications Systems Planning (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe the telecommunications standard and regulatory issues;
2. explain network planning and dimensioning to minimize data loss and delay;
3. explain spectrum management and regulatory body involvements;
4. discuss radio planning, spectrum policy and allocation procedures at various levels; and
5. discuss the role integrated data and environment in networks for optimum performance.
Course Contents
1030
Telecommunications standards, monitoring and regulation: International
Telecommunications Union (history, structure and functions). Global telecommunications
standards collaboration: international and regional. Nigerian Communications Act. Nigerian
Communications Commission. Spectrum Management: basics of spectrum management: RF
spectrum, classifications and features, spectrum utilization, need for spectrum management,
spectrum management goals. Spectrum management functions. Spectrum policy, planning
and assignment: frequency assignment and allocation procedures, national, regional and
international spectrum management regulatory frameworks. Spectrum management
applications (e.g. aeronautics, radio astronomy, radar, broadcasting, satellite networks,
etc.). Spectrum management responsibilities: spectrum management improvement
techniques, ITU's radio regulation and recommendations, ITU-R activities and study groups,
CEPT, ETSI, NTIA, Ofcom, Nigerian Communications Commission (NCC), spectrum
management in selected developing countries.
TEE 502: Optical Communication Systems (2 Units C:LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the configuration and architecture of optical communication system;
2. analyse system based on important parameters for characterising optical fiber, optical
source, detector and amplifier;
3. analyse the techniques and design methodology of optical fiber system, calculate and
simulate the important design parameters; and
4. describe the high-bit-rate data transmission and free-space optical communications
systems for deep space application.
Course Contents
Optical transmitting devices, LEDs optical receivers, optical fibres/types, features, joining,
coupling/deep space communication system/capacity, reliability economy/application of PCM
and A DPCM concepts.
TEE 503: Mobile Communication Systems (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end ot this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the evolution of mobile networks;
2. explain the basic cellular system and its characteristics and parameters;
3. state international standards and regulations;
4. discuss the frequency management mechanisms; and
5. discuss field strength prediction models and their attributes.
Course Contents
Evolution of mobile radio communications: 1G, 2G, 3G, 4G and 5G. Examples of mobile radio
systems: radio paging, cordless telephones, cellular radio. Trends in cellular radio and
personal communication systems. A basic cellular system, frequency reuse, roaming, hand-
off strategies, co-channel interference, traffic and grade of service, system capacity,
improving capacity of cellular system. Doppler effect. Co-channel interference and reduction;
adjacent channel interference; near-far problem. Standards and overview of analogue and
digital cellular systems; frequency management and channel assignment, speech coding,
channel coding, bandwidth consideration, equalisation, modulation techniques, multiple
access techniques. GSM: architecture, elements, and standard interfaces; FDMA/TDMA
structure; speech and channel coding; time slots and bursts; signaling; hand-offs; DCS
1031
1800; GPRS; data services over gsm. Field strength prediction models, propagation path
loss, multipath propagation problem, Rayleigh fading, Rician distribution. Other applications
of wireless communications, especially in the financial sector.

Equipment
Computer Laboratory (Hardware and Software)
1. Control and instrumentation laboratory
2. Electronics and telecommunication laboratory
3. Signal processing laboratory
4. Data communication and internetworking laboratory
5. Communication systems aboratory
6. RF microwave laboratory
7. Antenna laboratory.
Intermediate Network Laboratory
S/n Description of Equipment

1 D3000 Virtual Instrument Platform (VIP2)
2 D3000 9.0 Experimental Master PCB
3 D3000 21.1 AM Communications PCB
4 D3000 21.2 Superhet Receiver PCB
5 D3000 21.4 Digital Communications PCB
6 D3000 21.5 PAM PCB
7 D3000 21.8 PCM PCB
Transmission Laboratory
S/ Description of Equipment
N
1 Ctl Modicom 1 "Signal sampling and reconstruction module"
2 02 Modicom 2 "Time division multiplexer PAM Module"
3 CT3/1 and CT3/2 Modicom 3 "pulse code modulation Transmitter/Receiver
4 system"
CT4 Modicom 4 " Delta modulation Module"
5 CT5/1 and CT5/2 Modicom 5 " Data conditioning and carrier modulation
6 system"
CT7 Audio Input Module
7 CT8 Audio Output Module
8 CT20 Anacom 1/1 and V2 "Introductory Analogue Communication Module"
9 CT21 Anacom 2"Introductory Analogue Communication Module"
10 CT30 Transmission Line Trainer
11 Digital Communication System Trainer
12 Analog Communication System Trainer
13 PS20 Power Supply
14 FG2 Function Generators
15 OSC1 Oscilloscopes
1032
Fiber Optic Laboratory
1 06 Modicom 6 "Fiber-Optic Transmitter/Receiver system"

2 NTC-1 03.000 "Fiber-Optic Communication" Training stand
3 Pulse Semi-conductor Laser
4 Photodiode Current Meter
5 Continuous Semiconductor Laser
6 Current Generator
7 Fast Photo detector
8 Stand to study photo detector operation
9 Optical Fiber Coupler
Microwave Laboratory
1 CT60 Microwave Communications Trainer: Receiver Transmitter Probe

2 Spectrum Analyzer " 9kHz -3GHz
3 Indoor TV Antenna
4 NTC-1 04 " Radio Engineering & Telecommunication with MPMS"
5 Microwave Trainer MST 532
6 Microstrip Trainer MNT 530
7 18GHz Spectrum Analyzer
8 18GHz Network Analyzer
Networking Laboratory
Nn
1 NTC-1 42.000 "Global, Local, Wired & Wireless Networks" Training stand
2 D-Link Switch
3 Cisco 1 900 Router
4 D-Link Router
Basic Electronic Equipment

1. Frequency meter
2. Digital energy meter
3. Digital wattmeter, single phase
4. Digital wattmeter, 3-phase
5. Semiconductor curve tracer
6. Digital transistor tester
7. Decade resistance box
8. Decade capacitance box
9. Decade inductance box
10. Digital multifunction documenting calibrators
11. Digital function generator (different frequency ranges)
12. Electrical tools box
1033
13. Digital stroboscope
14. Digital DC A ammeters multi-range
15. Digital AC voltmeters multi range
16. Digital DC volt meters multi range
17. Digital DC volt meters multi range
18. Digital damp meter
19. Standard digital earth loop/PSC/tester
20. Photo/contact tachometer
21. LCD Display 3-phase rotation tester
22. Rheostat (different ranges)
23. Wheatstone bridge
24. Portable DC potentiometer
25. Analog dual oscilloscopes (different frequency ranges)
26. Signal trace/lnjector
27. Digital RF signal generators
28. Klystron microwave trainer complete set
29. Antenna laboratory trainer complete set
30. PCB Fabrication equipment complete set
31. Standard analog multimeters
32. AVO meters
33. Digital logic analyzer
34. Smart logic design experimental Kit
35. Digital logic circuit design experiment kit microcomputer trainer
36. GSM/GPS experimental trainer
37. Programmable logic controller system trainer
38. Digital 3 phase power analyzer with SD card real time data recorder
39. Digital storage color display 2/4-channel oscilloscope
40. Digital spectrum analyzer (9kHz -3GHz)
41. Instrumentation trainer using transducers complete set
42. Solar power system training kit
43. Electrical and electronic system trainer
44. Power electronic training system
45. Programmable dual output DC power upply units (different ranges)
46. Variable transformer
47. Portable wind power generator training kit universal EPROM programmable (48 Pins)
48. B ench digital multi-meter digit (various digit ranges)
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.
1034


maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level
Library
Library and Information Resources

practice, standards and specifications etc. in sufficient numbers
Library Facilities
services:
a. Reading rooms
b. 24-hour reading rooms
c. Visually impaired resource centre
d. Radio frequency identification (RFID) security gate for theft detection
e. RFID tags for book tagging
f. Notebook computers for loan service
g. Over two hundred computers distributed at the various service points for database
search at the university library and faculty libraries
h. Workstations at the faculty libraries for database search
i. Projectors and creens for presentations
1035
j. Photocopying machines
k. Scanners
l. Visually impaired resource centre
m. Information display screen
n. E-library (postgraduate and undergraduate sections)
Classroom, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

Academic m2
Non-Academic
Office Facilities
Room
computer unit.
1036
B. Eng Water Resources Engineering
Overview
Water Resources Engineering involves the application of engineering sciences and ecological
principles to the study of hydrological and hydraulic of watershed flow systems which can be
used as input into the design of water management systems and strategies. The
management of water includes: regulation of water flow rate through hydraulic turbines for
electric power generation; flood prevention, warning and control; erosion prevention and
control; drainage; design of natural channels, and treatment and supply of water for
municipal, industrial and agricultural purposes. This programme is also concerned with
identifying potential point and diffused sources of pollutants so that efficient
environmentally-friendly and economical methods can be developed to treat or preserve the
water for it to be of sufficiently high quality to sustain human life and water dependent
ecosystems.
Philosophy
The programme aims to produce graduates who are versed with broad knowledge,
understanding and skills in water resources systems design, operation and management.
The programme provides the essentials in beginning a professional carrier development,
consultancy and employment in public service, private sector and nongovernmental
organisations.
Objectives
In line with its philosophy, the objectives of the Water Resources Engineering programme
are to:
1. develop and apply essential concepts, theories and principles of engineering and its
underpinning science and mathematics to water resources problems;
2. analyse processes driving the hydrological cycle and the physico-chemical processes
associated with water and wastewater treatment;
3. plan, design, construct, operate and maintain water diversions, storage, supply and
control structures;
4. plan and design water distribution systems, sanitary and storm water collection systems,
and the pumping and storage infrastructure required by these systems;
5. manage rivers and reservoirs for recreation, flood control, irrigation, and other multi-use
functions;
6. develop groundwater resources and remediate polluted groundwater resources;
7. perform engineering activities by fulfilling legal requirements governing engineering
practice; and
8. use specific computer software in design and analysis of water resources systems.

The unique features of the curriculum include:
Digital literacy: The curriculum incorporates significant digital programmes for graduates to
remain competitive within today’s digital economy. Competency based outcome: establishes
the desired knowledge, skills, and behaviours of a graduating students that enable them to
successfully perform in professional, educational and other contexts.
1. focus on learning: the curriculum is devised to focus on learning to enhance the learning
experience of the students by integrating diverse techniques and complementary
technologies.
2. entrepreneurial skills for knowledge based and digital economy.
1037
3. collaborative: the curriculum provides for collaboration with the industry in order to
realise the much-needed practical knowledge and skills required to take on the present-
day challenges
Graduates of Water Resources Engineering programme are actively sought by employers in
both the private and public sectors. Potential employers include large and small businesses,
government at all levels, national and multinational corporations and universities. Self-
employment as engineering consultants and other technically applied positions is an
expanding career option for water resource engineering professionals.
Water Resources engineering graduates will be equipped with the following employability
skills:
1. communication skills: the ability to present ideas effectively with confidence through
aural, oral and written modes, not only with engineers but also with the community at
large;
2. information literacy: The ability to access, evaluate, synthesise and share information
from multi-disciplinary / interdisciplinary sources;
3. competence in application and practice: the ability to use techniques, skills, and modern
engineering tools for solving engineering problems;
4. team working skills: the ability to function effectively as an individual and in a group with
the capacity to be a leader as well as an effective team member;
5. problem solving and decision-making skills: the ability to solve engineering problem
through critical thinking, system thinking and effective decision making;
6. engineering System Approach: the ability to utilize systems approach to design and
evaluate operational performance;
7. knowledge of contemporary issues: the ability to continue learning independently in the
acquisition of new knowledge, skills and technologies. The use of information,
communication and computing technologies are very essential in the knowledge-based
era; and
8. understand professional, social and ethical responsibilities: the ability to understand the
social, cultural, global and environmental responsibilities of a professional engineer, and
commitment to professional and ethical responsibilities.
21st Century Skills

The programme will lead to the development of the following 21st century skills:
1. professional and interpersonal skills with competence in the areas of professionalism and
teamwork.
2. business and management skills with competence in management, entrepreneurship and
leadership.
3. mental and thinking skills consisting of competences in critical thinking, decision making,
creativity and innovation.
4. information and communication skills.
5. Collaboration (teamwork and ethics);
6. Information literacy;
Admission and graduation requirements

1038
Direct Entry
respectively.
and all attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA. Pre - requisite courses
must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level. Furthermore, if a
student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she would not be
allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted through UTME
and 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students.
Level GST/ENT Basic Discipline Programme SIWES* Total
Science (GET) (WRE) Units
100 4 16 03 02 - 25
200 4 - 17 - 3 24
300 4 - 12 02 4 22
1039
400 - - - 03 8 11
500 - - 05 18 - 23
Total 12 16 37 25 15 105
*All 15 units of SIWES credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level
100 Level
Solid Modelling I
I
II
WRE 101 Introduction to Water 2 C
Resources Engineering 30 -
Total 25
200 Level
Human Existence
Innovation
Mechanics
Engineering
Total 24
1040
300Level

GST 321 Peace and Conflict 2 C 30 -
Resolution
Communication
Data Analytics.
and Technologies
Technologies
CEE 304 Civil Engineering Materials 2 C 30 -
WRE 301 Public Health Engineering 3 E 45 -
WRE 303 Hydraulics and Hydrology I 2 E 30 -
WRE 308 Engineering Geology 2 E 30 -
Experience Scheme
Total 22
400 Level
WRE 401 Soil Mechanics and 3 C 45 -

Foundation Engineering
WRE 403 Hydraulics and Hydrology II 3 E 45 -
WRE 405 Design of Hydraulic 3 E 45 -
Structures
Total 11
SIWES Courses
GET 499 SIWES III: Student 8 C 24 weeks
Industrial Work Experience
Scheme
Total 15
500 Level

Management
1041
WRE 501 Project 6 C - 270
WRE 503 Design of Treatment Plants 3 C 45 -
WRE 504 Hydrogeology (Groundwater 3 C 45 -
Hydrology)
WRE 505 Water and Waste Water 3 C 45 -
Engineering
WRE 506 Environmental Pollution 2 E 30 -
Engineering
WRE 507 Drainage and Irrigation 3 C 45 -
Engineering
Total 23

100 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
1042
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
Course Contents
GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I(2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1043
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
1044
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
1045
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
Course Contents
1046
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
1047
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
deduction.
WRE 101: Introduction to Water Resources Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the focus and scope of the Water Resources Engineering Programme;
2. recognise the domestic and industrial use of water;
3. familiarise with the concept of water exploration through boreholes; and
4. gain awareness of career opportunities for the water resources engineer in the public
and private space.
1048
Course Contents
Introduction: Definition and scope of water resources engineering. Use of water for
irrigation, water supply and wastewater engineering, navigation, hydropower generation,
environmental sanitation and industrial use. Introduction to surface water hydrology and
groundwater hydraulics, control structures such as dams, reservoirs, e.t.c. Introduction to
pollution control and abatement. Introduction to field measurement and computation in
water resources engineering. Career opportunities in water resources engineering.
200 Level
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
1049
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
principles.
1050
Learning Outcomes
flow in pipes;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
law;
changes;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
1051
Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

numbers;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
1052
simulations;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents

1053
300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
1054
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
1055
Learning Outcomes
technology);
Course Contents
.
Learning Outcomes
change;
1056
Course Contents


Learning Outcomes
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
1057
Learning Outcomes
careers;,
empirical models;
Course Contents

design project.

1058
WRE 301: Public health Engineering (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the course, the students should be able to:
1. be aware of the importance of environmental sanitation and interventions to spread
infectious diseases;
2. to design interventions in solid and hazardous waste treatment and management;
3. understand water and wastewater quality characteristics and their importance in every
good public health;
4. plan and design onsite sanitation technology option in any given situation; and
5. understand the importance of natural self-purification on the water quality and
environment.
Course Contents
Introduction to sanitary Engineering, Structure and growth of Micro-organisms. Sterilisation
and culture techniques. Water use and water-related diseases. Physical, chemical and
biological characteristics of water and wastewater, their determination and significance.
Appropriate technology of water supply and treatment. Coagulation, storage, filtration,
disinfection and distribution. Onsite sanitation; design and management of different types of
non-water borne sanitation systems (traditional pit latrines and improved latrines), Water
borne sanitation system (vaults, cesspools, septic tanks, pour flush toilets, relevant to
Nigerian situation) and wastewater treatment. Sewage. Source and Effects of pollution.
Water quality standards and controls. Agents of Air pollution, Effects and control.
Management and finance of PHE systems. Introduction to self-purification of surface water
bodies.
WRE 303: Hydraulics and Hydrology I (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain in detail the concept of the hydrologic cycle and compute components of the
hydrologic cycle;
2. estimate and analyse the hydrograph;
3. discuss the basics of flood routing and unsteady gradually varied flow;
4. analyse simple rapidly varied unsteady flow problems; conduct flood frequency analysis
and flood routing; and
5. identify the fundamentals of groundwater occurrence and evaluate yields of aquifers.
Course Contents
Introduction: hydrologic cycle, precipitation, evaporation and transpiration. Quantitative
Hydrology: hydrography, volume runoff, storage routing. Groundwater: occurrence,
hydraulics, well, yield.
Open channels: hydraulics of open channel flow, culverts and bridges. Steady uniform flow.
Steady gradually varied flow. Hydraulic Jump. Surge Waves. Measurement of flow in open
channels.
WRE 308 Engineering Geology (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcome
At the end of this course, students should be able to;
1. demonstrate understanding of geological structures and mapping;
1059
2. understand the properties of rocks and minerals;
3. understand time scale, fossils and their importance;
4. be familiar investigation of sites for water resources projects; and
5. perform basic engineering geology assessment and analyses.
Course Content s
Geological structures and mapping. Rocks and minerals. Stratigraphy – time scale – fossils
and their importance: Special reference to Nigeria.
Introduction to geology of Nigeria: Engineering Applications – Water supply – site
investigations, geophysical investigation (vertical electrical sounding), – Dams, Dykes.
CEE 304: Civil Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. demonstrate the suitability for use of the following Civil Engineering materials: concrete,
structural steel (and other important structural metals), timber, masonry, etc;
2. conduct tests of engineering properties of Civil Engineering materials and utilise these
3. explain the limitations of these materials under various uses; and
4. elucidate the characterisation of some of the variability and uncertainty associated with
these materials.
Course Contents
Concrete technology: types of cements, aggregates, properties. Concrete mix, design,
properties and their determination. Steel Technology: production fabrication and
properties; corrosion and its prevention. Tests on steel and quality control. Timber
technology: types of wood, properties, defects, stress grading. Preservation and fire
protection; timber products, rubber, plastics, asphalt, tar, glass, lime, bricks, Applications to
buildings, roads and bridges.
400 Level
Learning Outcomes
and
1060
Course Contents
WRE 401: Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the principles of field and laboratory compaction and its application;
2. determine strength properties of soil for engineering applications;
3. determine compressibility and strength properties of soil for design of shallow and deep
foundations;
4. identify and calculate the parameters needed for the design of foundations, including
footing settlement, end bearing of piles, and earth pressure coefficients; and
5. gain the ability to use modern soil mechanics equipment and soil investigation
procedures.
Course Contents
Soil structures, compaction and soil stabilisation, stability of slopes earth pressures, retaining
walls. Concepts of permeability, stress distribution, shear strength and pressure in relation
to foundation engineering; bearing capacity of soils; shallow and deep foundations, pile
foundations; Site Investigation.
WRE 403: Hydraulics and Hydrology II (3 Units E: LH 45)

Learning Outcome
1. explain deeply the theories and concepts of different types of flows;
2. discuss the principles of surface water hydrology for assessment and evaluation of
floods;
3. explicate the techniques for collection, processing and analysis of hydrological data and
the application of catchment hydrological modelling and aquifer modelling techniques;
and
4. demonstrate knowledge of the application of the principles of continuity and momentum
to pipe flow.
Course Contents
Laminar and Turbulent flows. Boundary layer separation lift and drag stream function,
velocity potential and application to flow nets. Steady and Unsteady flow in closed conduits.
Principles of surface water hydrology. Analysis of hydrological data. Land drainage and
inland navigation problems.
WRE 405: Design of Hydraulic Structures (3 Units E: LH 45)

Learning Outcome
1061
1. explain the fundamentals of reinforced concrete design;
2. select materials for different structural problems;
3. design structural elements in reinforced concrete;
4. discuss the principles of the design of hydraulic structures to address water resources
problems; and
5. design structures such as dams, spillways and gates.
Course Contents
Fundamentals of design process, material selection, building regulations and codes of
practice. Design philosophy. Elastic design: limit state design. Design of structural elements
in reinforced concrete. Hydraulic models: hydraulic design criteria, problems of reservoirs,
river training and regulations, transition structures. Dams; weirs, spillways, gates and outlet
work, stilling basins. Cofferdams, breakwaters, moldes, surge tanks. Design of open
channels, conduit systems and hydraulic machinery. Design of municipal storm drains, land
drainage systems and culverts and bridges. Design of (i) drainage inlets, (ii) manholes, and
(iii) catch basins. Introduction to multiple purpose designs involving flood control, water
supply, irrigation, recreation, drainage navigation and erosion control. Computer-aided
design of structures.
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Content
1062
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
WRE 501: Project (6 Units C: PH 270)
Learning Outcomes
1. acquire knowledge of technical report writing and presentation;
2. familiarise with the art of research on specific subject matter;
3. collect and evaluate information on specific subject matter;
4. analyse data and synthesize research findings; and
5. report research findings in written and verbal forms
Course Contents
Projects will depend on staff expertise and interest but should be of investigatory nature.
Preferably, students should be advised to choose projects in the area of their option/elective
subjects.
WRE 503: Design of Treatment Plants (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
1. discuss the details of the design of storm water and sewage systems;
2. explain the treatment of waste through biological and chemical processes;
3. familiarise with the treatment process of water and wastewater; and
1063
4. draw treatment schemes such as activated sludge system, trickling filter, stabilization
ponds.
Course Contents
Wastewater
Storm water sewage: rational method for design. Preliminary treatment: flow measurement,
weirs, flumes, flow separation, screening, storm water settlement, grit removal, overflow
rates.
Batch settlement analysis; radial and rectangular design. Secondary treatment: activated
sludge process, percolating filters, oxidation ponds, biological kinetics and application in
sludge treatment and disposal. Anaerobic digestion. Sludge processing, pumping and
power requirements.
Water Supply
Flow diagrams for the treatment of surface and groundwater. Preliminary treatment:
screening, coagulation, flocculation and sedimentation. Slow sand, rapid sand and pressure
filters. Disinfection: water softening, iron and manganese removal. Chemicals for water
Treatment.
WRE 504: Hydrogeology (Groundwater Hydrology) (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon the successful completion of the course the students should be able to:
1. describe the characteristics of groundwater flow;
2. identify and measure aquifer properties and their effects on groundwater flow;
3. Compute groundwater recharge, flow and discharge;
4. decide on appropriate qualitative and quantitative methods commonly used in physical
hydrogeology; and
5. employ physical based equations that describe flow in the unsaturated zone,
groundwater flow under natural conditions and around a pumping well.
Course Contents
Groundwater and Aquifers: Physical Properties of Aquifers. Darcy’s Law and Hydraulic
conductivity. Well Flow Systems: Measurement of hydraulic conductivity, Transmissivity,
Specific yield and storage coefficient. Groundwater Exploration, well construction and
pumping. Mathematical Techniques – Analytical and numerical solutions and simulation.
Digital Computers – Finite Difference and Finite Element techniques in groundwater
modelling. Unsaturated Flow. Surface – Subsurface water relations. Computer Aided Design
in Water Resources
WRE 505: Water and Waste Water Engineering (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
1. recognise the processes for the treatment of both surface and groundwater;
2. develop design criteria necessary for the designs for water and wastewater treatment
unit operations and processes; and
3. design water supply and distribution systems including storage and pumping systems;
4. explain the design procedure and process of wastewater collection, treatment and
disposal.
1064
Course Contents
Water and wastewater inter-relationship, water and health water-borne diseases. Elements
of water chemistry. Treatment processes for surface water and for groundwater. Design
fundamentals for water supply treatment and water distribution systems, including storage,
pumping and piping.
Sources of wastewater, industrial and domestic wastewater surveys. Elements of
wastewater, microbiology; waste -water collection, treatment and disposal and their designs.
Wastewater re-use-option and alternatives. Effluent standards.
WRE 506: Environmental Pollution Engineering (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcome
1. recognise the different types of environmental pollution, techniques for their monitoring
and control;
2. identify and value the effect of the pollutants on the environment: atmosphere, water
and soil;
3. analyse an industrial activity and identify the environmental problems;
4. explain the design of control systems for different types of pollution;
5. plan strategies to control, reduce and monitor pollution;
6. select the most appropriate technique to purify and/or control the emission of pollutants;
7. discuss the effects of solid waste on water sources; and
8. elucidate the laws and regulations governing environmental pollution.
Course Contents
Air pollution: monitoring and control, air pollutants, characteristics, sources, dispersion of
pollutants in air, dispersion models, equations, design of air pollution control systems.
Water pollution: types of water pollution, point sources and non-point sources, effects of
pollutants on water, control and management of water pollution. Solid waste management,
classification, quantification and composition of solid waste disposal methods; environmental
protection regulations.
WRE 507: Drainage and Irrigation Engineering (3 Units C: LH45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the irrigation requirements for crops/-plants for effective delivery;
2. discuss soil-water relationship in respect of irrigation;
3. elucidate the principles of design, construction, operation and maintenance of different
irrigation systems; and
4. explicate the sources and quality of water appropriate for effective irrigation.
Course Contents
Land classification: crop water requirements;
Crop: irrigation requirements; farm delivery requirements; diversion requirements; soil-
water relationships; movement of soil moisture; measurement of infiltration and soil
Moisture. Irrigation water quality. Irrigation planning criteria. Irrigation methods;
supplemental irrigation, irrigation structures. Design, construction, operation and
maintenance of surface, sub-surface and sprinkler irrigation systems. Surveys and
investigation – sources of water, soils and salinity. Water tables; drainage structures.
Subsurface drains. Design criteria – Drain size, materials used; installation of subsurface
drains; urban storm drainage. Land drainage.
1065
Equipment
Fluid Mechanics Laboratory
1. Air flow equipment
2. Subsonic wind tunnel
3. Flow visualization table
4. Metacentric height apparatus
5. Orifice and free flow apparatus
6. Reynolds number apparatus
7. Centre of pressure apparatus
8. Impact of jet apparatus
9. Flow measurement apparatus
10. Venture meter
11. Pressure gauge apparatus
12. Vortex apparatus
13. Floating body apparatus
14. Manometer
Hydraulic Laboratory
1. Reciprocating pump test rig centrifugal pump test rig
2. Kaplan, francis and pelton wheel turbine
3. 381 mm tilting flume
4. 102mm tilting flume
8. Hydraulic bench
9. Surge tank apparatus
10. 610 mm sand bed table
11. Turbine/pump test rig
12. Orifice plate apparatus
13. V-notch apparatus
14. Pipe energy loss apparatus
15. Function loss in pipes apparatus
16. Flow channel
17. Volumetric hydraulic bench
Hydrology Laboratory and Display Room

1. Sunshine recorder
2. Recording rain gauge
3. Gouge height recorder
4. Current meter
5. Engineering seismograph
6. Mini flow meter
7. Wave height generator & recorder
8. Stream flow mini current meter
9. Ester line graph recorder
10. Wind vane/anemometer
11. Thermometers
12. Barometer
13. Water level recorder
1066
14. Rain gauge (non-recording type)
Soil Analysis Laboratory

Resistivity meter
Soil moisture and density meter
Simulation Room
At least 10 desktop computers
Special Infrastructural Requirements
1. Drilling rig complete with accessories and compressor;
2. Model dam and reservoir;
3. Meteorological station;
4. Hydrology apparatus with permeability measurement ; and
5. Large laboratory spaces for flumes and scaled models.
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.



maintained.

1067
and
Library
library well-equipped with specialised books and journals in both physical collections and E-
collections (E-Resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the
1. national and international institutions
2. open access sources
3. professional bodies’ e-learning platforms
4. relevant international organizations
The library must also have adequate facilities for reading, lending and to include reservation
unit for specialized materials

Sizes of Office Spaces
Academic m2
Non-Academic
Office Facilities
Room
computer unit.
1068
B. Eng Wood Products Engineering
Overview
This is the new curriculum for Wood Products Engineering students in Nigerian universities.
It has an improvement over the old one because it places more emphasis on both the basic
and derived products of wood. It gives more time to the study of products which are
recoverable from wood residue which can lead to integral utilization of the trees from our
forests which in turn will contribute to the amelioration of problems arising from the climate
change. The students will have access to more areas of research and specialisation.
Furthermore, the primary purpose of the programme is to prepare students for career in the
wood products industry. The courses are packaged to prepare graduates for immediate
employment in various aspects of wood products business management/marketing, process
and product quality control, and research and development. Graduates will also have
opportunities for involvement in the wider scope of the industry – from harvesting to the use
of wood, fibre, and chemical products. Students are exposed to basic operations such as:
roundwood processing to lumber and plywood; drying and protection of wood and fibre
products; adhesives and coatings; reconstructed wood composites; paper manufacture;
board products; construction and housing.
Philosophy
The programme is to give prominence to sound scientific training and provide the much
required impetus for rapid technological and industrial development in wood products
industry. The programmes is therefore designed to give students the required academic and
practical background in areas of wood harvesting and utilization of forest trees. It also
emphasises the overall use of wood for different products required by different people which
include furniture, plywood, particleboard, fibre board, pulp and paper and many other
products needed for day-to-day activities. The students are trained to design, fabricate and
maintain the specialised machines in the wood industry.
Objectives
Students in Wood Products Engineering are trained to:
1. design and implement components, machines, equipment and engineering systems
required in wood and wood products manufacture;
2. design and develop new products and production techniques for wood products;
3. install and maintain complex engineering systems for optimal performance in such a
way that the wood residues generated do not constitute problems to the environment;
4. adapt and adopt exogenous technology in order to solve problems requiring
engineering methods in the wood industry;
5. exercise original thought, have good professional judgment and be able to take
responsibility for the execution of important tasks relating to manufacturing of wood
and wood-based products;
6. improve on existing indigenous solutions to problems relating to the utilisation of wood
and wood products;
7. familiarise with all the materials, components, machines, equipment, production
techniques and systems in the processing of wood and wood-based products;
8. man and maintain the specific production equipment used in the processing and
production of wood-based materials and products;
9. plan, manage and be responsible for quality control of the products and processes in
the respective wood-based industry where they will work in the future; and
10. possess managerial skills for effective management of people, fund, materials and
equipment.
1069
1. Ability to plan and establish a modern wood industry
2. Able to run an existing wood industry successfully
3. Ability to design a new wood or wood-based product
4. Able to work design machines and tools relevant in the wood industry
5. Ability to train incoming personnel in requisite engineering skills personnel wood industry
21st Century skills
Graduates of Wood Products Engineering have the abilities and competence to:
1. adapt wood production processes to information communication and other emerging
digital 4IR technologies (ICT plus);
2. critically thinking/problem solving/decision making;
4. citizenship (local and global);
5. use important software for the design of new wood products;
7. learning to learn/metacognition.
Unique Features of the Programmme
It combines Mechanical Engineering concepts and entrepreneurial zeal with the innovative
and creative use of wood as raw material. The new programme is student centred and
makes them adatable to the world of work and professional practice.

Direct Entry
1070
respectively.
Level GST ENT Basic GET Programme SIWES Total
Sciences (WPE) Units
100 4 - 19 3 2 - 28
200 4 2 - 21 - 3 30
300 - 2 - 11 6 4 23
400 - - - - 5 8 13
500 - - - 5 6 - 11
Total 8 4 19 40 19 15* 105
* All 15 units of SIWES credited in the 2nd Semeter of 400-level

100 Level
Code
Modelling
1071
BIO 101 General Biology I 3 C 15 30
WPE 102 Introduction to Wood Products 2 C 30
Engineering
Total 28
200 Level
Course Title Units Status LH PH
Course
Code
Existence
Innovation
Mechanics
GET 207 Applied Mechanics 3 E 45 -
Engineering
Experience Scheme
Total 30
300 Level
Course Code Course Title Status LH PH
Units
Communication
Analytics.
and Technologies
GET 307 Introduction Artificial 3 C 45
WPE 305 Silviculture 2 C 15 45
WPE 306 Basic Properties of Wood 2 E 15 45
WPE 307 Wood Harvesting 2 E 15 45
WPE 311 Wood Workshop Practice 1 C - 45
1072
Experience Scheme
Total 23
400 Level
WPE 401 Engineering Properties of 2 C 15 45
Wood
WPE 403 Wood Physics 2 E 15 45
WPE 405 Wood Deterioration and 2 E 15 45
Preservation
WPE 407 Wood-Based Panel Products I 3 C 30 45
(Veneer and Plywood)
WPE 409 Sawmilling 2 E 15 45
WPE 411 Furniture Design and 2 E 15 45
Production
Experience Scheme
Total 13
SIWES CourSIWES courses*
Total 15*
500 Level
Management
WPE 511 Final year Project 6 C - 270
Total 11
100 Level
Learning Outcomes
1073
Course Contents
Writing activities (pre-writin (brainstorming and outlining). Writing (paragraphing,
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline (WAI), War Against Indiscipline and
Corruption(WAIC), Mass Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery
(MAMSER), National Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural
developments in Nigeria.
1074
Learning Outcomes
innovation;
and
Course Contents
GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I(2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
1075
Learning Outcomes
mixtures;
temperature.
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
1076
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
1077
Learning Outcomes
continuity;
continuity;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
mechanics;
rotating objects;
momentum;
under gravity.
Course Contents
1078
Learning Outcomes
entropy;
equilibrium; and
Course Contents
and bubbles.
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
1079
Course Contents
deduction.
BIO 101: General Biology (3 Units: C, LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the characteristics of living and non-living things;
2. outline the taxonomy of living organisms – microbes, plants including field and
herbarium methods, animals including vertebrates and invertebrates;
3. describe the scientific methods to biology concepts;
4. explain the cell concepts, structure, organisation, functions, and chemical and physical
characteristics; and
5. state the elements of biological chemistry, and of ecology and types of herb.
Course Contents
Characteristics of living and non-living things. Scientific methods to biology concepts.
Taxonomy of living organisms – microbes, plants including field and herbarium methods,
animals including vertebrates and invertebrates. Morphology and life cycles of phyla and
plant kingdoms. Cell concepts, structure, organization, functions, and chemical and physical
characteristics. Cells, tissues and organ systems, and organisms. Elements of biological
chemistry – cellular metabolism - aspects of organic, inorganic and physical chemistry
relevant to biology. Elements of ecology and types of habitats
WPE 102: Introduction to Wood Products Engineering (2 Units, C: LH 30)
Learning outcomes
1. discuss the importance of wood products engineering as a profession;
2. explain of available opportunities to a graduate of wood products engineering; and
3. develop interest in the course.
Course Contents
Wood as a forest resource in Nigeria and at the world level. The need for wood products
in our society. Wood Products Engineering as a means to satisfy need. Contributions of
Wood Products Engineering to national economy and industrial development. Scientific
research in the wood industry. Overview of different wood industries in Nigeria. Available
opportunities to graduates of Wood Products Engineering.
1080
200 Level
GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units: C, LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
discourse;
conditions;
knowledge, and
logic.
Course Contents
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units: C, LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
business planning;
and
Course Contents
1081
GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units, C, LH 30, PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Course contents
GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units: C, LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
solutions;
polymers;
natural);
1082
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
1083
principles.
Learning Outcomes
flow in pipes;
Course Contents
GET 207: Applied Mechanics (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
1084
law;
changes;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes

Green’s theorem;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
1085

numbers; and
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
simulations;
Course Contents
1086
Learning Outcomes
foundation;
specialisations;
Course Contents

300 Level
Learning Outcomes
peace building.
Course Contents
1087
ENT 312 : Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
able to:
location;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
1088
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
technology);
1089
Course Contents
.
Learning Outcomes
change;
Course Contents
Practical Contents
renewable energy.

Learning Outcomes
1090
intelligence;
technologies;
learning;
effectively;
recognition;
technologies;
Course Contents
Learning Outcomes
careers;,
empirical models;
Course Contents
1091

design project.

3. part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
WPE 305: Silviculture (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the purpose of silviculture and relate it to availability of wood resources in the
wood industry;
2. discuss ways of raising tree crops and understanding the problems inherent in raising
trees; and
3. elucidate how to process and store seeds, raise tree seedlings and show understanding
of the underlying principles in the choice of tree species for plantation establishment.
Course Contents
Types of forests including their differences. Plantation establishment including types of
nursery and mechanisation of nursery and plantation practices. Site preparation methods
such as the use of manual, chemicals, fire and mechanised methods including their
advantages and disadvantages. Processes relating to planting of trees and tending
operations including beating-up, thinning, pruning, weeding, etc.
WPE 306: Basic Properties of Wood (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. describe how wood is formed, know the principal cell types and their function in wood;
1092
2. relate the anatomy and cell wall structure of wood to its physical and mechanical
properties;
3. identify some major commercial timber species in Nigeria; and
4. discuss wood and moisture relationship, problems and measures to control its effect in
wood utilisation.
Course Contents
Structure of woods and its influence on wood properties; gross characteristics of wood;
macro and microscopic features of hardwoods. Wood and water interactions. General
consideration of physical and mechanical properties of wood. Identifications of Nigeria
wood at the macroscopic level.
WPE 307: Wood Harvesting and Transport (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the legal requirements for tree felling;
2. discuss the methods of harvesting trees, the tools and equipment for harvesting and
the various of system of transportation from the point of harvesting of trees until the
harvested timber reaches the desired destination;
3. prepare guidelines for tree harvesting from the forest; and
4. maintain schedule for power chain saw, which is a major equipment for harvesting
wood from trees.
Course Contents
Methods of harvesting. Terrain and its effects on harvesting. Equipment for harvesting.
Age and maturity determination in forest trees. Wood transportation systems. Equipment
for transportation.
WPE 311: Wood Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH /PH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the safety guidelines for smooth workshop operations and particularly those
related to individual equipment in the workshop;
2. discuss how to use different wood processing equipment such as band saw, universal
planning machine, circular saws, spindle moulder, etc.; and
3. elucidate the scheduled maintenance practices for the wood processing equipment.
Course Contents
Different practical works in the wood workshop will include the use of simple tools in wood
work such as cramps and shooting boards; cutting tools including saws, chisels and
planes; other fixing tools such as nail punches, mallets, hammers, screw drivers and the
rachet brace. Ideal layout of a wood workshop; wood conversion methods such as
slabbing, quarter sawing and tangential sawing. Identification of types and
sizes/dimensions of timber in the market. Construction of different wood joints including
widening joints, tongue and grove, mitre, tee and cross-halving joints, dowel, etc.
1093
400 Level
Learning Outcomes
and
Course Contents
WPE 401: Engineering Properties of Wood (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the relationship between anisotropy and orthotropic behaviour of wood;
2. discuss how the various cellular components of wood and their structure influences the
mechanical behaviour of wood;
3. explicate how wood is graded either for structural use or non-structural applications;
and
4. elucidate ways of determining the mechanical and visco-elastic properties of wood.
Course Contents
Orthotropic nature of wood, structural models of wood, standard tests and stress
calculations, creep and relaxation. Non-destructive testing. Effect of density, moisture
content and temperature on strength; natural defects in wood and their effects on its
properties; wood deterioration and casual; grading rules.
1094
WPE 403: Wood Physics (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
1. explain the meaning of anisotropy and how anisotropic nature of wood affects
properties such as transmission of heat, sounds, electricity etc. in different directions of
wood, i.e., in the longitudinal, radial and tangential.
Course Contents
Wood anisotropy, elasticity and rheology. Wood fracture; wood mass; heat and charge
transport; electrical and acoustic properties, thermodynamics, wood-fluid interactions.
WPE 405: Wood Deterioration and Preservation (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning outcomes
1. discuss the basic requirements for wood deterioration either by fungi, insects including
marine borers;
2. explain how to differentiate how abiotic agents leads to wood degradation; and
3. elucidate the treatment methods and chemicals for preventing wood deterioration and
the environmental guidelines and restrictions that apply.
Course Contents
Deterioration of wood by fungi, insects, and marine borers. Types of decay organisms,
decay, condition mechanisms, and consequences. Other agents of wood degradation; fire
weathering, discolourations. Wood protection against deterioration; chemical used for
wood preservation and techniques applied in wood preservation.
WPE 407: Wood-Based Panel Products I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

(Veneer and Plywood)
Learning Outcomes
1. discuss how to select raw materials for production of these products and the processes
involved in their production; and
2. elucidate the methods used in testing and grading the products to various end-users.
Course Contents
Classification and properties of wood for veneer. Preparation of wood for veneer. Veneer
cutting methods. Drying and storage. Uses of veneer. Preparation of veneer for plywood.
Plywood production: sorting, glue addition, pressing, acclimatization and dimensioning.
Different equipment used in each stage of production. Methods of testing of plywood.
Grading and plywood storage
WPE 409: Sawmilling (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
1. discuss the various types of machines used in log processing;
2. explain the methods of log conservation and conversion; and
3. learn ways of preventing possible accidents in a typical sawmill and while taking safety
precautions.
1095
Course Contents
Wood log yard. Grading or sorting of wood. Preservation of logs. Determination of sawing
patterns. Sawing of wood. Resawing. Sorting, grading and storage of boards. Production
measurements in mills. Mill efficiency. Sawing equipment in the sawmill.
WPE 411: Furniture Design and Production (2 Units, E: LH 15 PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course,the students should be able to:
1. identify the various requirements for design of furniture for various end-uses;
2. classify the functions of various tools and equipment for furniture production;
3. construct and test wood joints; and
4. explain the principles of furniture design and the use software such as Auto-CAD, Pro
100 furniture design.
Course Contents
Classification of furniture products. Principle of furniture design. Design interpretation.
Raw materials in furniture production. Production conditions and interchangeability
(dimensions, deviations, tolerance and classes of precision). Operation sequence,
machines and formation of components parts, assembly of furniture parts. Furniture
finishing processes.
500 Level
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
1096
Learning Outcomes
Course Contents
WPE 511: Final Year Project (6 Units C: PH 270)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course/project, the students should be able to:
1. undertake and complete successfully an independent or team project;
3. communicate the outcome and implications of engineering work.
Course Contents
Final year research project will be undertaken by individual students under the supervision
of members of staff. A report of the research work will be presented in form of a
dissertation to be followed by an oral examination.

Equipment
List of Minimum Equipment, Tools, Laboratories
1. a standard wood workshop with basic cutting machines which include: universal circular
saw, planning machine, spindle moulder or router machine, narrow band saw, wood
turning lathe, hand tools for wood workshop;
1097
2. a laboratory equipped with universal testing machine, in addition to normal basic
laboratory facilities such as glass wares (pipettes, burettes, oven, measuring balances,
scales.); and
3. laboratory size sawing machine, peeling machine, slicing machine, hammer mill, and
single day-light press.
S/No. Equipment
Measuring Tools and Instruments
1 Pocket rule with belt clip (235m)
2 Steel measuring tape caliper rule
3 Procession external micrometer
4 Universal measuring instrument for depth measurement
5 Procession inside micrometer
6 Dial indicator
7 Outside spring caliper
8 Inside spring caliper
9 Metal bar divider
10 Precision tri square
30 Technician tool box (empty)
Woodwork Equipment
1 Band saw-table size-700 x 980mm - 3hp
2 Radial arm saw 3hp (with extra blade)
3 Circular saw-blade dia-400mm with external blades
4 Universal woodworker combined-4hp seven works model
5 Single cylinder planner-4hp (surface planner with extra blades)
6 Vertical Motorize-chain motorise-3hp with extra bits
7 Router drilling machine-3hp
8 Combined tennoning and scribing machine
9 Belt sanding machine-2hp (with extra sanding paper reels)
Hand Tools (Carpentry)
1 Marking gauge
2 Mortise gauge
3 B. spirit level universal
4 Motorize chisel-(6.4, 9.6, 12.7, 16) mm
5 Flat chisel-(6.4, 9.6, 12.7, 16) mm
6 Bevel edge chisel – (6.4, 9.6, 12.7, 16) mm
7 Round chisel (6.4, 9.6, 12.7, 16) mm
8 Smooth plane-jack plane, plough plane
9 Wood rasp
10 Hand saw or panel saw
11 Ripsaw, crosscut
12 C- Clamp
13 F- Clamp
14 Wood bench vice
15 Jack plane
16 Hand drilling machine/rachet brazed bits
17 Sanding machine-heavy duty
18 Surface and thickness (100-150) mm blade
19 Extra knives carpentry machine planner and thicknesser
20 Air compressor-tank capacity 500 litres complete with accessories-type
1098
spray gun and air blow-gun
21 Hydraulic garage jack (1, 2, 6 ton)
22 Hydraulic workshop crane (2.5 tones)
23 Battery tester, cell tester, acid tester
24 Battery fast and slow charger (6-24V,20Λ)
25 Battery service equipment
26 Spark plug tester and cleaner
27 Hydraulic mobile crane (1.5 – 5tons)
28 Wire rope winch- (1500 – 3000kg)
29 Chain host
Engineering Graphics and Design Studio

S/No. Equipment
1 50 Computer work stations with design and graphic software from the
AutoCad suite (FUSION 360, etc.), 3-D printers and accessories.
2 50 drawing boards and T-squares
3 Large screen and projector
Staffing
Academic Staff
candidates.



1099
maintained.

and
Student/Staff Ratio
Library
Aside from the university library, there must be well stocked library for the Department of
Wood Products Engineering.
the Department. These include current journals, handbooks, textbooks, manuals, codes of
Academic m2
Non-Academic
Office Facilities
1.13 academic offices on paper
o
1100
computer unit.
1101

Engineering CCMAS

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Engineering CCMAS

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1

For more information, please contact:

Printed by Sterling Publishers, Slough UK and Delhi, India

Lead Consultant: Peter A. Okebukola

Emeritus Professor Ayo Banjo (Chairman)

Professor Abubakar A. Rasheed (Executive Secretary and Chairman)

NUC Strategy Advisory Committee

Professor Peter Okebukola, OFR - Chairman

Mr OHANME Bartholomew Mechatronics Engineering & Petrochemical

Malam Adamu Adamu

Consequent upon the afore-mentioned processes, seventeen CCMAS documents were

1. Administration and Management

Professor Abubakar Adamu Rasheed, mni, MFR, FNAL

The second, Education (National Minimum Standard and Establishment of

The Current Review of the BMAS

The Core Curriculum Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS)

The major highlights of the new curriculum are:

4. Mass Communication has been unbundled to create a distinct discipline of

6. The unbundling of Architecture and introduction of Architecture as a new discipline with

9. Entrepreneurship has been repackaged with the introduction of programme-specific

i. Administration and Management

Glossary of Course Codes

The Programme offering the Courses Course Code

The Programme offering the Courses Course Code

General Studies courses offered at the University Level for GST

The Programme offering the Courses Course Code

Aerospace Engineering AAE

Programmes and Degrees

Table 1.1: List of Programme(s) and Degree(s) in View

S/N PROGRAMME DEGREE(S) IN VIEW

1 Aerospace Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.

The above programmes are designed, in general, to be broad-based to equip the

1. broad–based foundation in Engineering and Technology as well as specialized

1. application of the knowledge of mathematics, basic and engineering sciences, and

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME)

Definition of Course System

Table 1.2: Grade Point System

Grade Point Average and Cumulative Grade Point Average

Table 1.3: Calculation of GPA or CGPA

Table 1.4: Degree Classification

Students who transfer from other departments/programmes or universities shall be

Final Examination: 60% - 70%

External Examiners’ System

Faculties of Engineering in universities are expected to organise Students Industrial Work

SIWES Supervision Continuous Assessment (from Industry) 25%

SIWES Supervision/Log Book Grading (by University Supervisor) 25%

SIWES Comprehensive Report 25%

Seminar: Oral presentation (defense) of SIWES activity 25%

Reverse Exchange Programmes

Industrial Parks and Tech Incubation Centers

Reviews shall endeavour to incorporate the opinions of relevant stakeholders such as

1. Re-assessment/re-formulation of goals and objectives as well as the Learning

Performance Evaluation Criteria

The objectives of the accreditation exercise are to:

Unique Features of the Programme

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME)

* SIWES credited in 2nd Semeter of 400 Level; E - Elective

Course Course Title Units Status LH PH

* All credited in the 2nd Sememter of 400 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)